Appendix 3 – SCOMET List
APPENDIX-3
Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies (SCOMET)
export of which is regulated
Export of Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials, Equipment and Technologies (SCOMET) listed below shall be permitted only against an export authorisation issued in this behalf unless export is prohibited or is permitted without authorisation subject to fulfillment of conditions, if any, as indicated under/against any specific category or item. Provisions of Chapter IV A of the FT(D&R) Act,1992 as amended in 2010 shall apply to the goods, services and technologies as specified in the list below.
Supply of SCOMET Items from DTA to SEZ
No export authorisation is required for supply of SCOMET items from DTA to 11[SEZ/EoU] old[SEZ].
11[Export Authorisation, however, required if the SCOMET items are to he physically exported outside the country from SEZ/EoU i.e. to another country (Refere Rule 26 of the SEZ Rules 2006).] old[However,] all supplies of SCOMET items from DTA to SEZ12[/EoU] will be reported to the Development Commissioner 12[(DC)] of the respective SEZ12[/EoU] by the supplier in the prescribed proforma [Annexure 1 to Appendix-3 to Schedule 2 of ITC (HS) Classifications of Export and Import Items] within one week of the supplies getting effected.
An annual report of such supplies from DTA to SEZ12[/EoU] shall be sent to SCOMET Section, DGFT (Hqrs), Department of Commerce, Udyog Bhawan, Maulana Azad Road, New Delhi-110011, by the Development Commissioner (DC), SEZ in the prescribed proforma [Annexure 2 to Appendix-3 to Schedule 2 of ITC (HS) Classifications of Export and Import Items]. Report by the DC, SEZ12[/EoU] is to be filed by 15th May of every financial year 11[in respect of supplies effected from DTA to SEZ/EoU during the preceding financial-year] old[for the supplies effected during the preceding financial year].
Export of SCOMET Items from SEZ to outside the country
Export permission is required if the SCOMET items are to be physically exported outside the country from SEZ i.e. to another country (Refer Rule 26 of the SEZ Rules, 2006).
Entering into an Arrangement or Understanding for Site Visits, On-site Verification and Access to Records / Documentation
It is mandatory for all companies and their subsidiaries registered in India
and all other business entities operating in India and involved in the
manufacture, processing and use of Special Chemicals, Organisms, Materials,
Equipment and Technologies (SCOMET) listed below to obtain permission of the
DGFT before entering into any arrangement or understanding that involves an
obligation to facilitate or undertake site visits, on-site verification or
access to records/ documentation, by foreign Governments or foreign third
parties, either acting directly or through an Indian party or parties. Requests
for such permissions shall be considered in the manner in which requests for
export/import licence are considered.
Provided that where obligations involving site visits, on-site verification or
access to records/ documentation by foreign governments or foreign third parties
are to be undertaken pursuant to a bilateral agreement or a multilateral treaty
to which India is a party, the provisions of the relevant agreement or treaty
shall apply.
Exporters are advised to refer to the relevant guidelines relating to the export
of SCOMET items in the Handbook of Procedures, as issued from time to time. Para
2.78 of the Handbook of Procedures, 2015-2020 delineates the
Procedure/Guidelines for filing / Evaluation of Applications for Entering into
an Arrangement or Understanding for Site Visits, On-site Verification and Access
to Records / Documentation.
Note: The DGFT Notification No. 5/2015-2020 dated 24.04.2017 is issued to
amend Table A of Schedule 2 and Appendix 3 of ITC(HS} Classification of Export
and Import Items in supersession of DGFT Notification Nos.38 (RE-2010)
/2009-2014 dated 31st March, 2011, No. 93(RE-2012}/2009-14 dated 6th January
2012, No. 37(RE- 2012}/2009-14 dated 14th March 2013, No. 26(RE-2013}/2009-14
dated 3rd July 2013, No. 56 (RE -
2013}/2009-2014 dated 12th December 2013, No. 115 (RE - 2013}/2009-2014 dated
13th March 2015, No. 116(RE-2013)/2009-14 dated 13th March 2015, No.
05/(2015-2020) dated 29th April 2016 and
No. 38/(2015-2020} dated 17th February 2017, except as respects acts done before
such supersession. Annexure to Notification No. 5/2015-2020 dated 24.04.2017
will replace the existing 'Appendix 3' to
Schedule 2 of ITC (HS) Classification of Export and Import Items.
Items on the SCOMET List are organized in the following categories.
Category 0 Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials, equipment and technology
0A
Prescribed Substances
0A1
SourceMaterial
0A2 Special
FissionableMaterial
0A3 Other Materials
0B
Prescribed Equipment
0C
Technology
Category 1 Toxic chemical agents and other chemicals
1A
Prohibited chemicals
3[NOTE :
Notwithstanding above, export of remnant of chemicals, after testing / analysis
in the OPCW designated laboratories, falling under Category 1A, will be allowed
by way of being taken back by the officials of Organisation for the Prohibition
of Chemical Weapons (OPCW) to the OPCW Secretariat or any designated authority.
Such export shall be subject to the condition that for each export, officials of
OPCW shall notify the details, prior to actual export, to the National
Authority, Chemical Weapons Convention, Cabinet Secretariat, Ministry of
External Affairs (D&ISA) and the Directorate General of Foreign Trade.]
1B
Chemicals permitted only to States party to the Chemical Weapons Convention
1C
Chemicals permitted also to States not party to the Chemical Weapons Convention
1D
Other Chemicals
1[Category 2 Micro-organisms, toxins |
|
2A |
Bacteria, related technology and software |
2B |
Fungi, related technology and software |
2C |
Parasites |
2D |
Viruses, related technology and software |
2E |
(Reserved) |
2F |
Toxins, related technology and software |
2G |
Plant pathogens, related technology and software |
2H |
Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms, related technology and software'.] |
old[Category 2 Micro-organisms, toxins
2A
Bacteria
2B
Fungi
2C
Parasites
2D
Viruses
2E
[Reserved]
2F
Toxins
2G Plant
pathogens
2H1 Genetic Elements and
Genetically-modified Organisms]
Category 3 Materials, Materials Processing Equipment and related
technologies
3A
Materials
3A1 Special
materials
3A2 Structural
materials
3A3 Rocket
propellants and constituent chemicals
3A4 High
explosives
3A5 Stealth
materials
3B
Materials processing and production equipment, related technology and specially
designed components and accessories therefor.
3C
[Reserved]
1[3D
Chemical and biomaterial manufacturing and handling equipment and related
technology and software']
old[3D Chemical and biomaterial manufacturing and handling equipment and facilities]
Category 4 Nuclear-related other equipment and technology, not controlled
under Category 0
4A
Equipment, assemblies, components including test and production equipment
4B
Equipment, assemblies, components including test and measurement equipment
usable in development of nuclear explosive devices
4C
Technology
Category 5 Aerospace systems, equipment, including production and test
equipment, related technology and specially designed components and accessories
therefore.
5A
Rocket systems
5A1 Systems
1 Para 1(A) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
5A2 Production and test
equipment
5A3 Technology
5B Unmanned
aerial vehicles
5C Avionics
and navigation systems
1[5D
(Reserved)]
old[5D
Manned-aircraft, aero-engines, related equipment and components]
5E Micro-light
aircraft and powered ‘hang-gliders’
Category 6 Munitions List
Category 72
7A [Reserved]
7B [Reserved]
7C [Reserved]
7D [Reserved]
7E [Reserved]
Category 8 Special Materials and Related Equipment, Material Processing, Electronics, Computers, Telecommunications, Information Security, Sensors and Lasers, Navigation and Avionics, Marine, Aerospace and Propulsion
13[List of Items excluded under SCOMET Category 8 for export / re-export under GAICT POLICY notified, vide Public Notice No. 14/2021 dated 13.06.2022
S.No | SCOMET Category/ Sub Category | Description [Please refer updated SCOMET list (URL: shorturl.at/dgyJR) for full text and details] |
(1) | (2) | (4) |
1. | 8A102.a.1 | "Composite" structures or laminates, as follows: a. Made from any of the following: 1. An organic "matrix" and "fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.c, 8C110.d or |
2. | 8C101 | Materials specially designed for absorbing electromagnetic radiation... |
3. | 8C107.c | Ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials... |
4. | 8C107.d | Reserved |
5. | 8C110.c. & 8C110.d. | "Fibrous or filamentary materials"... |
6. | 8C112 | Materials as follows... |
7. | 8D102 | "Software" for the "development" of organic "matrix", metal "matrix" or carbon "matrix" laminates or "composites" specified by this List. |
8. | 8E101 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials specified by 8A102 to 8A105, 8A106.b, 8A107, 8B1 or 8C. |
9. | 8E102.e. & 8E102.f. | Other "technology"... |
10. | 8B201.a. | Machine tools for turning having two or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control" having any of the following:..... |
11. | 8B201.b. | Machine tools for milling having any of the following:...... |
12. | 8B201.d. | Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the non-wire type which have two or more rotary axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control"..... |
13. | 8B201.f. | Deep-hole-drilling machines and turning machines modified for deephole-drilling, having a maximum depth-of-bore capability exceeding 5 m....... |
14. | 8B203 | "Numerically controlled" or manual machine tools, and specially designed components, controls and accessories there for, specially designed for......................... |
15. | 8D201 | "Software", other than that specified by 8D202 as follows: a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A2 or 82B; b. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "use" of equipment specified by 8A201.c, 8B201, or 8B203 to 8B209. Note 8D201 does not apply to part programming "software" that generates "numerical control" codes for machining various parts. |
16. | 8E201 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software" specified by 8A2, 8B2 or 8D2.Note 8E201 includes "technology" for the integration of probe systems into coordinate measurement machines specified by 8B206.a. |
17. | 8E202 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A2 or 8B2 |
18. | 8A301 b.2. | "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") amplifiers that are any of the following:.......... |
19. | 8A301 b.3. | Discrete microwave transistors that are any of the following:.... |
20. | 8A302 g.1 | Atomic frequency standards... "Space-qualified" |
21. | 8B301 a.2. | Equipment designed for epitaxial growth as follows :......
Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition (MOCVD) reactors designed for compound semiconductor epitaxial growth of material having two or more of the following elements: aluminium, gallium, indium, arsenic, phosphorus, antimony, or nitrogen; |
22. | 8D301 | "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A301.b to 8A302.h or 8B3. |
23. | 8 E301 | “Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials specified by 8A3, 8B3 or 8C3; |
24. | 8A401.a.2. | Electronic computers... Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:. |
24. | 8A401.a.2. | Electronic computers... Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:. |
25. | 8A403.b. | " Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding 29 Weighted Tera FLOPS (WT).... |
26. | 8A403.C. | "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation exceeds the limit specified by8A403.b.. |
27. | 8D401 | Software" as follows: .. software" specified by 8A4 or 8D4.... |
28. | 8E401 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of any of the following equipment or "software specified by 8A4 or 8D4... specified by 8E401.a., |
29. | 8A501 b.3 | Being radio equipment... |
30. | 8A501 b. 5. | Being digitally controlled radio receivers... |
31. | 8A501 h. | Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED) equipment and related equipment... |
32. | 8B501.a. | Equipment and specially designed components or accessories there for, specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 8A501; |
33. | 8D501.a. | "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 8A501; |
34. | 8D501.b. | Reserved |
35. | 8E501.a. | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development", "production" or "use" (excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features specified by 8A501 or "software" specified by 8D501.a. or 8D501.e.; |
36. | 8A601 a. 1. b. | Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or
location, having any of the following:.. 1. A transmitting..... 2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB... 3. an operating frequency in the .. 4. Forming beams of less than 1.. 5. Designed to operate with. 6. Designed to and a. Dynamic compensation..... b. Incorporating other than .. |
37. | 8A601 a. 1. b.1 | Systems or transmitting and receiving arrays, designed for object detection or
location, having any of the following: 1. A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;. |
38. | 8A601 a. 1. e. | Active individual sonars... |
39. | 8A601 a. 2.a.1 8A601 a. 2.a.1 8A601 a. 2.a.3 8A601 a. 2.a.5 8A601 a. 2.a.6 |
Hydrophones...Incorporating. Hydrophones...Incorporating flexible assemblies... Hydrophones...Having any...Hydrophones...Designed to operate... Hydrophones...Designed for... |
40. | 8A601 a. 2. b. | Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays... |
41. | 8A601 a. 2. c. | Processing equipment, specially designed for real time application with towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having "user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beam forming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes; |
42. | 8A601 a. 2. d. | Heading sensors... |
43. | 8A601 a. 2. e. | Bottom or bay-cable hydrophone arrays having any of the following: 1.Incorporating hydrophones... or 2.Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules. |
44. | 8A601 a. 2. f. | Processing equipment, specially designed for real time application with bottom or bay cable systems, having "user-accessible programmability" and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral analysis, digital filtering and beam forming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or processes. |
45. | 8A602 a. 1. a.b. &c | "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors... |
46. | 8A602 a. 1. d. | "Space-qualified" "focal plane arrays".... |
47. | 8A602 a. 2.a | Image intensifier tubes having all of the following:. 1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; 2. Electron image amplification using any of the following: a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch. less; or b. An electron sensing device with a ... 3. Any of the following photocathodes: a. Multialkali photocathodes (e.g, S-20 and S-25)exceeding 350 |iA/lm; b. GaAs or GalnAs photocathodes; or c. Other "III/V compound" semiconductor photocathodes |
48. | 8A602 a. 2.b | Image intensifier tubes. |
49. | 8A602 a. 3. | Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays".; |
50. | 8A602 b. | "Monospectral imaging sensors" and "multispectral imaging sensors"... |
51. | 8A602 c. | Direct view' imaging equipment incorporating any of the following:
1. Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.2.a or 8A602.a.2.b; 2. "Focal plane arrays" having the characteristics... |
52. | 8A602 e. | (Reserved) |
53. | 8A603 b.3. | Imaging cameras incorporating image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in8A602.a.2.a or 8A602.a.2.b; |
54. | 8A603 b.4. | Imaging cameras incorporating "focal plane arrays" having any of the following: a. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.a to 8A602.a.3.e; b. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.f; or....... |
55. | 8A603 b.5. | Imaging cameras incorporating solid-state detectors specified by 8A602.a.1. |
56. | 8A604 c. | "Space-qualified" components for optical systems, as follows:. |
57. | 8A604 d. | Optical control equipment as follows:. |
58. | 8A606 a. | "Magnetometers" and subsystems,.. |
59. | 8A606 a.1. | "Magnetometers" using "superconductive" (SQUID) "technology" and having any of the following:..... |
60. | 8A606 a.2. | "Magnetometers" ... Using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser) "technology" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 2pT rms per square root Hz; |
61. | 8A606 c.1. | "Magnetic gradiometers" as follows:1. "Magnetic gradiometers" using multiple "magnetometers" specified by 8A606.a; |
62. | 8A606 d | "Compensation systems" for magnetic or underwater electric field sensors resulting in a performance equal to or better than the specified parameters of 8A606.a, 8A606.b, or 8A606.c; |
63. | 8A606 e | Underwater electromagnetic receivers incorporating magnetic field sensors specified by 8A606.a or underwater electric field sensors specified by 8A606.b. |
64. | 8A608 d | Radar systems...Capable of. |
65. | 8A608 h | Radar systems...Employing processing. |
66. | 8A608 k | Radar systems...Having "signal processing". |
67. | 8A608 l.3 | (Reserved); |
68. | 8B608 | Pulse radar cross-section. |
69. | 8D601 | "Software" specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A604, 8A605, 8A608 or 8B608. |
70. | 8D603.a. | "Software", as follows:. |
71. | 8E601 | "Technology" according to. |
72. | 8E602 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "production" of equipment or materials specified by 8A6, 8B6 or 8C6. |
73. | 8D702 | "Source code" for the operation or maintenance. |
74. | 8D703.a. | "Software" specially designed or modified to. |
75. | 8D703.b. | "Source code" for. |
76. | 8D703.C. | (Reserved) |
77. | 8D703 d.1-4 &7 | (Reserved) |
78. | 8D704 a.to d. &g | "Source code" incorporating "development" "technology" specified by. |
79. | 8E701&8E702 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note... |
80. | 8A801.b. | Manned, untethered submersible vehicles. |
81. | 8A801.C. | Unmanned submersible vehicles... |
82. | 8A801.C.1 | Unmanned submersible vehicles... |
83. | 8A801.d. | (Reserved) |
84. | 8A802.b. | Systems specially designed or modified for the automated control of the motion
of submersible vehicles specified by 8A801, using navigation data, having closed loop
servo-controls and having any of the following: 1.Enabling. 2.Maintaining. 3.aintaining. |
85. | 8A802.h. | "Robots" specially designed for underwater use... |
86. | 8A802.j. | Air independent power systems... |
87. | 8A802.O.3 | Noise reduction systems for use on vessels... |
88. | 8A802.o.3.b | 'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' or magnetic bearings, specially designed for power transmission systems |
89. | 8A802.p | Pumpjet propulsion systems... |
90. | 8D801 | "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment or materials, specified by 8A8, 8B8 or 8C8. |
91. | 8D802 | Specific "software". |
92. | 8E801 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials, specified by 8A8, 8B8 or 8C8. |
93. | 8E802.a. | Other "technology"... |
94. | 8A911 | Ramjet, scramjet or combined cycle engines... |
95. | 8B901 | Equipment, tooling or fixtures, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine
engine blades, vanes or "tip shrouds", as follows: a.Directional-solidification or single-crystal casting equipment; b.Casting tooling, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows: 1.Cores; 2.Shells (moulds); 3.Combined core and shell (mould) units; c.Directional-solidification... |
96. | 8D901 | "Software", not specified in 8D903 or 8D904, specially designed or modified for the "development" of equipment or "technology", specified by 8A9, 8B9 or 8E903. |
97. | 8D902 | "Software", not specified in 8D903 or 8D904, specially designed or modified for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A9 or 8B9. |
98. | 8D904.a. | 2D or 3D viscous "software", validated with wind tunnel or flight test data required for detailed engine flow modelling; |
99. | 8D904.C. | "Software" specially designed to control directional-solidification or single-crystal material growth in equipment specified by 8B901.a or 8B901.c; |
100. | 8E901 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note. |
101. | 8E902 | "Technology" according to the General Technology Note. |
102. | 8E903 a. 1. to 5 | "Technology" "required" for. |
103. | 8E903 a. 3. a | "Technology" "required" for. Components...Manufactured from organic "composite" materials designed to operate above 588 K (315°C). |
104. | 8E903.h | "Technology" "required" for gas turbine "FADEC systems". |
]
2 Para 1A(ii) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
COMMODITY IDENTIFICATION NOTE TO SCOMET
Note 1: If items are prima facie, classifiable under two or more headings, the heading which provides the most specific description shall be preferred to heading providing a more general description. The end-use of the item would be a relevant criteria in determining the classification.
6[Note 2 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 1, the following items, will
be classified under the relevant description in Category 0:
a) Radioactive materials covered under 6A007.;
b) Any material containing Beryllium or "Zirconium with Hafnium content less
than 2000 ppm" as the major constituent, or more than 60% Hafnium by weight, or
"Boron enriched in Boron-10 isotope" or Niobium or tantalum covered under 6A008.;
c) Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including
"nuclear reactors", and components therefor covered under 6A009. and6A017.;
d) Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors" covered under
6A017.;
e) Any alloy with niobium as a major constituent in solid or powder form covered
under 8C102.;
f) Uranium-titanium alloys covered under 8C104.;
g) Any material containing "Zirconium with Hafnium content less than 2000 ppm"
or "Boron enriched in Boron-10 isotope" as the major constituent covered under
8C111;
h) Plutonium and Neptunium covered under 8C112.]
old[Note 2: Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 1, the following items,
will be classified under the relevant description in Category 0:
a) Radioactive materials covered under 6A007;
b) Any material containing Beryllium or “Zirconium with Hafnium
content less than 2000 ppm” as the major constituent, or more than 60% Hafnium
by weight, or “Boron enriched in Boron-10 isotope” or Niobium or tantalum covered under 6A008;
c) Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment,
including "nuclear reactors", and specially designed for military use and
components therefor specially designed or 'modified for military use’ covered under 6A017;
d) Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors"
covered under 6A017;
e) Any alloy with niobium as a major constituent in solid or powder
form covered under 8C102;
f) Uranium-titanium alloys covered under 8C104;
g) Any material containing “Zirconium with Hafnium content less
than 2000 ppm” or “Boron enriched in Boron-10 isotope” as the major constituent
covered under 8C111;
h) Plutonium and Neptunium covered under 8C112]
Note 3: Items specified in Category 6A007.b which correspond to items
specified in Category 1A are prohibited for exports.
Note 4: Licence applications for items in Categories 6A008 a.13 and 6A008.a
21, which correspond to items specified in 3A401.a, 3A401.b respectively, would
normally be denied.
GENERAL NOTES
1. Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to ‘Glossary’ in SCOMET list.
2. In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS number. The list
applies to chemicals of the same structural formula (including hydrates)
regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to assist
in identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective
of nomenclature. CAS numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some
forms of the listed chemical have different CAS numbers, and mixtures
containing a listed chemical may also have different CAS
numbers.
3. The object of the controls contained in this Schedule should not be defeated
by the export of any non-controlled goods containing one or more controlled
components when the controlled component or components are
the principal element of the goods and can feasibly be
removed or used for other purposes.
N.B.: In judging whether the controlled component or
components are to be considered the principal element, it is necessary to weigh
the factors of quantity, value and technological know-how involved and other
special
circumstances which might establish the controlled component
or components as the principal element of the goods being procured.
4. Goods specified in this Schedule include both new and used goods.
GENERAL TECHNOLOGY NOTE
1. The export of "technology" which is "required" for the "development",
"production" or "use" of items controlled in Category 8 is controlled according
to the provisions in each sub-category. This "technology" remains
under control even when applicable to any uncontrolled
item.
2. Controls do not apply to that "technology" which is the minimum necessary for
the installation, operation, maintenance (checking) or repair of those items
which are not controlled or whose export has been authorised.
Note: This does not release such "technology" controlled in entries
8E102.e. & 8E102.f. and 8E802.a. & 8E802.b.
3. Controls do not apply to "technology" "in the public domain", to "basic
scientific research" or to the minimum necessary information for patent
applications.
GENERAL SOFTWARE NOTE
The Lists do not control "software" which is any of the following:
1. Generally available to the public by being:
a. Sold from stock at retail selling points
without restriction, by means of:
1.
Over-the-counter transactions;
2. Mail order
transactions;
3. Electronic
transactions; or
4. Telephone
call transactions; and
b. Designed for installation by the user without
further substantial support by the supplier;
Note: Entry 1 of the General Software Note does not release "software"
controlled by (8A5, 8B5, 8C5, 8D5,8E5)-Part-II (Information Security)
2. "In the public domain"; or
3. The minimum necessary "object code" for the installation, operation,
maintenance (checking) or repair of those items whose export has been authorised.
Note: Entry 3 of the General Software Note does not release "software"
controlled by (8A5, 8B5, 8C5, 8D5,8E5)-Part-II (Information Security).
GENERAL "INFORMATION SECURITY" NOTE
"Information security" items or functions should be considered against the
provisions in (8A5, 8B5, 8C5, 8D5, 8E5)-Part-II (Information Security), even if
they are components, "software" or functions of other items.
GLOSSARY
Expressions used in the SCOMET List have the following
meanings:
“Accuracy”: (Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy) is the maximum
deviation, positive or negative, of an indicated value from an accepted standard
or true value.
“Active flight control systems”: Function to prevent undesirable aircraft and
missile motions or structural loads by autonomously processing outputs from
multiple sensors and then providing necessary preventive commands to effect
automatic control.
“Active pixel”: A minimum (single) element of the solid state array which
has a photoelectric transfer function when exposed to light (electromagnetic)
radiation.
“Additives”: Substances used in explosive formulations to improve their
properties.
“Aircraft”: A fixed wing, swivel wing, rotary wing (helicopter), tilt rotor
or tilt-wing airborne vehicle.
“Airship”: A power-driven airborne vehicle that is kept buoyant by a body of
gas (usually helium, formerly hydrogen) which is lighter than air.
“All compensations available”: means after all feasible measures available
to the manufacturer to minimise all systematic positioning errors for the
particular machine-tool model or measuring errors for the particular coordinate
measuring machine are considered.
“Allocated by the ITU”: The allocation of frequency bands according to the
current edition of the ITU Radio Regulations for primary, permitted and
secondary services.
N.B. Additional and alternative allocations are not included.
“Angle random walk”: The angular error build up with time that is due to
white noise in angular rate. (IEEE STD 528-2001)
“Angular position deviation”: The maximum difference between angular
position and the actual, very accurately measured angular position after the
work piece mount of the table has been turned out of its initial position.
“Asymmetric algorithm”: A cryptographic algorithm using different,
mathematically-related keys for encryption and decryption.
Technical Note: A common use of asymmetric algorithms is key management.
“Authentication”: Verifying the identity of a user, process or device, often
as a prerequisite to allowing access to resources in an information system. This
includes verifying the origin or content of a message or other information, and
all aspects of access control where there is no encryption of files or text
except as directly related to the protection of passwords, Personal
Identification Numbers (PINs) or similar data to prevent unauthorized access.
“Automated Command and Control Systems”: Electronic systems, through which
information essential to the effective operation of the grouping, major
formation, tactical formation, unit, ship, subunit or weapons under command is
entered, processed and transmitted. This is achieved by the use of computer and
other specialised hardware designed to support the functions of a military
command and control organisation. The main functions of an automated command and
control system are: the efficient automated collection, accumulation, storage
and processing of information; the display of the situation and the
circumstances affecting the preparation and conduct of combat operations;
operational and tactical calculations for the allocation of resources among
force groupings or elements of the operational order of battle or battle
deployment according to the mission or stage of the operation; the preparation
of data for appreciation of the situation and decision-making at any point
during operation or battle; computer simulation of operations.
deleted[“Automatic target tracking”: A processing technique that
automatically determines and provides as output an extrapolated value of the
most probable position of the target in real time.]
“Average output power”: The total laser output energy, in joules, divided by
the period over which a series of consecutive pulses is emitted, in seconds. For
a series of uniformly-spaced pulses it is equal to the total laser output energy
in a single pulse, in joules, multiplied by the pulse frequency of the laser, in
Hertz.
“Basic gate propagation delay time”: The propagation delay time value
corresponding to the basic gate used in a monolithic integrated circuit. For a
'family' of monolithic integrated circuits, this may be specified either as the
propagation delay time per typical gate within the given 'family' or as the
typical propagation delay time per gate within the given 'family'.
Technical Notes:
1. Basic gate propagation delay time is not to be confused with the input/output
delay time of a complex monolithic integrated circuit.
2. 'Family' consists of all integrated circuits to which all of the following
are applied as their manufacturing methodology and specifications except their
respective functions:
a. The common hardware and software architecture;
b. The common design and process technology; and
c. The common basic characteristics.
“Basic scientific research”: Experimental or theoretical work undertaken
principally to acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principles of phenomena
or observable facts, not primarily directed towards a specific practical aim or
objective.
“Bias (accelerometer)”: The average over a specified time of accelerometer
output, measured at specified operating conditions that has no correlation with
input acceleration or rotation. Bias is expressed in g or in metres per second2
(g or m/s2). (IEEE Std 528-2001) (Micro g equals 1x10-6 g).
“Bias (gyro)”: The average over a specified time of gyro output measured at
specified operating conditions that have no correlation with input rotation or
acceleration. Bias is typically expressed in degrees per hour (deg/hr). (IEEE
Std 528-2001).
“Biocatalysts”: 'Enzymes' for specific chemical or biochemical reactions or
other biological compounds which bind to and accelerate the degradation of CW
agents.
Technical Note: 'Enzymes' means biocatalysts for specific chemical or
biochemical reactions.
“Biological agents”: Pathogens or toxins, selected or modified (such as
altering purity, shelf life, virulence, dissemination characteristics, or
resistance to UV radiation) to produce casualties in humans or animals, degrade
equipment or damage crops or the environment.
“Biopolymers”: Biological macromolecules as follows:
a. Enzymes for specific chemical or biochemical reactions;
b. 'Anti-idiotypic', 'monoclonal' or 'polyclonal' 'antibodies';
c. Specially designed or specially processed 'receptors'
Technical Notes:
1. 'Anti-idiotypic antibodies' means antibodies which bind to
the specific antigen binding sites of other antibodies;
2. 'Monoclonal antibodies' means proteins which bind to one
antigenic site and are produced by a single clone of cells;
3. 'Polyclonal antibodies' means a mixture of proteins which
bind to the specific antigen and are produced by more than one clone of cells;
4. 'Receptors' means biological macromolecular structures
capable of binding ligands, the binding of which affects physiological
functions.
“Camming (axial displacement)”: Axial displacement in one
revolution of the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle
faceplate, at a point next to the circumference of the spindle faceplate
(Reference: ISO 230/1 1986, paragraph 5.63 as applicable).
deleted[“Carbon fibre performs”: An ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated fibres
intended to constitute a framework of a part before the matrix is introduced to
form a composite.]
“Chemical Laser”: A laser in which the excited species is produced by the
output energy from a chemical reaction.
“Circuit element”: A single active or passive functional part of an
electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one resistor, one
capacitor, etc.
“Circular Error Probable (CEP)”: in a circular normal distribution, the
radius of the circle containing 50% of the individual measurements being made,
or the radius of the circle within which there is a 50% probability of being
located.
“Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction
control systems”: Control systems using air blown over aerodynamic surfaces
to increase or control the forces generated by the surfaces.
“Civil aircraft”: Those aircraft listed by designation in published
airworthiness certification lists by the competent civil aviation authorities to
fly commercial civil internal and external routes or for legitimate civil,
private or business use.
deleted[“Commingled”: Filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibres and
reinforcement fibres in order to produce a fibre reinforcement matrix mix in
total fibre form.
deleted[“Comminution”: A process to reduce a material to particles by crushing or
grinding.]
“Communications channel controller”: The physical interface which
controls the flow of synchronous or asynchronous digital information. It is an
assembly that can be integrated into computer or telecommunications equipment to
provide communications access.
1["Compensation systems": consist of the primary scalar sensor, one or more
reference sensors (e.g. vector "magnetometers") together with software that
permit reduction of rigid body rotation noise of the platform.']
old[“Compensation systems”: consist of the primary scalar sensor, one or more
reference sensors (e.g. vector magnetometers) together with software that permit
reduction of rigid body rotation noise of the platform.]
“Composite”: A matrix and an additional phase or additional phases
consisting of particles, whiskers, fibres or any combination thereof, present
for a specific purpose or purposes.
“Composite theoretical performance (CTP)”: A measure of computational
performance given in millions of theoretical operations per second (Mtops).
deleted[“Compound rotary table”: A table allowing the workpiece to rotate and
tilt about two non-parallel axes, which can be coordinated simultaneously for
contouring control.]
“III/V compounds”: Polycrystalline or binary or complex monocrystalline
products consisting of elements of groups IIIA and VA of Mendeleyev's periodic
classification table (e.g., gallium arsenide, gallium-aluminium arsenide, indium
phosphide).
6["Contouring control"
Two or more "numerically controlled" motions operating in accordance with
instructions that specify the next required position and the required feed rates
to that position. These feed rates are varied in relation to each other so that
a desired contour is generated. (Ref. International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) 2806-(1994) as amended)]
old[“Contouring control”: Two or more numerically controlled motions
operating in accordance with instructions that specify the next required
position and the required feed rates to that position. These feed rates are
varied in relation to each other so that a desired contour is generated (Ref.
ISO/DIS 2806 – 1980 as applicable).]
“Critical temperature”: (sometimes referred to as the transition
temperature) of a specific superconductive material is the temperature at which
the material loses all resistance to the flow of direct electrical current.
1["Cryptographic
activation": Any technique that specifically activates or enables
cryptographic capability of an item, by means of a mechanism implemented by the
manufacturer of the item, where this mechanism is uniquely bound to any of the
following:
1. A single instance of the item; or
2. One customer, for multiple instances of the item.
Technical Notes:
1. "Cryptographic activation" techniques and mechanisms may be implemented as
hardware, "software" or "technology".
2. Mechanisms for cryptographic activation can, for example, be serial
number-based licence keys or authentication instruments such as digitally signed
certificates'.]
old[“Cryptographic activation”: Any technique that activates
or enables cryptographic capability of an item, by means of a secure mechanism
implemented by the manufacturer of the item, where this mechanism is uniquely
bound to any of the following:
1. A single instance of the item; or
2. One customer, for multiple instances of the item.]
Technical Notes:
1. ″Cryptographic activation″ techniques and mechanisms may be
implemented as hardware, ″software″ or ″technology″.
2. Mechanisms for cryptographic activation can, for example, be
serial number-based licence keys or authentication instruments such as digitally
signed certificates.
6["Cryptography"
The discipline which embodies principles, means and methods for the
transformation of data in order to hide its information content, prevent its
undetected modification or prevent its unauthorized use. "Cryptography" is
limited to the transformation of information using one or more 'secret
parameters' (e.g., crypto variables) or associated key management.
Notes
1. "Cryptography" does not include 'fixed' data compression or coding
techniques.
2. "Cryptography" includes decryption.
Technical Notes
1. 'Secret parameter': a constant or key kept from the knowledge of others or
shared only within a group.
2. 'Fixed': the coding or compression algorithm cannot accept externally
supplied parameters (e.g., cryptographic or key variables) and cannot be
modified by the user']
old[“Cryptography”: The discipline which embodies principles, means and methods
for the transformation of data in order to hide its information content, prevent
its undetected modification or prevent its unauthorized use. Cryptography is
limited to the transformation of information using one or more 'secret
parameters' (e.g., crypto variables) or associated key management.
Note: Cryptography does not include 'fixed' data compression or coding
techniques.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Secret parameter': a constant or key kept from the knowledge of
others or shared only within a group.
2. 'Fixed': the coding or compression algorithm cannot accept externally
supplied parameters (e.g., cryptographic or key variables) and cannot be
modified by the user.]
“CTP”: is equivalent to composite theoretical performance.
“CW Laser”: A laser that produces nominally constant output energy for
greater than 0.25 seconds.
“Data-Based Referenced Navigation (DBRN) Systems”: Systems which use
various sources of previously measured geo-mapping data integrated to provide
accurate navigation information under dynamic conditions. Data sources include
bathymetric maps, stellar maps, gravity maps, magnetic maps or 3-D digital
terrain maps.
“Deactivated firearm”: A firearm that has undergone ‘deactivation’ as
defined in the Arms Rules 2016.
deleted[“Deformable Mirrors”: Mirrors
a. Having a single continuous optical reflecting surface which is
dynamically deformed by the application of individual torques or forces to
compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror; or
b. Having multiple optical reflecting elements that can be
individually and dynamically repositioned by the application of torques or
forces to compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the
mirror.
Deformable mirrors are also known as adaptive optic mirrors.]
“Designed or modified”: describes equipment, parts or components which, as a
result of development, or modification, have become endowed with specified
properties that make them fit for a particular application.
“Development”: is related to all stages prior to serial production, such as:
design, design research, design analyses, design concepts, assembly and testing
of prototypes, pilot production schemes, design data, process of transforming
design data into a product, configuration design, integration design, layouts.
“Diffusion bonding”: A solid state joining of at least two separate pieces
of metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent to that of the
weakest material, wherein the principal mechanism is interdiffusion of atoms
across the interface.
“Digital computer”: Equipment which can, in the form of
one or more discrete variables, perform all of the following:
a. Accept data;
b. Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable
(writable) storage devices;
c. Process data by means of a stored sequence of instructions
which is modifiable; and
d. Provide output of data.
Technical Note: Modifications of a stored sequence of instructions include
replacement of fixed storage devices, but not a physical change in wiring or
interconnections.
“Digital transfer rate”: The total bit rate of the information that is
directly transferred on any type of medium. (See also total digital transfer
rate).
deleted[“Direct-acting hydraulic pressing”: A deformation process which uses a
fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece.]
“Discrete component”: A separately packaged circuit element with its own
external connections.
deleted[“Effective gram”: Effective gram for plutonium isotope is defined as the
isotope weight in grams.]
deleted[“Electronically steerable phased array antenna”: An antenna which forms a
beam by means of phase coupling, (i.e., the beam direction is controlled by the
complex excitation coefficients of the radiating elements) and the direction of
that beam can be varied (both in transmission and reception) in azimuth or in
elevation, or both, by application of an electrical signal.]
“Electronic assembly”: A number of electronic components (i.e., circuit
elements, discrete components, integrated circuits, etc.) connected together to
perform (a) specific function(s), replaceable as an entity and normally capable
of being disassembled.
“End-effectors”: Grippers, 'active tooling units' and any other tooling that
is attached to the baseplate on the end of a robot manipulator arm.
Technical Note: 'Active tooling units' are devices for applying motive power,
process energy or sensing to a workpiece.
“Energetic materials”: Substances or mixtures that react chemically to
release energy required for their intended application. Explosives, pyrotechnics
and propellants are subclasses of energetic materials.
“Equivalent Density”: The mass of an optic per unit optical area projected
onto the optical surface.
“Explosives”: Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures of substances
which, in their application as primary, booster, or main charges in warheads,
demolition and other applications, are required to detonate.
“Expression Vectors”: Carriers (e.g., plasmid or virus) used to introduce
genetic material into host cells.
“FADEC Systems”: Full Authority Digital Engine Control Systems – A digital
electronic control system for a gas turbine engine that is able to autonomously
control the engine throughout its whole operating range from demanded engine
start until demanded engine shut-down, in both normal and fault conditions.
“Fibrous or filamentary materials”: include
a. Continuous monofilaments;
b. Continuous yarns and rovings;
c. Tapes, fabrics, random mats and braids;
d. Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre
blankets;
e. Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline,
of any length;
f. Aromatic polyamide pulp.
“Film type integrated circuit”: An array of circuit
elements and metallic interconnections formed by deposition of a thick or thin
film on an insulating substrate.
“First generation image intensifier tubes”: Electrostatically focused tubes,
employing input and output fibre optic or glass face plates, multi-alkali
photocathodes (S-20 or S-25), but not microchannel plate amplifiers.
deleted[“Flight control optical sensor array”: A network of distributed optical
sensors, using laser beams, to provide real-time flight control data for
on-board processing.]
deleted[“Flight path optimization”: A procedure that minimizes deviations from a
four-dimensional (space and time) desired trajectory based on maximizing
performance or effectiveness for mission tasks.]
“Fly-by-light system”: A primary digital flight control system employing
feedback to control the aircraft during flight, where the commands to the
effectors/actuators are optical signals.
“Fly-by-wire system”: A primary digital flight control system employing
feedback to control the aircraft during flight, where the commands to the
effectors/actuators are electrical signals.
“Focal plane array”: A linear or two-dimensional planar layer, or
combination of planar layers, of individual detector elements, with or without
readout electronics, which work in the focal plane.
Note: This definition does not include a stack of single detector elements or
any two, three or four element detectors provided time delay and integration is
not performed within the element.
“Fractional bandwidth”: The instantaneous bandwidth divided by the centre
frequency, expressed as a percentage.
“Frequency hopping”: A form of spread spectrum in which the transmission
frequency of a single communication channel is made to change by a random or
pseudo-random sequence of discrete steps.
deleted[“Frequency mask trigger”: For signal analysers a mechanism where the trigger
function is able to select a frequency range to be triggered on as a subset of
the acquisition bandwidth while ignoring other signals that may also be present
within the same acquisition bandwidth. A frequency mask trigger may contain more
than one independent set of limits.]
deleted[“Frequency switching time”: The time (i.e., delay) taken by a signal when
switched from an initial specified output frequency, to arrive at or within any
of the following:
a. ±100 Hz of a final specified output frequency of less than 1 GHz; or
b. ±0.1 part per million of a final specified output frequency equal to or
greater than 1 GHz.]
deleted[“Frequency synthesizer”: Any kind of frequency source, regardless of the
actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative
output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or
disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies.]
“Fuel cell”: An electrochemical device that converts chemical energy
directly into Direct Current (DC) electricity by consuming fuel from an external
source.
“Fusible”: Capable of being cross-linked or polymerized further (cured) by
the use of heat, radiation, catalysts, etc., or that can be melted without
pyrolysis (charring).
deleted[“Gas atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy to
droplets of 500 μm diameter or less by a high pressure gas stream.]
deleted[“Geographically dispersed”: Sensors are considered geographically dispersed
when each location is distant from any other more than 1,500 m in any direction.
Mobile sensors are always considered geographically dispersed.]
deleted[“Hot isostatic densification”:
A process of pressurising
a casting at temperatures exceeding 375 K (102°C) in a closed cavity through
various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal force in all
directions to reduce or eliminate internal voids in the casting.]
“Hybrid computer”: Equipment which can perform all of the following:
a. Accept data;
b. Process data, in both analogue and digital
representations; and
c. Provide output of data.
“Hybrid integrated circuit”: Any combination of integrated circuit(s), or
integrated circuit with circuit elements or discrete components connected
together to perform (a) specific function(s), and having all of the following
characteristics:
a. Containing at least one unencapsulated device;
b. Connected together using typical IC production
methods;
c. Replaceable as an entity; and
d. Not normally capable of being disassembled.
“Image enhancement”: The processing of externally derived
information-bearing images by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,
extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between
domains (e.g., fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform). This does not include
algorithms using only linear or rotational transformation of a single image,
such as translation, feature extraction, registration or false coloration.
“Information security”: All the means and functions ensuring the
accessibility, confidentiality or integrity of information or communications,
excluding the means and functions intended to safeguard against malfunctions.
This includes cryptography, cryptographic activation, 'cryptanalysis',
protection against compromising emanations and computer security.
Technical Note: 'Cryptanalysis': the analysis of a cryptographic system or its
inputs and outputs to derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including
clear text. (ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18 as applicable).
“Instantaneous bandwidth”: The bandwidth over which output power remains
constant within 3 dB without adjustment of other operating parameters.
“Instrumented range”: The specified unambiguous display range of a radar.
“Insulation”: is applied to the components of a rocket motor, i.e. the case,
nozzle, inlets, case closures, and includes cured or semi-cured compounded
rubber sheet stock containing an insulating or refractory material. It may also
be incorporated as stress relief boots or flaps.
“Interior lining”: is suited for the bond interface between the solid
propellant and the case or insulating liner. Usually a liquid polymer based
dispersion of refractory or insulating materials, e.g. carbon filled hydroxyl
terminated polybutadiene (HTPB) or other polymer with added curing agents
sprayed or screeded over a case interior.
2["Interleaved Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)": Devices that have multiple
ADC units that sample the same analogue input at different times such that when
the outputs are aggregated, the analogue input has been effectively sampled and
converted at a higher sampling rate'.]
“Intrinsic magnetic gradiometer”: A single magnetic field gradient sensing
element and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of magnetic
field gradient.
“Intrusion software”: Software specially designed or modified to avoid
detection by 'monitoring tools', or to defeat 'protective countermeasures', of a
computer or network-capable device, and performing any of the following:
a. The extraction of data or information, from a
computer or network-capable device, or the modification of system or user data;
or
b. The modification of the standard execution path of a
program or process in order to allow the execution of externally provided
instructions.
Notes:
1. Intrusion software does not include
any of the following:
a. Hypervisors,
debuggers or Software Reverse Engineering (SRE) tools;
b. Digital Rights
Management (DRM) software; or
c. Software
designed to be installed by manufacturers, administrators or users, for the
purposes of asset tracking or recovery.
2. Network-capable devices include mobile devices and
smart meters.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Monitoring tools': software or hardware devices,
that monitor system behaviours or processes running on a device. This includes
antivirus (AV) products, end point security products, Personal Security Products
(PSP), Intrusion Detection Systems
(IDS), Intrusion Prevention Systems (IPS) or firewalls.
2. 'Protective countermeasures': techniques designed to
ensure the safe execution of code, such as Data Execution Prevention (DEP),
Address Space Layout Randomisation (ASLR) or sandboxing.
“Isolated live cultures”: includes live cultures in dormant form and in
dried preparations.
“Isostatic presses”: Equipment capable of pressurising a closed cavity
through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal
pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a workpiece or material.
“Laser”: An item that produces spatially and temporally coherent light
through amplification by stimulated emission of radiation.
“Library (parametric technical database)”: A collection of technical
information, reference to which may enhance the performance of relevant systems,
equipment or components.
“Lighter-than-air vehicles”: Balloons and airships that rely on hot air or
on lighter-than-air gases such as helium or hydrogen for their lift.
deleted[“Linearity (Usually measured in terms of non-linearity)”: is the maximum
deviation of the actual characteristic (average of upscale and downscale
readings), positive or negative, from a straight line so positioned as to
equalise and minimise the maximum deviations.]
“Local area network”: A data communication system having all of the
following characteristics:
a. Allows an arbitrary number of independent
'data devices' to communicate directly with each other; and
b. Is confined to a geographical area of moderate
size (e.g., office building, plant, campus, warehouse).
Technical Note: 'Data device' means equipment capable of transmitting or
receiving sequences of digital information.
“Magnetic gradiometers”: Are designed to detect the spatial variation of
magnetic fields from sources external to the instrument. They consist of
multiple magnetometers and associated electronics the output of which is a
measure of magnetic field gradient. (See also Intrinsic Magnetic Gradiometer)
“Magnetometers”: Are designed to detect magnetic fields from sources
external to the instrument. They consist of a single magnetic field sensing
element and associated electronics the output of which is a measure of the
magnetic field.
deleted[“Main storage”: The primary storage for data or instructions for rapid
access by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a
digital computer and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage
or non-sequentially accessed extended storage.]
“Matrix”: A substantially continuous phase that fills the space between
particles, whiskers or fibres.
“Measurement uncertainty”: The characteristic parameter
which specifies in what range around the output value the correct value of the
measurable variable lies with a confidence level of 95%. It includes the
uncorrected systematic deviations, the uncorrected backlash and the random
deviations (Reference: ISO 10360-2 as applicable).
deleted[“Mechanical alloying”: An alloying process resulting from the bonding,
fracturing and rebonding of elemental and master alloy powders by mechanical
impact. Non-metallic particles may be incorporated in the alloy by addition of
the appropriate powders.]
deleted[“Melt extraction”: A process to solidify rapidly and extract a ribbon-like
alloy product by the insertion of a short segment of a rotating chilled block
into a bath of a molten metal alloy.]
deleted[“Melt spinning”: A process to solidify rapidly a molten metal stream
impinging upon a rotating chilled block, forming a flake, ribbon or rod-like
product.]
“Microcircuit”: A device in which a number of passive and/or active elements
are considered as indivisibly associated on or within a continuous structure to
perform the function of a circuit
“Microcomputer microcircuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or multichip
integrated circuit containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable of
executing general purpose instructions from an internal storage, on data
contained in the internal storage.
Technical Note: The internal storage may be augmented by an external storage.
“Microprocessor microcircuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or
multichip integrated circuit containing an arithmetic logic unit (ALU) capable
of executing a series of general purpose instructions from an external storage.
Technical Note: The microprocessor microcircuit normally does not contain
integral user-accessible storage, although storage present on-the-chip may be
used in performing its logic function.
Note: This definition includes chip sets which are designed to operate together
to provide the function of a microprocessor microcircuit.
“Microprogram”: A sequence of elementary instructions maintained in a
special storage, the execution of which is initiated by the introduction of its
reference instruction into an instruction register.
1[' "Military use" shall mean incorporation into military items listed in SCOMET
Category 6 or for the use, development, or production of military items listed in this
category.']
old["Military use"3 shall mean incorporation into military items listed in SCOMET
Categories 5D or 6 or for the use, development, or production of military items
listed in these categories’]
“Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit (MMIC)”: A monolithic integrated
circuit that operates at microwave or millimeter wave frequencies.
“Missiles”: means complete rocket systems and unmanned aerial vehicle
systems.
“Modified in the context of software”: describes software which has been
intentionally changed such that it has properties that make it fit for specified
purposes or applications. Its properties may also make it suitable for purposes
or applications other than those for which it was modified.
“Monofilament or filament”: is the smallest increment of fibre, usually
several micrometres in diameter.
“Monolithic integrated circuit”: A combination of passive or active circuit
elements or both which:
a. Are formed by means of diffusion processes,
implantation processes or deposition processes in or on a single semiconducting
piece of material, a so-called 'chip';
b. Can be considered as indivisibly associated;
and
c. Perform the function(s) of a circuit.
3 Para 1(B) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
Technical Note: ‘Circuit element’ is a single active or passive
functional part of an electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, one
resistor, one capacitor, etc.
“Monospectral imaging”: sensors are capable of acquisition of imaging
data from one discrete spectral band.
“Multichip integrated circuit”: Two or more monolithic integrated circuits
bonded to a common substrate.
2["Multiple channel Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC)": Devices that integrate
more than one ADC, designed so that each ADC has a separate analogue input'.]
“Multispectral imaging sensors”: are capable of simultaneous or serial
acquisition of imaging data from two or more discrete spectral bands. Sensors
having more than twenty discrete spectral bands are sometimes referred to as
hyperspectral imaging sensors.
“Network access controller”: A physical interface to a distributed switching
network. It uses a common medium which operates throughout at the same digital
transfer rate using arbitration (e.g., token or carrier sense) for transmission.
Independently from any other, it selects data packets or data groups (e.g., IEEE
802) addressed to it. It is an assembly that can be integrated into computer or
telecommunications equipment to provide communications access.
deleted[“Neural computer”: A computational device designed or modified to mimic the
behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i.e., a computational device
which is distinguished by its hardware capability to modulate the weights and
numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational components
based on previous data.]
“Nuclear reactor”: includes the items within or attached directly to the
reactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level of power in the core, and
the components which normally contain or come into direct contact with or
control the primary coolant of the reactor core.
6["Numerical control"
The automatic control of a process performed by a device that makes use of
numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in progress. (Ref. ISO 2382
(2015)]
old[“Numerical control “:The automatic control of a process performed by a
device that makes use of numeric data usually introduced as the operation is in
progress (Ref. ISO 2382 as applicable).]
“Object code”: An equipment executable form of a convenient expression of
one or more processes (source code (or source language)) which has been compiled
by a programming system.
“Operations, Administration or Maintenance (OAM)”: Means performing one or
more of the following tasks:
a. Establishing or managing any of the following:
1. Accounts or privileges of users or administrators;
2. Settings of an item; or
3. Authentication data in support of the tasks described in
a.1. or a.2 above.;
b. Monitoring or managing the operating condition or performance of an item; or
c. Managing logs or audit data in support of any of the tasks described in a. or
b above.
Note: OAM does not include any of the following tasks or their associated key
management functions:
a. Provisioning or upgrading any cryptographic functionality that is not
directly related to establishing or managing authentication data in support of
the tasks described in a.1. or a.2. above; or
b. Performing any cryptographic functionality on the forwarding or data plane of
an item.
deleted[“Optical computer”: A computer designed or modified to use light to
represent data and whose computational logic elements are based on directly
coupled optical devices.]
“Optical integrated circuit”: A monolithic integrated circuit or a hybrid
integrated circuit, containing one or more parts designed to function as a
photosensor or photoemitter or to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-optical
function(s).
“Optical switching”: The routing of or switching of signals in optical form
without conversion to electrical signals.
“Overall current density”: The total number of ampere-turns in the coil
(i.e., the sum of the number of turns multiplied by the maximum current carried
by each turn) divided by the total cross-section of the coil (comprising the
superconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in which the superconducting
filaments are embedded, the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.).
“Peak power”: The highest power attained in the pulse
duration.
“Personal area network”: A data communication system having all of the
following characteristics:
a. Allows an arbitrary number of independent or interconnected 'data devices' to
communicate directly with each other; and
b. Is confined to the communication between devices within the immediate
vicinity of an individual person or device controller (e.g., single room,
office, or automobile, and their nearby surrounding spaces).
Technical Note: 'Data device' means equipment capable of transmitting or
receiving sequences of digital information.
deleted[“Plasma atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream or solid metal to
droplets of 500 μm diameter or less, using plasma torches in an inert gas
environment.]
deleted[“Power management”: Changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal
so that received power at the aircraft altitude is always at the minimum
necessary to determine the altitude.]
“Precursors”: Speciality chemicals used in the manufacture of explosives.
“Pressure transducers”: are devices that convert pressure measurements
into an electrical signal.
deleted[“Previously separated”: The application of any process intended to
increase the concentration of the controlled isotope.]
deleted[“Primary flight control”: Aircraft stability or manoeuvering control using
force/moment generators, i.e. aerodynamic control surfaces or propulsive thrust
vectoring.]
“Principal element”: An element is a principal element when its replacement
value is more than 35% of the total value of the system of which it is an
element. Element value is the price paid for the element by the manufacturer of
the system, or by the system integrator. Total value is the normal international
selling price to unrelated parties at the point of manufacture or consolidation
of shipment.
“Production”: Means all production stages, such as: product engineering,
manufacture, integration, assembly (mounting), inspection, testing, quality
assurance.
“Production equipment”: Tooling, templates, jigs, mandrels, moulds, dies,
fixtures, alignment mechanisms, test equipment, other machinery and components
therefor, limited to those specially designed or modified for development or for
one or more phases of production.
“Production facilities”: Equipment and specially designed software therefor
integrated into installations for development or for one or more phases of
production.
“Program”: A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or
convertible into, a form executable by an electronic computer.
“Propellants”: Substances or mixtures that react chemically to produce large
volumes of hot gases at controlled rates to perform mechanical work.
“Public domain”: means a domain that has no restrictions upon dissemination
of information within or from it; the existence of any legal rights to the
intellectual property in that information does not remove the information from
being in public domain.
Note: Copyright restrictions do not remove technology or software from being in
the public domain.
“Pulse compression”: The coding and processing of a radar signal pulse of
long time duration to one of short time duration, while maintaining the benefits
of high pulse energy.
“Pulse duration”: Duration of a laser pulse is the time between the
half-power points on the leading edge and trailing edge of an individual pulse.
“Pulsed laser”: A laser having a pulse duration that is
less than or equal to 0.25 seconds.
“Pyrotechnic(s)”: Mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which,
when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction at a controlled rate
intended to produce specific time delays, or quantities of heat, noise, smoke,
visible light or infrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass of pyrotechnics,
which contain no oxidizers but ignite spontaneously on contact with air.
“Quantum cryptography”: A family of techniques for the establishment of a
shared key for cryptography by measuring the quantum-mechanical properties of a
physical system (including those physical properties explicitly governed by
quantum optics, quantum field theory, or quantum electrodynamics).
“Radar frequency agility”: Any technique which changes, in a pseudo-random
sequence, the carrier frequency of a pulsed radar transmitter between pulses or
between groups of pulses by an amount equal to or larger than the pulse
bandwidth.
“Radar spread spectrum”: Any modulation technique for spreading energy
originating from a signal with a relatively narrow frequency band, over a much
wider band of frequencies, by using random or pseudo-random coding.
6["Radiant
sensitivity"
Radiant sensitivity (mA/W) = 0.807 x (wavelength in nm) x Quantum Efficiency
(QE).
Technical Note
QE is usually expressed as a percentage; however, for the purposes of this
formula QE is expressed as a decimal number less than one, e.g., 78% is 0.78.]
old[“Radiant sensitivity”: Radiant sensitivity (mA/W) = 0.807 x (wavelength in
nm) x Quantum Efficiency (QE)
Technical Note: QE is usually expressed as a percentage; however, for the
purposes of this formula QE is expressed as a decimal number less than one,
e.g., 78% is 0.78.]
“Radiation hardened”: means that the component or equipment is designed or
rated to withstand radiation levels which meet or exceed a total radiation dose
of 5 x 103 Gy or 5 x 105 rads (Si).
deleted[“Real-time bandwidth”: For signal analysers, the widest frequency range for
which the analyser can continuously transform time-domain data entirely into
frequency-domain results using a Fourier or other discrete time transform that
processes every incoming time point, without a reduction of measured amplitude
of more than 3 dB below the actual signal amplitude caused by gaps or windowing
effects, while outputting or displaying the transformed data.]
“Real-time processing”: The processing of data by a computer system
providing a required level of service, as a function of available resources,
within a guaranteed response time, regardless of the load of the system, when
stimulated by an external event.
“Repeatability”: The closeness of agreement among repeated measurements of
the same variable under the same operating conditions when changes in conditions
or non-operating periods occur between measurements. (Reference: IEEE STD
528-2001 (one sigma standard deviation)
“Required”: As applied to technology, refers to only that portion of
technology which is peculiarly responsible for achieving or exceeding the
controlled performance levels, characteristics or functions. Such required
technology may be shared by different products.
7["Resolution"
The least increment of a measuring device; on digital instruments, the least
significant bit. (Ref. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) B-89.1.12)']
deleted[“Resolution”: he least increment of a measuring device; on digital
instruments, the least significant bit. (Reference: ANSI B-89.1.12)]
“Riot control agents”: Substances which, under the expected conditions of
use for riot control purposes produce rapidly in humans sensory irritation or
disabling physical effects which disappear within a short time following
termination of exposure. (Tear gases are a subset of riot control agents)
“Robot”: A manipulation mechanism, which may be of the continuous path or of
the point-to-point variety, may use sensors, and has all the following
characteristics:
a) Is multifunctional;
b) Is capable of positioning or orienting material, parts,
tools or special devices through variable movements in three dimensional space;
c) Incorporates three or more closed or open loop
servo-devices which may include stepping motors; and
d) Has user-accessible programmability by means of the
teach/playback method or by means of an electronic computer which may be a
programmable logic controller, i.e., without mechanical intervention.
Note: The above definition does not include the following devices:
1. Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/tele-operator
controllable;
2. Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated
moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions.
The programme is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or
cams. The sequence of motions and the
selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical,
electronic or electrical means;
3. Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation
mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is mechanically limited by
fixed, but adjustable stops, such as pins
or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are
variable within the fixed programme pattern. Variations or modifications of the
programme pattern
(e.g., changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in
one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations;
4. Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation
mechanisms which are automated moving devices, operating according to
mechanically fixed programmed motions. The programme is variable but the
sequence
proceeds only by the binary signal from
mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
5. Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator
systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and
designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.
deleted[“Rotary atomization”: A process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal
to droplets to a diameter of 500 μm or less by centrifugal force.]
“Roving”: is a bundle (typically 12-120) of approximately parallel
‘strands’.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged
approximately parallel.
“Run-out (out-of-true running)”: Radial displacement in one revolution of
the main spindle measured in a plane perpendicular to the spindle axis at a
point on the external or internal revolving surface to be tested (Reference: ISO
230/1-1986, paragraph 5.61 as applicable).
2["Sample rate": For an Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC) the maximum number
of samples that are measured at the analogue input over a period of one second,
except for oversampling ADCs. For oversampling ADCs the "sample rate" is taken
to be its output word rate. "Sample rate" may also be referred to as sampling
rate, usually specified in Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS) or Giga Samples Per
Second (GSPS), or conversion rate, usually specified in Hertz (Hz)'.]
“Scale factor (gyro or accelerometer)”: The ratio of change in output to a
change in the input intended to be measured. Scale factor is generally evaluated
as the slope of the straight line that can be fitted by the method of least
squares to input-output data obtained by varying the input cyclically over the
input range.
deleted[“Settling time”: The time required for the output to come within one-half
bit of the final value when switching between any two levels of the converter.]
“Signal analysers”: Apparatus capable of measuring and displaying basic
properties of the single-frequency components of multi-frequency signals.
“Signal processing”: The processing of externally derived
information-bearing signals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,
extraction, selection, correlation, convolution or transformations between
domains (e.g., fast Fourier transform or Walsh transform).
“Software”: A collection of one or more programs, or micro-programs, fixed
in any tangible medium of expression. However, unless otherwise provided for
against any item on the SCOMET List, the List does not control software which is
either in the public domain or is generally available to the public by being:
a. Sold from stock at retail selling points without restriction, by means of:
1. Over-the-counter transactions;
2. Mail order transactions;
3. Electronic transactions; or
4. Telephone call transactions; and
b. Designed for installation by the user without further substantial support by
the supplier.
deleted[“Solidify rapidly”: A process involving the solidification of molten
material at cooling rates exceeding 1 000 K/sec.]
“Source code”: A convenient expression of one or more processes which may be
turned by a programming system into equipment executable form (object code (or
object language).
“Spacecraft” : Active and passive satellites and space probes
“Spacecraft bus”: Equipment that provides the support infrastructure of the
spacecraft and location for the spacecraft payload.
“Spacecraft payload”: Equipment, attached to the spacecraft bus, designed to
perform a mission in space (e.g., communications, observation, science).
“Space-qualified”: Designed, manufactured, or qualified through successful
testing, for operation at altitudes greater than 100 km above the surface of the
Earth.
Note: A determination that a specific item is space- qualified by virtue of
testing does not mean that other items in the same production run or model
series are space-qualified if not individually tested.
“Space qualified”: Products designed, manufactured and tested to meet the
special electrical, mechanical or environmental requirements for use in the
launch and deployment of satellites or high altitude flight systems operating at
altitudes of 100 km or higher.
Note: A determination that a specific item is space- qualified by virtue of
testing does not mean that other items in the same production run or model
series are space-qualified if not individually tested.
“Specially designed”: qualifies the description of equipment, parts,
components or software which, as a result of development, have unique properties
that distinguish them for certain predetermined purposes. For example, a piece
of equipment that is specially designed will only be considered so if it has no
other function or use. Thus a piece of manufacturing equipment that is specially
designed to produce a certain type of component will only be considered such if
it is not capable of producing other types of components.
“Specific modulus”: Young's modulus in pascals, equivalent to N/m2, divided
by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C)
and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
“Specific tensile strength”: Ultimate tensile strength in pascals,
equivalent to N/m2, divided by specific weight in N/m3, measured at a
temperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C) and a relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.
“Spinning mass gyros”: Spinning mass gyros are gyros which use a continually
rotating mass to sense angular motion.
deleted[“Splat quenching”: A process to solidify rapidly a molten metal stream
impinging upon a chilled block, forming a flake-like product.]
“Spread spectrum”: The technique whereby energy in a relatively narrow-band
communication channel is spread over a much wider energy spectrum.
“Spread spectrum radar”: see Radar spread spectrum
6["Stability"
Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of a particular parameter from
its calibrated value measured under stable temperature
conditions. This can be expressed as a function of time.
Statement of Understanding
For gyroscopes and accelerometers, "stability" can be estimated by
determining the Allan variance noise-analysis value at the integration period
(i.e., sample time) consistent with the stated measurement period, which may
include extrapolating the Allan variance noise analysis beyond the instability
point into the rate/acceleration random walk or rate/acceleration ramp regions
to an integration period consistent with the stated measurement period
(Reference: IEEE Std 952-1997 [R2008J or IEEE Std 1293-1998 [R2008]).]
old[“Stability”: Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of a particular
parameter from its calibrated value measured under stable temperature
conditions. This can be expressed as a function of time.]
Explanation: For gyroscopes, stability can be estimated by determining the Allan
variance noise-analysis value at the integration period (i.e., sample time)
consistent with the stated measurement period, which may include extrapolating
the Allan variance noise analysis beyond the instability point into the rate
random walk or rate ramp regions to an integration period consistent with the
stated measurement period (Reference: IEEE Std 952-1997 [R2008]). Allan variance
noise analysis is often used to characterize MicroElectroMechanical Systems (MEMS)
gyroscopes, and is applicable to other gyroscopes, such as Ring Laser Gyroscopes
(RLGs) and Fibre Optic Gyroscopes (FOGs).
2["Steady State Mode": The term "steady state mode" defines engine operation conditions, where the engine parameters, such as thrust/power, rpm and others, have no appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure al the engine inlet are constant'.]
“Substrate”: A sheet of base material with or without an
interconnection pattern and on which or within which discrete components or
integrated circuits or both can be located.
“Substrate blanks”: Monolithic compounds with dimensions suitable for the
production of optical elements such as mirrors or optical windows.
“Superalloy”: Nickel-, cobalt- or iron-base alloys having strengths superior
to any alloys in the AISI 300 series at temperatures over 922 K (649°C) under
severe environmental and operating conditions.
“Superconductive”: Refers to materials,(i.e., metals, alloys or compounds)
which can lose all electrical resistance (i.e., which can attain infinite
electrical conductivity and carry very large electrical currents without Joule
heating).
Technical Note: The superconductive state of a material is individually
characterised by a critical temperature, a critical magnetic field, which is a
function of temperature, and a critical current density which is, however, a
function of both magnetic field and temperature.
“Super High Power Laser (SHPL)”: A laser capable of delivering (the total
or any portion of) the output energy exceeding 1 kJ within 50 ms or having an
average or CW power exceeding 20 Kw
“Superplastic forming”: A deformation process using heat for metals that are
normally characterised by low values of elongation (less than 20%) at the
breaking point as determined at room temperature by conventional tensile
strength testing, in order to achieve elongations during processing which are at
least 2 times those values.
“Symmetric algorithm”: A cryptographic algorithm using an identical key for
both encryption and decryption.
Technical Note: A common use of symmetric algorithms is confidentiality of data.
deleted[“Systolic array computer”: A computer where the flow and modification of the
data is dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by the user.]
“Tape” is a material constructed of interlaced or unidirectional
monofilaments, ‘strands’, rovings, tows, or yarns, etc., usually preimpregnated
with resin.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged
approximately parallel
“Technology means”, except as otherwise provided for against any item in the
SCOMET List, information (including information embodied in software) other than
information in the public domain, that is capable of being used in:
a. the development, production or use of any goods or software;
b. the development of, or the carrying out of, an industrial or commercial
activity or the provision of a service of any kind.
Explanation 1: When technology is described wholly or partly by reference to the
uses to which it (or the goods to which it relates) may be put, it shall include
services which are provided or used, or which are capable of being used, in the
development, production or use of such technology or goods.
Explanation 2:The information takes the form of 'technical data' or 'technical
assistance'. Specified technology is defined in the General Technology Note to
the SCOMET Category 8. Specified technology for the Munitions List is defined in
6A022.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Technical data' may take forms such as blueprints, plans,
diagrams, models, formulae, 12[algorithms,] tables, engineering designs and specifications,
manuals and instructions 12[etc.,] written or recorded on other media or devices
such as disk, tape, read-only memories.
2. 'Technical assistance' may take forms such as instruction,
skills, training, working knowledge, consulting services. 'Technical assistance'
may involve transfer of 'technical data'.
“Three dimensional integrated circuit”: A collection of
semiconductor dies or active device layers, integrated together, and having
through semiconductor via connections passing completely through an interposer,
substrate, die or layer to establish interconnections between the device layers.
An interposer is an interface that enables electrical connections.
“Tilting spindle”: A tool-holding spindle which alters, during the machining
process, the angular position of its centre line with respect to any other axis.
“Time constant”: The time taken from the application of a light stimulus for
the current increment to reach a value of 1-1/e times the final value (i.e., 63%
of the final value).
“Tip shroud”: A stationary ring component (solid or segmented) attached to
the inner surface of the engine turbine casing or a feature at the outer tip of
the turbine blade, which primarily provides a gas seal between the
stationary and rotating components.
“Total control of flight”: Automated control of aircraft state variables and
flight path to meet mission objectives responding to real time changes in data
regarding objectives, hazards or other aircraft.
“Total digital transfer rate”: The number of bits, including line coding,
overhead and so forth per unit time passing between corresponding equipment in a
digital transmission system. (See also digital transfer rate)
“Tow”: is a bundle of monofilaments, usually approximately parallel.
“Toxins”: means toxins in the form of deliberately isolated preparations or
mixtures, no matter how produced, other than toxins present as contaminants of
other materials such as pathological specimens, crops, foodstuffs or seed stocks
of microorganisms.
deleted[“Transfer laser”: A laser in which the lasing species is excited through the
transfer of energy by collision of a non-lasing atom or molecule with a lasing
atom or molecule species.]
“Tunable”: The ability of a laser to produce a continuous output at all
wavelengths over a range of several laser transitions. A line selectable laser
produces discrete wavelengths within one laser transition and is not considered
tunable.
“Unidirectional positioning repeatability”: The smaller of values R↑ and R↓
(forward and backward), as defined by 3.21 of ISO 230-2:2014 or national
equivalents, of an individual machine tool axis as applicable.
“Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV)”: Any aircraft capable of initiating flight
and sustaining controlled flight and navigation without any human presence on
board.
“Usable in, usable for, usable as or capable of”: qualifies the description
of equipment, parts, components, materials, technology or software which are
suitable for a particular purpose. There is no requirement that the equipment,
parts, components, technology or software should have been configured, modified
or specified for that particular purpose. (Contrast with specially designed –
see above).
“Use”: Operation, installation (including on-site installation), maintenance
(checking), repair, overhaul and refurbishing.
“User-accessible programmability”: The facility allowing a user to insert,
modify or replace program by means other than:
a. A physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
b. The setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
“Vaccine”: is a medicinal product in a pharmaceutical formulation licensed
by, or having marketing or clinical trial authorisation from, the regulatory
authorities of either the country of manufacture or of use, which is intended to
stimulate a protective immunological response in humans or animals in order to
prevent disease in those to whom or to which it is administered.
deleted[“Vacuum atomization”: A process to reduce a molten stream of metal to
droplets of a diameter of 500 μm or less by the rapid evolution of a dissolved
gas upon exposure to a vacuum.]
deleted[“Variable geometry airfoils”: Use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading
edge slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of which can be controlled in
flight.]
“Yarn” is a bundle of twisted ‘strands’.
N.B.: ‘Strand’ is a bundle of monofilaments (typically over 200) arranged
approximately parallel.
ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
Acronym Or Abbreviation | Meaning |
ADC | Analogue-To-Digital Converter |
AGMA | American Gear Manufacturers’ Association |
AHRS | Attitude And Heading Reference Systems |
AISI | American Iron And Steel Institute |
ALE | Atomic Layer Epitaxy |
APP | Adjusted Peak Performance |
APU | Auxiliary Power Unit |
ASTM | American Society For Testing And Materials |
ATC | Air Traffic Control |
BJT | Bipolar Junction Transistors |
BPP | Beam Parameter Product |
BSC | Base Station Controller |
C3I | Command, Communications, Control & Intelligence |
CAD | Computer-Aided-Design |
CAS | Chemical Abstracts Service |
CCD | Charge Coupled Device |
CDU | Control And Display Unit |
CEP | Circular Error Probable |
CMM | Coordinate Measuring Machine |
CMOS | Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor |
CNTD | Controlled Nucleation Thermal Deposition |
CPLD | Complex Programmable Logic Device |
CPU | Central Processing Unit |
CVD | Chemical Vapour Deposition |
CW | Chemical Warfare |
CW (for lasers) | Continuous Wave |
DAC | Digital-To-Analogue Converter |
DANL | Displayed Average Noise Level |
DBRN | Data-Base Referenced Navigation |
DDS | Direct Digital Synthesizer |
DEW | Directed Energy Weapon Systems |
DMA | Dynamic Mechanical Analysis |
DME | Distance Measuring Equipment |
DMOSFET | Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor |
DS | Directionally Solidified |
EB | Exploding Bridge |
EB-PVD | Electron Beam Physical Vapour Deposition |
EBW | Exploding Bridge Wire |
ECM | Electro-Chemical Machining |
EDM | Electrical Discharge Machines |
EEPROMS | Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory |
EFI | Exploding Foil Initiators |
EIRP | Effective Isotropic Radiated Power |
EMC | Electromagnetic Compatibility |
EMCDB | Elastomer Modified Cast Double Based Propellants |
ERF | Electrorheological Finishing |
ERP | Effective Radiated Power |
ETO | Emitter Turn-Off Thyristor |
ETT | Electrical Triggering Thyristor |
FADEC | Full Authority Digital Engine Control |
FFT | Fast Fourier Transform |
FPGA | Field Programmable Gate Array |
FPIC | Field Programmable Interconnect |
FPLA | Field Programmable Logic Array |
FPO | Floating Point Operation |
FWHM | Full-Width Half-Maximum |
GISN | General "Information Security" Note |
GNSS | Global Navigation Satellite System |
GSM | Global System For Mobile Communications |
GST | General Software Note |
GTN | General Technology Note |
GTO | Gate Turn-Off Thyristor |
GLONASS | Global Navigation Satellite System |
GPS | Global Positioning System |
HBT | Hetero-Bipolar Transistors |
HEMT | High Electron Mobility Transistors |
ICAO | International Civil Aviation Organisation |
IEC | International Electro-Technical Commission |
IED | Improvised Explosive Device |
IEEE | Institute Of Electrical And Electronic Engineers |
IFOV | Instantaneous-Field-Of-View |
IGBT | Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor |
IGCT | Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristor |
IHO | International Hydrographic Organization |
ILS | Instrument Landing System |
IMU | Inertial Measurement Unit |
INS | Inertial Navigation System |
IP | Internet Protocol |
IRS | Inertial Reference System |
IRU | International Standard Atmosphere |
ISA | International Standard Atmosphere |
ISAR | Inverse Synthetic Aperture Radar |
ISO | International Organization For Standardization |
ITU | International Telecommunication Union |
JT | Joule-Thomson |
LIDAR | Light Detection And Ranging |
LIDT | Laser Induced Damage Threshold |
LOA | Length Overall |
LRU | Line Replaceable Unit |
LTT | Light Triggering Thyristor |
LVDT | Linear Variable Differential Transformer |
Mach | Ratio Of Speed Of An Object To Speed Of Sound (After Ernst Mach) |
MLS | Microwave Landing Systems |
MMIC | Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit |
MOCVD | Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition |
MOSFET | Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor |
MPM | Microwave Power Module |
MRAM | Magnetic Random Access Memory |
MRF | Magnetorheological Finishing |
MRF | Minimum Resolvable Feature Size |
MRI | Magnetic Resonance Imaging |
MTBF | Mean-Time-Between-Failures |
Mtops | Million Theoretical Operations Per Second |
MTTF | Mean-Time-To-Failure |
NA | Numerical Aperture |
NDT | Non-Destructive Test |
NEQ | Net Explosive Quantity |
OAM | Operations, Administration Or Maintenance |
OSI | Open Systems Interconnection |
PAI | Polyamide-Imides |
PAR | Precision Approach Radar |
PCL | Passive Coherent Location |
PIN | Personal Identification Number |
PMR | Private Mobile Radio |
PPM | Parts Per Million |
PVD | Physical Vapour Deposition |
QAM | Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation |
RAP | Reactive Atom Plasmas |
RF | Radio Frequency |
RNC | Radio Network Controller |
2[RNSS Regional Navigation Satellite System e.g. 'NavIC | Indian Regional Navigation Satellite System 'QZSS' - Quasi Zenith Satellite System'] |
RPV | Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles |
S-FIL | Step And Flash Imprint Lithography |
SAR | Synthetic Aperture Radar |
SAS | Synthetic Aperture Sonar |
SC | Single Crystal |
SCR | Silicon Controlled Rectifier |
SFDR | Spurious Free Dynamic Range |
SHPL | Super High Powered Laser |
SLAR | Sidelooking Airborne Radar |
SOI | Silicon-On-Insulator |
SPLD | Simple Programmable Logic Device |
SQUID | Superconducting Quantum Interference Device |
SRA | Shop Replaceable Assembly |
SRAM | Static Random Access Memory |
SSB | Single Sideband |
SSR | Secondary Surveillance Radar |
SSS | Side Scan Sonar |
TE-PVD | Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition |
TIR | Total Indicated Reading |
TVR | Transmitting Voltage Response |
UTS | Ultimate Tensile Strength |
VJFET | Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistor |
VOR | Very High Frequency Omni-Directional Range |
WLAN | Wireless Local Area Network |
Category 0: Nuclear materials, nuclear-related other materials,
equipment andtechnology
Note: Export of these items is regulated under the Atomic Energy Act, 1962 and
rules framed, and notifications/orders issued there under from time-to-time by
the Department of Atomic Energy. The licensing authority for items in this
category is the Department of Atomic Energy. An application for licence to
export shall be made in writing to the Joint Secretary (I&M), Department of
Atomic Energy, Anushakti Bhavan, CSM Marg, Mumbai 400 001
0A PRESCRIBED SUBSTANCES
Note: Any radioactive material in Category 0A shall additionally attract the
provisions of Radiation Protection Rules, 2004 made under the Atomic Energy Act,
1962 and the provisions of Section-16 of the Atomic Energy Act, 1962.
0A1 Source Material
0A101 Uranium containing the mixture of isotopes
occurring in nature.
0A102 Uranium depleted in the isotope 235.
0A103 Thorium.
0A104 Any of the materials specified above in 0A101,
0A102, or 0A103 in the form of metal, alloy, chemical compound, or concentrate.
0A105 Any other material containing one or more of the
foregoing.
Note 1:
Source material includes uranium and thorium ores or concentrates.
Note 2:
Exports of following items, for the use only in non-nuclear activities, to a
given recipient country, within a period of one calendar year, not exceeding the
limits specified below, are not controlled:
a. Uranium (containing the mixture of
isotopes in nature): 100 kilograms.
b. Depleted uranium (uranium depleted in
the isotope 235 below that occurring in nature): 1000 kilograms.
c. Thorium: 1000 kilograms.
Note 3: 0A1 does not control following –
i. Uranium and thorium ores, mineral
concentrates or other materials that contain less than 300 parts per million (ppm)
of uranium or/and thorium;
ii. Alloys containing less than 5 %
thorium;
iii. Ceramic products containing thorium,
which have been manufactured for non-nuclear use.
0A2 Special Fissionable
Material
0A201 Plutonium-239.
0A202 Uranium-233.
0A203 Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233.
0A204 Neptunium.
0A205 Any material containing one or more of the
foregoing.
0A206 Such other fissionable material determined by the
Central Government from time to time.
Technical note:
The term “uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233” means uranium containing
the isotopes 235 or 233 or both in an amount such that the abundance ratio of
the sum of these isotopes to the isotope 238 is greater than the ratio of the
isotope 235 to the isotope 238 occurring in nature.
Note:
1. The term “special fissionable material” does not include source material.
2. Any quantity of special fissionable material is prescribed substance.
3. 0A2 does not control -
a. Plutonium with an isotopic concentration of
plutonium-238 exceeding 80%, and
b. Special fissionable material when used in gram
quantities or less as a sensing component in instruments.
0A3 Other Materials
‘Other
Materials’ means non-nuclear materials for reactors, nuclear related dual-use
materials indicated below and such materials as determined by the Central
Government from time to time.
9[OA301
Deuterium and heavy water
Deuterium, heavy water (deuterium oxide) and any other deuterium
compound, in which the ratio of deuterium to hydrogen atoms exceeds
1:5000, for use in a nuclear reactor in quantities exceeding 5
kilograms of deuterium atoms in one consignment or 25 kilograms of
deuterium atoms, for any one recipient country within a period of
one calendar year;]
old[0A301 Deuterium and heavy water
Deuterium, heavy water (deuterium oxide) and any other deuterium compound, in
which the ratio of deuterium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1:5000,
a. for use in a nuclear reactor in quantities exceeding 5 kilograms of deuterium
atoms in one consignment or 25 kilograms of deuterium atoms, for any one
recipient country within a period of one calendar year;
b. for use in a non-nuclear activity in quantities exceeding 200 kilograms of
deuterium atoms, for any one recipient country within a period of one calendar
year.]
9[0A302 Nuclear grade graphite
Nuclear grade graphite having a purity level better than 5 parts per million (ppm) boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 gram/cc, for use in a nuclear reactor or any other nuclear activities in quantities exceeding 1 kilogram.
Note_1 The item 0A302 does not cover graphite powder.
Note 2
For the purpose of export control, the Government
will determine whether or not the exports of graphite meeting the above
specifications are for nuclear reactor use. Graphite having a purity
level better than 5 ppm (parts per million) boron equivalent and with a
density greater than 1.50 g/cm3 not for use in a nuclear reactor or any
other nuclear activities is not covered by this paragraph.
Boron Equivalent (BE) may be determined Jexperimentally or is calculated
as the sum of BEz for impurities (excluding BEcarbon since carbon is 10
considered an impurity) including boron, where: BEZ ppm = CF x
concentration of element Z (in ppm); B x Az):O2 X AB) divided by (oCF is
the conversion factor: 2 are the thermal neutron capture cross sections
(in barns) for naturallyoB and o occurring boron and element Z
respectively; and AB and Az are the atomic masses of naturally occurring
boron and element Z respectively
]
old[0A302 Nuclear grade graphite
Nuclear grade graphite having a purity level better than 5 parts per million (ppm)
boron equivalent and with a density greater than 1.5 gram/cc -
a. for use in a nuclear reactor or any other nuclear activities in quantities
exceeding 1 kilogram;
b. for use in non-nuclear activities in quantities exceeding 30 metric tons for
any one recipient country within a period of one calendar year.
Note: The item 0A302 does not cover graphite powder.]
0A303 Zirconium with hafnium content of less than 1 part to 500
parts of zirconium by weight (i.e. less than 2000 ppm) in the form of metal,
alloys containing more than 50% zirconium by weight, compounds,
manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.
0A304 Beryllium metal, its compounds, alloys containing more
than 50% beryllium by weight, manufactures thereof, and waste or scrap of any of
the foregoing and its minerals / concentrates including beryl but excluding:
a. beryllium windows used for x-ray machines or for bore-hole logging devices,
and
b. beryl in the form of emerald, aquamarine or ‘cut & polished’ semi-precious
stones for use in jewellery.
0A305 Lithium enriched in the Lithium-6 (6Li) isotope to greater
than its natural isotopic abundance (i.e. more than 7.5%) and the products or
devices containing enriched lithium such as elemental lithium, alloys,
compounds, mixtures containing lithium, manufactures thereof, waste or scrap of
any of the foregoing.
0A306 Niobium and Tantalum, their metals, alloys and minerals
including columbite and tantalite.
0A307 [Reserved]
0A308 Tritium, tritium compounds or mixtures containing tritium
in which the ratio of tritium to hydrogen atoms exceeds 1 part in 1000, except
when utilized in such quantities and for such purposes as for organic labelled
compounds, Gas Filled Light Sources and as Tritiated Water for radiotracer
studies.
0A309 Hafnium
Hafnium metal, alloys containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, hafnium
compounds containing more than 60% hafnium by weight, manufactures thereof, and
waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.
0A310 Radium-226
Radium-226 (226Ra), radium-226 alloys, radium-226 compounds, mixtures
containing radium-226, manufactures thereof, and products or devices containing
any of the foregoing, except medical applicators and
a
product or device containing less than 0.37 GBq (10mCi) of Ra-226 in any form.
0A311 Boron
Boron enriched in the Boron-10 (10B) isotope to greater than its
natural isotopic abundance as follows:
Elemental boron, compounds, mixtures containing boron, manufactures thereof,
waste or scrap of any of the foregoing.
0A312 Helium-3
Helium-3 (3He), mixtures containing helium-3, and products or devices
containing any of the foregoing.
Note: A product or device containing less than 1gm of Helium-3 is excluded.
0A313 ‘Radionuclides’ appropriate for making neutron sources based
on alpha-n reaction, in the following forms:
a. Elemental;
b. Compounds having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
c. Mixtures having a total activity of 37 GBq per kg or greater;
d. Products or devices containing any of the foregoing.
Radionuclides controlled by this item include:
Actinium-225 | Actinium-227 | Californium-253 |
Curium-240 | Curium-241 | Curium-242 |
Curium-243 | Curium244 | Einsteinium-253 |
Einsteinium254 | Gadolinium-148 | Plutonium-236 |
Plutonium-238 | Polonium-209 | Polonium-210 |
Polonium-208 | Radium-223 | Thorium-228 |
Thorium-227 | Uranium-230 | Uranium-232 |
0B Prescribed Equipment
0B001 Nuclear Reactors; associated equipment,
components, and systems especially designed, prepared, or adapted or used or
intended to be used in such reactors including but not limited to:-
a. Complete nuclear reactors
b. Nuclear reactor vessels
c. Nuclear reactor fuel charging and discharging machines
d. Nuclear reactor control rods and equipment
e. Nuclear reactor pressure tubes
f. Nuclear fuel cladding: Zirconium metal tubes or zirconium alloy tubes (or
assemblies of tubes), in which hafnium to zirconium ratio is 1:500 or less, for
use as nuclear fuel cladding
g. Primary coolant pumps or circulators
h. Nuclear reactor internals
i. Heat exchangers (steam generators) for use in the primary or intermediate
coolant circuit of a nuclear reactor
j. Neutron detectors
k. External thermal shields.
0B002 Plants for processing, production, concentration,
conversion or recovery of Prescribed Substances (such as uranium, plutonium,
thorium, deuterium, heavy water, tritium, lithium); associated equipment,
components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or
intended to be used in such plants including but not limited to:
a. Plants for production or concentration of deuterium, heavy water or
deuterium compounds-
1.Water - Hydrogen Sulphide Exchange Towers with
diameters of 1.5 m or greater and capable of operating at pressures greater than
or equal to 2 MPa (300 psi), especially designed or prepared for heavy water
production.
2. Especially designed or prepared blowers
and compressors for hydrogen-sulphide gas circulation. These blowers or
compressors have a throughput capacity greater than or equal to 56 m3/second
(120,000 SCFM)
while operating at
pressures greater than or equal to 1.8 MPa (260 psi) suction and have seals
designed for wet H2S service
3. Ammonia-Hydrogen Exchange Towers greater
than or equal to 35 m in height with diameters of 1.5 m to 2.5 m capable of
operating at pressures greater than 15 MPa especially designed or prepared for
heavy
water production
4. Tower Internals and Stage Pumps: Tower
internals and stage pumps especially designed or prepared for heavy water
production. Tower internals include especially designed stage contactors which
promote intimate
gas/liquid contact.
Stage pumps include especially designed submersible pumps for circulation of
liquid ammonia within a contacting stage internal to the stage towers.
5. Ammonia Crackers with operating
pressures greater than or equal to 3 MPa especially designed or prepared for
heavy water production.
6. Infrared Absorption Analyzers capable of
‘on-line’ hydrogen/deuterium ratio analysis
7. Catalytic Burners for conversion of
enriched deuterium gas into heavy water
8. Complete heavy water upgrade systems or
columns therefor
9. Ammonia synthesis converters or
synthesis units for heavy water production utilizing the ammonia-hydrogen
exchange process.
b. Plants for the conversion of uranium
1. Systems for the conversion of uranium ore
concentrates to UO3;
2. Systems for the conversion of UO3 to UF6;
3. Systems for the conversion of UO3 to UO2;
4. Systems for the conversion of UO2 to UF4;
5. Systems for the conversion of UF4 to UF6;
6. Systems for the conversion of UF4 to uranium
metal;
7. Systems for the conversion of UF6 to UO2;
8. Systems for the conversion of UF6 to UF4;
9. Systems for the conversion of UO2 to UCl4.
c. Plants for the conversion of plutonium
1. Systems for the conversion of plutonium
nitrate to oxide
2. Systems for plutonium metal production
9[0B002.d.
Tritium facilities or plants, and equipment therefor, follows:
1. Facilities or plants for the production, recovery, extraction, concentration or handling oftritium;
2. Equipment for tritium facilities or plants, asfollows:
i. Hydrogen or helium refrigeration units capable of
cooling to 23 K (-250 °C) or less, with heat removalcapacity greater
than 150 W;
ii. Hydrogen isotope storage or hydrogen isotope purification systems
using metal hydrides as the storage or purificationmedium.]
old[d. Tritium facilities or plants for the production, recovery, extraction,
concentration or handling of tritium and equipment therefor including hydrogen
or helium refrigeration units; and hydrogen isotope storage or purification
systems using metal hydrides as the storage or purification
medium.]
e. Lithium isotope separation facilities or plants, and systems and equipment
therefor as follows -
1. Facilities or plants for the separation of
lithium isotopes;
2. Equipment for the separation of lithium
isotopes based on the lithium-mercury amalgam process, as follows:
a) Packed
liquid-liquid exchange columns especially designed for lithium amalgams;
b) Mercury or
lithium amalgam pumps;
c) Lithium
amalgam electrolysis cells;
d) Evaporators for
concentrated lithium hydroxide solution;
3. Ion exchange systems especially designed for lithium
isotope separation, and especially designed component parts therefor;
4. Chemical exchange systems (employing crown ethers,
cryptands, or lariat ethers) especially designed for lithium isotope separation,
and especially designed component parts therefor.
[OB003
Plants for reprocessing of irradiated nuclear fuel and equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants, including but not limited to:
a. Irradiated fuel element decladding equipment
and chopping machines: Remotely operated equipment especially
designed or prepared for use in a reprocessing plant as identified above
and intended to expose or prepare the irradiated nuclear material in
fuel assemblies, bundles or
rods for processing.
b. Dissolvers: Dissolver vessels or dissolvers employing mechanical devices especially designed or prepared for use in a reprocessing plant as identified above, intended for dissolution of irradiated nuclear fuel and which are capable of withstanding hot, highly corrosive liquid, and which can be remotely loaded, operated, and maintained.
c. Solvent extractors and solvent extraction equipment: Especially designed or prepared solvent extractors (such as packed or pulse columns, mixer settlers or centrifugal contactors) for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel. Solvent extractors must be resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric acid. Solvent extractors are normally fabricated to extremely high standards special welding and inspection and quality assurance and quality control techniques) out of low carbon stainless steels, titanium, zirconium, or other high quality materials.
d. Chemical holding or storage vessels: Especially designed or prepared holding or storage vessels for use in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel. The holding or storage vessels must be resistant to the corrosive effect of nitric acid. The holding or storage vessels are normally fabricated of materials such as low carbon stainless steels, titanium or zirconium, or other high quality materials. Holding or storage vessels may be designed for remote operation and maintenance and may have the following features for control of nuclear criticality:
1. Walls or internal structures with a boron
equivalent of at least 2%;
2. A maximum diameter of 175 mm for cylindrical vessels; or
3. A maximum width of 75 mm for either a slab or annular vessel.
e. Neutron measurement systems for process control Neutron measurement systems especially designed or prepared for integration and use with automated process control systems for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements.]
old[0B003 Plants for reprocessing of irradiated nuclear
fuel and equipment, components and systems especially designed, prepared or
adapted or used or intended to be used in such plants, including but not limited
to:
a. Irradiated fuel element chopping machines designed for remote operation
b. Dissolvers capable of withstanding hot and highly corrosive liquid for
dissolution of irradiated nuclear fuel and which can be remotely loaded and
maintained
c. Solvent extractors and solvent extraction equipment resistant to the
corrosive effect of nitric acid
d. Chemical holding or storage vessels resistant to the corrosive effect of
nitric acid
e. Neutron measurement systems for integration and use with automated process
control systems for the reprocessing of irradiated fuel elements.
deleted[f. Industrial equipment including assemblies and components as follows:
1. High density (lead glass or other)
radiation shielding windows
2. Radiation hardened TV cameras, or
lenses therefor
3. ‘Robots’ or ‘end effectors’
especially designed for handling high explosives; and control units therefor
4. Remote manipulators that can be
used to provide remote actions in radiochemical separation operations or hot
cells]
0B004 Plants for treatment, handling, storage and transportation
of radioactive wastes from nuclear reactors or from plants for processing Source
Materials or Special Fissionable Materials or from nuclear reprocessing plants;
irradiated nuclear fuel; Special Fissionable Materials, and equipment especially
designed, prepared, adapted, or intended to be used therefor.
0B005 All systems, associated equipment, components for
separation or enrichment of isotopes of uranium, plutonium, lithium, boron or
other elements, other than analytical instruments, especially designed,
prepared,
adapted, used or intended to be used therefor as follows:
a. Gas centrifuges and assemblies and components especially designed or prepared
for use in gas Centrifuges
1. Gas centrifuges;
2. Complete rotor assemblies; Thin-walled
cylinders, or a number of interconnected thin-walled cylinders, manufactured
from one or more of the high strength-to-density ratio materials described in
the Note-1 in
0B005.a. If
interconnected, the cylinders are joined together by flexible bellows or rings
as described in 0B005.a.4. The rotor is fitted with an internal baffle(s) and
end caps, as described in 0B005.a.5 and
0B005.a.6.
3. Rotor tube cylinders: Especially
designed or prepared thin-walled cylinders with thickness of 12 mm or less, a
diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm, and manufactured from one or more of ‘high
strength-to-density ratio
materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a;
4. Rings or bellows: Rings or bellows with wall
thickness of 3 mm or less and a diameter of between 75 mm and 650 mm especially
designed to give local support to a rotor tube or to join together a number of
rotor
tubes, made from ‘high
strength-to-density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a.
5. Baffles: Disc-shaped components of between 75
mm and 650 mm diameter especially designed or prepared for mounting inside a
rotor tube, in order to isolate the take-off chamber from the main separation
chamber and manufactured from
‘high strength-to-density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a.
6. Top or bottom caps: Especially designed or
prepared disc-shaped components of between 75 mm and 400 mm diameter especially
designed or prepared to fit the ends of a rotor tube, and so contain the UF6
within
the rotor tube, and in
some cases to support, retain or contain as an integrated part an element
of the upper bearing (top cap) or to carry the rotating elements of the motor
and lower bearing (bottom cap), and
manufactured from ‘high
strength-to-density ratio materials’ described in the Note-1 in 0B005.a;
7. Especially prepared Magnetic Suspension
Bearings with both of the following attributes:
a.
Bearing assemblies consisting of an annular magnet suspended within a housing
made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by UF6” (see Note 3 of
0B005) containing a damping medium and
having the magnet coupling with a pole piece or second magnet fitted to the top
cap of the rotor;
b.
Active magnetic bearings especially designed or prepared for use with gas
centrifuges. These bearings usually have the following characteristics: i)
Designed to keep centred a rotor spinning at 600 Hz or more;
and ii) Associated to a reliable electrical power supply and/or to an
uninterruptible power supply (UPS) unit in order to function for more than one
hour.
8. Bearings / Dampers: Especially designed or
prepared bearings comprising a pivot/cup assembly mounted on a damper. The pivot
is normally a hardened steel shaft with a hemisphere at one end with a means of
attachment to the bottom
cap described in 0B005.a.6 at the other. The shaft may however have a
hydrodynamic bearing attached. The cup is pellet-shaped with a hemispherical
indentation in one surface. These
components are often
supplied separately to the damper.
9. Molecular pumps: Molecular pumps are high
vacuum pumps consisting of especially designed or prepared cylinders having
internally machined or extruded helical grooves and internally machined bores.
Typical
dimensions are as follows: 75
mm to 650 mm internal diameter, 10 mm or more wall thickness, with the length
equal to or greater than the diameter. The grooves are typically rectangular in
cross-section and 2 mm or
more in depth.
10. Ring-shaped motor stators: Especially designed or
prepared ring-shaped stators for high speed multiphase AC hysteresis (or
reluctance) motors for synchronous operation within a vacuum at a frequency of
600 Hz
or greater and a power of
40 VA or greater. The stators may consist of multi-phase windings on a laminated
low loss iron core comprised of thin layers typically 2.0 mm thick or less.
11. Centrifuge housing/recipients to contain the rotor
tube assembly of a gas centrifuge consisting of rigid cylinder of wall thickness
up to 30 mm with precision machined ends that are parallel to each other and
perpendicular to
the cylinder's longitudinal axis to within 0,05 degrees or less.
12. Scoops consisting of tubes for the extraction of
UF6 gas from within the rotor tube by a Pitot tube action and capable of being
fixed to the central gas extraction system.
Note 1: The high strength-to-density ratio materials used for centrifuge
rotating components include the following:
(a) Maraging steel capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 1.95 GPa or more;
(b) Aluminium alloys capable of an ultimate tensile strength of 0.46 GPa or
more;
(c) Filamentary materials suitable for use in composite structures and having a
specific modulus of 3.18 X 106 m or greater and a specific ultimate tensile
strength of 7.62 X 104 m or greater.
Note 2: 'Specific Modulus' is the Young's Modulus in N/m2 divided by the
specific weight in N/m3; 'Specific Ultimate Tensile Strength' is the ultimate
tensile strength in N/m2 divided by the specific weight in N/ m3.
b. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and
components for gas centrifuge enrichment plants
1. Machine header piping systems for handling UF6 within the centrifuge
cascades;
2. Frequency changers (converters or inverters) especially designed or prepared
to supply motor stators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all of the
following characteristics, and especially designed components
therefor:
a. A multiphase
frequency output of 600 Hz or greater; and
b. High stability
(with frequency control better than 0.2 %)
c. Especially designed or prepared assemblies and components for use in
gaseous diffusion enrichment.
1. Gaseous diffusion barriers and barrier materials resistant to corrosion
by UF6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005;
2. Gaseous diffuser housings made of or protected by materials resistant to
corrosion by UF6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005;
3. Compressors (positive displacement, centrifugal and axial flow types) or gas
blowers with a suction volume capacity of 1 m3 /min or more of UF6, discharge
pressure up to 500 kPa and having a pressure ratio of 10:1
or less designed for long term operation in the UF6
environment and made of or protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF6
described in the Note-3 in 0B005.
d. Especially designed or prepared auxiliary systems, equipment and
components for use in gaseous diffusion enrichment:
Piping systems and header systems for handling UF6 within the gaseous diffusion
cascades.
e. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use
in aerodynamic enrichment plants:
1. Especially designed or prepared separation nozzles and assemblies thereof.
The separation nozzles consist of slit-shaped, curved channels having a radius
of curvature less than 1 mm, made of materials resistant to
corrosion by UF6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005 and having
a knife-edge within the nozzle that separates the gas flowing through the nozzle
into two fractions;
2. Especially designed or prepared vortex tubes and assemblies thereof. The
vortex tubes are cylindrical or tapered, made of or protected by materials
resistant to corrosion by UF6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005 and
with one or more tangential inlets. The tubes may be equipped
with nozzle type appendages at either or both ends;
3. Especially designed or prepared compressors or gas-blowers made of or
protected by materials resistant to corrosion by the UF6 (see the Note-3 in
0B005) / carrier gas (hydrogen or helium) mixture;
4. Especially designed or prepared separation element housings made of or
protected by materials resistant to corrosion by UF6 described in the Note-3 in
0B005, for containing vortex tubes or separation nozzles;
5. Especially designed or prepared header-piping systems, made of or protected
by materials resistant to corrosion by UF6 described in the Note-3 in 0B005, for
handling UF6 within the aerodynamic cascades;
6. UF6/carrier gas separation systems for separating UF6 from carrier gas
(hydrogen or helium).
f. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for
use in chemical exchange or ion exchange enrichment plants.
1. Countercurrent Liquid-liquid exchange columns (Chemical exchange), having
mechanical power input, especially designed or prepared for uranium enrichment
using the chemical exchange process. For corrosion
resistance to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions, these
columns and their internals are normally made of or protected by materials
resistant to corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions. The stage
residence time of the columns is normally designed to be 30
seconds or less.
2. Liquid-liquid centrifugal contactors (Chemical exchange), especially designed
or prepared for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. Such
contractors are made of or protected by materials resistant to
corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions, The
stage residence time of the columns is normally designed to be 30 seconds or
less.
3. Uranium reduction systems and equipment (Chemical exchange):
a. Especially designed or prepared
electrochemical reduction cells to reduce uranium from one valence state to
another for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process. The cell
materials in contact with
process solutions
must be corrosion resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions;
b. Especially designed or prepared systems
consisting of solvent extraction equipment and pumps or other transfer devices
at the product end of the cascade for taking the U+4 out of
the organic stream.
4. Feed preparation systems (Chemical exchange) consisting of dissolution,
solvent extraction and/or ion exchange equipment for producing high-purity
uranium chloride.
5. Uranium oxidation systems (Chemical exchange) for oxidation of U+3
to U+4
6. Fast-reacting ion exchange resins/adsorbents (Ion exchange):
Fast-reacting ion-exchange resins or adsorbents, especially
designed or prepared for uranium enrichment using the chemical exchange process,
including porous macroreticular resins, and/or pellicular structures and
other composite structures in any suitable form including
particles or fibres chemically resistant to concentrated hydrochloric acid
solutions.
7. Ion exchange columns (Ion exchange):
Cylindrical columns for containing and supporting packed beds
of ion exchange resin/adsorbent and made of or protected by materials resistant
to corrosion by concentrated hydrochloric acid solutions.
8. Ion exchange reflux systems (Ion exchange):
Chemical or electrochemical oxidation or reduction systems
for regeneration of the chemical oxidizing or reducing agent(s) used in ion
exchange enrichment cascades.
g. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for
use in laser-based enrichment plants.
1. Uranium vaporization systems (atomic vapour based methods)
2. Liquid or vapour uranium metal handling systems and components (atomic vapour
based methods)
3. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies (atomic vapour based
methods)
4. Separator module housings (atomic vapour based methods)
5. Supersonic expansion nozzles (molecular based methods)
6. ‘Product’ or ‘tails’ collectors (molecular based methods)
7. UF6/carrier gas compressors (molecular based methods)
8. Rotary shaft seals (molecular based methods)
9. Fluorination systems (molecular based methods)
10. UF6/carrier gas separation systems (molecular based methods)
11. ‘Lasers’ or ‘laser systems or components’ for the separation of uranium
isotopes.
h. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use
in plasma separation enrichment plants
1. Microwave power sources and antennae: Especially designed or prepared
microwave power sources and antennae for producing or accelerating ions and
having the following characteristics: greater than 30 GHz
frequency and greater than 50 kW mean power output for ion
production.
2. Radio frequency ion excitation coils for frequencies of more than 100 kHz
3. Uranium plasma generation systems
4. Uranium metal ‘product’ and ‘tails’ collector assemblies made of or protected
by materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uranium metal vapour.
5. Separator module housings (cylindrical vessels) for containing the uranium
plasma source, radio-frequency drive coil and the ‘product’ and ‘tails’
collectors.
i. Especially designed or prepared systems, equipment and components for use
in electromagnetic enrichment plants.
1. Electromagnetic isotope separators for separation of uranium isotopes and
equipment and components therefor, including ion sources (consisting of a vapour
source, ionizer, and beam accelerator), ion collectors
(consisting of collector plates), vacuum housings and magnet
pole pieces;
2. High voltage power supplies for ion sources: Especially designed or prepared
high-voltage power supplies for ion sources, having all of the following
characteristics: capable of continuous operation, output voltage of
20,000 V or greater, output current of 1 A or greater, and
voltage regulation of better than 0.01% over a time period of 8 hours
3. High-power, direct current magnet power supplies: Especially designed or
prepared high-power, direct current magnet power supplies having all of the
following characteristics: capable of continuously producing a
current output of 500 A or greater at a voltage of 100 V or
greater and with a current or voltage regulation better than 0.01% over a period
of 8 hours.
j. Especially designed or prepared other equipment and components for
use in enrichment plants:
1. Feed systems / product and tails withdrawal systems such as feed autoclaves,
ovens, or systems, desublimers, cold traps or pumps, solidification or
liquefaction stations, ‘product’ or ‘tails’ stations used for handling UF6;
2. Special shut-off valves, control valves, bellow sealed valves, manual or
automated, shut-off or control, made of or protected by materials resistant to
corrosion by UF6;
3. UF6 mass spectrometers / ion sources capable of taking on-line
samples from UF6 gas stream; ;
4. Rotary shaft seals for compressors or blowers;
5. Heat exchangers made of or protected by “materials resistant to corrosion by
UF6”;
6. Vacuum systems including vacuum manifolds, vacuum headers and vacuum pumps
made of, or protected by, materials resistant to corrosion by UF6.
Notes to 0B005:
1: Controls under 0B005 also apply to the plants and equipment that are intended
for isotope separation of other elements.
2: “Other elements” means all elements other than hydrogen, uranium and
plutonium.
3: Materials resistant to corrosion by UF6 include copper, copper alloys,
stainless steel, aluminium, aluminium oxide, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloys
containing 60% or more nickel and fluorinated hydrocarbon polymers.
0B006 Plants for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuel
elements, and equipment especially designed or prepared therefor including but
not limited to:
a.
fully automatic pellet inspection stations especially designed or prepared for
checking final dimensions and surface defects of the fuel pellets;
b.
automatic welding machines especially designed or prepared for welding end caps
onto the fuel pins (or rods);
c.
automatic test and inspection stations especially designed or prepared for
checking the integrity of completed fuel pins (or rods);
d.
systems especially designed or prepared to manufacture nuclear fuel cladding.
Item
‘c’ typically includes equipment for: 1) x-ray examination of pin (or rod) end
cap welds, 2) helium leak detection from pressurized pins (or rods), and 3)
gamma-ray scanning of the pins (or rods) to check for
correct
loading of the fuel pellets inside.
0B007 Plants or systems for production, handling, storage and
transportation of Radioisotopes in quantities exceeding 100 Curies (3.7 X 1012
Becquerel).
0B008 Neutron generators including neutron chain reacting assemblies
and fusion assemblies of all kinds for producing fissile materials.
0C Technology and software
Technology and software for the
development, production or use of prescribed substances or prescribed equipment
specified in 0A or 0B. ”
1['Category 1 Toxic chemical agents and other chemicals
1A Export of the following chemicals 9[related
technology and software] is prohibited:
(This corresponds to Schedule 1 to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC))
Note: Where reference is made below to groups of di-alkylated chemicals,
followed by a list ofalkyl groups in parentheses, all chemicals possible by all
possible combinations and alkyl groups listed in parentheses are considered
prohibited unless explicitly exempted.
SI. No. |
Schedule-1 Toxic Chemicals of CWC |
CAS number |
(1) |
O-Alky ( <C10 , incl. cycloalkyl) alkyl (Me, Et,n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonofluoridates |
|
|
e.g. Sarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonofluoridate |
(107-44-8) |
|
Soman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate |
(96-64-0) |
(2) |
0-Alkyl, ( <C10, incl. cycloalkyl) N,N-dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidocyanidates |
|
|
e.g. Tabun: O-Ethyl N,N,-dimethyl phosphoramidocyanidate |
(77-81-6) |
(3) |
O-AIkyl (H or <
CIO, incl. cycloalkyl) S-2-DialkyI (Me, Et, n-Pr or i -Pr)- aminoethyl
alkyl |
|
|
e.g. VX: O-Ethyl S- 2 diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate |
(50782-69-9) |
(4) |
Sulphur mustards: |
|
|
2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide |
(2625-76-5) |
|
Mustard gas: Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulphide |
(505-60-2) |
|
Bis (2-chloroethylthio) methane |
(63869-13-6) |
|
Sesquimustard: 1,2-Bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane |
(3563-36-8) |
|
1,3-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-propane |
(63905-10-2) |
|
1,4-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-butane |
(142868-93-7) |
|
1,5-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-Pentane |
(142868-94-8) |
|
Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether |
(63918-90-1) |
|
O-Mustard: Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether |
(63918-89-8) |
(5) |
Lewisites: |
|
|
Lewisite 1: 2-Chlorovinyldichloroarsine |
(541-25-3) |
|
Lewisite 2: Bis (2-Chlorovinyl) chloroarsine |
(40334-69-8) |
|
Lewisite 3: Tris (2-Chlorovinyl) arsine |
(40334-70-1) |
(6) |
Nitrogen mustards: |
|
|
HN1: Bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine |
(538-07-8) |
|
HN2: Bis (2-chloroethyl) Chloroarsine |
(51-75-2) |
|
HN3: Tris (2-chloroethyl) amine |
(555-77-1) |
(7) |
Saxitoxin |
(35523-89-8) |
(8) |
Ricin |
(9009-86-3) |
|
||
SI. No. |
Schedule-1 CWC Precursors |
CAS number |
(9) |
Alkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or I-Pr) phosphonyldifluorides |
|
|
e.g. DF: Methyl phosphonyldifluoride |
(676-99-3) |
(10) |
O-Alkyl (H or < CIO, incl. cycloalkyl) 0-2 dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)- aminoethylalkyl (Me, Et N-Pr or i -Pr) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts |
|
|
e.g.QL: O-Ethyl O-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonite |
(57856-11-8) |
(11) |
Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate |
(1445-76-7) |
(12) |
Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate |
(7040-57-5)' |
old[Category 1 Toxic chemical agents and other chemicals
1A Export of the following chemicals is prohibited:
(This corresponds to Schedule 1 to
the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC))
Note: Where reference is made
below to groups of di-alkylated chemicals, followed by a list of alkyl groups in
parentheses, all chemicals possible by all possible combinations and alkyl
groups listed in parentheses
are considered prohibited
unless explicitly exempted.
(1). O-Alky ( <C10 , incl. cycloalkyl)
alky1 (Me, Et,n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphonofluoridates
e.g. Sarin: O-Isopropy1 methylphosphonofluoridate
Soman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonofluoridate
(2). O-Alkyl, ( <C10, incl.
cycloalkyl) N,N-dialky1 (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidocyanidates
e.g. Tabun:
O-Ethyl N,N,-dimethyl phosphoramidocyanidate
(3). O-Alkyl (H or < C10, incl.
cycloalkyl) S-2-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)- aminoethyl alkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr
or i-Pr) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
e.g. VX:
O-Ethyl S-2 diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate
(4). Sulphur mustards:
2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide
Mustard gas: Bis (2-chloroethyl) sulphide
Bis (2-chloroethylthio) methane
Sesquimustard:1,2-Bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane
1,3-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-propane
1,4-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-butane
1,5-Bis (2-chloroethylthio)-n-Pentane
Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether
O-Mustard: Bis (2-Chloroethylthiomethyl) ether
(5). Lewisites:
Lewisite 1: 2-Chlorovinyldichloroarsine
Lewisite 2: Bis (2-Chlorovinyl) chloroarsine
Lewisite 3: Tris (2-Chlorovinyl) arsine
(6). Nitrogen mustards:
HN1: Bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine
HN2: Bis (2-chloroethyl) Chloroarsine
HN3: Tris (2-chloroethyl) amine
(7). Saxitoxin
(8). Ricin
(9). Alkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or I-Pr)
phosphonyldifluorides
e.g. DF: Methyl phosphonyldifluoride
(10). O-Alkyl (H or < C10, incl.
cycloalkyl) O-2 dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)- aminoethylalkyl (Me, Et N-Pr or
i-Pr) phosphonites and corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
e.g.QL: O-Ethyl O-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonite
(11). Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl
methylphosphonochloridate
(12). Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolylmethylphosphonochloridate]
1['IB Export of chemicals listed in IB below is permitted only to States party to
the Chemical Weapons Convention, against an export authorisation.
(This corresponds to Schedule 2 to the Chemicals Weapons Convention)
Note to
exporters:
a. A list of States Parties can be obtained from the Disarmament &
International Security Affairs Division of the Ministry of External Affairs
(Room No. 40G, South Block, New Delhi) or at the official website of the
Organization for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons at www.opcw.org.
b. A prior authorization will be required for export of chemicals in this
category. This permission shall be subject to the condition that for each
export consignment, exporters shall, within 30 days of exports, notify the
details to the National Authority, Chemical Weapons Convention, Cabinet
Secretariat; Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA); Department of
Chemicals and Petrochemicals and the Directorate General of Foreign
Trade and submit to DGFT, a copy of Bill of Entry into the destination
State Party within 30 days of delivery'.
Note: Where reference is made below to groups of dialkylated chemicals, followed
by a list of alkyl groups in parentheses, all chemicals possible by all possible
combinations and alkyl groups listed in parentheses are included unless
explicitly exempted.
SI. No. |
Schedule 2 CWC Precursors |
CAS number |
(1) |
Amiton 0,0-Diethyl S-[2-(diethylamino) ethyl)] phosphorothiolate |
(78-53-5) |
(2) |
PFIB: l,l,3,3,3,-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)l-propene |
(382-21-8) |
(3) |
BZ: 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate |
(6581-06-2) |
(4) |
Chemicals, except for those listed in Schedule 1, containing a phosphorus atom to which is bonded one methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso) group but not further carbon atoms |
|
|
e.g.Methylphosphonyl dichloride |
(676-97-1) |
|
Dimethyl methylphosphonate |
(756-79-6) |
|
Exemption:- Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-phenyl ethylphosphonothiolothionate |
(944-22-9) |
(5) |
N, N-Dialkyl (ME, Et, n-Pr or i -Pr) phosphoramidic dihalides |
|
(6) |
Dialkyl (Me, Et, n- Pr or i-Pr) N, N- dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr)-phosphoramidates |
|
(7) |
Arsenic trichloride |
(7784-34-) |
(8) | 2,2-Diphenyl-2 hydroxyacetic acid | (76-93-7)1 |
(9) | Quinuclidine-3- ol | (1619-34-7) |
(10) | N,H-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethyl-2 -chlorides and corresponding protonated salts | |
(11) | N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding protonated salts | |
Exemptions: N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts | (108-01-0) | |
N,N-Diethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts |
(100-37-8) | |
(12) | N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding protonated salts | |
(13) | Thiodiglycol: Bis(2-hydroxyethyl) sulphide | (111-07-3) |
(14) | Pinacolyl alcohol: 3,3-Dimethylbutane-2-ol | (464-07-3)' |
A listed of commercially important Schedule -2 Chemicals of CWC is given below:
Sl.No. | SCOMET Entry | Name of Chemical | Entry into Schedule | CAS number | ITC (HS) code |
1 | 1B001 | 2-Chloro N, N -Di-isopropyl ethylamine | 2B10 | (96-79-7) | 29211910 |
2 | 1B002 | 11[2-(N,N-Diethylamino)ethanethiol] old[Diethyl amino Ethanethiol] | 2B12 | (100-38-9) | 11[29306000] old[29221910] |
3 | 1B003 | 11[Dimethyl Methylphosphonate] old[O, O, Dimethyl Methyl Phosphonate] | 2B04 | (756-79-6) | 11[29314100] old[29209045] |
4 | 1B004 | 11[2-(N,N-Diisoprophylamino)ethanol] old[2-Hydroxy N, N-Diisopropyl Ethylamine] | 2B11 | (96-80-0) | 11[29221800] old[29221111] |
5 | 1B005 | N, N-Diethyl Amino ethyl Chloride Hydrochloride | 2B10 | (869-24-9) | 11[29211300] old[29221112] |
6 | 1B006 | Di-ethyl Amino ethanethiol Hydrochloride | 2B12 | (1942-52-5) | 11[29309095] old[29221113] |
7 | 1B007 | Di-Methyl Amino ethyl chloride Hydrochloride | 2B10 | (4584-46- 7) | 11[29211200] old[29221114] |
8 | 1B008 | Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol | 2B12 | (108-02-1) | 11[29309092] old[29221115] |
9 | 1B009 | Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol Hydrochloride | 2B12 | (13242-44- 9) | 11[29309093] old[29221116] |
10 | 1B010 | Phosphorothioic acid, S [2-(diethylamino) ethyl] O, O - diethyl ester | 2A01 | (78-53-5) | 11[29309097] old[29201910] |
11 | 1B011 | 1-Propene, 1,1, 3, 3, 3, - Pentafluoro - 2- (trifluoromethyl) (PFIB) | 2A02 | (382-21-8) | 11[29035910] old[29033911] |
12 | 1B012 | phenyl, 1 - azabicyclo [2.2.2.] oct-3-yl ester | 2A03 | (1709855) | 11[29333940] old[29392050] |
13 | 1B013 | Phosphonic Acid, Methyl- compound with (aminoimino methyl) urea (1:1) | 2B04 | (84402-58-4) | 11[29314500] old[29209047] |
14 | 1B014 | 1-Propanaminium N, N, N-trimethyl -3- [1- oxo-9 octadecenyl) amino]-. (Z)-methyl methylphosphonate |
2B04 | (70055-71-9) | 11[29313900] old[29209048] |
15 | 1B015 | Phosphonic acid, [methyl bis (5-ethyl-2- methyl-2-oxido-l, 3, 2-dioxaphosphorinan- 5-yl) methyl] ester | 2B04 | (42595-45-9) | 11[29314920] old[29209051] |
16 | 1B016 | Phosphonic acid, [methyl-(5-ethyl-2-methyl 2-oxido-1,3,2-dioxaphosphorinan- 5-yl) methyl] ester | 2B04 | (41203-81-0) | 11[29314700] old[29209052] |
17 | 1B017 | Phosphonic acid, propyl-dimethyl ester | 2B04 | (18755-43-6) | 11[29314200] old[29209053] |
18 | 1B018 | Phosphonous acid, methyl-diethyl ester | 2B04 | (15715-41-0) | 11[29313900] old[29209054] |
19 | 1B019 | Phosphonic acid, ethyl- | 2B04 | (1782267) | 11[29313900] old[29209055] |
20 | 1B020 | Phosphonic acid, propyl- | 2B04 | (4672-38-2) | 11[29313900] old[29209056] |
21 | 1B021 | Phosphinic acid, methyl- | 2B04 | (4206-94-4) | 11[29313900] old[29209057] |
22 | 1B022 | Phosphonochloridic acid, methyl-, methyl ester | 2B04 | (1066-52- 0) | 11[29313900] old[29209058] |
23 | 1B023 | Phosphonothioic dichloride, ethyl- | 2B04 | (993-43-1) | 11[29313900] old[29209061] |
24 | 1B024 | Phosphonic acid methyl- | 2B04 | (993-13-5) | 11[29314400] old[29209062] |
11[25 old[25 |
1B025 1B025 |
'Reserved' Phosphonic acid, methyl-, dimethyl ester |
- 2B04 |
- (756-79-6) |
-] 29209063] |
26 | 1B026 | Phosphonic dichloride, methyl- | 2B04 | (676-97-1) | 11[29315100] old[29209064] |
27 | 1B027 | Phosphonous dichloride, methyl - | 2B04 | (676-83- 5) | 11[29313900] old[29209065] |
28 | 1B028 | Phosphonic acid, ethyl-, diethyl ester | 2B04 | (78-38-6) | 11[29314300] old[29209066] |
29 | 1B029 | Arsenous trichloride | 2B07 | (7784-34-1) | 11[28121930] old[28121930] |
30 | 1B030 | 11[Benzeneacelic acid, alpha- hydroxy-alphaphenyl] old[Phenyl] | 2B08 | (76-93-7) | 11[29333940] old[29181900] |
31 | 1B031 | 1-Azabicyclo (2.2.2.) octan-3-ol | 2B09 | (1619-34-7) | 11[29333500] old[29333930] |
32 | 1B032 | Ethanamine, 2-Chloro-N, N-dimethyl- | 2B10 | (107-99-3) | 11[29211920] old[29211920] |
11[33 old[33 |
1B033 1B033 |
'Reserved' Ethanol, 2-[bis(l-methylethyl) amino 1- |
- 2B11 |
- (96-80-0) |
-] 29221920] |
11[34 old[34 |
1B034 1B034 |
'Reserved' Ethanethiol, 2-(diethylamino)- |
- 2B12 |
- (100-38-9) |
-] 29221930] |
35 | 1B035 | Ethanol, 2, 2'-thiobis- | 2B13 | (111-48-8) | 11[29307000] old[29309091] |
36 | 1B036 | 2-Butanol, 3, 3-dimethyl- | 2B14 | (464-07-3) | 11[29051910] old[29051910] |
6[37 old[37 |
1B037 1B037 |
Diphenyl Methyl Phosphonate Others |
2B04 - |
11[(7526-26-3)]
old[3747-58-0] - |
11[29313900]
old[29313900]] -]] |
11[38 old[7[38 |
1B038 1B038 |
2-(N,N-Diethylamino)ethylchloride Others |
2B10 - |
(100-35-6) - |
29211990] -] |
12[39 | 1B039 | Mixture of (5-ethyl-2-methyl1-2-oxido-1,3,2-dioxaphosphinan-5-yl)methyl methyl methylphosphonate (CAS RN 41203-81-0) and Bis[(5-Ethyl-2-methtyl-2-oxido-1,3,2-dioxaphosphinan-5-yl)methyl] methylphosphonate (CAS RN 42595-45-9) | 2B10 | (170836-68-7) | 38249100 |
40 | 1B040 | 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate | 2A03 | (6581-06-2) | 29333940 |
41 | 1B041 | Others | - | - | -] |
old[1B Export of chemicals listed in 1B below is
permitted only to States party to the Chemical Weapons Convention against an
export licence
(This corresponds to Schedule 2
to the Chemicals Weapons Convention)
Note to exporters:
(a) A list of States Parties can be
obtained from the Disarmament & International Security Affairs Division of the
Ministry of External Affairs (Room No. 40G, South Block, New Delhi) or at the
official website of the
Organization
for the Prohibition of Chemical Weapons at
www.opcw.org.
(b) A general permission valid for a period
of two years may be applied for export of chemicals in this category. This
permission shall be subject to the condition that for each export consignment,
exporters shall, within
30 days of exports,
notify the details to the National Authority, Chemical Weapons Convention,
Cabinet Secretariat; Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA); Department of
Chemicals and Petrochemicals and the
Directorate
General of Foreign Trade and submit to DGFT, a copy of Bill of Entry into the
destination State Party within 30 days of delivery.
Note: Where reference is made below to groups of dialkylated chemicals,
followed by a list of alkyl groups in parentheses, all chemicals possible by all
possible combinations and alkyl groups listed in parentheses are
included unless
explicitly exempted.
1. Amiton 0,0-Diethyl S-[2-(diethylamino) ethyl)] phosphorothiolate and
corresponding alkylated or protonated salts
2. PFIB: 1,1,3,3,3,-Pentafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)1-propene
3. BZ: 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate
4. Chemicals, except for those listed in Schedule 1, containing a phosphorus
atom to which is bonded one methyl, ethyl or propyl (normal or iso) group but
not further carbon atoms,
e.g.Methylphosphonyl dichloride, Dimethyl methylphosphonate
Exemption:- Fonofos: O-Ethyl S-phenyl
ethylphosphonothiolothionate
5. N, N-Dialkyl (ME, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) phosphoramidic dihalides
6. Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) N, N-dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or
i-Pr)-phosphoramidates
7. Arsenic trichloride
8. 2,2-Diphenyl-2 hydroxyacetic acid
9. Quinuclidine-3-ol
10. N,H-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethyl-2 -chlorides and corresponding
protonated salts
11. N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-ols and corresponding
protonated salts
Exemptions: N,N-Dimethylaminoethanol and corresponding
protonated salts
N,N-Diethylaminoethanol and corresponding protonated salts
12. N, N-Dialkyl (Me, Et, n-Pr or i-Pr) aminoethane-2-thiols and corresponding
protonated salts
13. Thiodiglycol: Bis(2-hydroxyethyl) sulphide
14. Pinacolyl alcohol: 3,3-Dimethylbutane-2-ol
A list of commercially important Schedule-2 Chemicals of CWC is given below :
Sl.No. | SCOMET Entry | Name of Chemical | Entry into Schedule | CAS numbers | ITC (HS) codes |
1 | 1B001 | 2-Chloro N, N-Di-isopropyl ethylamine | 2B10 | 4261-68-1 | 29211911 |
2 | 1B002 | Diethyl amino Ethanethiol | 2B12 | 100-38-9 | 29221910 |
3 | 1B003 | O, O, Dimethyl Methyl Phosphonate | 2B04 | 756-79-6 | 29209045 |
4 | 1B004 | 2-Hydroxy N, N-Diisopropyl Ethylamine | 2B11 | 96-80-0 | 29221111 |
5 | 1B005 | N, N-Diethyl Amino ethyl Chloride Hydrochloride | 2B10 | 869-24-9 | 29221112 |
6 | 1B006 | Di-ethyl Amino ethanethiol Hydrochloride | 2B12 | 1942-52-5 | 29221113 |
7 | 1B007 | Di-Methyl Amino ethyl chloride Hydrochloride | 2B10 | 4584-46-7 | 29221114 |
8 | 1B008 | Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol | 2B12 | 108-02-1 | 29221115 |
9 | 1B009 | Di-Methyl Amino ethanethiol Hydrochloride | 2B12 | 13242-44-9 | 29221116 |
10 | 1B010 | Phosphorothioic acid, S [2-(diethylamino) ethyl] O, O – diethyl ester | 2A01 | 78-53-5 | 29201910 |
11 | 1B011 | 1-Propene, 1,1, 3, 3, 3, - Pentafluoro – 2-(trifluoromethyl) (PFIB) | 2A02 | 382-21-8 | 29033911 |
12 | 1B012 | Benzeneacetic acid, alphahydroxy – alpha- phenyl, 1 – azabicyclo [2.2.2.] oct-3-yl ester | 2A03 | 1709855 | 29392050 |
13 | 1B013 | Phosphonic Acid, Methyl-compound with (aminoimino methyl) urea (1: 1) | 2B04 | 84402-58-4 | 29209047 |
14 | 1B014 | 1-Propanaminium N, N, N-trimethyl – 3- [1- oxo-9 octadecenyl) amino]-. (Z)- methyl methylphosphonate | 2B04 | 70055-71-9 | 29209048 |
15 | 1B015 | Phosphonic acid, [methyl bis (5-ethyl-2- methyl-2-oxido-1, 3, 2- dioxaphosphorinan- 5-yl) methyl] ester | 2B04 | 42595-45-9 | 29209051 |
16 | 1B016 | Phosphonic acid, [methyl-(5-ethyl-2-methyl 2-oxido-1,3,2-dioxaphosphorinan-5-yl) methyl] ester | 2B04 | 41203-81-0 | 29209052 |
17 | 1B017 | Phosphonic acid, propyl-dimethyl ester | 2B04 | 18755-43-6 | 29209053 |
18 | 1B018 | Phosphonous acid, methyl-diethyl ester | 2B04 | 15715-41-0 | 29209054 |
19 | 1B019 | Phosphonic acid, ethyl- | 2B04 | 1782267 | 29209055 |
20 | 1B020 | Phosphonic acid, propyl | 2B04 | 4672-38-2 | 29209056 |
21 | 1B021 | Phosphinic acid, methyl- | 2B04 | 4206-94-4 | 29209057 |
22 | 1B022 | Phosphonochloridic acid, methyl-, methyl ester | 2B04 | 1066-52-0 | 29209058 |
23 | 1B023 | Phosphonothioic dichloride, ethyl- | 2B04 | 993-43-1 | 29209061 |
24 | 1B024 | Phosphonic acid methyl- | 2B04 | 993-13-5 | 29209062 |
25 | 1B025 | Phosphonic acid, methyl-, dimethyl ester | 2B04 | 756-79-6 | 29209063 |
26 | 1B026 | Phosphonic dichloride, methyl- | 2B04 | 676-97-1 | 29209064 |
27 | 1B027 | Phosphonous dichloride, methyl- | 2B04 | 676-83-5 | 29209065 |
28 | 1B028 | Phosphonic acid, ethyl-, diethyl ester | 2B04 | 78-38-6 | 29209066 |
29 | 1B029 | Arsenous trichloride | 2B07 | 7784-34-1 | 28121060 |
30 | 1B030 | Benzeneacetic acid, alpha-hydroxy-alpha- phenyl | 2B08 | 76-93-7 | 29181910 |
31 | 1B031 | 1-Azabicyclo (2.2.2.) octan-3-ol | 2B09 | 1619-34-7 | 29333930 |
32 | 1B032 | Ethanamine, 2-Chloro-N, N-dimethyl- | 2B10 | 107-99-3 | 29211914 |
33 | 1B033 | Ethanol, 2-[bis(1-methylethyl ) amino ]- | 2B11 | 96-80-0 | 29221920 |
34 | 1B034 | Ethanethiol, 2-(diethylamino)- | 2B12 | 100-38-9 | 29221930 |
35 | 1B035 | Ethanol, 2, 2’-thiobis- | 2B13 | 111-48-8 | 29309091 |
36 | 1B036 | 2-Butanol, 3, 3-dimethyl- | 2B14 | 464-07-3 | 29051910 |
37 | 1B037 | Others] |
1C4 11[Export of chemicals (Excluding Software and Technology) listed in 1C below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 on the basis of a one time General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments (GAEC) issued by DGFT, subject" to the following conditions (including those below) and (he procedure as prescribed from time to time:
I. The exporter is required to register and obtain General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments only once during the validity period. Subsequent export/re-export is subject to post reporting (s) on quarterly basis to relevant Govt, authorities;
II. General authorization for export of Chemicals Issued for export / re-export of SCOMET Items under the above Categories / Sub Categories (excluding software and technology) shall be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue of General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments subject to subsequent post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to be reported within 30 days from the' last quarter;]
old[Export of chemicals listed in 1C below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 without an export authorisation subject to the condition that the exporter shall notify the National Authority, Chemicals Weapons Convention (NACWC), Cabinet Secretariat, Department of Chemicals & Petro-Chemicals, Disarmament & International Security Affairs (D&ISA) Division of Ministry of External Affairs and Directorate General of Foreign Trade (DGFT), within 30 days of such export, in the prescribed format [Aayat Niryat Form (ANF) - 2O] along with the End-Use Certificate (EUC) in the prescribed proforma [Appendix 2S(ii)] and also submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the destination country within 30 days of delivery.]
List of 1C chemicals:
Sl.No. | SCOMET Entry | Name of Chemical | Entry into Schedule | CAS numbers | ITC (HS) codes |
12[A. Toxic Chemicals] | |||||
1 | 1C001 | Phosgene : ( Carbonyl dichloride) | 3A01 | 75-44-5 | 11[28121100] old[28121010] |
2 | 1C002 | Cyanogen chloride [(CN) C1] | 3A02 | 506-77-4 | 11[28531000] old[28530091] |
3 | 1C003 | Hydrocyanic acid | 3A03 | 74-90-8 | 11[28111200] old[28111910] |
11[4 old[4 |
1C004 1C004 |
'(Reserved)' Chloropicrin: Trichloronitro-Methane |
- 3A04 |
- 76-06-2 |
-] 29049080] |
12[B. Precursors] | |||||
5 | 1C005 | Phosphorus Oxychloride | 3B05 | 10025-87-3 | 11[28121200] old[28121030] |
6 | 1C006 | Phosphorus trichloride | 3B06 | 11[7719-12-2] old[2125683] | 11[28121300] old[28121021] |
7 | 1C007 | Phosphorous Pentachloride | 3B07 | 10026-13-8 | 11[28121400] old[28121022] |
8 | 1C008 | Trimethyl Phosphite | 3B08 | 121-45-9 | 11[29202300] old[29209041] |
9 | 1C009 | Triethyl Phosphite | 3B09 | 122-52-1 | 11[29202400] old[29209042] |
10 | 1C010 | Dimethyl Phosphite | 3B10 | 868-85-9 | 11[29202100] old[29209043] |
11 | 1C011 | Diethyl Phosphite | 3B11 | 762-04-9 | 11[29202200] old[29209044] |
12 | 1C012 | Sulphur monochloride | 3B12 | 10025-67-9 | 11[28121500] old[28121042] |
13 | 1C013 | Sulphur dichloride | 3B13 | 10545-99-0 | 11[28121600] old[28121043] |
14 | 1C014 | Thionyl Chloride | 3B14 | 11[7719-09-7] old[2125597] | 11[28121700] old[28121047] |
15 | 1C015 | Ethyldiethanolamine | 3B15 | 139-87-7 | 11[29221720] old[29221211] |
11[16 old[16 |
1C016 1C016 |
(Reserved) Methyldiethanolamine |
- 3B16 |
- 105-59-9 |
-] 29221212] |
17 | 1C017 | Triethanolamine | 3B17 | 102-71-6 | 11[29221500] old[29221300] |
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States. |
11[Note: Export of items under the 1C Category to the countries other than those specified in Table 1 and export of 1C category items related Software and Technology to any country shall be allowed only against an export authorisation and in compliance to the conditions and documentation specified under the respective Categories of SCOMET List. Further, applications for export of chemicals in this category to countries not Party to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) shall be submitted along with a Government signed End-Use-Certificate (EUC).]
old[Export of chemicals listed in Category 1C to the countries other than those specified in Table 1 shall be allowed only against an export authorisation. The exporter shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the destination country within 30 days of delivery. Further, applications for export of chemicals in this category to countries not Party to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) shall be submitted along with a Government signed End-Use-Certificate (EUC).]
4 Notification No. 13/2015-20 dated 28.06.2017
1['1D 11[Export of chemicals (Excluding Software and Technology) listed in ID below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 on the basis of a one time General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments (GAEC) issued by DGFT, subject" to the following conditions (including those below) and (he procedure as prescribed from time to time:
I. The exporter is required to register and obtain General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments only once during the validity period. Subsequent export/re export is subject to post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to relevant Govt, authorities;
II. General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments issued for export / re-export of SCOMET items under the above Categories / Sub Categories (excluding software and technology) shall be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue of General authorization for export of Chemicals.and related equipments subject to subsequent post reporting(s) on quarterly basics to be reported within 30 days from the last quarter; ]
old[Export of chemicals, related technology and software in this category is
allowed to countries specified in Table 1 without an export authorisation
subject to the condition that the exporter shall notify the Department of
Chemicals & Petro-chemicals, Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA) and the DGFT
within 30 days of such export in the prescribed format (Aayat Niryat Form) along
with the End-Use Certificate and submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry
into the destination country within 30 days of delivery.
Export of chemicals, related technology and software in this category to other
J\ countries shall be allowed only against an export authorisation, and in that
case the exporter shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the
destination y country within 30 days of delivery]
9[
SI.No. |
SCOMET Entry |
Chemical |
CAS Number |
1 | 1D001 |
2-Chloroethanol |
(107-07-3) |
2 | 1D002 | 3-Hydroxy-1 methylpiperidine |
(3554-74-3) |
3 | 1D003 | 3-Quinuclidone | (3731-38-2) |
4 | 1D004 | Ammonium bifluoride | (1341-49-7) |
5 | 1D005 | Diethylaminoethanol | (100-37-8) |
6 | 1D006 | Diisopropylamine | (108-18-9) |
7 | 1D007 | Dimethylamine | (124-40-3) |
8 | 1D008 | Dimethylamine hydrochloride | (506-59-2) |
9 | 1D009 | Hydrogen fluoride | (7664-39-3) |
10 | 1D010 | Methyl benzilate | (76-89-1) |
11 | 1D011 | 0.0-Diethyl phosphorothioate | (2465-65-8) |
12 | 1D012 | 0,0-Diethyl phosphorodithioate | (298-06-6) |
13 | 1D013 | Pinacolone | (75-97-8) |
14 | 1D014 | Phosphorus pentasulphide | (1314-80-3) |
15 | 1D015 | Potassium bifluoride | (7789-23-3) |
16 | 1D016 | Potassium cyanide | (151-50-8) |
17 | 1D017 | Potassium fluoride | (7789-23-3) |
18 | 1D018 | Sodium bifluoride | (1333-83-1) |
19 | 1D019 | Sodium cyanide | (143-33-9) |
20 | 1D020 | Sodium fluoride | (7681-49-4) |
21 | 1D021 | Sodium hexafluorosilicate | (16893-85-9) |
22 | 1D022 | Sodium sulphide | (1313-82-2) |
23 | 1D023 | Triethanolamine hydrochloride | (637-39-8) |
24 | 1D024 | Triisopropyl phosphate | (116-17-6) |
25 | 1D025 | Diethylamine | (109-89-7) |
26 | 1D026 | Methyl dichlorophosphate | 677-24-7 |
27 | 1D027 | Ethyl dichlorophosphate | 1498-51-7 |
28 | 1D028 | Methyl difluorophosphate | 22382-134 |
29 | 1D029 | Ethyl difluorophosphate | 460-52-6 |
30 | 1D030 | Diethyl chlorophosphite | 589-57-1 |
31 | 1D031 | Methyl chlorofluorophosphate | 754-01-8 |
32 | 1D032 | Ethyl chlorofluorophosphate | 762-77-6 |
33 | 1D033 | N,N Dimethylformamidine | 44205-42-7 |
34 | 1D034 | N.N Diethylformamidine | 90324-67-7 |
35 | 1D035 | N.N Dipropylformamidine | 48044-20-8 |
36 | 1D036 | N.N Diisopropylformamidine | 857522-08-8 |
37 | 1D037 | N,N Dimethylacetamidine | 2909-14-0 37 |
38 | 1D038 | N.N Diethylacetamidine | 14277-06-6 |
39 | 1D039 | N,N Dipropylacetamidine | 1339586-99-0 |
40 | 1D040 | N,N Dimethylpropanamidine | 56776-14-8 |
41 | 1D041 | N,N Diethylpropanamidine | 84764-73-8 |
42 | 1D042 | N.N Diprophypropanamidine | 1341496-89-6 |
43 | 1D043 | N,N Dimethylbutanamidine | 1340437-35-5 |
44 | 1D044 | N.N Diethylbutanamidine | 53510-30-8 |
45 | 1D045 | N,N Diprophylbutanamidine | 1315467-17-4 |
46 | 1D046 | N.N Diisopropylbutanamidine | 1342422-35-8 |
47 | 1D047 | N,N Dimethylisobutanamidimne | 321881-25-8 |
48 | 1D048 | N,N Diethylisobutanamid | 1342789-47-2 |
49 | 1D049 | N,N Dipropylisobutanamidine | 13422700-45-1 |
] old[
SCOMET Entry |
Chemical |
CAS Number |
|
1 |
1D001 |
2-Chloroethanol |
(107-07-3) |
2 |
1D002 |
3-Hydroxy-l-methylpiperidine |
(3554-74-3) |
3 |
1D003 |
3-Quinuclidone |
(3731-38-2) |
4 |
1D004 |
Ammonium bifluoride |
(1341-49-7) |
5 |
1D005 |
Diethylaminoethanol |
(100-37-8) |
6 |
1D006 |
Diisopropylamine |
(108-18-9) |
7 |
1D007 |
Dimethylamine |
(124-40-3) |
8 |
1D008 |
Dimethylamine hydrochloride |
(506-59-2) |
9 |
1D009 |
Hydrogen fluoride |
(7664-39-3) |
10 |
1D010 |
Methyl benzilate |
(76-89-1) |
11 |
1D011 |
0,0-Diethyl phosphorothioate |
(2465-65-8) |
12 | 1D012 |
0,0-Diethyl phosphorodithioate |
(298-06-6) |
13 | 1D013 |
Pinacolone |
(75-97-8) |
14 |
1D014 |
Phosphorus pentasulphide |
(1314-80-3) |
15 |
1D015 |
Potassium bifluoride |
(7789-23-3) |
16 |
1D016 |
Potassium cyanide |
(151-50-8) |
17 |
1D017 |
Potassium fluoride |
(7789-23-3) |
18 |
1D018 |
Sodium bifluoride |
(1333-83-1) |
19 |
1D019 |
Sodium cyanide |
(143-33-9) |
20 |
1D020 |
Sodium fluoride |
(7681-49-4) |
21 |
1D021 |
Sodium hexafluorosilicate |
(16893-85-9) |
22 |
1D022 |
Sodium sulphide |
(1313-82-2) |
23 |
1D023 |
Triethanolamine hydrochloride |
(637-39-8) |
24 |
1D024 |
Triisopropyl phosphite |
(116-17-6) |
25 |
1D025 |
Diethylamine |
(109-89-7) |
]
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States'.] |
12[Note : Export of items under 1D Category to the countries other than those specified in table 1 and export of 1D category items related Software and Technology to any country shall be allowed only against an export authorisation and in compliance to the conditions and documentation specified under the respective Categories of SCOMET List.]
old[1D Export of chemicals in this category is allowed to
countries specified in Table 1 without an export licence subject to the
condition that the exporter shall notify the Department of Chemicals & Petro-
chemicals, Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA) and the DGFT within 30 days of
such export in the prescribed format (Aayat Niryat Form) along with the End-Use
Certificate and submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the
destination country within 30 days of delivery.
Export of chemicals in this category to other countries shall be restricted
and will be allowed only against an export licence, and in that case the
exporter shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the
destination country within 30 days of delivery.
Sl.No. | SCOMET Entry | Chemical | CAS Number |
1 | 1D001 | 2-Chloroethanol | 107-07-3 |
2 | 1D002 | 3-Hydroxy-1-methylpiperidine | 3554-74-3 |
3 | 1D003 | 3-Quinuclidone | 3731-38-2 |
4 | 1D004 | Ammonium bifluoride | 1341-49-7 |
5 | 1D005 | Diethylaminoethanol | 100-37-8 |
6 | 1D006 | Diisopropylamine | 108-18-9 |
7 | 1D007 | Dimethylamine | 124-40-3 |
8 | 1D008 | Dimethylamine hydrochloride | 506-59-2 |
9 | 1D009 | Hydrogen fluoride | 7664-39-3 |
10 | 1D010 | Methyl benzilate | 76-89-1 |
11 | 1D011 | O,O-Diethyl phosphorothioate | 2465-65-8 |
12 | 1D012 | O,O-Diethyl phosphorodithioate | 298-06-6 |
13 | 1D013 | Pinacolone | 75-97-8 |
14 | 1D014 | Phosphorus pentasulphide | 1314-80-3 |
15 | 1D015 | Potassium bifluoride | 7789-23-3 |
16 | 1D016 | Potassium cyanide | 151-50-8 |
17 | 1D017 | Potassium fluoride | 7789-23-3 |
18 | 1D018 | Sodium bifluoride | 1333-83-1 |
19 | 1D019 | Sodium cyanide | 143-33-9 |
20 | 1D020 | Sodium fluoride | 7681-49-4 |
21 | 1D021 | Sodium hexafluorosilicate | 16893-85-9 |
22 | 1D022 | Sodium sulphide | 1313-82-2 |
23 | 1D023 | Triethanolamine hydrochloride | 637-39-8 |
24 | 1D024 | Triisopropyl phosphite | 116-17-6 |
25 | 1D025 | Diethylamine | 109-89-7 |
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States.] |
Technical note to Category 1:
Chemicals are listed by name, Chemical Abstract Service (CAS) number and CWC
Schedule (where applicable). Chemicals of the same structural formula (e.g.,
hydrates) are controlled regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown
to assist in identifying whether a particular chemical or mixture is controlled,
irrespective of nomenclature. However, CAS numbers cannot be used as unique
identifiers in all situations because some forms of the listed chemical have
different CAS numbers, and mixtures containing a listed chemical may also have
different CAS numbers.
5[1E 11[Export of Chemicals as specified below is allowed to State Parties to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) on the basis of a one time General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments (GAEC) issued by DGFT, subject to the following conditions (including those below) and the procedure as prescribed from time to time:
I. The exporter is required to register and obtain General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments only once during the validity period. Subsequent export/re-export is subject to post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to relevant Govt, authorities;
II. General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments issued for export / re-export 'of SCOMET items under the above Categories / Sub Categories (excluding software and technology) shall be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue of General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments subject to subsequent post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to be reported within 30 days from the last quarter;
Note1: List of CWC State parties can be found on www.opew.org
Note2: Export of items under the IE Category to the countries other than the countries not party to CWC and export of IE category items related Software and technology to any country shall he allowed only against an export authorization and in compliance to the conditions and documentation specified under the respective Categories of SCOMET List.]
old[Export of Chemicals as specified below is allowed to State Parties to the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) without an export authorisation subject to the condition that the exporter shall notify within 30 days of export to the National Authority, Chemical Weapons Convention, Cabinet Secretariat; the Ministry of External Affairs (D&ISA); the Department of Chemicals & Petro-chemicals, and the DGFT of such exports in the prescribed format (Aayat Niryat Form) along with the End-Use Certificate (EUC) and submit to DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the destination State Party within 30 days of delivery.
Export of chemicals as specified above to States not Party to the CWC shall continue to be restricted and will be allowed only against an export authorisation, and in that case also exporters shall submit to the DGFT a copy of the bill of entry into the destination country within 30 days of export. Further, applications for export of chemicals in this category to countries not Party to the CWC shall be submitted along with a Government signed End-Use Certificate in the prescribed format [Appendix 2S(ii)].]
S. No. | SCOMET Entry | Name of the Chemical | Entry in CWC Schedule 3 | CAS Numbers |
ITC (HS) Codes |
1. | 1E004 | Chloropicrin : Trichloronitro-Methane | 3A04 | 76-06-2 | 11[29049100] old[29049080] |
2. | 1E016 | Methyldiethanolamine | 3B16 | 105-59-9 | 11[29221710] old[29221212] |
Category 2 Micro-organisms, toxins
1['2A Bacteria (including Rickettsials), whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, related technology and software:']
old[2A Bacteria (including Rickettsials), whether natural, enhanced or modified, either
in the form of isolated live cultures or as material including living material
which has been deliberately
inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for the following:]
2A001 Bacillus anthracis
2A002 Bordetella bronchoseptica
2A003 Brucella abortus
2A004 Brucella melitensis
2A005 Brucella suis
2A006 Chlamydia psittaci (Chlamydophila
psittaci)
2A007 Clostridium botulinum
2A008 Clostridium perfringes, epsilon
toxin producing types Note: Limiting this control to epsilon toxin-producing
strains of Clostridium perfringens therefore exempts
from control the transfer
of other Clostridium perfringens strains to be used as positive control cultures for food testing and
quality control.
2A009 Corynebacterium diphtheriae
2A010 Francisella tularensis
2A011 Klebsiella pneumoniae
2A012 Legionlla pneumophila
2A013 Leptospira interrogans - all
serotypes reported in India
2A014 Mycobacterium bovis
2A015 Mycobacterium tuberculosis
2A016 Mycoplasma mycoides - var
mycoides
2A017 Mycoplasma mycoides - var Capri
2A018 Neisseria meningitidis
2A019 Paseturella multicoda type B
2A020 Burkholderia mallei (Pseudomonas
mallei)
2A021 Burkholderia pseudomallei
(Pseudomonas pseudomallei)
2A022 Salmonella paratyphi
2A023 Shigella dysenteriae
2A024 Staphylococcus aureus
2A025 Streptococcus pneumoniae
2A026 (Reserved)
2A027 Vibrio cholera
2A028 Yersinia pestis
2A029 Shiga toxin producing
Escherichia coli (STEC) of serogroups O26, O45, O103, O104, O111, O121, O145,
O157, and other shiga toxin producing serogroups
Note: Shiga toxin producing Escherichia (EHEC coli (STEC) includes inter alia
enterohaemorrhagic E. coli), verotoxin producing E. coli (VTEC) or
verocytotoxin
producing E. coli (VTEC).
2A030 Mycoplasma capricolum subspecies
capripneumoniae (‘strain F38’)
2A031 Salmonella enterica subspecies
enterica serovar Typhi (Salmonella typhi)
2A032 Clostridium argentinense (formerly
known as Clostridium botulinum Type G), botulinum neurotoxin producing strains
2A033 Clostridium baratii, botulinum
neurotoxin producing strains
2A034 Clostridium butyricum, botulinum
neurotoxin producing strains
2A035 Coxiella burnetii
2A036 Mycoplasma mycoides subspecies
mycoides SC (small colony)
2A037 Rickettsia rickettsii
2A038 Rickettsia quintana
2A039 Rickettsia prowazekii
1['2B Fungi, whether natural, enhanced or
modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as material including
living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such
cultures, related technology and software:']
old[2B Fungi, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of
isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been
deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for the following:]
2B001 Blastomyces dermatitidis
2B002 Coccidiodes immitis
2B003 Histoplasma capulatum
2B004 Nocardia asteroides
2B005 Paracoccidioides braziliensis
2B006 Coccidiodes posadasii
2B007 Pneumocystis carinii
2C Parasites, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of
isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been
deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for the following:
2C001 Entamoeba histolytica
2C002 Babesia microti
2C003 Babesia divergens
2C004 Blostidium coli
2C005 Cryptosporidium spp.
2C006 Leishmania species
2C007 Naegleria australiensis
2C008 Naegleria fowleri
2C009 Plasmodium falciparum
2C010 (Reserved)
2C011 Schistosoma mansoni
2C012 Schistosoma japonicum
2C013 Schistosoma hemotobium
2C014 Toxoplasma gondii
2C015 Trichinella spiralis
2C016 Trypanosoma bruiei
[
2D Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, related technology and software:
2D001 African Horse Sickness virus
2D002 African Swine Fever virus and change
2D003 Avian influenza virus
Note This includes only those Avi items influenza viruses of high pathogenicity defined by the World Organization for Animal Health (01) Animal Health (OIE), the European Uni national regulatory bodies.
2D004 Blue tongue virus
2D005 Camel pox virus practice)
2D006 Chikungunya virus
2D007 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
2D008 Dengue virus
2D009 Eastern equine encephalitis virus
20010 Ebolavirus: all members of the Ebolavin genus
2D011 Encephalomyocarditis virus (EMC)
20012 Foot and Mouth Disease virus (all serotyp and subtypes)
2D013 Guanarito virus
2D014 Goatpox virus
2D015 Hantaan virus
2D016 Herpes virus simiae (monkey B virus)
20017 Herpes ateles, Herpes saimiri
20018 HIV-1 & HIV-2 and other strains of SIV
2D019 Classical swine fever virus (Hog chold virus)
20020 Human T-cell Leukemia virus
2D021 Junin virus
2D022 Japanese encephalitis virus
2D023 Kyasanur Forest Disease virus
2D024 Korean hemorrhagic fever virus
2D025 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCM
2D026 Lassa virus
20027 Marburgvirus: all members of the genus Marburgvirus genus
2D028 Murray valley encephalitis virus
2D029 Machupo virus
20030 Mason-pfizer monkey virus
2D031 Middle East respiratory syndrome coronavirus (MERS-CoV)
2D032 Monkey pox virus
2D033 Newcastle disease virus
2D034 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus
2D035 Peste des petits ruminant virus
2D036 Teschen disease virus (Porcine entero virus type 1)
2D037 Powassan virus
2D038 Rabies virus and other members of the Lyssavirus genus
2D039 Respiratory syncitial virus
2D040 Rift Valley Fever virus
2D041 Rinderpest virus
2D042 Sabia virus
2D043 Sheeppox virus
2D044 Sin Nombre virus
2D045 Smallpox virus
2D046 St.Louisencephalitis virus
2D047 Swine vesicular disease virus
2D048 Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far Eastern subtype)
2D049 (Reserved)
2D050 Variola virus
2D051 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
2D052 Vesicular stomatitis virus
2D053 Western equine encephalitis virus
2D054 Yellow fever virus
2D055 Andes virus
2D056 Chapare virus
2D057 Choclo virus
2D058 Dobrava-Belgrade virus
2D059 Suidherpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies virus; Aujeszky's disease)
2D060 Hendra virus (Equine morbillivirus)
2D061 Laguna Negra virus
2D062 Louping ill virus
2D063 Lujo virus
2D064 Lumpy skin disease virus
2D065 (Reserved)
2D066 Nipah virus
2D067 Oropouche virus
2D068 (Reserved)
2D069 Rocio virus
2D070 Seoul virus
2D071 Severe acute respiratory syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related
coronavirus) Reconstructed 1918 influenza virus]
old[1['2D Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of
isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been
deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures, related technology
and software:']
old[2D Viruses, whether natural, enhanced or modified, either in the form of
isolated live cultures or as material including living material which has been
deliberately inoculated or contaminated with such cultures for the following:]
2D001 African Horse Sickness virus
2D002 African Swine Fever virus
2D003 Avian influenza virus
Note: This includes only those Avian influenza viruses of high pathogenicity as
defined by the World Organization for Animal Health (OIE), the European Union (EU),
or competent national regulatory bodies.
2D004 Blue tongue virus
2D005 Camel pox virus
2D006 Chikungunya virus
2D007 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever virus
2D008 Dengue virus
2D009 Eastern equine encephalitis virus
2D010 Ebolavirus: all members of the Ebolavirus
genus
2D011 Encephalomyocarditis virus (EMC)
2D012 Foot and Mouth Disease virus (all serotypes
and subtypes)
2D013 Guanarito virus
2D014 Goatpox virus
2D015 Hantaan virus
2D016 Herpes virus simiae (monkey B virus)
2D017 Herpes ateles, Herpes saimiri
2D018 HIV- 1 & HIV-2 and other strains of SIV
2D019 Classical swine fever virus (Hog cholera
virus)
2D020 Human T-cell Leukemia virus
2D021 Junin virus
2D022 Japanese encephalitis virus
2D023 Kyasanur Forest Disease virus
2D024 Korean hemorrhagic fever virus
2D025 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus (LCM)
2D026 Lassa virus
2D027 Marburgvirus: all members of the
Marburgvirus genus
2D028 Murray valley encephalitis virus
2D029 Machupo virus
2D030 Mason-pfizer monkey virus
2D031 Monkey pox virus
2D032 Newcastle disease virus
2D033 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus
2D034 Peste des petits ruminant virus
2D035 Teschen disease virus (Porcine entero virus
type 1)
2D036 Powassan virus
2D037 Rabies virus and other members of the
Lyssavirus genus
2D038 Respiratory syncitial virus
2D039 Rift Valley Fever virus
2D040 Rinderpest virus
2D041 Sabia virus
2D042 Sheeppox virus
2D043 Sin Nombre virus
2D044 Smallpox virus
2D045 St.Louis encephalitis virus
2D046 Swine vesicular disease virus
2D047 Tick-borne encephalitis virus (Far
Eastern subtype)
2D048 (Reserved)
2D049 Variola virus
2D050 Venezuelan equine encephalitis
virus
2D051 Vesicular stomatitis virus
2D052 Western equine encephalitis
virus
2D053 Yellow fever virus
2D054 Andes virus
2D055 Chapare virus
2D056 Choclo virus
2D057 Dobrava-Belgrade virus
2D058 Suid herpesvirus 1 (Pseudorabies
virus; Aujeszky's disease)
2D059 Hendra virus (Equine
morbillivirus)
2D060 Laguna Negra virus
2D061 Louping ill virus
2D062 Lujo virus
2D063 Lumpy skin disease virus
2D064 (Reserved)
2D065 Nipah virus
2D066 Oropouche virus
2D067 (Reserved)
2D068 Rocio virus
2D069 Seoul virus
2D070 Severe acute respiratory
syndrome-related coronavirus (SARS-related coronavirus)
2D071 Reconstructed 1918
influenza virus]
2E
[Reserved]
1[2F Toxins, related technology and software']
old[2F Toxins]
2F001 Abrin
2F002 Aflatoxins
2F003 Anatoxins
2F004 Botulinum toxins
Note: Excluding botulinum toxins in product form meeting all of the following
criteria:
a. are pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration
in the treatment of medical conditions;
b. are pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and c. are
authorised by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products
2F005 Bungarotoxins
2F006 Clostridium
perfringens alpha, beta 1, beta 2, epsilon and iota toxins
2F007 Corynebacterium
diphtheriae toxins
2F008 Cyanginosins (Microcystins)
(Microcystic aeuginosa)
2F009 Staphylococcus
aureus enterotoxins, hemolysin alpha toxin, and toxic shock syndrome toxin
(formerly known as Staphylococcus enterotoxin F)
2F010 Neurotoxin (Shigella
dysenteriae)
2F011 (Reserved)
2F012 Shiga toxins (shiga-like
toxins, verotoxins, and verocytotoxins)
2F013 (Reserved)
2F014 Trichothecene
mycotoxins
2F015 Tetanus toxin
(clostridium tetani)
2F016 Tetrodotoxin (Spheroides
rufripes)
2F017 Verrucologen (M.
verrucadia)
2F018 Cholera toxin
2F019 Conotoxins Note:
Excluding conotoxins in product form meeting all of the following criteria:
a. are pharmaceutical formulations designed for testing and human administration
in the treatment of medical conditions;
b. are pre-packaged for distribution as clinical or medical products; and are
authorised by a state authority to be marketed as clinical or medical products
2F020
Diacetoxyscirpenol toxin
2F021 HT-2 toxin
2F022 Modeccin toxin
2F023 T-2 mycotoxin
2F024 Verotoxin and
shiga-like ribosome inactivating proteins
2F025 Viscum Album
Lectin 1 (Viscumin)
2F026 Volkensin
toxin
1['2G Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms, related technology and
software']
old[2G Plant pathogens]
2G001 Bemisia tabaci
2G002 Colletotrichum
kahawae (Colletotrichum coffeanum var. virulans)
2G003 Claviceps purpurea
2G004 Dothistroma pini (Scirrhia
pini)
2G005 Erwinia amylovora
2G006 Frankliniella
occidentalis
2G007 Microcyclus ulei (syn.
Dothidella ulei)
2G008 Peronospora
hyoscyami f.sp. tabacina
2G009 Phytophthora
infestans
2G010 Puccinia graminis
ssp. graminis var. graminis / Puccinia graminis ssp. graminis var. stakmanii (Puccinia
graminis [syn. Puccinia graminis f. sp. tritici])
2G011 Puccinia erianthi
2G012 Puccinia
striiformiis f. sp. tritici (Puccinia glumarum)
2G013 Magnaporthe oryzae (Pyricularia
oryzae)
2G014 Ralstonia
solanacearum
2G015 Peronospora hyscyami
de Bary
2G016 (Reserved)
2G017 Sugar cane
Fiji disease virus
2G018 Sclerotinia
sclerotiorum
2G019 Tilletia
indica
2G020 Thrips
palmi
2G021 Ustilago
Maydis
2G022
Xanthomonas albilineans
2G023
Xanthomonas axonopodis pv. citri (Xanthomonas campestris pv. citri A) [Xanthomonas
campestris pv. citri]
2G024
Xanthomonas oryzae pv. oryzae (Pseudomonas campestris pv. oryzae)
2G025
Clavibacter michiganensis subsp. sepedonicus (Corynebacterium michiganensis
subsp. sepedonicum or Corynebacterium sepedonicum)
2G026
Cochliobolus miyabeanus (Helminthosporium oryzae)
2G027 Andean
potato latent virus (Potato Andean latent tymovirus)
2G028 Potato
spindle tuber viroid
2G029 Thecaphora
solani
2G030 Synchytrium
endobioticum
2G031 Sclerophthora
rayssiae var. zeae
2G032
Peronosclerospora philippinensis (Peronosclerospora sacchari)
2H5
Genetic Elements and Genetically-modified Organisms
2H0016 Any
genetically-modified organism which contains, or genetic element that codes for:
(1) Gene(s) specific to virus, bacterium, fungus, parasites or plant pathogens
listed in Categories 2A, 2B, 2C, 2D and 2G and which
a. in itself or through its transcribed or translated products represents a
significant hazard to human, animal or plant health, or
b. could endow or enhance pathogenicity
(2) Toxin(s) or their sub-unit(s) listed in Category 2F.
Technical note:
(1) Genetically-modified organisms include organisms in which the nucleic acid
sequences have been created or altered by deliberate molecular manipulation.
(2) Genetic elements include, inter alia: chromosomes, genomes, plasmids,
transposons, vectors, and inactivated organisms containing recoverable nucleic
acid fragments, whether genetically modified or
unmodified, or chemically synthesized in whole or in part. For the purposes of
the genetic elements control, nucleic acids from an inactivated organism, virus,
or sample are considered recoverable if the
inactivation and preparation of the material is intended or known to facilitate
isolation, purification, amplification, detection, or identification of nucleic
acid(s).
(3) Endow or enhance pathogenicity is defined as when the insertion or
integration of the nucleic acid sequence(s) are likely to enable or increase a
recipient organism's ability to be used to deliberately cause
disease or death. This might include alterations to (not limited to) inter alia:
virulence, transmissibility, stability, route of infection, host range,
reproducibility, ability to evade or suppress host immunity,
resistance to medical countermeasures, or detectability.’
5 Para 1(A) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
6 Para 1(C) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
Category 3 Materials, Materials Processing Equipment and related technologies
3A Materials
3A1 Special Materials
3A101 Zirconium, beryllium, magnesium, and alloys
of these in particle size less than 60μm
3A102 Maraging steel in any form in which any
linear dimension exceeds 75 mm, or in the form of sheet, plate or tubing with a
wall or plate thickness equal or less than 5 mm.
3A103 Tungsten , molybdenum, and alloys of those
metals in particulate form and a particle size of 50 x10-6 m (50 μm) or less; ”
3A104 Germanium
3A105 Gallium
3A106 Indium
1['3A107 Titanium-stabilised Duplex Stainless Steel (Ti-DSS) and specially
designed components therefor having all of the following:
a. Having all of the following characteristics:
1. Containing 17.0 - 23.0% by weight of chromium and 4.5 - 7.0% by weight of
nickel;
2. Having a titanium content of greater than 0.10% by weight; and
3. A ferritic-austenitic microstructure (also referred to as a two-phase
microstructure) of which at least 10% by volume (according to ASTM E-1181-87 or
national
equivalents) is austenite; and
b. Any of the following forms:
1. Ingots or bars having a size of 100 mm or more in each dimension;
2. Sheets having a width of 600 mm or more and a thickness of 3 mm or less; or
3. Tubes having an outer diameter of 600 mm or more and a wall thickness of 3 mm
or less'.]
old[3A107 Titanium-stabilised Duplex Stainless Steel
(Ti-DSS)]
3A108 Aluminium alloys in any form ‘capable of
acquiring’ an ultimate tensile strength of 460 MPa or more at 293 K (20 degrees
C)
Note: The phrase ‘capable of acquiring’ encompasses alloys before or after heat
treatment
3A109 Bismuth having a purity of 99.99% or greater
by weight and containing less than 10 parts per million by weight of silver
3A110 Calcium containing less than 1000 parts per
million by weight of metallic impurities other than magnesium and containing
less than 10 parts per million by weight of Boron
3A111 Chlorine trifluoride (ClF3)
3A112 Magnesium containing less than 200 parts per
million by weight of metallic impurities other than calcium and containing less
than 10 parts per million by weight of boron
3A113 (a) Tungsten, tungsten carbide, and alloys
containing more than 90% tungsten by weight in forms with a hollow cylindrical
symmetry (including cylinder segments) with an inside diameter between 100 and
300
mm and a mass greater than 20 kg.
(b) Tungsten materials in the solid form usable for the fabrication of missile
components in complete rocket systems of 5A and unmanned aerial vehicles of 5B,
having all of the following:
1. Any of the following material compositions:
i. Tungsten and alloys containing 97% by weight or more of tungsten;
ii. Copper infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten; or
iii. Silver infiltrated tungsten containing 80% by weight or more of tungsten;
and
2. Able to be machined to any of the following products:
i. Cylinders having a diameter of 120 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or
greater;
ii. Tubes having an inner diameter of 65 mm or greater and a wall thickness of
25 mm or greater and a length of 50 mm or greater; or
iii. Blocks having a size of 120 mm x 120 mm x 50 mm or greater.
3A114 a. Nickel powder of purity 99.0% or greater
by weight; and having a mean particle size of less than 10 μm measured by the
ASTM B 330 standard;
b. Porous nickel metal produced from the nickel powder specified above
3A115 Natural boron, boron carbide or metal
borides having a boron purity of 85% or more.
3A116 Fibrous or filamentary materials, and
prepregs, as follows:
a. Carbon or aramid fibrous or filamentary materials having ‘specific modulus’
of 12.7 x 106 m or greater; or ‘specific tensile strength’ of 23.5 x 104 m or
greater;
b. Glass fibrous or filamentary materials having ‘specific modulus’ of 3.18 x
106 m or greater; and ‘specific tensile strength’ of 7.62 x 104 m or greater;
c. Thermoset resin impregnated continuous yarns, rovings, tows or tapes with a
width of 15 mm or less (prepregs), made from carbon or glass fibrous or
filamentary materials specified in (a) or (b) above.
3A117 Carbon - carbon composites.
3A118 Titanium alloys having both of the following
characteristics:
a. Capable of’ an ultimate tensile strength of 900 MPa or more at 293 K (20
degrees C); and
b. In the form of tubes or cylindrical solid forms (including forgings) with an
outside diameter of more than 75 mm.
Technical note: The phrase ‘capable of’ encompasses titanium alloys before or
after heat treatment
3A119 Rhenium, and alloys containing 90% by
weight or more rhenium; and alloys of rhenium and tungsten containing 90% by
weight or more of any combination of rhenium and tungsten, have both of the
following
characteristics:
a. In forms with a hollow cylindrical symmetry (including cylinder segments)
with an inside diameter between 100 and 300 mm; and
b. A mass greater than 20kg
3A120 Technology and Software
Technology and software for the development, production or use of items
specified in 3A1 or 3A4
3A2 Structural
Materials
3A201 Structural materials such as:
a. Composite structures, laminates, resin impregnated fibre prepregs and metal coated fibre preforms made either with an organic matrix or metal matrix utilizing fibrous or filamentary reinforcements, and manufactures thereof, specially designed for use in rocket systems (including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles 11[or] old[and] subsystems thereof;
b. Resaturated pyrolized (i.e. Carbon-Carbon) materials specially designed for rocket systems (including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles;
c. Fine grain re-crystalised bulk graphites and pyrolytic or fibrous reinforced graphites usable for rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicles nose tips;
d. Ceramic composite materials (dielectric constant less than 6 at any frequency from 100 MHz to 100 GHz) for use in missile radomes;
e. Materials and coatings for reduced radar reflectivity;
f. Bulk machinable silicon-carbide reinforced unfired ceramic usable in re-entry vehicles nose tips.
g. Reinforced silicon-carbide ceramic composites usable for nose tips, re-entry vehicles, nozzle flaps, usable in complete rocket systems of 5A and complete unmanned aerial vehicles of 5B .
h. Bulk machinable ceramic composite materials consisting of an 'Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' matrix with a melting point equal to or greater than 3000°C and reinforced with fibres or filaments, usable for missile components (such as nose-tips, re-entry vehicles, leading edges, jet vanes, control surfaces or rocket motor throat inserts) in the systems specified in 5A and 5B.
Note:
Item 3A201.h does not control 'Ultra High Temperature Ceramic (UHTC)' materials
in non-composite form.
Technical Note:
'Ultra High Temperature Ceramics (UHTC)' includes:
1. Titanium diboride (TiB2);
2. Zirconium diboride (ZrB2);
3. Niobium diboride (NbB2);
4. Hafnium diboride (HfB2);
5. Tantalum diboride (TaB2);
6. Titanium carbide (TiC);
7. Zirconium carbide (ZrC);
8. Niobium carbide (NbC);
9. Hafnium carbide (HfC);
10. Tantalum carbide (TaC).”
3A3 Rocket propellants and constituent chemicals:
3A301 Fuel substances as follows:
a.Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) with a concentration of more than 70%
b. Hydrazine derivatives as follows:
1. Monomethylhydrazine (MMH) (CAS 60-34-4);
2. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine (UDMH) (CAS 57-14-7);
3. Hydrazine mononitrate (CAS 13464-97-6);
4. Trimethylhydrazine (CAS 1741-01-1);
5. Tetramethylhydrazine (CAS 6415-12-9);
6. N, N diallylhydrazine (CAS 5164-11-4);
7. Allylhydrazine (CAS 7422-78-8);
8. Ethylene dihydrazine;
9. Monomethylhydrazine dinitrate;
10. Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine nitrate;
11. Hydrazinium azide (CAS 14546-44-2);
12. Dimethylhydrazinium azide;
13. Hydrazinium dinitrate (CAS 13464-98-7);
14. Diimido oxalic acid dihydrazine (CAS 3457-37-2);
15. 2-hydroxyethylhydrazine nitrate (HEHN);
16. Hydrazinium perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
17. Hydrazinium diperchlorate (CAS 13812-39-0);
18. Methylhydrazine nitrate (MHN) (CAS 29674-96-2);
19. Diethylhydrazine nitrate (DEHN);
20. 3, 6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate (DHTN);
2['Technical Note 1:3, 6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate is also referred to as 1,
4-dihydrazine nitrate
Technical Note 2: Substance groupings in Item 3A301 and 3A306 (e.g. fuels, oxidisers, etc.) describe typical applications of propellant substances. A
substance remains specified
by 3A301 and 3A306 even when used in an application other than the typical one
indicated by its grouping [e.g. hydrazinium perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7) is
grouped as a fuel but can also be used as an oxidizer]'.]
Technical note: 3, 6-dihydrazino tetrazine nitrate is also referred to as 1,
4-dihydrazine nitrate
c. Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) in particle
size of less than 200 x 10-6 m (200 μm) and an
aluminium content of 97% by weight or more, if at least 10% of the total weight
is made up of particles of less than 63 μm, according to ISO 2591-1:1988 or
national
equivalents;
Technical Note: A particle size of 63 μm (ISO R-565) corresponds to 250 mesh
(Tyler) or 230 mesh (ASTM standard E-11).
d. Hydrazine replacement fuels as follows:
1.2-Dimethylaminoethylazide (DMAZ) (CAS 86147-04-8)”;
3A302 Metal fuels containing any of the following:
Zirconium(CAS 7440-67-7), beryllium(CAS 7440-41-7), magnesium, titanium,
tungsten, boron and boron alloys, zinc, and alloys of magnesium(CAS 7439-95-4);
3A303 Polymeric substances, as follows:
a. Carboxy-terminated polybutadiene (including carboxyl – terminated
polybutadiene) (CTPB);
b. Hydroxy Terminated Polybutadiene (including Hydroxyl Terminated polybutadiene)
(HTPB) (CAS 69102-90-5)
c. Glycidyl azide polymer (GAP);
d. Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid (PBAA);
e. Polybutadiene - Acrylic Acid - Acrylonitrile (PBAN);
f. Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG).
g. Polyglycidyl nitrate (PGN or poly-GLYN) (CAS 27814-48- 8).
Technical Note:
Polytetrahydrofuran polyethylene glycol (TPEG) is a block co-polymer of poly 1,
4- Butanediol (CAS 110-63-4) and polyethylene glycol (PEG) (CAS 25322-68-3).”
3A304 Composite propellants and composite modified
double base propellants;
3A305 High energy density materials such as boron
slurry;
3A306 Oxidizers/fuels - Perchlorates, chlorates or
chromates mixed with powdered metals or other high energy fuel components;
Dinitrogen trioxide, Nitrogen dioxide / Dinitrogen tetroxide, Mixed Oxides of
Nitrogen
(MON), Dinitrogen pentoxide, Inhibited red fuming nitric acid (IRFNA) (CAS
8007-58-7), Ammonium perchlorate (CAS 7790-98-9), Ammonium Dinitramide (ADN) (CAS
140456-78-6), Hydrazinium
Nitroformate (HNF), 2,4,6,8,10,12- Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane (CL-20) (CAS
135285-90-4), Compounds composed of fluorine and one more of other halogens,
oxygen or nitrogen.
3A307 Bonding agents - Tris (1-2 (2-methyl)) aziridinyl
phosphine oxide (MAPO)(CAS 57-39- 6), Trimesoyl-1-(2-ethyl) aziridene (HX-868,
BITA)(CAS 7722-73-8), Tepanol (HX- 878)(CAS 68412-46-4), Tepan
(HX-879) reaction product of tetraethlylenepentamine and acrylonitrile (CAS
68412-45-3), and Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic,
isocyanuric, or trimethyladipic backbone also having a 2-
methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group including
1,1′-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridene (CAS 7652-64-4), (HX-752, HX-874, and
HX-877);
3A308 Curing agents and reaction catalysts - Triphyenyl
bismuth (TPB)(CAS603-33-8);
3A309 Burning rate modifiers –
a. Carboranes, decaboranes, pentaboranes and derivativesthereof;
b. Ferrocene derivatives, as follows:
1. Catocene (CAS 37206-42-1);
2. Ethyl ferrocene;
3. n-Propyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-92-3) / iso-propyl ferrocene (CAS 12126-81-7)
4. n-Butyl ferrocene(CAS 31904-29-7);
5. Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
6. Dicyclopentyl ferrocene(CAS 20773-28-8);
7. Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
8. Diethyl ferrocene;
9. Dipropyl ferrocene;
10. Dibutyl ferrocene(CAS 1274-08-4);
11. Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
12. Acetyl ferrocenes;
13. Ferrocene Carboxylic acids;
14. Butacene;
c. Other ferrocene derivatives usable as rocket propellant burning ratemodifiers.
3A310 Nitrate esters and nitrated plasticisers
as follows:
a. Triethylene glycol dinitrate (TEGDN);
b. Trimethylolethane trinitrate (TMETN)(CAS 3032-55-1) ;
c. 1,2,4-butanetriol trinitrate (BTTN)(CAS 6659-60-5) ;
d. Diethylene glycol dinitrate (DEGDN);
e. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso-DAMTR);
f. Nitratoethylnitramine (NENA) based plasticisers, as follows:
1. Methyl-NENA (CAS 17096-47-8);
2. Ethyl-NENA (CAS 85068-73-1);
3. Butyl-NENA (CAS 82486-82-6);
g. Dinitropropyl based plasticisers, as follows:
1. Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) acetal (BDNPA) (CAS 5108-69-0);
2. Bis (2,2-dinitropropyl) formal (BDNPF) (CAS 5917-61-3).
3A311 Stabilisers as follows:
a. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (CAS 119-75-5);
b. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2).
3A4 High explosives
3A401 High explosive substances or mixtures,
containing more than 2 % by weight of any of the following:
a. Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine (HMX ) (CAS 2691-41-0);
b. Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine (RDX) (CAS 121-82-4);
c. Triaminotrinitrobenzene (TATB) (CAS 3058-38-6);
d. Aminodinitrobenzo-furoxan or 7-amino-4,6 nitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide (ADNBF) (CAS
97096-78-1);
e. 1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene (DADE or FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
f. 2,4-dinitroimidazole (DNI) (CAS 5213-49-0);
g. Diaminoazoxyfurazan (DAAOF or DAAF) (CAS 78644-89-0);
h. Diaminotrinitrobenzene (DATB) (CAS 1630-08-6);
i. Dinitroglycoluril (DNGU or DINGU) (CAS 55510-04-8);
j. 2,6-Bis (picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine (PYX) (CAS 38082-89-2);
k. 3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide (DIPAM) (CAS
17215-44-0);
l. Diaminoazofurazan (DAAzF) (CAS 78644-90-3);
m. 1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d] pyridazine (TNP) (CAS 229176-04-9);
n. Hexanitrostilbene (HNS) (CAS 20062-22-0); or
o. Any explosive with a crystal density greater than 1.8 g/cm3 and having a
detonation velocity greater than 8000 m/s.
Note: License applications for the export of items at 3A401a and 3A401b will
normally be denied.
3A5 Stealth materials
3A501 a. Materials for reduced
observables such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and
acoustic signatures;
b. Devices, including made from non-stealth material, for reduced observables
such as radar reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic
signatures;
3A502 Materials and coatings (including
paints) specially designed for reduced or tailored reflectivity or emissivity in
the microwave, infrared or ultraviolet spectra other than coatings (including
paints) when specially
used for thermal control of satellites.
3A503 Technology related to the development,
production or use of items in 3A.
3B Materials processing and “production equipment”,
related “technology” and specially designed components and accessories therefor.
3B001 Remote manipulators that provide mechanical
translation of human operator actions by electrical, hydraulic or mechanical
means and operating arm and terminal fixture that can be used to provide remote
actions;
3B002 Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving
and interlacing machines, including adapters and modification kits for weaving,
interlacing or braiding fibres to fabricate composite structures except textile
machinery
which has not been modified for rocket systems;
3B003 Equipment designed or modified for
production of fibrous or filamentary materials as follows: converting polymeric
substances; vapour deposition on heated filament substrates; wet spinning of
refractory
ceramics.
3B004 Equipment designed or modified for special fibre
surface treatment or for producing prepregs and preforms, including rollers,
tension stretchers, coating equipment, cutting equipment and clicker dies;
3B005 Chemical vapour deposition furnaces designed or
modified for the densification of carbon-carbon composites.
3B006 Pyrolytic deposition and densification equipment
including:
a. Technology for producing pyrolytically derived materials formed on a mould,
mandrel or other substrate from precursor gases.
b. Specially designed nozzles for the above process.
c. Equipment and process controls and specially designated software thereof,
specially designed or modified for densification and pyrolysis of structural
composite rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nose tips.
3B007 Production equipment usable for or specially
designed or modified for production, handling, mixing, curing, casting,
pressing, machining, extruding or acceptance testing of the solid or liquid
rocket propellants or
rocket propellant constituents and related technology.
3B008 Refrigeration units and equipment capable of
cooling hydrogen or helium to -250 degrees Celsius (23K) or lower.
3B009 Continuous nitrators.
3B010 Dehydration presses.
3B011 Screw extruders usable for or specially
designed or modified for high explosive extrusion.
3B012 Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded
propellant.
3B013 Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in
diameter and having over 227 kg product capacity;
1['3B014 Equipment as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Batch mixers having all of the following:
1. Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326
kPa;
2. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber;
3. A total volumetric capacity of 110 litres or more; and
4. At least one 'mixing/kneading shaft' mounted off centre;
Note: In Item 3B014.a.4. the term 'mixing/kneading shaft' does not refer to deagglomerators or knife-spindles.
b. Continuous mixers having all of the following:
1. Designed or modified for mixing under vacuum in the range of zero to 13.326
kPa;
2. Capable of controlling the temperature of the mixing chamber; and
3. Any of the following:
a. Two or more mixing/kneading shafts; or
b. All of the following
1. A single rotating and oscillating shaft with kneading teeth/pins, and
2. Kneading teeth/pins inside the casing of the mixing chamber;]
old[3B014 Continuous mixers or batch mixers with
provision for mixing under vacuum.]
3B015 Fluid energy mills usable for grinding or
milling any of the items in 3A3.
3B016 Metal powder production equipment usable for
the production, in a controlled environment, of spherical, spheroidal or
atomised materials specified in 3A301.c. or 3A302
Note: This entry includes:
a. Plasma generators (high frequency arc-jet) usable for obtaining sputtered or
spherical metallic powders with organization of the process in an argon-water
environment;
b. Electroburst equipment usable for obtaining sputtered or spherical metallic
powders with organization of the process in an argon-water environment;
c. Equipment usable for the production of spherical aluminium powders by
powdering a melt in an inert medium (e.g. nitrogen).
3B017 Sputter ion pumps
3B018 Technical data (including processing
conditions) and procedures for the regulation of temperature, pressure or
atmosphere in autoclaves or hydroclaves when used for the production of
composites or partially
processed composites.
3B019 Software specially designed or modified for
the use of equipment for the production and handling of materials specified in
3A
3B020 Technology for the development, production
or use of items in 3B
3C [Reserved]
3D Chemical and biomaterial manufacturing and handling equipment and facilities:
3D001
(1) Reaction
Vessels, Reactors or Agitators
(i) Reaction vessels or reactors, with or without agitators, with total internal
(geometric) volume greater than 0.1 m³ (100 l) and less than 20 m³ (20000 l),
where all surfaces that come in direct contact with the
chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. titanium or titanium alloys;
g. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
(ii) Agitators designed for use in the above-mentioned reaction vessels or
reactors; and impellers, blades or shafts designed for such agitators where all
surfaces of the agitator that come in direct contact with the
chemical(s) being processed or contained are made from any of the following
materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. titanium or titanium alloys;
g. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
(iii)7 Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially
designed components, that:
a. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or
reactors that meet the parameters above; and,
b. have metallic surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being
processed which are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys’.
(2) Storage Tanks,
Containers or Receivers
(i) Storage tanks, containers or receivers with a total internal (geometric)
volume greater than 0.1 m³ (100 l) where all surfaces that come in direct
contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained are
made from the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. titanium or titanium alloys;
g. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
(ii)8 Prefabricated repair assemblies and their specially designed
components, that:
a. are designed for mechanical attachment to glass-lined reaction vessels or
reactors that meet the parameters above; and,
b. have metallic surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being
processed which are made from tantalum or tantalum alloys .
(3) Heat
Exchangers or Condensers
Heat exchangers or condensers with a heat transfer surface area of greater than
0.15 m², and less than 20 m²; and tubes, plates, coils or blocks (cores)
designed for such heat exchangers or condensers, where
all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed
are made from the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. graphite or carbon-graphite;
f. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
g. titanium or titanium alloys;
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
i. silicon carbide;
j. titanium carbide; or
k. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon
and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
(4)
Distillation or Absorption Columns
Distillation or absorption columns of internal diameter greater than 0.1 m; and
liquid distributors, vapour distributors or liquid collectors designed for such
distillation or absorption columns, where all surfaces
that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from
the following materials:
7 Para 1(D) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
8 Para 1(E) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. graphite or carbon-graphite;
f. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
g. titanium or titanium alloys;
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
i. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon
and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by weight.
(5) Filling
Equipment
Remotely operated filling equipment in which all surfaces that come in direct
contact with the chemical(s) being processed are made from the following
materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight; or
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight.
(6) Valves
(i) Valves, having both of the following:
9[A nominal size greater than DN 10 or NPS 3/8 or
national equivalents, and]
old[a. A nominal size greater than 1.0 cm (3/8"), and]
b. All surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced,
processed, or contained are made from the materials of construction in Technical
Note 1 of this entry
(ii) Valves, not already identified in 3D001(6)(i), having all of the following:
9[a. A nominal size equal to or greater than DN 25
or NPS 1 and equal to or less than DN 100 or NPS 4 or national
equivalents. ]
old[
a. A nominal size equal to or greater than 2.54 cm (1") and equal to or less
than 10.16 cm (4")]
b. Casings (valve bodies) or preformed casing liners,
c. A closure element designed to be interchangeable, and
d. All surfaces of the casing (valve body) or preformed case liner that come in
direct contact with the chemical(s) being produced, processed, or contained are
made from the materials of construction in
Technical Note 1 of this entry
(iii) Components, as follows:
a. Casings (valve bodies) designed for valves in paragraphs 6.a.or 6.b., in
which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being
produced, processed, or contained are made from the
materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry;
b. Preformed casing liners designed for valves in paragraphs 6.a.or 6.b., in
which all surfaces that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being
produced, processed, or contained are made from the
materials of construction in Technical Note 1 of this entry.
Technical Note 1. Materials of construction for valves include any of the
following:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
f. titanium or titanium alloys;
g. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
h. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys; or
i. ceramic materials as follows:
1. silicon carbide with a purity of 80% or more by weight;
2. aluminum oxide (alumina) with a purity of 99.9% or more by weight;
3. zirconium oxide (zirconia).
Technical Note 2. The 'nominal size' is defined as the smaller of the inlet and
outlet port diameters.
10[Technical Note 3. Metric nominal sizes (DN) of valves are in accordance with ISO6708:1995. National Pipe Sizes (NPS) are in accordance with ASME B36.10 or B36.19, or national equivalents. 1A(6)Nitrogen mustard HN2: Bis (2-chloroethyl) Methylamine ]
(7) Multi-Walled Piping
Multi-walled piping incorporating a leak detection port, in which all surfaces
that come in direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed or contained
are made from the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. graphite or carbon-graphite;
f. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
g. titanium or titanium alloys;
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys; or
i. (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous carbon
and graphite, in which the graphite-content is eight percent or more by weight.
(8) Pumps
Multiple-seal and seal-less pumps with manufacturer's specified maximum
flow-rate greater than 0.6 m3/h, or vacuum pumps with manufacturer's specified
maximum flow-rate greater than 5 m³/h (under
standard temperature (273 K (0o C)) and pressure (101.3 kPa) conditions), and
casings (pump bodies), preformed casing liners, impellers, rotors or jet pump
nozzles designed for such pumps, in which all
surfaces that come into direct contact with the chemical(s) being processed are
made from any of the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight;
c. fluoropolymers (polymeric or elastomeric materials with more than 35%
fluorine by weight);
d. glass or glass-lined (including vitrified or enamelled coating);
e. graphite or carbon-graphite;
f. tantalum or tantalum alloys;
g. titanium or titanium alloys;
h. zirconium or zirconium alloys;
i. ceramics;
j. ferrosilicon (high silicon iron alloys); or
k. niobium (columbium) or niobium alloys.
Technical note 1: carbon-graphite is a composition consisting of amorphous
carbon and graphite, in which the graphite content is eight percent or more by
weight.
Technical note 2: : The seals referred to in this control come into direct
contact with the chemical(s) being processed (or are designed to), and provide a
sealing function where a rotary or reciprocating drive shaft passes through a
pump body.
(9) Incinerators
Incinerators designed to destroy CW agents, Category 1 chemicals or chemical
munitions, having specially designed waste supply systems, special handling
facilities, and an average combustion chamber
temperature greater than 1000o C, in which all surfaces in the waste supply
system that come into direct contact with the waste products are made from or
lined with the following materials:
a. nickel or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
b. alloys with more than 25% nickel and 20% chromium by weight; or ceramics.
Notes to 3D001:
Technical note: For the listed materials in 3D001, the term 'alloy' when not
accompanied by a specific elemental concentration is understood as
identifying those alloys where the identified metal is present in a higher
percentage by weight than any other element.
Note 1. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer
of any non-controlled item containing one or more controlled components where
the controlled component or components are the principal element of the item and
can feasibly be removed or used for other purposes.
N.B. In judging whether the controlled component or components are to be
considered the principal element, the licensing authority should weigh the
factors of quantity, value, and technological know-how involved and other
special circumstances which might establish the controlled component or
components as the principal element of the item being procured.
Note 2. The objective of these controls should not be defeated by the transfer
of a whole plant, on any scale, which has been designed to produce any CW agent
or Category 1 chemical.
Note 3. The materials used for gaskets, packing, seals, screws, washers or other
materials performing a sealing function do not determine the status of control
of the items listed below, provided that such components are designed to be
interchangeable.
Note 4: The controls in 3D001 do not apply to equipment which is specially
designed for use in civil applications (for example food processing, pulp and
paper processing, or water purification, etc) and is, by the nature of its
design, inappropriate for use in storing, processing, producing or conducting
and controlling the flow of chemical warfare agents or any of the Category 1
chemicals.
12[Note : Export of chemicals (Excluding Software and Technology) listed in 3D001 below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 on the basis of a one time General- authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments (GAEC) issued by DGFT, subject to" the following conditions (including those below) and the procedure as prescribed from time to time:
I. The exporter is required to register and obtain General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments only once during the validity period. Subsequent export/re-export is subject to post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to relevant Govt, authorities;
II. General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments issued for export / re-export of SCOMET items under the above Categories / Sub Categories (excluding software and technology) shall be valid for a period of five years from the date of issue of General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments subject to subsequent post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to be reported within 3Q.CJays.fK)m the last quarter.
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovak Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States.
Note: Export of items under the 3D001 category to the countries other than those specified in Table 1 and the Category 3D001 related software and technology to any country shall be allowed only against an export authorisation and in compliance to the conditions and documentation specified under the respective Categories of SCOMET List.]
3D002 [Reserved]
1['3D003
(Reserved)']
old[3D003 Combustors or pyrolysers capable of
a heat-zone (‘burner’) temperature greater than 1,273 K (1000 Degree
Centigrade), and in which any surfaces that come into direct contact with
material coming into the
containing chamber are made from, or lined with, any of the following materials:
a. Alloys with more than 25% nickel and 25% chromium by weight; (e.g., ‘Hatelloy’,
‘Illium’, ‘Inconel’, ‘Incoloy’)
b. Nickel, or alloys with more than 40% nickel by weight;
c. Titanium; or
d. Ceramics.]
3D0049 Toxic gas monitors and monitoring
systems, and their dedicated detecting components as follows: detectors; sensor
devices; replaceable sensor cartridges; and dedicated software for such
equipment;
a. designed for continuous operation and usable for the detection of chemical
warfare agents or Category 1 chemicals at concentrations of less than 0.3 mg/m³;
or
b. designed for the detection of cholinesterase-inhibiting activity.
12[Note : Export of chemicals (Excluding Software and Technology) listed in 3D004 below is allowed to the countries specified in Table 1 on the basis of a one time General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments (GAEC) issued by DGFT, subject to the following conditions (including those below) and the procedure as prescribed from time to time:
I. The exporter is required to register and obtain General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments only once during the validity period. Subsequent export/re-export is subject to post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to relevant Govt, authorities;
II. General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments issued for export / re-export of SCOMET items under the above Categories / Sub Categories (excluding software and technology) shall be valid for a period of Ave years from the date of issue of General authorization for export of Chemicals and related equipments subject to •subsequent post reporting (s) on quarterly basis to be reported within 3f> days from the last quarter.
Table 1
Argentina, Australia, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Croatia, Republic of Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Republic of Korea, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Poland, Republic, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, Ukraine, United Kingdom, United States.
Note : Export of items under the 3D004 category to the countries other than those specified in Table 1 the Category 3D004 related software and technology to any country shall be allowed only against an export authorisation and in compliance to the conditions and documentation specified under the respective Categories of SCOMET List.]
3D005
Containment facilities and related
equipment as follows:
(1) Complete containment facilities that meet the criteria for P3 or P4 (BL3,
BL4, L3, L4) containment as specified in the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual
(3rd edition, Geneva, 2004)
(2) Equipment designed for fixed installation in containment facilities
specified in 3D005a., as follows:
(i) Double-door pass-through decontamination autoclaves;
(ii) Breathing air suit decontamination showers;
(iii) Mechanical-seal or inflatable-seal walkthrough doors.
3D00610
Fermenters:
(1) Fermenters capable of cultivation of micro-organisms or of live cells for
the production of viruses or toxins, without the propagation of aerosols, having
a total internal volume of 20 litres or greater;
(2) Components designed for such fermenters, as follows:-
9 Para 1(F) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
10 Para 1(G) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
a. cultivation chambers designed to be sterilized or disinfected in situ;
b. cultivation chamber holding devices; or
c. process control units capable of simultaneously monitoring and controlling
two or more fermentation system parameters (e.g. temperature, pH, nutrients,
agitation, dissolved oxygen, air flow, foam
control).
9[Technical Note 1 Fermenters include bioreactors
(including single-use (disposable) bioreactors), chemostats and
continuous-flow systems.
Technical Note 2 Cultivation chamber holding devices include single-use
cultivation chambers with rigid walls.]
old[Technical Note:
Fermenters include bioreactors (including single-use (disposable) bioreactors),
chemostats and continuous-flow systems.]
3D007 Centrifugal separators capable of the
continuous separation of pathogenic micro-organisms, without the propagation of
aerosols, and having all the following characteristics:
a. one or more sealing joints within the steam containment area;
b. a flow rate greater than 100 litres per hour;
c. components of polished stainless steel or titanium;
d. capable of in-situ steam sterilisation in a closed state.
Technical note: Centrifugal separators include decanters.
3D008 Cross (tangential) flow
filtration equipment
(1) Cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment capable of separation of
micro-organisms, viruses, toxins or cell cultures having all the following
characteristics:
a. a total filtration area equal to or greater than 1 square metre; and
b. having any of the following characteristics:
i. capable of being sterilized or disinfected in-situ; or
ii. using disposable or single-use filtration components.
Note: This control excludes reverse osmosis and hemodialysis equipment.
(2) Cross (tangential) flow filtration components (e.g. modules, elements,
cassettes, cartridges, units or plates) with filtration area equal to or greater
than 0.2 square metres for each component and designed
for use in cross (tangential) flow filtration equipment as specified above.
Technical note: In this control, 'sterilized' denotes the elimination of all
viable microbes from the equipment through the use of either physical (e.g.
steam) or chemical agents. 'Disinfected' denotes the destruction of potential
microbial infectivity in the equipment through the use of chemical agents with a
germicidal effect. 'Disinfection' and 'sterilization' are distinct from
'sanitization', the latter referring to cleaning procedures designed to lower
the microbial content of equipment without necessarily achieving elimination of
all microbial infectivity or viability.
3D009 Steam, gas or vapour sterilisable
freeze-drying equipment with a condenser capacity of 10 kg of ice or greater in
24 hours and less than 1000 kg of ice in 24 hours.
3D010 Spray drying equipment capable of
drying toxins or pathogenic microorganisms having all of the following
characteristics:
a. A water evaporation capacity of ≥ 0.4 kg/h and ≤ 400 kg/h;
b. The ability to generate a typical mean product particle size of ≤10
micrometers with existing fittings or by minimal modification of the spray-dryer
with atomization nozzles enabling generation of the
required particle size; and
c. Capable of being sterilized or disinfected in situ.
3D011 Protective and containment
equipment as follows:
a. Protective full or half suits, or hoods dependent upon a tethered external
air supply and operating under positive pressure;
Technical note: This does not control suits designed to be worn with
self-contained breathing apparatus.
b. Biocontainment chambers, isolators, or biological safety cabinets having all
of the following characteristics, for normal operation:
i. fully enclosed workspace where the operator is separated from the work by a
physical barrier;
ii. able to operate at negative pressure;
iii. means to safely manipulate items in the workspace;
iv. supply and exhaust air to and from the workspace is HEPA filtered.
Note 1 - this control includes class III biosafety cabinets, as described in the latest edition of the WHO Laboratory Biosafety Manual or constructed in accordance with national standards, regulations or guidance.
11[Note 2- This control includes any isolator meeting all of the above mentioned characteristics, regardless of its intended use and its designation.]
old[Note 2 - this control does not include isolators specially designed for barrier nursing or transportation of infected patients.]
12[Note 3:
this control does not include isolators specially designed for harrier nursing
or transportation of infected patients]
3D012
Aerosol inhalation equipment
designed for aerosol challenge testing with micro-organisms, viruses or toxins
as follows:
a. Whole-body exposure chambers having a capacity of 1 cubic metre or greater.
b. Nose-only exposure apparatus utilising directed aerosol flow and having
capacity for exposure of 12 or more rodents, or 2 or more animals other than
rodents; and, closed animal restraint tubes designed
for use with such apparatus.
3D013 Spraying or fogging systems and components
therefor, as follows:
a. Complete spraying or fogging systems, specially designed or modified for
fitting to aircraft, lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of delivering,
from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet “VMD” of less
than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per minute.
b. Spray booms or arrays of aerosol generating units, specially designed or
modified for fitting to aircraft, lighter than air vehicles or UAVs, capable of
delivering, from a liquid suspension, an initial droplet
“VMD” of less than 50 microns at a flow rate of greater than two litres per
minute.
c. Aerosol generating units specially designed for fitting to systems that
fulfil all the criteria specified in 3D011.a and 3D001.b
Technical Notes
(1) Aerosol
generating units are devices specially designed or modified for fitting to
aircraft such as nozzles, rotary drum atomisers and similar devices.
(2) This entry does
not control spraying or fogging systems and components as specified in 3D010
that are demonstrated not to be capable of delivering biological agents in the
form of infectious aerosols.
(3) Droplet size
for spray equipment or nozzles specially designed for use on aircraft or UAVs
should be measured using either of the following methods:
(a) Doppler laser method
(b) Forward laser diffraction method
3D01411 Nucleic acid assemblers and synthesizers,
which are partly or entirely automated, and designed to generate continuous
nucleic acids greater than 1.5 kilobases in length with error rates less than 5%
in a single run.’
1['3D015 Technology and
software for the development, production or use of items in 3D001 to3D014'.]
old[3D015 Technology related to the
development, production or use of items in 3D.]
11 Para 1(H) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
Category 4 Nuclear-related other equipment, assemblies and
components; test and production equipment; and related technology not controlled
under Category 0
4A
Equipment, assemblies, components including test and production equipment
4A001 Flow-forming machines,
spin-forming machines capable of flow-forming functions, and mandrels, as
follows:
a. For flow forming machines refer to 5A205
b. Spin forming machines having both of the following characteristics:
1. Three or more rollers (active or guiding); and
2. Which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specification, can be
equipped with ‘numerical control’ units or a computer control.
c. Rotor-forming mandrels designed to form cylindrical rotors of inside diameter
between 75 and 400 mm.
Note: Item 4A001a and 4A001b include machines which have only a single roller
designed to deform metal plus two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel,
but do not participate directly in the deformation process.
4A002 Machine tools, as follows, and any
combination thereof, for removing or cutting metals, ceramics, or composites,
which, according to the manufacturer’s technical specifications, can be equipped
with electronic
devices for simultaneous “contouring control” in two or more axes;
N.B.: For “numerical control” units controlled by their associated “software”,
see Item 4C
a. Machine tools for turning, that have “positioning accuracies” with all
compensations available better (less) than 6 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988)
along any linear axis (overall positioning) for machines
capable of machining diameters greater than 35 mm;
Note: Item 4A002.a. does not control bar machines (Swissturn), limited to
machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than
42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may
have drilling and/or
milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.
b. Machine tools for milling, having any of the following characteristics:
1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than
6 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring
control”.
Note: Item 4A002.b. does not control milling machines having both of the
following characteristics:
1. X-axis travel greater than 2 m; and
2. Overall “positioning accuracy” on the x-axis worse (more) than 30 μm
according to ISO 230/2 (1988).
6[c. Machine
tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
1. "Positioning accuracies" with all compensations available better (less) than
4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
3. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control".
Note Item 4A002.c. does not control grinding machines as follows:
1. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding
machines having all the following characteristics:
a. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length;
and
b. Axes limited to x, z and c. .
2. Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall
"positioning accuracy " less (better) than 4 um according to ISO 230/2 (1988).]
old[c. Machine tools for grinding, having any of the following characteristics:
1. “Positioning accuracies” with all compensations available better (less) than
4 μm according to ISO 230/2 (1988) along any linear axis (overall positioning);
2. Two or more contouring rotary axes; or
3 Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for “contouring
control”.
Note: Item 4A002.c. does not control grinding machines as follows:
1. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines
having all the following characteristics:
a. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length;
and
b. Axes limited to x, z and c.
2. Jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a w-axis with an overall
positioning accuracy less (better) than 4 microns. Positioning accuracy is
according to ISO 230/2 (1988).]
6[d. Non-wire
type Electrical Discharge Machines (EMD)
that have two or more contouring rotary axes and that can be coordinated
simultaneously for "contouring control"
Notes I
Stated "positioning accuracy" levels derived under the following procedures from
measurements made according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national equivalents may be
used for each machine tool model if provided to, and accepted by, national
authorities instead of individual machine tests.
Stated "positioning accuracy " levels are to be derived as follows:
a. Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;
b. Measure the linear axis accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (1988);
c. Determine the accuracy values (A) for each axis of each machine.
The method of calculating the accuracy value is described in the ISO
230/2 (1988) standard;
d. Determine the average accuracy value of each axis. This average
value becomes the stated "positioning accuracy" of each axis for the
model (Ax, Ay...);
e. Since Item 4A002. refers to each linear axis, there will be as many
stated "positioning accuracy" values as there are linear axes;
f. If any axis of a machine tool not controlled by Items 4A002.a.,
4A002.b., or 4A002.c. has a stated "positioning accuracy" of 6 μm
or better (less) for grinding machines, and 8 μm or better (less) for
milling and turning machines, both according to ISO 230/2 (1988),
then the builder should be required to reaffirm the accuracy level
once every eighteen months.
2. Item 4A002. does not control special purpose machine tools limited to
the manufacture of any of the following parts: .
a. Gears;
b. Crankshafts or cam shafts;
c. Tools or cutters;
d. Extruder worms.]
old[d. Non-wire type Electrical Discharge Machines (EDM) that have two or more
contouring rotary axes and that can be coordinated simultaneously for
“contouring control”.
Notes: 1. Stated “positioning accuracy” levels derived under the following
procedures from measurements made according to ISO 230/2 (1988) or national
equivalents may be used for each machine tool model if provided
to, and accepted by, national authorities instead of individual machine tests.
Stated “positioning accuracy” are to be derived as follows:
a.
Select five machines of a model to be evaluated;
b.
Measure the linear axis accuracies according to ISO 230/2 (1988)
c.
Determine the accuracy values (A) for each axis of each machine. The method of
calculating the accuracy value is described in the ISO 230/2 (1988) standard;
d.
Determine the average accuracy value of each axis. This average value becomes
the stated “positioning accuracy” of each axis for the model (Âx, Ây...);
e.
Since Item 4A002 refers to each linear axis, there will be as many stated
“positioning accuracy” values as there are linear axes;
f. If
any axis of a machine tool not controlled by Items 4A002.a., 4A002.b., or
4A002.c. has a stated “positioning accuracy” of 6 μm or better (less) for
grinding machines, and 8 μm or better (less) for milling and
turning machines, both according to ISO 230/2 (1988), then the builder should be
required to reaffirm the accuracy level once every eighteen months.
2. Item 4A002. does not control special purpose machine tools limited to the
manufacture of any of the following parts:
a.
Gears
b.
Crankshafts or cam shafts
c.
Tools or cutters
d.
Extruder worms]
6[Technical
Notes
1. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with ISO 841 (2001), "Numerical
Control Machines - Axis and Motion Nomenclature ".
2. Not counted in the total number of contouring axes are secondary parallel
contouring axes (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary
rotary axis the centreline of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis).
3. Rotary axes do not necessarily have to rotate over 360°. A rotary axis-can be
driven by a linear device, e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion.
4. For the purposes of 4A002. the number of axes which can be coordinated
simultaneously for "contouring control" is the number of axes along or around
which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions
are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any
additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine
are performed, such as:
a. Wheel-dressing systems in grinding machines;
b. Parallel rotary axes designed for mounting of separate
workpieces;
c. Co-linear rotary axes designed for manipulating the same
workpiece by holding it in a chuck from different ends.
5. A machine tool having at least 2 of the 3 turning, milling or grinding
capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability) must be
evaluated against each applicable entry, 4A002.a., 4A002.b. and
4A002.C.
6. Items 4A002.b.3. and 4A002.C.3. include machines based on a parallel linear
kinematic design (e.g., hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which is a
rotary axis.']
old[Technical Notes:
1. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO 841,
“Numerical Control Machines - Axis and Motion Nomenclature”.
2. Not counted in the total number of contouring axes are secondary parallel
contouring axes (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondary
rotary axis the centerline of which is parallel to the primary rotary axis).
3. Rotary axes do not necessarily have to rotate over 360 degrees. A rotary axis
can be driven by a linear device, e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion.
4. For the purposes of 4A002. the number of axes which can be coordinated
simultaneously for “contouring control” is the number of axes along or around
which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions
are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any
additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine
are performed, such as:
a. Wheel-dressing systems
in grinding machines;
b. Parallel rotary axes
designed for mounting of separate workpieces;
c. Co-linear rotary axes
designed for manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from
different ends.
5. A machine tool having at least 2 of the 3 turning, milling or grinding
capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability) must be evaluated
against each applicable entry, 4A002.a., 4A002.b.and 4A002.c.
6. Items 4A002.b.3 and 4A002.c.3 include machines based on a parallel linear
kinematic design (e.g., hexapods) that have 5 or more axes none of which are
rotary axes.]
4A003 Dimensional inspection machines, instruments, or
systems, as follows:
a. Computer controlled or numerically controlled coordinate measuring machines (CMM)
having either of the following characteristics:
1. Having only two axes and having a maximum permissible error of length
measurement along any axis (one dimensional), identified as any combination of
E0x MPE, E0y MPE or E0z MPE, equal to or less
(better) than (1.25 + L/1000) μm (where L is the measured length in mm) at any
point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the length of the
axis), according to ISO 10360-2(2009); or
2. Three or more axes and having a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum
permissible error of length measurement (E0, MPE equal to or less (better) than
(1.7 + L/800) μm (where L is the measured length
in mm) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the
length of the axis), according to ISO 10360-2(2009).
Technical Note: The E0, MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM
specified according to ISO 10360-2(2009) by the manufacturer (e.g., best of the
following: probe stylus length, motion parameters, environment) and with all
compensations available shall be compared to the 1.7 + L/ 800 μm threshold.
6[b. Linear
displacement measuring instruments, as follows:
1. Non-contact type measuring systems with a "resolution" equal to or better
(less) than 0.2 μm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
2. Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) systems having both of the
following characteristics:
a. 1. "Linearity" equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured
from 0 to the full operating range, for LVDTs with an operating range up to 5
mm; or
2. "Linearity" equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured
from 0 to 5 mm for LVDTs with an operating range greater than 5 mm; and
b. Drift equal to or better (less) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test
room temperature ± 1 K (± 1 °C);
3. Measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
a. Containing a laser; and
b. Capable of maintaining for at least 12 hours, over a temperature range of
± 1 K(± 1°C) around a standard temperature and a standard pressure:
1. A "resolution" over their full scale of 0.1 μm or better; and
2. With a "measurement uncertainty" equal to or better (less) than (0.2 +L/2000)
μm (L is the measured length in mm);
Note Item 4A003.b.3. does not control measuring interferometer systems, without
closed or open loop feedback, containing a laser to measure slide movement
errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar equipment.
Technical Note
In Item 4A003.b.3. 'linear displacement' means the change of distance between
the measuring probe and the measured object.]
old[b. Linear displacement measuring instruments, as follows:
1. Non-contact type measuring systems with a “resolution” equal to or better
(less) than 0.2 μm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
2. Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT) systems having both of the
following characteristics:
a. 1. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the
full operating range, for LVDTs with an operating range up to 5 mm; or
2. “Linearity” equal to or less (better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for
LVDTs with an operating range greater than 5 mm; and
b. Drift equal to or better (less) than 0.1% per day at a standard ambient test
room temperature ± 1 K;
3. Measuring systems having both of the following characteristics:
a. Contain a laser; and
b. Maintain for at least 12 hours, over a temperature range of ± 1 K around a
standard temperature and a standard pressure:
1. A “resolution” over their full scale of 0.1 μm or better; and
2. With a “measurement uncertainty” equal to or better (less) than (0.2 +
L/2000) μm (L is the measured length in millimeters);
Note: Item 4A003.b.3 does not control measuring interferometer systems,
without closed or open loop feedback, containing a laser to measure slide
movement errors of machine tools, dimensional inspection machines, or similar
equipment
Technical Note: In Item 4A003.b.3 ‘linear displacement’ means the change of
distance between the measuring probe and the measured object.]
c. Angular displacement measuring instruments having an “angular position
deviation” equal to or better (less) than 0.00025°;
Note: Item 4A003.c does not control optical instruments, such as
autocollimators, using collimated light (e.g., laser light) to detect angular
displacement of a mirror.
d. Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspection of hemishells, having both
of the following characteristics:
1. “Measurement uncertainty” along any linear axis equal to or better (less)
than 3.5 μm per 5 mm; and
2. “Angular position deviation” equal to or less than 0.02°.
Notes:
1. “Item 4A003.d includes machine tools
other than those specified by 4A002, that can be used as measuring machines if
they meet or exceed the criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
2. Machines described in Item 4A003.d. are
controlled if they exceed the threshold specified anywhere within their
operating range”.
Technical Note: All parameters of measurement values in this item represent
plus/minus, i.e., not total band.
4A004 Controlled atmosphere (vacuum or inert gas)
induction furnaces, and power supplies therefor, as follows:
a. Furnaces having all of the following characteristics:
1. Capable of operation at temperatures above 1123 K (850 °C);
2. Induction coils 600 mm or less in diameter; and
3. Designed for power inputs of 5 kW or more;
Note:Item 4A004.a. does not control furnaces designed for the processing
of semiconductor wafers.
b. Power supplies, with a specified output power of 5 kW or more, specially
designed for furnaces specified in Item 4A004.a.
4A005 Isostatic presses’, and related equipment, as
follows:
a. ‘Isostatic presses’ as specified in 5A208;
b. Dies, moulds, and controls specially designed for the ‘isostatic presses’
specified in Item 4A005.a.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4A005 ´Isostatic presses’ means equipment capable of pressurizing a
closed cavity through various media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to
create equal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon a work piece or
material.
2. In Item 4A005 the inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which
both the working temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not
include fixtures. That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside
diameter of the pressure chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace
chamber, depending on which of the two chambers is located inside the other.
4A006 Vibration test systems, equipment, and
components as follows:
a. Electrodynamic vibration test systems, having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Employing feedback or closed loop control techniques and incorporating a
digital control unit;
2. Capable of vibrating at 10 g RMS or more between 20 and 2000 Hz; and
3. Capable of imparting forces of 50 kN or greater measured ‘bare table’;
b. Digital control units, combined with ‘software’ specially designed for
vibration testing, with a real-time bandwidth greater than 5 kHz and being
designed for a system specified in Item 4A006.a.;
c. Vibration thrusters (shaker units), with or without associated amplifiers,
capable of imparting a force of 50 kN or greater measured ‘bare table’, which
are usable for the systems specified in Item 4A006.a.;
d. Test piece support structures and electronic units designed to combine
multiple shaker units into a complete shaker system capable of providing an
effective combined force of 50 kN or greater, measured
‘bare table,’ which are usable for the systems specified in Item 4A006.a..
Technical Note: In Item 4A006 ‘bare table’ means a flat table, or surface, with
no fixtures or fittings.
4A00712 Vacuum or other controlled atmosphere
metallurgical melting and casting furnaces and related equipment, as follows:-
a. Arc remelt furnaces, arc melt furnaces and arc melt and casting furnaces
having both of the following characteristics:-
1. Consumable electrode capacities between 1000 and 20000 cm³; and
2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1973 K (1700 °C);
b. Electron beam melting furnaces, plasma atomisation furnaces and plasma
melting furnaces, having both of the following characteristics:
1. A power of 50 kW or greater; and
2. Capable of operating with melting temperatures above 1473 K (1200 °C);
c. Computer control and monitoring systems specially configured for any of the
furnaces specified in 4A007.a. or 4A007.b;
d. Plasma torches specially designed for the furnaces specified in
4A007.b.having both of the following characteristics:-
1. Operating at a power greater than 50kW; and
2. Capable of operating above 1473 K (1200°C);
e. Electron beam guns specially designed for the furnaces specified in
4A007.b.operating at a power greater than 50kW. ’
4A008 Crucibles made of materials resistant to
liquid actinide metals, as follows:
a. Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
12 Para 1(I) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
1. A volume of between 150 cm3 (150 ml) and 8000 cm3 (8 litres); and
2. Made of or coated with any of the following materials, or combination of the
following materials, having an overall impurity level of 2% or less by weight:
a. Calcium fluoride (CaF2);
b. Calcium zirconate (metazirconate) (CaZrO3);
c. Cerium sulphide (Ce2S3);
d. Erbium oxide (erbia) (Er2O3);
e. Hafnium oxide (hafnia) (HfO2);
f. Magnesium oxide (MgO);
g. Nitrided niobium-titanium-tungsten alloy (approximately 50% Nb, 30% Ti, 20%
W);
h. Yttrium oxide (yttria) (Y2O3); or
i. Zirconium oxide (zirconia) (ZrO2);
b. Crucibles having both of the following characteristics:
1. A volume of between 50 cm3 (50 ml) and 2000 cm3 (2 litres); and
2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 99.9% or greater by
weight;
c. Crucibles having all of the following characteristics:
1. A volume of between 50 cm3 (50 ml) and 2000 cm3 (2 litres);
2. Made of or lined with tantalum, having a purity of 98% or greater by weight;
and
3. Coated with tantalum carbide, nitride, boride, or any combination thereof.
4A009 Platinized catalysts specially designed
or prepared for promoting the hydrogen isotope exchange reaction between
hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritium from heavy water or for the
production of heavy
water.
4A010 Composite structures in the form of
tubes having both of the following characteristics:
a. An inside diameter of between 75 and 400 mm; and
b. Made with any of the materials specified in Item 3A116.
4A011 Frequency changers or generators,
usable as a variable frequency or fixed frequency motor drive, having all of the
following characteristics:
N.B.1: Frequency changers and generators specially designed or prepared for the
gas centrifuge process are controlled under Prescribe Equipment (0B)
N.B.2: “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of
frequency changers or generators to meet the characteristics below is controlled
(see Item 4C).
a. Multiphase
output providing a power of 40 VA or greater;
b. Operating
at a frequency of 600 Hz or more; and
c. Frequency
control better (less) than 0.2%.
Notes: 1. Item 4A011 only controls frequency changers intended for specific
industrial machinery and/or consumer goods (machine tools, vehicles, etc.) if
the frequency changers can meet the characteristics above when removed,
2. For the purpose
of export control, the Government will determine whether or not a particular
frequency changer meets the characteristics above, taking into account hardware
and software constraints.
Technical Notes: 1. Frequency changers in Item 4A011. are also known as
converters or inverters.
2.The characteristics specified in item 4A011 may be met by certain equipment
marketed such as: Generators, Electronic Test Equipment, AC Power Supplies,
Variable Speed Motor Drives, Variable Speed Drives (VSDs), Variable Frequency
Drives (VFDs), Adjustable Frequency Drives (AFDs), or Adjustable Speed Drives (ASDs).
4A012 Lasers, laser amplifiers and oscillators as
follows:
a. Copper vapour lasers having both of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 500 and 600 nm; and
2. An average output power equal to or greater than 40 W;
b. Argon ion lasers having both of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 400 and 515 nm; and
2. An average output power greater than 40 W;
c. Neodymium-doped (other than glass) lasers with an output wavelength between
1000 and 1100 nm having either of the following:
1. Pulse-excited and Q-switched with a pulse duration equal to or greater than 1
ns, and having either of the following:
a. A single-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than 40
W; or
b. A multiple-transverse mode output with an average output power greater than
50 W; or
2. Incorporating frequency doubling to give an output wavelength between 500 and
550 nm with an average output power of greater than 40 W;
d. Tuneable pulsed single-mode dye laser oscillators having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 and 800 nm;
2. An average output power greater than 1 W;
3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
e. Tuneable pulsed dye laser amplifiers and oscillators having all of the
following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 300 and 800 nm;
2. An average output power greater than 30 W;
3. A repetition rate greater than 1 kHz; and
4. Pulse width less than 100 ns;
Note: Item 4A012e does not control single mode oscillators.
f. Alexandrite lasers having all of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 720 and 800 nm;
2. A bandwidth of 0.005 nm or less;
3. A repetition rate greater than 125 Hz; and
4. An average output power greater than 30 W;
g. Pulsed carbon dioxide lasers having all of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 9000 and 11000 nm;
2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
3. An average output power greater than 500 W; and
4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns;
Note: Item 4A012g does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 1kW)
industrial CO2 lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these
latter lasers are either continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width
greater than 200 ns.
h. Pulsed excimer lasers (XeF, XeCl, KrF) having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 240 and 360 nm;
2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz; and
3. An average output power greater than 500 W;
i. Para-hydrogen Raman shifters designed to operate at 16 μm output wavelength
and at a repetition rate greater than 250 Hz.
j. Pulsed carbon monoxide lasers having all of the following characteristics:
1. Operating at wavelengths between 5000 and 6000 nm;
2. A repetition rate greater than 250 Hz;
3. An average output power greater than 200 W; and
4. Pulse width of less than 200 ns.
Note:Item 4A012.j. does not control the higher power (typically 1 to 5 kW)
industrial CO lasers used in applications such as cutting and welding, as these
latter lasers are either continuous wave or are pulsed with a pulse width
greater than 200 ns.
4A013 Valves having all of the
following characteristics:
a. A nominal size of 5 mm or greater;
b. Having a bellows seal; and
c. Wholly made of or lined with aluminium, aluminium alloy, nickel, or nickel
alloy containing more than 60% nickel by weight.
Technical Note: For valves with different inlet and outlet diameter, the nominal
size parameter in Item 4A013a refers to the smallest diameter.
4A014 Superconducting
solenoidal electromagnets having all of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of creating magnetic fields greater than 2 T;
b. A ratio of length to inner diameter greater than 2;
c. Inner diameter greater than 300 mm; and
d. Magnetic field uniform to better than 1% over the central 50% of the inner
volume.
Note: Item 4A014 does not control magnets specially designed for and exported as
part of medical nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging systems. (‘As part of’
does not necessarily mean physical part in the same shipment. Separate shipments
from different sources are allowed, provided the related export documents
clearly specify the ‘as part of” relationship.)
4A015 High-power
direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 100 V or
greater with current output of 500 A or greater; and
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours
4A016 High-voltage
direct current power supplies having both of the following characteristics:
a. Capable of continuously producing, over a time period of 8 hours, 20 kV or
greater with current output of 1 A or greater; and
b. Current or voltage stability better than 0.1% over a time period of 8 hours.
4A017 All types of
pressure transducers capable of measuring absolute pressures and having all of
the following characteristics:
a. Pressure sensing elements made of or protected by aluminium, aluminium alloy,
aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire), nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60%
nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated
hydrocarbon polymers;
b. Seals, if any, essential for sealing the pressure sensing element, and in
direct contact with the process medium, made of or protected by aluminium,
aluminium alloy, aluminium oxide (alumina or sapphire),
nickel, nickel alloy with more than 60% nickel by weight, or fully fluorinated
hydrocarbon polymers; and
c. Having either of the following characteristics:
1. A full scale of less than 13 kPa and an “accuracy” of better than 1% of full
scale; or
2. A full scale of 13 kPa or greater and an “accuracy” of better than 130 Pa
when measuring at 13 kPa”.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4A017. pressure transducers are devices that convert pressure
measurements into a signal.
2. In Item 4A017. “accuracy” includes non-linearity, hysteresis and
repeatability at ambient temperature.
4A018 Vacuum pumps
having all of the following characteristics:
a. Input throat size equal to or greater than 380 mm;
b. Pumping speed equal to or greater than 15 m3/s; and
c. Capable of producing an ultimate vacuum better than 13.3 mPa.
Technical Notes:
1. The pumping speed is determined at the measurement point with nitrogen gas or
air.
2. The ultimate vacuum is determined at the input of the pump with the input of
the pump blocked off.
4A019 Electrolytic
cells for fluorine production with an output capacity greater than 250 g of
fluorine per hour.
4A020 Rotor
fabrication or assembly equipment, rotor straightening equipment,
bellows-forming mandrels and dies, as follows:
a. Rotor assembly equipment for assembly of gas centrifuge rotor tube sections,
baffles, and end caps; Note: Item 4A020a includes precision mandrels, clamps,
and shrink fit machines.
b. Rotor straightening equipment for alignment of gas centrifuge rotor tube
sections to a common axis;
Technical Note: In Item 4A020b such equipment normally consists of precision
measuring probes linked to a computer that subsequently controls the action of,
for example, pneumatic rams used for aligning the rotor tube sections.
c. Bellows-forming mandrels and dies for producing single -convolution bellows.
Technical Note: The bellows referred to in Item 4A020c have all of the following
characteristics:
1. Inside diameter between 75 and 400 mm;
2. Length equal to or greater than 12.7 mm;
3. Single convolution depth greater than 2 mm; and
4. Made of high-strength aluminium alloys, maraging steel, or high strength
fibrous or filamentary materials.
4A021 Centrifugal multi-plane
balancing machines, fixed or portable, horizontal or vertical, as follows:
a. Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing flexible rotors having
a length of 600 mm or more and having all of the following characteristics:
1. Swing or journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg; and
3. Capable of balancing speed of revolution greater than 5000 rpm;
b. Centrifugal balancing machines designed for balancing hollow cylindrical
rotor components and having all of the following characteristics:
1. Journal diameter greater than 75 mm;
2. Mass capability of from 0.9 to 23 kg;
3. A minimum achievable residual specific unbalance equal to or less than 10
g-mm/kg per plane; and
4. Belt drive type.
4A022 Filament winding
machines and related equipment, as follows:
a. Filament winding machines as specified in 5A206; and having all of the
following characteristics:
1. Having motions for positioning, wrapping, and winding fibers coordinated and
programmed in two or more axes;
2. Specially designed to fabricate composite structures or laminates from
“fibrous or filamentary materials”; and
3. Capable of winding cylindrical tubes with an internal diameter between 75 and
650 mm and lengths of 300 mm or greater;
b. Coordinating and programming controls for the filament winding machines
specified in Item 4A022a;
c. Precision mandrels for the filament winding machines specified in Item
4A022a.
4A023 Electromagnetic
isotope separators designed for, or equipped with, single or multiple ion
sources capable of providing a total ion beam current of 50 mA or greater.
Notes:
1. Item 4A023 includes separators capable of enriching stable isotopes as well
as those for uranium. (A separator capable of separating the isotopes of lead
with a one-mass unit difference is inherently capable of enriching the isotopes
of uranium with a three-unit mass difference.)
2. Item 4A023 includes separators with the ion sources and collectors both in
the magnetic field and those configurations in which they are external to the
field.
Technical Note: A single 50 mA ion source cannot produce more than 3 g of separated highly enriched uranium (HEU) per year from natural abundance feed.
1['Mass spectrometers capable of measuring ions of 230 u or greater and having a
resolution of better than 2 parts in 230, as follows, and ion sources therefor:
N.B: Mass spectrometers especially designed or prepared for analysing on-line
samples of uranium hexafluoride (UF6) are controlled under Prescribed Equipment
(0B Category).
a. Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
b. Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
c. Thermal ionisation mass spectrometers (TIMS);
d. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having both of the following
features:
1. A molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte
molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionised by an
electron
beam; and
2. One or more cold traps that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (-80 °C)
or less in order to trap analyte molecules that are not ionised by the electron
beam;
e. Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfiuorination ion source designed
for actinides or actinide fluorides.
Note: 'u' stands for unified atomic mass unit or dalton and is defined as one
twelfth of the mass of an unbound neutral atom of Carbon-12 in its nuclear and
electronic ground state and at rest, and has a value of 1.660539040 X 10-27 kg.'u' is a non-SI unit accepted for use with the SI units.
Technical Notes:
1. 4A024.d describes mass spectrometers that are typically used for isotopic
analysis ofUF6gas samples.
2. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in Item 4A024.d. are also known as
electron impact mass spectrometers or electron ionization mass spectrometers.
3. In 4A024.d.2, a 'cold trap' is a device that traps gas molecules by
condensing or freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of this entry, a
closed-loop gaseous helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a cold trap'.]
old[4A024 Mass spectrometers capable of
measuring ions of 230 atomic mass units or greater and having a resolution of
better than 2 parts in 230, as follows, and ion sources therefor:
N.B.: Mass spectrometers specially designed or prepared for analyzing on-line
samples of uranium hexafluoride are controlled under Prescribed Equipment (0B
Category).
a. Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometers (ICP/MS);
b. Glow discharge mass spectrometers (GDMS);
c. Thermal ionization mass spectrometers (TIMS);
d. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers having both of the following
features:
1. A molecular beam inlet system that injects a collimated beam of analyte
molecules into a region of the ion source where the molecules are ionized by an
electron beam; and
2. One or more cold traps that can be cooled to a temperature of 193 K (-80 °C)
or less in order to trap analyte molecules that are not ionized by the electron
beam;
e. Mass spectrometers equipped with a microfluorination ion source designed for
actinides or actinide fluorides.
Technical Notes:
1. Item 4A024.d. describes mass spectrometers that are typically used for
isotopic analysis of UF6 gas samples.
2. Electron bombardment mass spectrometers in Item 4A024.d. are also known as
electron impact mass spectrometers or electron ionization mass spectrometers.
3. In Item 4A024.d.2, a ‘cold trap’ is a device that traps gas molecules by
condensing or freezing them on cold surfaces. For the purposes of this entry, a
closed-loop gaseous helium cryogenic vacuum pump is not a cold trap.]
4A025 Specialized packings which may
be used in separating heavy water from ordinary water, having both of the
following characteristics:
a .Made of phosphor bronze mesh chemically treated to improve wettability; and
b. Designed to be used in vacuum distillation towers.
4A026 Pumps capable of
circulating solutions of concentrated or dilute potassium amide catalyst in
liquid ammonia (KNH2/NH3), having all of the following
characteristics:
a. Airtight (i.e., hermetically sealed);
b. A capacity greater than 8.5 m3/h; and
c. Either of the following characteristics:
1. For concentrated potassium amide solutions (1% or greater), an operating
pressure of 1.5 to 60 MPa; or
2. For dilute potassium amide solutions (less than 1%), an operating pressure of
20 to 60 MPa.
4A027 Turboexpanders or
turboexpander-compressor sets having both of the following characteristics:
a. Designed for operation with an outlet temperature of 35 K (- 238 ºC) or less;
and
b. Designed for a throughput of hydrogen gas of 1000 kg/h or greater.
4A028 Water-hydrogen sulphide
exchange tray columns and internal contactors, as follows:
N.B.: For columns which are specially designed or prepared for the production of
heavy water, see Prescribed Equipment (0B002).
a. Water-hydrogen sulphide exchange tray columns, having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Can operate at pressures of 2 MPa or greater;
2. Constructed of carbon steel having an austenitic ASTM (or equivalent
standard) grain size number of 5 or greater; and
3. With a diameter of 1.8 m or greater;
b. Internal contactors for the water-hydrogen sulphide exchange tray columns
specified in Item 4A028a.
Technical Note: Internal contactors of the columns are segmented trays which
have an effective assembled diameter of 1.8 m or greater; are designed to
facilitate counter current contacting and are constructed of stainless steels
with a carbon content of 0.03% or less. These may be sieve trays, valve trays,
bubble cap trays or turbo grid trays.
4A029 Hydrogen-cryogenic
distillation columns having all of the following characteristics:
a. Designed for operation at internal temperatures of 35 K (-238 ºC) or less;
b. Designed for operation at internal pressures of 0.5 to 5 MPa;
c. Constructed of either:
1. Stainless steel of the 300 series with low sulfur content and with an
austenitic ASTM (or equivalent standard) grain size number of 5 or greater; or
2. Equivalent materials which are both cryogenic and H2-compatible; and
d. With internal diameters of 30 cm or greater and ‘effective lengths’ of 4 m or
greater.
Technical Note: The term ‘effective length’ means the active height of packing
material in a packed-type column, or the active height of internal contactor
plates in a plate-type column.
4A030 Bellows-sealed scroll-type
compressors and bellows-sealed scroll-type vacuum pumps having all of the
following characteristics:
a. Capable of an inlet volume flow rate of 50 m3/h or greater;
b. Capable of a pressure ratio of 2:1 or greater; and
c. Having all surfaces that come in contact with the process gas made from any
of the following materials:
1. Aluminium or aluminium alloy;
2. Aluminium oxide;
3. Stainless steel;
4. Nickel or nickel alloy;
5. Phosphor bronze; or
6. Fluoropolymers.
Technical Notes:
1. In a scroll compressor or vacuum pump, crescent-shaped pockets of gas are
trapped between one or more pairs of intermeshed spiral vanes, or scrolls, one
of which moves while the other remains stationary. The moving scroll orbits the
stationary scroll; it does not rotate. As the moving scroll orbits the
stationary scroll, the gas pockets diminish in size (i.e., they are compressed)
as they move toward the outlet port of the machine.
2. In a bellows-sealed scroll compressor or vacuum pump, the process gas is
totally isolated from the lubricated parts of the pump and from the external
atmosphere by a metal bellows. One end of the bellows is attached to the moving
scroll and the other end is attached to the stationary housing of the pump.
3. Fluoropolymers include, but are not limited to, the following materials:
a.
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),
b. Fluorinated Ethylene
Propylene (FEP),
c. Perfluoroalkoxy (PFA),
d.
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (PCTFE); and
e. Vinylidene fluoride-hexafluoropropylene
copolymer.
4A031 Industrial equipment including assemblies and
components (other than those specified under Prescribed Equipment in 0B003.e) as
follows:
a. High-density (lead glass or other) radiation shielding windows, having all of
the following characteristics, and specially designed frames therefor:
1. A ‘cold area’ greater than 0.09 m2;
2. A density greater than 3 g/cm3; and
3. A thickness of 100 mm or greater.
Technical Note: In Item 4A031.a.1. the term ‘cold area’ means the viewing area
of the window exposed to the lowest level of radiation in the design
application.
b. Radiation-hardened TV cameras, or lenses therefor, specially designed or
rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total radiation dose greater than 5 x
104 Gy (silicon) without operational degradation.
Technical Note: The term Gy (silicon) refers to the energy in Joules per
kilogram absorbed by an unshielded silicon sample when exposed to ionizing
radiation.
c. ‘Robots’, ‘end-effectors’ and control units as follows:
1. ‘Robots’ or ‘end-effectors’ having either of the following characteristics:
(a) Specially designed to comply with national safety standards applicable to
handling high explosives (for example, meeting electrical code ratings for high
explosives); or
(b) Specially designed or rated as radiation hardened to withstand a total
radiation dose greater than 5 x 104 Gy (silicon) without operational
degradation;
2. Control units specially designed for any of the ‘robots’ or ‘end-effectors’
specified in Item 4A031.c.1.
Note:Item 1.A.3. does not control ‘robots’ specially designed for non-nuclear
industrial applications such as automobile paint-spraying booths.
Technical Notes:
1. ‘Robots’In Item 4A031.c. ‘robot’ means a manipulation mechanism, which may be
of the continuous path or of the point-to-point variety, may use “sensors”, and
has all of the following characteristics:
(a) is
multifunctional;
(b) is capable of
positioning or orienting material, parts, tools, or special devices through
variable movements in three-dimensional space;
(c) incorporates
three or more closed or open loop servo-devices which may include stepping
motors; and
(d) has
“user-accessible programmability” by means of teach/playback method or by means
of an electronic computer which may be a programmable logic controller, i.e.,
without mechanical intervention.
N.B.1:
In the above definition “sensors” means detectors of a physical phenomenon, the
output of which (after conversion into a signal that can be interpreted by a
control unit) is able to generate “programs” or modify programmed instructions
or numerical “program” data. This includes “sensors” with machine vision,
infrared imaging, acoustical imaging, tactile feel, inertial position measuring,
optical or acoustic ranging or force or torque measuring capabilities.
N.B.2:
In the above definition “user-accessible programmability” means the facility
allowing a user to insert, modify or replace “programs” by means other than:
(a) a physical change in wiring or interconnections; or
(b) the setting of function controls including entry of parameters.
N.B.3:
The above definition does not include the following devices:
(a) Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually/teleoperator
controllable;
(b) Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which are automated moving
devices operating according to mechanically fixed programmed motions. The
“program” is mechanically limited by fixed stops, such as pins or
cams. The sequence of motions and the
selection of paths or angles are not variable or changeable by mechanical,
electronic, or electrical means;
(c) Mechanically controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms
which are automated moving devices operating according to mechanically fixed
programmed motions. The “program” is mechanically limited by
fixed, but adjustable, stops such as pins
or cams. The sequence of motions and the selection of paths or angles are
variable within the fixed “program” pattern. Variations or modifications of the
“program” pattern (e.g.,
changes of pins or exchanges of cams) in
one or more motion axes are accomplished only through mechanical operations;
(d) Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulation mechanisms
which are automated moving devices, operating according to mechanically fixed
programmed motions. The “program” is variable but the sequence
proceeds only by the binary
signal from mechanically fixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;
(e) Stacker cranes defined as Cartesian coordinate manipulator
systems manufactured as an integral part of a vertical array of storage bins and
designed to access the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.
2. ‘End-effectors’
In Item 4A031.c. ‘end-effectors’ are grippers, ‘active tooling units’, and any
other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on the end of a ‘robot’
manipulator arm.
N.B.:
In the above definition ‘active tooling units’ is a device for applying motive
power, process energy or sensing to the workpiece.
d. Remote manipulators that can be used to provide remote actions in
radiochemical separation operations or hot cells, having either of the following
characteristics:
1. A capability of penetrating 0.6 m or more of hot cell wall
(through-the-wall operation); or
2. A capability of bridging over the top of a hot cell wall with a
thickness of 0.6 m or more (over-the-wall operation).
Technical Note: Remote manipulators provide translation of human operator
actions to a remote operating arm and terminal fixture. They may be of a
master/slave type or operated by joystick or keypad.
4A03213 Target assemblies and components for the
production of tritium as follows:-
a. Target assemblies made of or containing lithium enriched in the lithium-6
isotope specially designed for the production of tritium through irradiation,
including insertion in a nuclear reactor;
b. Components specially designed for the target assemblies specified in 4A032.a.
Technical Note:
Components specially designed for target assemblies for the production of
tritium may include lithium pellets, tritium getters, and specially-coated
cladding.’
4B Equipment, assemblies
and components, including test and measurement equipment usable in development
of nuclear explosive devices
4B001 Photomultiplier tubes having both of the following
characteristics:
a. Photocathode area of greater than 20 cm2; and
b. Anode pulse rise time of less than 1 ns.
4B002 Flash X-ray generators or pulsed electron accelerators
having either of the following sets of characteristics:
a. 1. An accelerator peak electron energy of 500 keV or greater but less than 25
MeV; and
2. With a figure of merit (K) of 0.25 or greater; or
13 Para 1(J) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
b. 1. An
accelerator peak electron energy of 25 MeV or greater; and
2. A peak power greater than 50 MW.
Note: Item 4B002 does not control accelerators that are component parts of
devices designed for purposes other than electron beam or X-ray radiation
(electron microscopy, for example) nor those designed for medical purposes.
Technical Notes:
1. The figure of merit K is defined as: K=1.7 x 103 V2.65Q. V is the peak
electron energy in million electron volts. If the accelerator beam pulse
duration is less than or equal to 1μs, then Q is the total accelerated charge in
Coulombs. If the accelerator beam pulse duration is greater than 1 μs, then Q is
the maximum accelerated charge in 1 μs. Q equals the integral of i with respect
to t, over the lesser of 1 μs or the time duration of the beam pulse ( Q= ∫idt )
where i is beam current in amperes and t is the time in seconds.
2. Peak power = (peak potential in volts) x (peak beam current in amperes).
3. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the time duration of
the beam pulse is the lesser of 1 μs or the duration of the bunched beam packet
resulting from one microwave modulator pulse.
4. In machines based on microwave accelerating cavities, the peak beam current
is the average current in the time duration of a bunched beam packet.
4B003 High-velocity gun systems (propellant, gas,
coil, electromagnetic, and electrothermal types, and other advanced systems)
capable of accelerating projectiles to 1.5 km/s or greater.
Note: This item does not control guns specially designed for high velocity
weapon systems.
4B004 High-speed cameras and imaging devices and
components therefor, as follows:
N.B.: “Software” specially designed to enhance or release the performance of
cameras or imaging devices to meet the characteristics below is controlled (See
Item 4C).
a. Streak cameras, and
specially designed components therefor, as follows:
1. Streak cameras with writing speeds greater than 0.5 mm/μs;
2. Electronic streak cameras capable of 50 ns or less time resolution;
3. Streak tubes for cameras specified in 4B004.a.2.;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with streak cameras which have modular
structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4B004.a.1 or
4B004.a.2.;
5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines,
mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.a.1.
b. Framing cameras and
specially designed components therefor as follows:
1. Framing cameras with recording rates greater than 225,000 frames per second;
2. Framing cameras capable of 50 ns or less frame exposure time;
3. Framing tubes and solid-state imaging devices having a fast image gating
(shutter) time of 50ns or less specially designed for cameras specified in
4B004.b.1 or 4B004.b.2.;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with framing cameras which have modular
structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4B004.b.1 or
4B004.b.2.;
5. Synchronizing electronics units, rotor assemblies consisting of turbines,
mirrors and bearings specially designed for cameras specified in 4B004.b.1 or
4B004.b.2.
c. Solid state or
electron tube cameras and specially designed components therefor as follows:
1. Solid-state cameras or electron tube cameras with a fast image gating
(shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
2. Solid-state imaging devices and image intensifiers tubes having a fast image
gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less specially designed for cameras specified
in 4B004.c.1.;
3. Electro-optical shuttering devices (Kerr or Pockels cells) with a fast image
gating (shutter) time of 50 ns or less;
4. Plug-ins specially designed for use with cameras which have modular
structures and that enable the performance specifications in 4B004.c.1.
Technical Note: High speed single frame cameras can be used alone to produce a
single image of a dynamic event, or several such cameras can be combined in a
sequentially-triggered system to produce multiple images of an event.
4B005 High explosive containment vessels,
chambers, containers and other similar containment devices designed for the
testing of high explosives or explosive devices and having both of the following
characteristics:
a. Designed to fully contain an explosion equivalent to 2 kg of TNT or greater;
and
b. Having design elements or features enabling real time or delayed transfer of
diagnostic or measurement information.
4B006 Specialized instrumentation for
hydrodynamic experiments, as follows:
a. Velocity interferometers for measuring velocities exceeding 1 km/s during
time intervals of less than 10 μs;
b. Shock pressure gauges capable of measuring pressures greater than 10GPa,
including gauges made with manganin, ytterbium, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF)
/ polyvinyl difluoride(PVF2).
c. Quartz pressure transducers for pressures greater than 10 GPa.
Note: Item 4B006.a. includes velocity interferometers such as VISARs (Velocity
Interferometer Systems for Any Reflector), DLIs (Doppler Laser Interferometers)
and PDV (Photonic Doppler Velocimeters) also known as Het-V (Heterodyne
Velocimeters).
4B007 High-speed pulse generators,
and pulse heads therefor, having both of the following characteristics:
a. Output voltage greater than 6 V into a resistive load of less than 55 ohms;
and
b. ‘Pulse transition time’ less than 500 ps.
Technical Notes:
1. In Item 4B007.b. ‘pulse transition time’ is defined as the time interval
between 10% and 90% voltage amplitude.
2. Pulse heads are impulse forming networks designed to accept a voltage step
function and shape it into a variety of pulse forms that can include
rectangular, triangular, step, impulse, exponential, or monocycle types. Pulse
heads can be an integral part of the pulse generator, they can be a plug-in
module to the device or they can be an externally connected device.
4B008 Detonators and multipoint
initiation systems, as follows:
a. Electrically driven explosive detonators, as follows:
1. Exploding bridge (EB);
2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
3. Slapper;
4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI);
b. Arrangements using single or multiple detonators designed to nearly
simultaneously initiate an explosive surface over an area greater than 5000 mm2
from a single firing signal with an initiation timing spread
over the surface of less than 2.5 μs.
Note: Item 4B008. does not control detonators using only primary explosives,
such as lead azide.
Technical Note:
In Item 4B008. the detonators of concern all utilize a small electrical
conductor (bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporizes when a fast,
high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In nonslapper types,the
exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high-explosive
material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper detonators, the
explosive vaporization of the electrical conductor drives a flyer or slapper
across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an explosive starts a chemical
detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic force. The term
exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a slapper-type detonator.
Also, the word initiator is sometimes used in place of the word detonator.
4B009 Firing sets and equivalent
high-current pulse generators, as follows:
a. Detonator firing sets (initiation systems, firesets), including
electronically-charged, explosively-driven and optically-driven firing sets
designed to drive multiple controlled detonators specified by Item 4B008
above;
b. Modular electrical pulse generators (pulsers) having all of the following
characteristics:
1. Designed for portable, mobile, or ruggedized-use;
2. Capable of delivering their energy in less than 15 μs into loads of less than
40 ohms;
3. Having an output greater than 100 A;
4. No dimension greater than 30 cm;
5. Weight less than 30 kg ; and
6. Specified to operate over an extended temperature range of 223 to 373 K (-50
ºC to 100 ºC) or specified as suitable for aerospace applications.
c. Micro-firing units having all of the following characteristics:
1. No dimension greater than 35 mm;
2. Voltage rating of equal to or greater than 1 kV; and
3. Capacitance of equal to or greater than 100 nF.
Note: Optically driven firing sets include both those employing laser initiation
and laser charging. Explosively-driven firing sets include both explosive
ferroelectric and explosive ferromagnetic firing set types. Item 4B009.b.
includes xenon flashlamp drivers.
4B010 Switching devices as follows:
a. Cold-cathode tubes, whether gas filled or not, operating similarly to a spark
gap, having all of the following characteristics:
1. Containing three or more electrodes;
2. Anode peak voltage rating of 2.5 kV or more;
3. Anode peak current rating of 100 A or more; and
4. Anode delay time of 10 μs or less;
Note: Item 4B010.a. includes gas krytron tubes and vacuum sprytron tubes.
b. Triggered spark-gaps having both of the following characteristics:
1. Anode delay time of 15 μs or less; and
2. Rated for a peak current of 500 A or more;
c. Modules or assemblies with a fast switching function having all of the
following characteristics:
1. Anode peak voltage rating greater than 2 kV;
2. Anode peak current rating of 500 A or more; and
3. Turn-on time of 1 μs or less.
4B011 Pulse discharge capacitors
having either of the following sets of characteristics:
a. 1. Voltage rating greater than 1.4 kV;
2. Energy storage greater than 10 J;
3. Capacitance greater than 0.5 μF; and
4. Series inductance less than 50 nH; or
b. 1. Voltage rating greater than 750 V;
2. Capacitance greater than 0.25 μF; and
3. Series inductance less than 10 nH.
4B012 Neutron generator systems, including
tubes, having both of the following characteristics:
a. Designed for operation without an external vacuum system; and
b. 1. Utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuterium nuclear
reaction; or
2. Utilizing electrostatic acceleration to induce a deuterium-deuterium nuclear
reaction and capable of an Output of 3 x 109 neutrons/s or greater.
4B013 Striplines to provide low inductance path
to detonators with the following characteristics:
a. Voltage rating greater than 2 kV; and
b. Inductance of less than 20 nH
4C Technology
and Software
Technology and software for the development, production or use of items
specified in 4A or 4B.
5
Aerospace systems, equipment including production and test equipment, related
technology, and specially designed components and accessories therefor.
5A Rocket Systems
(including ballistic missiles, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets)
5A1 Systems
5A101 Systems for missiles and rockets, including:
a. complete rocket systems (including ballistic missile systems, space launch
vehicles and sounding rockets)
b. complete rocket stages with engines
c. solid or liquid fuel rocket engines and their control systems including
liquid propellant apogee engines designed or modified for satellites
Note: 5A101 does not control JATO units, propulsion units for flares, ejection seats, emergency escape equipment and rockets for display fireworks.
2['Note 1: 5A101 does not control JATO units, propulsion units for flares,
ejection seats, emergency escape equipment and rockets for display fireworks;
Note 2: As per the extant Guidelines for Sensitive Missile-Relevant Transfers of
the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR)1license applications for the export
of items in 5A101 shall be subject to a presumption of denial.']
5A102 Subsystems and components usable in
missiles and rockets including:
a. rocket motor cases, interior lining, insulation and nozzles;
b. rocket staging mechanisms, separation mechanisms and inter-stages;
1['5A102.C Liquid, slurry and gel propellant (including oxidisers) control
systems, and specially designed components therefor, usable in missiles and
rockets, designed or modified to operate in vibration environments greater than
10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz.
Notes:
1. The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines specified in 5A102.c are the
following:
• Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 litres per
minute, atan absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an
actuator responsetime of less than 100ms.
• Pumps, for liquid propeHants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than 8,000
rpmat the maximum operating mode or with discharge pressures equal to or
greaterthan 7 MPa
• Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbopumps, with shaft speeds equal to or
greaterthan 8,000 rpm at the maximum operatingmode.
2. Systems and components specified in this clause may be exported as part of
asatellite']
old[c. Liquid, slurry and gel propellant (including oxidisers) control systems, and
specially designed components therefor, usable in missiles and rockets, designed
or modified to operate in vibration environments
greater than 10 g rms between 20 Hz and 2 kHz.
Notes:
1. The only servo valves, pumps and gas turbines specified in 3.A.5. are the
following:
• Servo valves designed for flow rates equal to or greater than 24 litres per
minute, at an absolute pressure equal to or greater than 7 MPa, that have an
actuator response time of less than 100 ms.
• Pumps, for liquid propellants, with shaft speeds equal to or greater than
8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode or with discharge pressures equal to or
greater than 7 MPa
• Gas turbines, for liquid propellant turbopumps, with shaft speeds equal to or
greater than 8,000 rpm at the maximum operating mode.
2. Systems and components specified in this clause may be exported as part of a
satellite”;]
d. re-entry vehicles and equipment including
1. Heat-shields and components thereof, fabricated of ceramic or ablative
materials;
2. Heat sinks and components thereof, fabricated of light weight, high heat
capacity materials;
3. Electronic equipment specially designed for re-entry vehicles.
e. guidance systems and their components such as gyros and inertial reference
units;
f. thrust-vector control subsystems including methods of achieving thrust vector
control such as flexible nozzle, fluid or secondary gas injection, movable
engine or nozzle, deflection of exhaust gas stream (jet
vanes or probes) and use of thrust tabs;
g. hybrid rocket motors and components thereof;
h. safing, arming, fusing and firing mechanisms for weapons or warhead.
i. software specially designed for reduced observables such as radar
reflectivity, ultraviolet/infrared signatures and acoustic signatures.
j. Combustion chambers and nozzles for liquid propellant rocket engines or gel
propellant rocket motors
10[k.
Turbojet and turbofan engines (including turbo compound engines).
1. “Ramjet, Scramjet, pulse jet, combined cycle engines, including devices to
regulate combustion, and specially designed components.]
5A2 Production
and Test Equipment.
5A201 Transonic, supersonic, hypersonic
wind tunnels; shock tunnels; gun tunnels; aeroballistic ranges.
5A202 Test and production equipment and
facilities designed to handle systems in 5A1.
2[Note. As per the extant Guidelines for Sensitive Missile-Relevant Transfers of
the Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR)license applications for transfer of
items in 5A202 shall not be authorised.]
5A203 Test benches/stands, usable for
complete rocket systems and subsystems (including ballistic missile systems,
space launch vehicles and sounding rockets) which have the capacity to handle
solid or liquid
propellant rockets, motors or engines, or which are capable of simultaneously
measuring the three axial thrust components.
5A204 Vibration test equipment
(vibration test systems and vibration thrusters) and components using digital
control techniques and feedback or closed loop test equipment and software
thereof (Refer 4A006).
1['5A205 Flow-forming machines, usable in the "production" of propulsion
components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and interstages) and specially
designed components therefor having all of the following:
a. Equipped with, or according to the manufacturer's technical specification
are capable of being equipped with, numerical control units or computer
control; and
b. More than two axes which can be co-ordinated simultaneously for
contouring control.
Technical Note:
Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming are, for the
purpose of this item, regarded as flow-forming machines'.]
old[5A205 Flow-forming machines and
specially designed components thereof which, according to the manufacturers
technical specification,
1. can be equipped with numerical control units or a computer control, even when
not equipped with such units at delivery; and
2. have more than two axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for
contouring control.
Note 1: Item 5A205 includes machines which have only a single roller designed to
deform metal plus two auxiliary rollers which support the mandrel, but do not
participate directly in the deformation process.
Note 2: Item 5A205 does not include machines that are not usable in the
"production" of propulsion components and equipment (e.g. motor cases and
interstages) for systems specified in 5A and 5B.
Technical Note: Machines combining the function of spin-forming and flow-forming
are, for the purpose of this item, regarded as flow-forming machines.]
5A206 Filament winding
machines or fibre placement machines for which the motion for positioning
wrapping and winding fibres can be coordinated and programmed in two or more
axes; precision mandrels thereof,
and coordinating and programming controls.
5A207 Tape-laying machines
of which the motions for positioning and laying tape and sheets can be
coordinated and programmed in two or more axes;
5A208 Isostatic presses
having all of the characteristics of maximum working pressure equal to or
greater than 69 MPa or greater; designed to achieve and maintain a controlled
thermal environment of 600oC or
greater; and possessing a chamber cavity with an inside diameter of 152 mm or
greater.
5A209 Environmental chambers
simulating vibration environments, with altitudes equal to or greater than 15
km, or temperature ranging between minus 50 and plus 125 degrees centigrade.
5A210 Environmental
chambers simulating acoustic pressure level of 140 dB or greater or rated
acoustic power output of 4 KW or greater, with altitudes equal to or greater
than 15 km, or temperature ranging
between minus 50 and plus 125 degrees centigrade.
5A211 Accelerators
delivering electro-magnetic radiation produced by Bremsstrahlung from
accelerated electrons.
5A212 Pulsed electron
accelerators
5A213 Radial ball bearings having
all tolerances specified in accordance with ISO 492 Tolerance Class 2 or better
and having all the following characteristics:
a. An inner ring bore diameter between 12 and 50 mm;
b. An outer ring outside diameter between 25 and 100 mm; and
c. A width between 10 and 20 mm.
5A214 Liquid propellant tanks
specially designed for the propellants controlled in Item 3A3 or other liquid
propellants used in the systems specified in 5A and 5B.
5A215 Production facilities and
production equipment specially designed for equipment or materials for 5A101 and
5A102.
5A216 Production equipment and
specially designed components thereof, for the production, handling or
acceptance testing of liquid propellants or propellant constituents as referred
in 3A3;
5A217 Launch and ground support
equipment and facilities usable for rocket systems (including ballistic missile
systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned airborne system
and cruise missiles as
follows:-
a. apparatus, devices and vehicles, designed or modified for the transport,
handling, control, activation and launching of the systems.
b. gravity meters (gravimeters), gravity gradiometers, and specially designed
components thereof, designed or modified for airborne or marine use usable for
complete rocket systems and for complete
unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missile systems target drones
and reconnaissance drones)
c. telemetry and tele-command equipment, including ground equipment, designed or
modified for complete rocket systems and complete unmanned aerial vehicle
systems and cruise missiles, excluding
equipment designed or modified for manned aircraft or satellites, ground based
equipment designed or modified for terrestrial or marine application, and
equipment designed for commercial, civil or ‘safety
of life’ (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) GNSS services.
d. radomes designed to withstand a combined thermal and pressure shock usable in
protecting rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles against
nuclear effects (eg. electro-magnetic pulse
(EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal effects).
e. Software which processes post-flight, recorded data, enabling determination
of vehicle position throughout its flight path
f. Thermal batteries designed or modified for complete rocket systems of 5A or
complete unmanned aerial vehicles of 5B
Note: ‘Thermal batteries’ are single use batteries that contain a solid non-
conducting inorganic salt as the electrolyte. These batteries incorporate a
pyrolytic material that, when ignited, melts the electrolyte and activates the
battery.
5A218 Systems, specially designed for radar
cross section measurement, usable for rocket systems (including ballistic
missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding rockets), unmanned airborne
system and
cruise missiles and their subsystems.
5A3 Technology
5A301 Technology related to the development,
production, testing and use of items in 5A1 and 5A2.
5A302 Software for the development,
production, and testing and use of items in 5A1 and 5A2.
5A303 Software which coordinates the function
of more than one subsystem, specially designed or modified for use in the
systems specified in 5A1 and 5A2.
5B 14[
Unmanned aerial vehicles including cruise
missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones and related equipment, and
specially designed components therefor:
a. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missile systems, target drones, exclusive delivery drones, drones with encrypted/satellite communication, drones with surveillance (> 10x Zoom), explosive/warhead/electronic warfare payload capability and reconnaissance drones) or any technology or software related to it.
b. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems having an autonomous flight control and navigation capability or capability of controlled flight out of the direct vision range involving a human operator, designed or modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensing system/mechanism, with a capacity greater than 20 liters.
Technical Note: For the purposes of this entry, an aerosol consists of particulate or liquids other than fuel components, by-products or additives, as part of the payload to be dispersed in the atmosphere.
Note: This entry does not control unpowered airborne vehicles such as gliders, hot air balloons etc.
c. Associated launchers and ground support equipment;
d. Related equipment for command and control.
e. Light weight Turbojet and turbofan engines (including turbo compound engines).
f. Ramjet, Scramjet, pulse jet, combined cycle engines, including devices to regulate combustion, and specially designed components.
g. Safing, arming, fusing and firing mechanisms for weapons or warhead.
h. Production facilities and Production equipment specially designed for equipment or materials for 5B.
i. Technology, for the development, production or use of equipment, materials or software specified for 5B.
j. Software, for the development, production or use of equipment or materials specified for 5B.
k. Software which coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, specially designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 5B.
l. Turboprop engine systems' specially designed for the systems in 5B(a), and specially designed components therefore, having a maximum power greater than 10 kW (achieved uninstalled at sea level standard conditions), excluding civil certified engines.
Technical Note: For the purposes of this entry, a turboprop engine system' incorporates all of the following:
i. Turboshaft engine; and
ii. Power transmission system to transfer the power to a propeller
Note: Unmanned aerial vehicle systems including drones, remotely piloted air vehicles and autonomous programmable vehicles, not specified under SCOMET Categories/sub-categories 3D013, 5B(a) & (b), 6A010, 8A912, and capable of range equal to or less than 5 km and delivering a payload of not more than 5 kgs (excluding the software and technology of these items), will not be covered for the purposes of SCOMET Category 5B, subject to the General Licensing procedure under GAED policy to be notified in the Public Notice.
B. Procedure for grant of General Authorization for Export of Drones (GAED)
A. Policy & Eligibility: SCOMET authorization will not be required, for export and/or re-export of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles including drones, remotely piloted air vehicles and autonomous programmable vehicles, not specified under SCOMET Categories/sub-categories 3D013, 5B (a) & (b), 6A010, 8A912, and capable of range equal to or less than 5 km and delivering a payload of not more than 5 kgs (excluding the software and technology of these items), subject to the following conditions
I. The applicant exporter shall submit an application for getting a onetime authorization under GAED through online SCOMET portal and attach information in proforma-ANF 2O;
II. The application would be reviewed/examined for the issuance of GAED by Inter-Ministerial Working Group (IMWG) based on the submitted application and other supporting documents submitted by the applicant exporter in the prescribed Performa including;
a. Detailed description of the items that are intended to be exported under this authorization with relevant technical details / specifications, such as model, part number, etc. to be provided (as applicable);
b. The EUCs in prescribed Performa are to be filled by all the entities involved in the chain of supply e.g. foreign buyer / consignee / end user / intermediary (ies) on the letterhead of the respective entity, duly signed in ink and stamped by the authorised signatory of the company. In case of any additional sheet used along with the EUC, the same must be on the letterhead of the company and signed by the same person who signs the EUC.
c. Undertaking on the letterhead of the firm duly signed and stamped by the authorized signatory stating the following:
i. Any on-site inspection will be allowed by the applicant exporter, if required by the DGFT or authorized representatives of Government of India;
ii. The applicant exporter declares that the items that are intended to be exported shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose(s) stated in the EUC and that such use shall not be changed nor the items modified or replicated without the prior consent of the Government of India.;
iii. The applicant exporter declares that subsequent to issue of export authorisation, if the licensee has been notified in writing by DGFT or if they know or has reason to believe that an item may be intended for military end use or has a potential risk of use in or diversion to weapons of mass destruction (WMD) or in their missile system, the exporter would not be eligible for GAED for export of that/those item(s) and would apply separately to DGFT for a fresh authorization in terms of regular policy.
iv. Action will be taken against the exporter under FT (D & R) Act, 1992 for any mis-declaration.
d. After issuance of GAED authorization and before actual export, the applicant exporter must ensure the following:
i. They shall notify the relevant government authorities in the online portal of DGFT, on quarterly basis of such export in the prescribed format [Aayat Niryat Form (ANF) - 2O], along with the End-Use Certificate (EUC) in the prescribed proforma [Appendix 2S(ii)] and a copy of the bill of entry into the destination country.
ii. They have an agreement or a purchase order, excerpt of contract from entity (consignee / end user) receiving the items which states that the export is for a permitted use / an end use as declared in the EUC before actual export;
iii. They possess documents include the name, contact number and email id of the authority signing the EUC before actual export.
iv. Additional details, if any sought by DGFT
B. Post reporting for export / re-export of items under GAED
a. The Indian exporter shall submit post-shipment details of each export/ reexport of SCOMET items under the above Categories/ sub-categories under GAED for 3 years, as mentioned above at II.c. (i) and within the timelines specified therein;
b. Failure to do so may entail imposition of penalty and / or suspension/revocation of GAED.
C. Record Keeping
The exporter will be required to keep records of all the export documents, in manual or electronic form, in terms of Para 2.73 (c) of HBP, for a period of 5 years from the date of GAED issued by DGFT.
D. General Conditions & Exclusions
a. GAED would not be issued in case of items to be used to design, develop, acquire, manufacture, possess, transport, transfer and / or used for chemical, biological, nuclear weapons or for missiles capable of delivering weapons of mass destruction and their delivery system;
b. GAED would not be issued for countries or entities covered under UNSC embargo or sanctions list or on assessment of proliferation concerns, or national security and foreign policy considerations, etc.;
c. IMWG shall reserve the right to deny issue of GAED without assigning any reason(s).
E. Validity
GAED issued for export / re-export of SCOMET items under the above Categories / Sub Categories shall be valid for a period of Three years from the date of issue of GAED subject to subsequent post reporting(s) on quarterly basis to be reported within 30 days from the last quarter; GAED cannot be revalidated in terms of Paragraph 2.80 of HBP of FTP 2015-20.
F. Suspension / Revocation
GAED issued shall be liable to be suspended / revoked by the DGFT on receipt of an adverse report on proliferation concern or for non-submission of mandatory post-shipment details / reports / documents within the prescribed timelines or for non-compliance with the conditions of the proposed policy.]
old[Unmanned aerial
vehicles including cruise missiles, target drones and reconnaissance drones and
related equipment, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Unmanned aerial vehicles including Remotely Piloted air Vehicles (RPVs) and
autonomous programmable vehicles;
b. Associated launchers and ground support equipment;
c. Related equipment for command and control.
d. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems (including cruise missile systems,
target drones and reconnaissance drones)
e. Light weight Turbojet and turbofan engines (including turbo compound
engines).
f. Ramjet / Scramjet / pulse jet/ combined cycle engines, including devices to
regulate combustion, and specially designed components.
g. Complete unmanned aerial vehicle systems having an autonomous flight control
and navigation capability or capability of controlled flight out of the direct
vision range involving a human operator, designed or
modified to incorporate an aerosol dispensation mechanism, or capable of
carrying elements of a payload in the form of a particulate or liquid other than
fuel components of such vehicles.
Note: This category does not control unpowered airborne vehicles such as
gliders, hot air balloons etc.
h. Safing, arming, fusing and firing mechanisms for weapons or warhead.
i Production facilities and Production equipment specially designed for
equipment or materials for 5B.
j. Technology, for the development, production or use of equipment, materials or
software specified for 5B.
k. Software, for the development, production or use of equipment or materials
specified for 5B.
l. Software which coordinates the function of more than one subsystem, specially
designed or modified for use in the systems specified in 5B.
m. Turboprop engine systems’ specially designed for the systems in 5B.d, and
specially designed components therefor, having a maximum power greater than 10
kW (achieved uninstalled at sea level standard
conditions), excluding civil certified engines.
Note: For the purposes of this entry, a ‘turboprop engine system’ incorporates
all of the following:
i. Turboshaft engine; and
ii. Power transmission system to transfer the power to a
propeller.]
5C Avionics and
navigation systems designed or modified for use in, or usable in rocket systems
(including ballistic missile systems, space launch vehicles and sounding
rockets), unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise
missiles
5C001 Guidance systems and their components such as gyros and
inertial reference units, and specially designed components therefor;
5C002 Integrated flight instrument systems which include
gyrostabilizers or automatic pilots, and specially designed components therefor;
5C003 Compasses (including gyro-astro compasses),
gyroscopes, accelerometers and inertial equipment and specially designed
software thereof and specially designed components therefor.
5C004 Inertial or other equipment using accelerometers or
systems incorporating such equipment, and specially designed integration
software therefor;
5C005 Encrypted telemetry systems, equipment and software
thereof.
5C006 Flight control system (including servo valves)
designed or modified for the systems as follows:
a. Hydraulic, mechanical, electro-optical or electro-mechanical flight control
systems (including fly-by-wire systems);
b. Attitude control equipment;
c. Design technology for integration of flight control, guidance, and propulsion
data into a flight management system for optimisation of rocket system
trajectory.
d. Specially designed test, calibration, and alignment thereof.
2['Note1: Systems, equipment or valves specified in 5C006 may be exported as part
of a manned aircraft or satellite or in quantities appropriate for replacement
parts for manned aircraft.
Note 2: For conversion of manned aircraft to operate as unmanned aerial vehicles
specified in 5A101, entry 5C006 includes the systems, equipment and valves
designed or modified to enable operation of manned aircraft as unmanned aerial
vehicles'.]
5C007 1. Integrated navigation system incorporating an
inertial measurement device (example: an attitude and heading reference system,
inertial reference unit, or inertial navigation system); one or more external
sensor
used to update the position and/or velocity, either periodically or continuously
throughout the flight (example: satellite navigation receiver, radar altimeter
and/or Doppler radar); integration hardware and software.
1[2. Three axis magnetic heading sensors having all of the following
characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Internal tilt compensation in pitch (+/- 90 degrees) and having roll (+/- 180
degrees) axes;
b. Capable of providing azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms
at latitudes of+/- 80 degrees, referenced to local magnetic field; and
c. Designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation
systems.
Note:
Flight control and navigation systems in this item include gyrostabilizers,
automatic pilots and inertial navigation systems'.]
old[
2. Three axis magnetic heading sensors having all of the following
characteristics, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Internal tilt compensation in pitch (+/- 90 degrees) and having roll (+/- 180
degrees) axes.
b. Capable of providing azimuthal accuracy better (less) than 0.5 degrees rms at
latitudes of +/- 80 degrees, referenced to local magnetic field; and
c. Designed or modified to be integrated with flight control and navigation
systems.
Note: Flight control and navigation systems in this item include
gyrostabilizers, automatic pilots and inertial navigation systems.]
5C008 Production equipment and other test,
calibration and alignment equipment, designed or modified to be used with
equipment specified in 5C001 – 5C004 and 5C007.
5C009 Equipment used to characterize mirrors for
laser gyros such as scatterometer, reflectometer and profilometer and for other
inertial equipments such as Inertial measurement unit (IMU Module) tester, IMU
Platform tester, IMU stable element handling fixture, Gyro tuning test station,
Gyro dynamic balance station, Gyro run- in/motor test station, Gyro evacuation
and filling station, Centrifuge fixture for gyro bearings,
Accelerometer axis align station, Accelerometer test station and Fiber Optic
Gyro Coil Winding Machines.
5C010 Avionics equipment and embedded or specially
designed software and components thereof, including but not limited to:
a. Radar and laser radar system including altimeter;
b. Electronic assemblies and components including umbilical and interstage
electrical connectors
Technical Note: Interstage connectors also include electrical connectors
installed between systems and their payload.
c. Design technology for protection of avionics and electrical subsystems
against electromagnetic pulse (EMP) and electromagnetic interference (EMI)
hazards from external sources.
d. Passive sensors for determining bearings to electromagnetic sources
(direction finding devices) or terrain characteristics
1[e. Receiving equipment for 'navigation satellite systems' and specially designed
components therefor, usable in missiles and rockets or for airborne applications
and having any of the following characteristics:
1. Capable of providing navigation information at speeds in excess of 600 m/s;
2. Employing decryption, designed or modified for military or governmental
services, to gain access to a 'navigation satellite system' secure signal/data;
or ,
3. Being specially designed to employ anti-jam features (e.g. null steering
antenna or electronically steerable antenna) to function in an environment of
active or passive countermeasures.
Note:
5C010.e.2 and e.3 do not control equipment designed for commercial, civil or
'Safety of Life' (e.g. data integrity, flight safety) 'navigation satellite
system'services.
Technical Note:
In entry 5C010.e, 'navigation satellite system' includes Global Navigation
Satellite Systems (GNSS; e.g. GPS, GLONASS, Galileo or BeiDou) and Regional
Navigation Satellite Systems (RNSS; e.g. NavIC, QZSS)'.]
old[e. Receiving equipment for Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS: e.g. GPS,
GLONASS, GALILEO), capable of operating at aircraft speeds and altitudes or
above.]
f. Terrain contour mapping equipment, Scene mapping and correlation (both
digital and analogue) equipment, Doppler navigation radar equipment, Passive
interferometer equipment and Imaging sensor
equipment (both active and passive)
g. Design technology for electromagnetic shielding systems, the configuration of
hardened electrical circuits and subsystems and for the determination of
hardening criteria.
5C011 On-board electronic equipment, devices and
their design and manufacturing know-how (except warhead fuses, timers and
sequencers), and embedded or specially designed software thereof.
5C012 Detectors designed or modified, in protecting
rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise missiles against nuclear
effects (eg. electro-magnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays, combined blast and thermal
effects).
5C01314 a. Radiation Hardened microcircuits
usable in protecting rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles and cruise
missiles against nuclear effects (e.g. electro-magnetic pulse (EMP), X-rays,
combined blast and
thermal effects);
b. Analogue-to-digital converters, usable in the systems specified in 5A, having
any of the following characteristics:
1.Designed to meet military specifications for ruggedised equipment; or
2.Designed or modified for military use and being any of the following types:
(i) Analogue-to-digital converter "microcircuits", which are "radiation
hardened" or have all of the following characteristics:
14 Para 1(K) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
a. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -54◦C to above
+125◦C; and
b. Hermetically sealed; or
(ii) Electrical input type analogue-to-digital converter printed circuit boards
or modules, having all of the following characteristics:
a. Rated for operation in the temperature range from below -45◦C to above +80◦C;
and
b. Incorporating "microcircuits" specified in 5C013.b.2.(i)’
5C014 Precision tracking systems using a code
translator installed on the rocket or unmanned aerial vehicle in conjunction
with either surface or airborne references or navigation satellite systems to
provide real-time
measurement of inflight position and velocity; Range instrumentation radars
including associated optical/infrared trackers and related software.
5C015 Balancing machines capable of balancing
rotors/assemblies and correcting unbalance in two planes or more.
5C016 Indicator heads or balancing instrumentation
designed or modified for use with balancing machines
1['5C017 Motion simulators/rate tables (equipment capable of simulating motion)
having all of the following characteristics:
1. Two or more axes;
2. Designed or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact
devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both;
and
3. Having any of the following characteristics:
a. For any single axis having all of the following:
1. Capable of rates of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less; and
2. A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to
or less than 0.6 degrees/s;
b. Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or
minus 0.05% averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
c. A positioning "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second;
Note:
SC017 applies whether or not sliprings or integrated non-contact devices are
fitted at the time of export'.]
old[5C017 Motion simulators or rate tables having all of
the following characteristics:
a) Two axes or more;
b) Designed or modified to incorporate slip rings or integrated non-contact
devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both;
and
c) Having any of the following characteristics:
1. For any single axis having all of the following:
a. Capable of rates of 400 degrees/s or more, or 30 degrees/s or less; and
b. A rate resolution equal to or less than 6 degrees/s and an accuracy equal to
or less than 0.6 degrees/s;
2. Having a worst-case rate stability equal to or better (less) than plus or
minus 0.05 % averaged over 10 degrees or more; or
3. A positioning ‘accuracy’ equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second.
Note 1: 5C017 does not control rotary tables designed or modified for machine
tools or for medical equipment.
Note 2: Motion simulators or rate tables specified in 5C017 remain controlled
whether or not slip rings or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at time
of export.]
1['5C018 Positioning tables (equipment capable of precise rotary positioning in
any axes) having all of the following characteristics:
1. Two or more axes; and
2. A positioning "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 5 arc second;
Note 1: 5C017 and 5C018 do not control rotary tables designed or modified for
machine tools or for medical equipment.
Note 2: Rate tables not controlled by 5C017 and providing the characteristics of
a positioning table are to be evaluated according to 5C018.
Note 3: Equipment that has the characteristics specified in 5C018 which also
meets the characteristics of 5C017 will be treated as equipment specified in
5C017'.]
old[5C018 Position tables (equipment capable of precise
rotary positioning in any axes) having two axes or more and a position accuracy
equal to or better than 5 arc second]
1['5C019 Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations greater than 100 g and
designed
or modified to incorporate sliprings or integrated non-contact devices capable
of transferring electrical power, signal information, or both
Note: 5C019 applies whether or not sliprings or integrated non-contact devices
are fitted at the time of export'.]
old[5C019 Centrifuges capable of imparting accelerations
above 100 g and designed or modified to incorporate slip rings or integrated
non-contact devices capable of transferring electrical power, signal
information, or
both.
Note: Centrifuges specified in 5C019 remain controlled whether or not slip rings
or integrated non-contact devices are fitted at time of export.]
5C020 Design technology for integration of air
vehicle fuselage, propulsion system and lifting control surfaces designed or
modified for the unmanned aerial vehicle systems to optimize aerodynamic
performance
throughout the flight regime of an unmanned aerial vehicle system
5C021 Design technology for integration of the
flight control, guidance, and propulsion data into a flight management system,
designed or modified for the complete rocket systems, unmanned aerial vehicles
and cruise
missiles for optimization of the trajectory.
5C022 Technology for the development, production, or use
of items in 5C.
5C023 Software for the development, production and use of
items in 5C.
5C024 Software specially designed or modified for use in
the systems specified in 5C.
1['5D (Reserved)']
old[5D Manned-aircraft, aero-engines,
related equipment andcomponents:]
Note: This category does not control foreign military aircraft or an Indian
aircraft carrying a military registration number.
5D001 Combat aircraft and specially designed
components thereof;
a. Other aircraft specially designed or modified for military use, including
military reconnaissance, assault, military training, transporting and
air-dropping troops or military equipment, logistics support, and
specially designed components thereof;
b. Aero-engines specially designed or modified for military use, and specially
designed components thereof;
c. Airborne equipment, including airborne refuelling equipment, specially
designed for use with the aircraft controlled by 5D001a or 5D001b or the aero-
engines controlled by 5D001c, and specially designed
components thereof;
d. Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling equipment, equipment specially
designed to facilitate operations in confined areas and ground equipment,
developed specially for aircraft controlled by 5D001a or
5D001b or for aero-engines controlled by 5D001c;
e. Pressurized breathing equipment and partial pressure suits for use in
aircraft anti-g suits, military crash helmets and protective masks, liquid
oxygen converters used for aircraft or missiles, and catapults and
cartridge actuated devices for emergency escape of personnel fromaircraft;
f. Parachutes:
1. Paragliders, drag parachutes, drogue parachutes for stabilization and
attitude control of dropping bodies, (e.g. recovery capsules, ejection seats,
bombs);
2. Drogue parachutes for use with ejection seat systems for deployment and
inflation sequence regulation of emergency parachutes;
3. Recovery parachutes for guided missiles, drones or space vehicles;
4. Approach parachutes and landing deceleration parachutes.
g. Automatic piloting systems for parachuted loads, equipment specially designed
or modified for military use for controlled opening jumps at any height,
including oxygen equipment.
Note 1: 5D001b does not control aircraft or variants of those aircraft specially
designed for military use which:
1. Have been certified for civil use by the civil aviation authority of India,
and
2. Are not configured for military use and are not fitted with equipment or
attachments specially designed or modified for military use;
Note 2: The control in 5D001b and 5D001c on specially designed components and
related equipment for non-military aircraft or aero-engines modified for
military use applies
only to those military components and to military related equipment required for
the modification to military use.
5E Microlight aircraft and powered ‘hang-gliders’
Category 6 Munitions List
Note 1 Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to
‘Glossary’
Note 2 In some instances chemicals are listed by name and CAS
number. The list applies to chemicals of the same structural formula (including
hydrates) regardless of name or CAS number. CAS numbers are shown to
assist in
identifying a particular chemical or mixture, irrespective of nomenclature. CAS
numbers cannot be used as unique identifiers because some forms of the listed
chemical have different CAS numbers, and
mixtures containing a listed chemical
may also have different CAS numbers.
Note 3 Subject to Notes 4-6 below, an authorization from Department of Defence
Production, Ministry of Defence would be required for export of items in this
Munitions list. This is as per the Standard Operating
Procedures issued by
Department of Defence Production.
Note 4 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, the following items
will be classified under the relevant description in category 0 and would be
subject to authorisation by Department of Atomic Energy(refer
a) to d) of
Commodity Identification Note 2 of SCOMET):-
a) Radioactive materials covered under 6A007;
b) 'Reactive material' powders and shapes and any material containing Beryllium
or “Zirconium with Hafnium content less than 2000 ppm” as the major constituent
covered under 6A008;
c) Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including
"nuclear reactors", and specially designed for military use and components
therefor specially designed or 'modified for military use’
covered under 6A017;
d) Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors" covered under
6A017;
Note 5 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, items corresponding
to Schedule I of the Chemical Weapons Convention as specified in Category
6A007.b are prohibited for exports.
Note 6 Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, licence applications
for Items in 6A008 a.13 and 6A008.a 21 would normally be denied.
2['Note 7: Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, export of item6A010
will be subject to 'No Objection' from Defence Research and Development
Organisation.'
Note 8: Notwithstanding anything contained in Note 3 above, export of item6A011
.c would be subject to 'No Objection' from ISRO, Department of Space and Defence
Research and Development Organisation.']
6A001 Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of less than 20 mm, other arms and
automatic weapons with a calibre of 12.7 mm (calibre 0.50 inches) or less and
accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
Note 6A001 does not apply to:
a. Firearms specially designed for dummy ammunition and which are incapable of
discharging a projectile;
b. Firearms specially designed to launch tethered projectiles having no high
explosive charge or communications link, to a range of less than or equal to 500
m;
c. Weapons using non-centre fire cased ammunition and which are not of the fully
automatic firing type;
d. "Deactivated firearms".
6A001 a. Rifles and combination guns, handguns, machine, sub-machine and volley
guns;
Note 6A001. a does not apply to the following:
a. Rifles and combination guns, manufactured earlier than 1938;
b. Reproductions of rifles and combination guns, the originals of which were
manufactured earlier than 1890;
c. Handguns, volley guns and machine guns, manufactured earlier than 1890, and
their reproductions;
d. Rifles or handguns, specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by
compressed air or CO2.
6A001 b. Smooth-bore weapons as follows:
1. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use;
2. Other smooth-bore weapons as follows:
a. Fully automatic type weapons;
b. Semi-automatic or pump-action type weapons; Note 6A001.b.2 does not apply to
weapons specially designed to discharge an inert projectile by compressed air or
CO2. Note 6A001.b. does not apply
to the following:
a. Smooth-bore weapons manufactured earlier than 1938;
b. Reproductions of smooth-bore weapons, the originals of which were
manufactured earlier than 1890.
c. Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons must
not be specially designed for military use or of the fully automatic firing
type;
d. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following:
1. Slaughtering of domestic animals;
2. Tranquilizing of animals;
3. Seismic testing;
4. Firing of industrial projectiles; or
5. Disrupting Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs).
N.B. For disruptors, see 6A004 and 8A106.
6A001 c. Weapons using caseless ammunition;
1['6A001.d Accessories designed for arms specified by 6A001.a 6A001.b or 6A001.C,
as follows:
1. Detachable cartridge magazines;
2. Sound suppressors or moderators;
3. Special gun-mountings;
4. Flash suppressors;
5. Optical weapon-sights with electronic image processing;
6. Optical weapon-sights specially designed for military use']
old[6A001 d. Detachable cartridge magazines, sound
suppressors or moderators, special gun-mountings, optical weapon-sights and
flash suppressors, for arms specified by 6A001.a, 6A001.b, or 6A001.c.]
Note 6A001.d does not apply to optical weapon-sights without electronic image
processing, with a magnification of 9 times or less, provided they are not
specially designed or modified for military use, or incorporate any reticles
specially designed for military use.
6A002 Smooth-bore weapons with a calibre of 20 mm
or more, other weapons or armament with a calibre greater than 12.7 mm (calibre
0.50 inches), projectors and accessories, as follows, and specially designed
components therefor:
a. Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, anti-tank weapons, projectile launchers,
military flame throwers, rifles, recoilless rifles, smooth-bore weapons and
signature reduction devices therefor; Note 1 6A002.a
includes injectors, metering devices, storage tanks and other specially designed
components for use with liquid propelling charges for any of the equipment
specified by 6A002.a.
Note 2 6A002.a does not apply to weapons as follows:
a. Rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, manufactured earlier than
1938;
b. Reproductions of rifles, smooth-bore weapons and combination guns, the
originals of which were manufactured earlier than 1890;
c. Guns, howitzers, cannons, mortars, manufactured earlier than 1890;
d. Smooth-bore weapons used for hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons must
not be specially designed for military use or of the fully automatic firing
type;
e. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for any of the following:
1. Slaughtering of domestic animals;
2. Tranquilizing of animals;
3. Seismic testing;
4. Firing of industrial projectiles;
or
5. Disrupting Improvised Explosive
Devices (IEDs); N.B. For disruptors, see 6A004 and 8A106
f. Hand-held projectile launchers specially designed to launch tethered
projectiles having no high explosive charge or communications link, to a range
of less than or equal to 500 m.
6A002 b. Smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors or
generators, specially designed or modified for military use; Note 6A002.b does
not apply to signal pistols.
6A002 c. Weapons sights and weapon sight mounts, having
all of the following:
1. Specially designed for military use; and
2. Specially designed for weapons specified in 6A002.a;
6A002 d. Mountings and detachable cartridge magazines,
specially designed for the weapons specified in 6A002.a.
6A003 a. Ammunition and fuze setting devices, as
follows, and specially designed components therefor:
b. Ammunition for weapons specified by 6A001, 6A002, or 6A012;
c. Fuze setting devices specially designed for ammunition specified by 6A003.a.
Note 1 Specially designed components specified by 6A003 include:
a. Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils, bullet cups, cartridge
links, rotating bands and munitions metal parts;
b. Safing and arming devices, fuzes, sensors and initiation devices ;
c. Power supplies with high one-time operational output;
d. Combustible cases for charges;
e. Submunitions including bomblets, minelets and terminally guided projectiles.
Note 2 6A003.a does not apply to any of the following:
a. Ammunition crimped without a projectile (blank star);
b. Dummy ammunition with a pierced powder chamber;
c. Other blank and dummy ammunition, not incorporating components designed for
live ammunition; or
d. Components specially designed for blank or dummy ammunition, specified in
this Note 2.a, b. or c.
Note 3 6A003.a does not apply to cartridges specially designed for any of the
following purposes:
a. Signalling;
b. Bird scaring; or
c. Lighting of gas flares at oil wells.
6A004 Bombs, torpedoes, rockets, missiles,
other explosive devices and charges and related equipment and accessories, as
follows, and specially designed components therefor:
N.B.1. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
N.B.2. For Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS), see 6A004.c.
6[6A004
a. Bombs, torpedoes, rockets, missiles, other explosive devices and charges and
related equipment and accessories, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
N.B.1. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
N.B.2. For Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS), see 6A004.c.
a. Bombs, torpedoes, grenades, smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles, depth
charges, demolition-charges, demolition-devices, demolition-kits, "pyrotechnic"
devices, cartridges and simulators (i.e., equipment simulating the
characteristics of any of these items), specially designed for military use;
Note
6A004.a. includes:
a. Smoke grenades, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and explosive devices;
b. Missile or rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nosetips.]
old[6A004 a. Bombs, torpedoes, grenades, smoke canisters,
rockets, mines, missiles, depth charges, demolition-charges, demolition-devices,
demolition-kits, "pyrotechnic" devices, cartridges and simulators (i.e,
equipment
simulating the characteristics of any of these items), specially designed for
military use; Note 6A004.a includes:
a. Smoke grenades, fire bombs, incendiary bombs and explosive devices;
b. Missile rocket nozzles and re-entry vehicle nosetips.]
6A004 b. Equipment having all of the following:
1. Specially designed for military use; and
2. Specially designed for 'activities' relating to any of the following:
a. Items specified by 6A004.a; or
b. Improvised Explosive Devices (IEDs).
Technical Note
For the purpose of 6A004.b.2 'activities' applies to handling, launching,
laying, controlling, discharging, detonating, activating, powering with one-time
operational output, decoying, jamming, sweeping, detecting, disrupting or
disposing.
Note 1 6A004.b includes:
a. Mobile gas liquefying equipment capable of producing 1,000 kg or more per day
of gas in liquid form;
b. Buoyant electric conducting cable suitable for sweeping magnetic mines. Note
2 6A004.b does not apply to hand-held devices limited by design solely to the
detection of metal objects and incapable of
distinguishing between mines and other metal objects.
6A004. c. Aircraft Missile Protection Systems (AMPS).
Note 6A004.c does not apply to AMPS having all of the following:
a. Any of the following missile warning sensors:
1. Passive sensors having peak response between 100-400 nm; or
2. Active pulsed Doppler missile warning sensors;
b. Countermeasures dispensing systems;
c. Flares, which exhibit both a visible signature and an infrared signature, for
decoying surface-to-air missiles; and
d. Installed on "civil aircraft" and having all of the following:
1. The AMPS is only operable in a specific "civil aircraft" in which the
specific AMPS is installed and for which any of the following has been issued:
a. A civil Type Certificate issued by civil aviation authority of India; or
b. An equivalent document recognised by the International Civil Aviation
Organisation (ICAO);
2. The AMPS employs protection to prevent unauthorised access to "software"; and
3. The AMPS incorporates an active mechanism that forces the system not to
function when it is removed from the "civil aircraft" in which it was installed.
6[6A005
Fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems, test and
alignment and countermeasure equipment, as follows, specially designed for
military use, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
a. Weapon sights, bombing computers, gun laying equipment and weapon control
systems;
b. Other fire control, surveillance and warning equipment, and related systems,
as
follows:
1. Target acquisition, designation, range-finding, surveillance or tracking
systems;
2. Detection, recognition or identification equipment;
3. Data fusion or sensor integration equipment;
c. Countermeasure equipment for items specified by 6A005.a. or 6A005.b.;
Note For the purposes of 6A005.C, countermeasure equipment includes detection
equipment.
d. Field test or alignment equipment, specially designed for items specified
by 6A005.a., 6A005.b. or 6A005.c.]
old[6A005 Fire control, and related alerting and warning
equipment, and related systems, test and alignment and countermeasure equipment,
as follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed
components
and accessories therefor:
a. Weapon sights, bombing computers, gun laying equipment and weapon control
systems;
b. Target acquisition, designation, range-finding, surveillance or tracking
systems; detection, data fusion, recognition or identification equipment; and
sensor integration equipment;
c. Countermeasure equipment for items specified by 6A005.a or 6A005.b;
Note For the purposes of 6A005.c, countermeasure equipment includes detection
equipment.
d. Field test or alignment equipment, specially designed for items specified by
6A005.a, 6A005.b, or 6A005.c.]
6[6A006
Ground vehicles and components, as follows:
N.B. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
a. Ground vehicles and components therefor, specially designed or modified for
military use;
Note 1 6A006.a. includes:
a. Tanks and other military armed vehicles and military vehicles fitted with
mountings for arms or equipment for mine laying or the launching of munitions
specified by
6A004.;
b. Armoured vehicles;
c. Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;
d. Recovery vehicles and vehicles for towing or transporting ammunition or
weapon systems and associated load handling equipment;
e. Trailers.
Note 2 Modification of a ground vehicle for military use specified
by
6A006.a. entails a structural, electrical or mechanical change
involving one or more components that are specially designed for military use.
Such components include:
a. Pneumatic tyre casings of a kind specially designed to he
bullet-proof;
b. Armoured protection of vital parts (e.g., fuel tanks or vehicle
cabs);
c. Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons;
d. Black-out lighting.
6A006. b. Other ground vehicles and components, as follows:
1. Vehicles having all of the
following:
a. Manufactured or fitted with materials or components to provide ballistic
protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985,
or comparable national standard);
b. A transmission to provide drive to both front and rear wheels
simultaneously, including those vehicles having additional wheels for load
bearing purposes whether driven or not;
c. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 4,500 kg; and
d. Designed or modified for off-road use;
e. Mine-Protected vehicle
2.
Components having all of the following:
a. Specially designed for vehicles specified in 6A006.b.l.; and
b. Providing ballistic protection equal to or better than level III (NIJ
0108.01,
September 1985, or comparable national standard).
N.B. See also 6A013.a.
Note 1 6A006. does not apply to civil vehicles designed or modified for
transporting money or valuables.
Note 2 6A006. does not apply to vehicles that meet all of the following;
a. Were manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not have items specified by the Munitions List and
manufactured after 1945, except for reproductions of
original components or accessories for the vehicle; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons specified in 6A001., 6A002. or 6A004. unless they
are inoperable and incapable of discharging a projectile.]
old[6A006 Ground vehicles and components, as follows:
N.B. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
a. Ground vehicles and components therefor, specially designed or modified for
military use;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 6A006.a the term ground vehicles includes trailers.
6A006 b. Other ground vehicles and components, as
follows:
1. Vehicles having all of the following:
a. Manufactured or fitted with materials or components to provide ballistic
protection to level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985) or better;
b. A transmission to provide drive to both front and rear wheels simultaneously,
including those vehicles having additional wheels for load bearing purposes
whether driven or not;
c. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) greater than 4,500 kg; and
d. Designed or modified for off-road use;
e. Mine-Protected vehicles
2. Components having all of the following:
a. Specially designed for vehicles specified in 6A006.b.1; and
b. Providing ballistic protection to level III (NIJ 0108.01, September 1985) or
better.
N.B. See also 6A013.a.
Note 1 6A006.a includes:
a. Tanks and other military armed vehicles and military vehicles fitted with
mountings for arms or equipment for mine laying or the launching of munitions
specified by 6A004;
b. Armoured vehicles;
c. Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;
d. Recovery vehicles and vehicles for towing or transporting ammunition or
weapon systems and associated load handling equipment.
Note 2 Modification of a ground vehicle for military use specified by 6A006.a
entails a structural, electrical or mechanical change involving one or more
components that are specially designed for military use. Such components
include:
a. Pneumatic tyre casings of a kind specially designed to be bullet-proof;
b. Armoured protection of vital parts (e.g, fuel tanks or vehicle cabs);
c. Special reinforcements or mountings for weapons;
d. Black-out lighting.
Note 3 6A006 does not apply to civil vehicles designed or modified for
transporting money or valuables.
Note 4 6A006 does not apply to vehicles that meet all of the following;
a. Were manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not have items specified in category 6 and manufactured after 1945, except
for reproductions of original components or accessories for the vehicle; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons specified in 6A001, 6A002, or 6A004 unless they
are inoperable and incapable of discharging a projectile.
Note 5 6A006.b does not include soft skinned vehicles i.e. the vehicles which
are neither armoured nor intended to be modified as an armoured vehicle in
future.]
6A007 Chemical agents, "biological agents",
"riot control agents", radioactive materials, related equipment, components and
materials, as follows: N.B (See Commodity Identification Note of SCOMET list)
a. "Biological agents" or radioactive materials selected or modified to increase
their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or animals, degrading
equipment or damaging crops or the environment;
b. Chemical warfare (CW) agents including:
1. CW nerve agents:
a. O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) alkyl (Methyl,
Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) - phosphonofluoridates, such as:
Sarin (GB):O-Isopropyl methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 107-44-8); and Soman (GD):O-Pinacolyl
methylphosphonofluoridate (CAS 96-64-0);
b. O-Alkyl (equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl)
N,N-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphoramidocyanidates, such
as: Tabun (GA):O-Ethyl
N,N-dimethylphosphoramidocyanidate (CAS 77-81-6);
c. O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl)
S-2-dialkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl,
Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) phosphonothiolates and corresponding alkylated and
protonated salts, such as:
VX: O-Ethyl S-2-diisopropylaminoethyl methyl phosphonothiolate (CAS 50782-69-9);
6A007 b. 2. CW vesicant agents:
a. Sulphur mustards, such as:
1. 2-Chloroethylchloromethylsulphide (CAS 2625-76-5);
2. Bis(2-chloroethyl) sulphide (CAS 505-60-2);
3. Bis(2-chloroethylthio) methane (CAS 63869-13-6);
4. 1,2-bis (2-chloroethylthio) ethane (CAS 3563-36-8);
5. 1,3-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-propane (CAS 63905-10-2);
6. 1,4-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-butane (CAS 142868-93-7) ;
7. 1,5-bis (2-chloroethylthio) -n-pentane (CAS 142868-94-8);
8. Bis (2-chloroethylthiomethyl) ether (CAS 63918-90-1);
9. Bis (2-chloroethylthioethyl) ether (CAS 63918-89-8);
b. Lewisites, such as:
1. 2-chlorovinyldichloroarsine (CAS 541-25-3);
2. Tris (2-chlorovinyl) arsine (CAS 40334-70-1);
3. Bis (2-chlorovinyl) chloroarsine (CAS 40334-69-8);
c. Nitrogen mustards, such as:
1. HN1: bis (2-chloroethyl) ethylamine (CAS 538-07-8);
2. HN2: bis (2-chloroethyl) methylamine (CAS 51-75-2);
3. HN3: tris (2-chloroethyl) amine (CAS 555-77-1);
6A007 b. 3. CW incapacitating agents, such as:
a. 3-Quinuclidinyl benzilate (BZ) (CAS 6581-06-2);
6A007 b. 4. CW defoliants, such as:
a. Butyl 2-chloro-4-fluorophenoxyacetate (LNF);
b. 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 93-76-5) mixed with
2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid (CAS 94-75-7) (Agent Orange (CAS 39277-47-9));
6A007 c. CW binary precursors and key precursors, as
follows:
1. Alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl) Phosphonyl Difluorides, such as:
DF: Methyl Phosphonyldifluoride (CAS 676-99-3);
2. O-Alkyl (H or equal to or less than C10, including cycloalkyl) O-2-dialkyl
(Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Isopropyl)-aminoethyl alkyl (Methyl, Ethyl, n-Propyl
or Isopropyl) phosphonites and corresponding
alkylated and protonated salts, such as:
QL: O-Ethyl O-2-di-isopropylaminoethyl methylphosphonite (CAS 57856-11-8);
3. Chlorosarin: O-Isopropyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 1445-76-7);
4. Chlorosoman: O-Pinacolyl methylphosphonochloridate (CAS 7040-57-5);
|
6A007 d. "Riot control agents", active constituent
chemicals and combinations thereof, including:
1. α-Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA) (CAS 5798-79-8);
2. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile,
(o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
3. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride (ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS
532-27-4);
4. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
5. 10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM)
(CAS 578-94-9);
6. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
Note 1 6A007.d does not apply to "riot control agents" individually packaged for
personal self-defence purposes.
Note 2 6A007.d does not apply to active constituent chemicals, and combinations
thereof, identified and packaged for food production or medical purposes.
6A007 e. Equipment, specially designed or modified for
military use, designed or modified for the dissemination of any of the
following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. Materials or agents specified by 6A007.a, 6A007.b, or 6A007.d;or
2. CW agents made up of precursors specified by 6A007.c;
6A007 f. Protective and decontamination equipment,
specially designed or modified for military use, components and chemical
mixtures, as follows:
1. Equipment designed or modified for defence against materials specified by
6A007.a, 6A007.b, or 6A007.d, and specially designed components therefor;
2. Equipment designed or modified for decontamination of objects contaminated
with materials specified by 6A007.a, or 6A007.b, and specially designed
components therefor;
3. Chemical mixtures specially developed or formulated for the decontamination
of objects contaminated with materials specified by 6A007.a or 6A007.b; Note
6A007.f.1 includes:
a. Air conditioning units specially designed or modified for nuclear, biological
or chemical filtration;
b. Protective clothing.
N.B. For civil gas masks, protective and decontamination equipment, see also
8A104.
6A007 g. Equipment, specially designed or modified for
military use designed or modified for the detection or identification of
materials specified by 6A007.a, 6A007.b, or 6A007.d, and specially designed
components therefor; Note 6A007.g does not apply to personal radiation
monitoring dosimeters. N.B. See also 8A104.
6A007 h. "Biopolymers" specially designed or processed
for the detection or identification of CW agents specified by 6A007.b, and the
cultures of specific cells used to produce them;
6A007 i. "Biocatalysts" for the decontamination or
degradation of CW agents, and biological systems therefor, as follows:
1. "Biocatalysts" specially designed for the decontamination or degradation of
CW agents specified by 6A007.b, and resulting from directed laboratory selection
or genetic manipulation of biological systems;
2. Biological systems containing the genetic information specific to the
production of "biocatalysts" specified by 6A007.i.1, as follows:
a. "Expression vectors";
b. Viruses;
c. Cultures of cells. Note 1 6A007.b and 6A007.d do not apply to the following:
a. Cyanogen chloride (CAS 506-77-4);
b. Hydrocyanic acid (CAS 74-90-8);
c. Chlorine (CAS 7782-50-5);
d. Carbonyl chloride (phosgene) (CAS 75-44-5);
e. Diphosgene (trichloromethyl-chloroformate) (CAS 503-38-8);
f. ((Reserved))
g. Xylyl bromide, ortho: (CAS 89-92-9), meta: (CAS 620-13-3), para: (CAS
104-81-4);
h. Benzyl bromide (CAS 100-39-0);
i. Benzyl iodide (CAS 620-05-3);
j. Bromo acetone (CAS 598-31-2);
k. Cyanogen bromide (CAS 506-68-3);
l. Bromo methylethylketone (CAS 816-40-0);
m. Chloro acetone (CAS 78-95-5);
n. Ethyl iodoacetate (CAS 623-48-3);
o. Iodo acetone (CAS 3019-04-3);
p. Chloropicrin (CAS 76-06-2).
Note 2 The cultures of cells and biological systems specified by 6A007.h and
6A007.i.2 are exclusive and these sub-items do not apply to cells or biological
systems for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical,
veterinary, environmental, waste management, or in the food industry.
6A008 "Energetic materials" and related
substances, as follows:
N.B.1. See also 8C111.
N.B.2. For charges and devices, see 6A004 and 8A108.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 6A008, excluding 6A008.c.11, or 6A008.c.12, 'mixture'
refers to a composition of two or more substances with at least one substance
being listed in the 6A008 sub-items.
2. Any substance listed in the 6A008 sub-items is subject to this list, even
when utilised in an application other than that indicated. (e.g, TAGN is
predominantly used as an explosive but can also be used either as a fuel or an
oxidizer.)
3. For the purposes of 6A008, particle size is the mean particle diameter on a
weight or volume basis. International standards will be used in sampling and
determining particle size.
6A008 a. "Explosives" as follows, and 'mixtures'
thereof:
1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or 7-amino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide)
(CAS 97096-78-1);
2. BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS
117412-28-9);
3. CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or
5,7-diamino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide ) (CAS 117907-74-1);
4. CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4); chlathrates
of CL-20 (see also 6A008.g.3. and g.4. for its "precursors");
5. CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS
70247-32-4);
6[6. DADE (1,1 -diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene,
FOX-7) (CAS 145250-81-3);]
old[6[6.DADE
(1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX-7) (CAS 145250-81-3);]]
old[6. DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);]
7. DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
8. DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
9. DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
10. DIPAM (3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide) (CAS
17215-44-0);
11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
12. Furazans as follows:
a. DAAOF (DAAF, DAAFox, or diaminoazoxyfurazan);
b. DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
13. HMX and derivatives (see also 6A008.g.5. for its "precursors"), as follows:
a. HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine,
octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine,
1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS
2691-41-0);
b. difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
c. K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo [3,3,0]-octanone-3,
tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto-bicyclic HMX) (CAS 130256-72-3);
14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
16. Imidazoles as follows:
a. BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino)imidazo [4,5-d]imidazole);
b. DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
c. FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
d. NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
e. PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
6A008 a. 17. NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);
18. NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
20. PYX (2,6-Bis(picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
a. RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4,
hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine, 1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-
triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
b. Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone) (CAS 115029-35-1);
22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
23. TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6) (see also 6A008.g.7 for its
"precursors");
24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-
diazocine);
25. Tetrazoles as follows:
a. NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
b. NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
27. TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6) (see
also 6A008.g.6. for its "precursors");
28. TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4) (see also 6A008.g.2. for its
"precursors");
29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
30. TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176-04-9);
31. Triazines as follows:
a. DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
b. NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine) (CAS 130400-13-4);
32. Triazoles as follows:
a. 5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
b. ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole dinitramide) (CAS 1614-08-0);
c. ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
d. BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole)amine);
e. DBT (3,3′-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4);
f. DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
g. (Reserved)
h. NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
i. PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
j. TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS 25243-36-1);
6[33."Explosives" not listed elsewhere in 6A008.a.
and having any of the following:
a. Detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or
b. Detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);]
old[33. Explosives not listed elsewhere in 6A008.a and having any of the following:
a. Detonation velocity exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or
b. Detonation pressure exceeding 34 GPa (340 kbar);]
34. (Reserved)
35. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
6[36. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane);]
old[36. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane)]
6[37. GUDN (Guanylureadinitramide)
FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5);]
old[37. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5)]
38. Tetrazines as follows:
a. BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
b. LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
39. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70°C) and 373K(100°C) and
with detonation velocity exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18
GPa (180 kbar);
40. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
41. FTDO (5,6-(3',4'-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide);
2['6A008.a. 42 EDNA (Ethylenedinitramine) (CAS 505-71-5);']
7[43. TKX-50 (Dihydroxylammonium 5,5'-bistetrazole-1,1'-diolate);]
Note 6A008.a includes 'explosive co-crystals'.
Technical Note
An 'explosive co-crystal' is a solid material consisting of an ordered three
dimensional arrangement of two or more explosive molecules, where at least one
is specified in 6A008.a.
6A008 b. "Propellants" as follows:
1. Any solid "propellant" with a theoretical specific impulse (under standard
conditions) of more than:
a. 240 seconds for non-metallized, non-halogenized "propellant";
b. 250 seconds for non-metallized, halogenized "propellant"; or
c. 260 seconds for metallized "propellant";
2. (Reserved)
3. "Propellants" having a force constant of more than 1,200 kJ/kg;
4. "Propellants" that can sustain a steady-state linear burning rate of more
than 38 mm/s under standard conditions (as measured in the form of an inhibited
single strand) of 6.89 MPa (68.9 bar) pressure and
294K (21oC);
5. Elastomer Modified Cast Double Base (EMCDB) "propellants" with extensibility
at maximum stress of more than 5% at 233K (-40oC);
6. Any "propellant" containing substances specified by 6A008.a;
7. "Propellants", not specified elsewhere in Category 6, specially designed for
military use;
6A008. c. "Pyrotechnics", fuels and related substances,
as follows, and 'mixtures' thereof:
1. "Aircraft" fuels specially formulated for military purposes;
Note "Aircraft" fuels specified by 6A008.c.1 are finished products, not their
constituents.
2[Note 1: 6A008.C. 1 does not apply to
the following "aircraft" fuels: JP-4, JP-5, and JP-8.]
2. Alane (aluminium hydride) (CAS 7784-21-6);
3. Boranes, as follows, and their derivatives:
a. Carboranes;
b. Borane homologues, as follows:
1. Decaborane (14) (CAS 17702-41-9);
2. Pentaborane (9) (CAS 19624-22-7);
3. Pentaborane (11) (CAS 18433-84-6);
4. Hydrazine and derivatives, as follows (see also 6A008.d.8. and d.9. for
oxidising hydrazine derivatives):
a. Hydrazine (CAS 302-01-2) in concentrations of 70% or more;
b. Monomethyl hydrazine (CAS 60-34-4);
c. Symmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 540-73-8);
d. Unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine (CAS 57-14-7);
Note 6A008.c.4.a does not apply to hydrazine 'mixtures' specially formulated for
corrosion control.
6A008 c. 5. Metal fuels, fuel 'mixtures' or
"pyrotechnic" 'mixtures', in particle form whether spherical, atomized,
spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99 % or
more of any of the
following:
a. Metals as follows and 'mixtures' thereof:
1. Beryllium (CAS 7440-41-7) in particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
2. Iron powder (CAS 7439-89-6) with particle size of 3 μm or less produced by
reduction of iron oxide with hydrogen;
b. 'Mixtures' containing any of the following:
1. Zirconium (CAS 7440-67-7), magnesium (CAS 7439-95-4) or alloys of these in
particle sizes of less than 60 μm; or
2. Boron (CAS 7440-42-8) or boron carbide (CAS 12069-32-8) fuels of 85% purity
or higher and particle sizes of less than 60 μm;
Note 1 6A008.c.5 applies to "explosives" and fuels, whether or not the metals or
alloys are encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium, or beryllium.
Note 2 6A008.c.5.b only applies to metal fuels in particle form when they are
mixed with other substances to form a 'mixture' formulated for military purposes
such as liquid "propellant" slurries, solid "propellants", or "pyrotechnic"
'mixtures'.
Note 3 6A008.c.5.b.2 does not apply to boron and boron carbide enriched with
boron-10 (20% or more of total boron-10 content.)
6A008 c. 6. Military materials, containing thickeners
for hydrocarbon fuels, specially formulated for use in flame throwers or
incendiary munitions, such as metal stearates (e.g, octal (CAS 637-12-7)) or
palmitates;
7. Perchlorates, chlorates and chromates, composited with powdered metal or
other high energy fuel components;
8. Spherical or spheroidal aluminium powder (CAS 7429-90-5) with a particle size
of 60 μm or less and manufactured from material with an aluminium content of 99%
or more;
9. Titanium subhydride (TiHn) of stoichiometry equivalent to n= 0.65-1.68;
10. Liquid high energy density fuels not specified in 6A008.c.1, as follows:
a. Mixed fuels, that incorporate both solid and liquid fuels (e.g, boron
slurry), having a mass-based energy density of 40 MJ/kg or greater;
b. Other high energy density fuels and fuel additives (e.g, cubane, ionic
solutions, JP-7, JP-10), having a volume-based energy density of 37.5 GJ per
cubic meter or greater, measured at 293 K (20⁰C)
and one atmosphere (101.325 kPa) pressure;
1['Note: 6A008.c.10.b does not apply to fossil refined fuels or biofuels or fuels
for engines certified for use in civil aviation.']
old[Note 6A008.c.10.b does not apply to JP-4, JP-8, fossil refined fuels or biofuels,
or fuels for engines certified for use in civil aviation.]
6A008 c. 11. "Pyrotechnic" and pyrophoric materials as
follows:
a. "Pyrotechnic" or pyrophoric materials specifically formulated to enhance or
control the production of radiated energy in any part of the IR spectrum;
b. Mixtures of magnesium, polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) and a vinylidene
difluoride-hexafluoropropylene copolymer (e.g, MTV);
6[12. Fuel mixtures, "pyrotechnic" mixtures or "energetic
materials", not specified elsewhere in 6A008, having all of the following:
a. Containing greater than 0.5% of particles of any of the following:
1. Aluminium;
2. Beryllium;
3. Boron;
4. Zirconium;
5. Magnesium; or
6. Titanium;
b. Particles specified by 6A008.C.12. with a size less than 200 nm in
any direction; and
c. Particles specified by 6A008.c.l2.a. with a metal content of 60% or greater;
Note 6A008.c.12. includes thermites.]
old[12. Fuel mixtures, "pyrotechnic" mixtures or "energetic materials", not
specified elsewhere in 6A008, having all of the following:
a. Containing greater than 0.5% of particles of any of the following:
1. Aluminium;
2. Beryllium;
3. Boron;
4. Zirconium;
5. Magnesium; or
6. Titanium;
b. Particles specified by 6A008.c.12.a with a size less than 200 nm in any
direction; and
c. Particles specified by 6A008.c.12.a with a metal content of 60% or greater;]
6A008 d. Oxidizers as follows, and 'mixtures' thereof:
1. ADN (ammonium dinitramide or SR 12) (CAS 140456-78-6);
2. AP (ammonium perchlorate) (CAS 7790-98-9);
3. Compounds composed of fluorine and any of the following:
a. Other halogens;
b. Oxygen; or
c. Nitrogen;
Note 1 6A008.d.3 does not apply to chlorine trifluoride (CAS 7790-91-2).
Note 2 6A008.d.3 does not apply to nitrogen trifluoride (CAS 7783-54-2) in its
gaseous state.
4. DNAD (1,3-dinitro-1,3-diazetidine) (CAS 78246-06-7);
5. HAN (hydroxylammonium nitrate) (CAS 13465-08-2);
6. HAP (hydroxylammonium perchlorate) (CAS 15588-62-2);
7. HNF (hydrazinium nitroformate) (CAS 20773-28-8);
8. Hydrazine nitrate (CAS 37836-27-4);
9. Hydrazine perchlorate (CAS 27978-54-7);
10. Liquid oxidisers comprised of or containing inhibited red fuming nitric acid
(IRFNA) (CAS 8007-58-7);
Note 6A008.d.10 does not apply to non-inhibited fuming nitric acid.
6A008 e. Binders, plasticizers, monomers and polymers,
as follows:
1. AMMO (azidomethylmethyloxetane and its polymers) (CAS 90683-29-7) (see also
6A008.g.1. for its "precursors");
2. BAMO (3,3-bis(azidomethyl)oxetane and its polymers) (CAS 17607-20-4) (see
also 6A008.g.1. for its "precursors");
3. BDNPA (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)acetal) (CAS 5108-69-0);
4. BDNPF (bis (2,2-dinitropropyl)formal) (CAS 5917-61-3);
5. BTTN (butanetrioltrinitrate) (CAS 6659-60-5) (see also 6A008.g.8 for its
"precursors");
6. Energetic monomers, plasticizers or polymers, specially formulated for
military use and containing any of the following:
a. Nitro groups;
b. Azido groups;
c. Nitrate groups;
d. Nitraza groups; or
e. Difluoroamino groups;
7. FAMAO (3-difluoroaminomethyl-3-azidomethyl oxetane) and its polymers;
8. FEFO (bis-(2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethyl) formal) (CAS 17003-79-1);
9. FPF-1 (poly-2,2,3,3,4,4-hexafluoropentane-1,5-diol formal) (CAS 376-90-9);
10. FPF-3
(poly-2,4,4,5,5,6,6-heptafluoro-2-tri-fluoromethyl-3-oxaheptane-1,7-diol
formal);
11. GAP (glycidylazide polymer) (CAS 143178-24-9) and its derivatives;
12. HTPB (hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene) with a hydroxyl functionality equal
to or greater than 2.2 and less than or equal to 2.4, a hydroxyl value of less
than 0.77 meq/g, and a viscosity at 30°C of less
than 47 poise (CAS 69102-90-5);
13. Alcohol functionalised poly(epichlorohydrin) with a molecular weight less
than 10,000, as follows:
a. Poly(epichlorohydrindiol);
b. Poly(epichlorohydrintriol).
14. NENAs (nitratoethylnitramine compounds) (CAS 17096-47-8, 85068-73-1,
82486-83-7, 82486-82-6And 85954-06-9);
15. PGN (poly-GLYN, polyglycidylnitrate or poly(nitratomethyl oxirane)) (CAS
27814-48-8);
1[6A008.e.16 Poly-NIMMO (poly (nitratomethylmethyloxetane), poly-NMMO or poly
(3-Nitratomethyl-3-methyloxetane)) (CAS 84051-81-0);']
old[16. Poly-NIMMO (poly nitratomethylmethyloxetane), poly-NMMO or
poly(3-Nitratomethyl-3-methyloxetane)) (CAS 84051-81-0);]
17. Polynitroorthocarbonates;
18. TVOPA (1,2,3-tris[1,2-bis(difluoroamino)ethoxy] propane or tris vinoxy
propane adduct) (CAS 53159-39-0);
19. 4,5 diazidomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-triazole (iso- DAMTR);
20. PNO (Poly(3-nitrato oxetane));
2['6A008.e.21 TMETN (Trimethylolethane trinitrate) (CAS 3032-55-1);']
6A008 f. "Additives" as follows:
1. Basic copper salicylate (CAS 62320-94-9);
2. BHEGA (bis-(2-hydroxyethyl) glycolamide) (CAS 17409-41-5);
3. BNO (butadienenitrileoxide);
4. Ferrocene derivatives as follows:
a. Butacene (CAS 125856-62-4);
b. Catocene (2,2-bis-ethylferrocenyl propane) (CAS 37206-42-1);
c. Ferrocene carboxylic acids and ferrocene carboxylic acid esters;
d. n-butyl-ferrocene (CAS 31904-29-7);
e. Other adducted polymer ferrocene derivatives not specified elsewhere in
6A008.f.4;
f. Ethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-89-8);
g. Propyl ferrocene;
h. Pentyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-00-6);
i. Dicyclopentyl ferrocene;
j. Dicyclohexyl ferrocene;
k. Diethyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-97-8);
l. Dipropyl ferrocene;
m. Dibutyl ferrocene (CAS 1274-08-4);
n. Dihexyl ferrocene (CAS 93894-59-8);
o. Acetyl ferrocene (CAS 1271-55-2)/1,1’-diacetyl ferrocene (CAS 1273-94-5);
1[6A008.f.5
Lead beta-resorcylate (CAS 20936-32-7) or copper beta-resorcylate
(CAS 70983-44-7);']
old]5. Lead beta-resorcylate (CAS 20936-32-7);]
6. Lead citrate (CAS 14450-60-3);
7. Lead-copper chelates of beta-resorcylate or salicylates (CAS 68411-07-4);
8. Lead maleate (CAS 19136-34-6);
9. Lead salicylate (CAS 15748-73-9);
10. Lead stannate (CAS 12036-31-6);
11. MAPO (tris-1-(2-methyl)aziridinyl phosphine oxide) (CAS 57-39-6); BOBBA 8
(bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) 2-(2-hydroxypropanoxy) propylamino phosphine oxide);
and other MAPO derivatives;
12. Methyl BAPO (bis(2-methyl aziridinyl) methylamino phosphine oxide) (CAS
85068-72-0);
13. N-methyl-p-nitroaniline (CAS 100-15-2);
14. 3-Nitraza-1,5-pentane diisocyanate (CAS 7406-61-9);
15. Organo-metallic coupling agents as follows:
a. Neopentyl[diallyl]oxy, tri[dioctyl]phosphato-titanate (CAS 103850-22-2); also
known as titanium IV, 2,2[bis 2-propenolato-methyl, butanolato, tris (dioctyl)
phosphato] (CAS 110438-25-0); or LICA
12 (CAS 103850-22-2);
b. Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1) methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1,
tris[dioctyl] pyrophosphate or KR3538;
c. Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1)methyl, n-propanolatomethyl] butanolato-1,
tris(dioctyl)phosphate;
16. Polycyanodifluoroaminoethyleneoxide;
17. Bonding agents as follows:
a. 1,1R,1S-trimesoyl-tris(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-868, BITA) (CAS 7722-73-8);
b. Polyfunctional aziridine amides with isophthalic, trimesic, isocyanuric or
trimethyladipic backbone also having a 2-methyl or 2-ethyl aziridine group;
Note Item 6A008.f.17.b. includes:
a. 1,1H-Isophthaloyl-bis(2-methylaziridine)(HX-752) (CAS 7652-64-4);
b. 2,4,6-tris(2-ethyl-1-aziridinyl)-1,3,5-triazine (HX-874) (CAS 18924-91-9);
c. 1,1'-trimethyladipoyl-bis(2-ethylaziridine) (HX-877) (CAS 71463-62-2).
18. Propyleneimine (2-methylaziridine) (CAS 75-55-8);
19. Superfine iron oxide (Fe2O3) (CAS 1317-60-8) with a specific surface area
more than 250 m2/g and an average particle size of 3.0 nm or less;
20. TEPAN (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrile) (CAS 68412-45-3);
cyanoethylated polyamines and their salts;
21. TEPANOL (tetraethylenepentaamineacrylonitrileglycidol) (CAS 68412-46-4);
cyanoethylated polyamines adducted with glycidol and their salts;
22. TPB (triphenyl bismuth) (CAS 603-33-8);
23. TEPB (Tris (ethoxyphenyl) bismuth) (CAS 90591-48-3);
6A008 g. "Precursors" as follows: N.B. In 6A008.g the
references are to specified "Energetic Materials" manufactured from these
substances.
1. BCMO (3,3-bis(chloromethyl)oxetane) (CAS 78-71-7) (see also 6A008.e.1 and
e.2);
2. Dinitroazetidine-t-butyl salt (CAS 125735-38-8) (see also 6A008.a.28);
3. Hexaazaisowurtzitane derivates including HBIW (hexabenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane)
(CAS 124782-15-6) (see also 6A008.a.4) and TAIW (tetraacetyldibenzylhexaazaisowurtzitane)
(CAS 182763-60-6)
(see also 6A008.a.4);
4. (Reserved)
5. TAT (1,3,5,7 tetraacetyl-1,3,5,7,-tetraaza cyclo-octane) (CAS 41378-98-7)
(see also 6A008.a.13);
6. 1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin (CAS 5409-42-7) (see also 6A008.a.27);
7. 1,3,5-trichlorobenzene (CAS 108-70-3) (see also 6A008.a.23);
8. 1,2,4-trihydroxybutane (1,2,4-butanetriol) (CAS 3068-00-6) (see also
6A008.e.5);
9. DADN (1,5-diacetyl-3,7-dinitro-1, 3, 5, 7-tetraaza-cyclooctane) (see
also 6A008.a.13).
6A008 h. 'Reactive material' powders and shapes, as
follows:
1. Powders of any of the following materials, with a particle size less than 250
μm in any direction and not specified elsewhere by 6A008:
a. Aluminium;
b. Niobium;
c. Boron;
d. Zirconium;
e. Magnesium;
f. Titanium;
g. Tantalum;
h. Tungsten;
i. Molybdenum; or
j. Hafnium;
2. Shapes, not specified by 6A003, 6A004, 6A012 or 6A016, fabricated from
powders specified by 6A008.h.1.
Technical Notes
1. 'Reactive materials' are designed to produce an exothermic reaction only at
high shear rates and for use as liners or casings in warheads.
2. 'Reactive material' powders are produced by, for example, a high energy ball
milling process.
3. 'Reactive material' shapes are produced by, for example, selective laser
sintering.
Note 1 6A008 does not apply to the following substances unless they are
compounded or mixed with the "energetic material" specified by 6A008.a. or
powdered metals specified by 6A008.c:
a. Ammonium picrate (CAS 131-74-8);
b. Black powder;
c. Hexanitrodiphenylamine (CAS 131-73-7);
d. Difluoroamine (CAS 10405-27-3);
e. Nitrostarch (CAS 9056-38-6);
f. Potassium nitrate (CAS 7757-79-1);
g. Tetranitronaphthalene;
h. Trinitroanisol;
i. Trinitronaphthalene;
j. Trinitroxylene;
k. N-pyrrolidinone; 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (CAS 872-50-4);
l. Dioctylmaleate (CAS 142-16-5);
m. Ethylhexylacrylate (CAS 103-11-7);
n. Triethylaluminium (TEA) (CAS 97-93-8), trimethylaluminium (TMA) (CAS
75-24-1), and other pyrophoric metal alkyls and aryls of lithium, sodium,
magnesium, zinc or boron;
o. Nitrocellulose (CAS 9004-70-0);
p. Nitroglycerin (or glyceroltrinitrate, trinitroglycerine) (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
q. 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
r. Ethylenediaminedinitrate (EDDN) (CAS 20829-66-7);
s. Pentaerythritoltetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
t. Lead azide (CAS 13424-46-9), normal lead styphnate (CAS 15245-44-0) and basic
lead styphnate (CAS 12403-82-6), and primary explosives or priming compositions
containing azides or azide complexes;
u. Triethyleneglycoldinitrate (TEGDN) (CAS 111-22-8);
v. 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol (styphnic acid) (CAS 82-71-3);
w. Diethyldiphenylurea; (CAS 85-98-3); dimethyldiphenylurea; (CAS 611-92-7),
methylethyldiphenylurea; [Centralites]
x. N,N-diphenylurea (unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 603-54-3);
y. Methyl-N,N-diphenylurea (methyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 13114-72-2);
z. Ethyl-N,N-diphenylurea (ethyl unsymmetrical diphenylurea) (CAS 64544-71-4);
aa. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA) (CAS 119-75-5);
bb. 4-Nitrodiphenylamine (4-NDPA) (CAS 836-30-6);
cc. 2,2-dinitropropanol (CAS 918-52-5);
dd. Nitroguanidine (CAS 556-88-7) (see 8C111.d.).
Note 2 6A008 does not apply to ammonium perchlorate (6A008.d.2), NTO
(6A008.a.18) or catocene (6A008.f.4.b), and meeting all of the following:
a. Specially shaped and formulated for civil-use gas generation devices;
b. Compounded or mixed, with non-active thermoset binders or plasticizers, and
having a mass of less than 250 g;
c. Having a maximum of 80% ammonium perchlorate (6A008.d.2) in mass of active
material;
d. Having less than or equal to 4 g of NTO (6A008.a.18); and
e. Having less than or equal to 1 g of catocene (6A008.f.4.b).
6A009 Vessels of war (surface or underwater),
special naval equipment, accessories, components and other surface vessels, as
follows: N.B. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
6[a. Vessels
and components, as follows:
1. Vessels (surface or underwater) specially designed or modified for military
use, regardless of current state of repair or operating condition, and whether
or not they contain weapon delivery systems or armour, and hulls or parts of
hulls for such vessels, and components therefor specially designed for military
use;
Note 6A009.a.1. includes vehicles specially designed or modified for
the delivery of divers.]
old[a. Vessels and components, as follows:
1. Vessels (surface or underwater) specially designed or modified for military
use, regardless of current state of repair or operating condition, and whether
or not they contain weapon delivery systems or armour, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels, and components therefor
specially designed for military use;]
6[2. Surface vessels, not specified in
6A009.a.l., having any of the following, fixed or integrated into the vessel:
a. Automatic weapons specified in 6A001., or weapons specified in 6A002.,
6A004., 6A012. Or 6A019., or 'mountings' or hard points for weapons having a
calibre of 12.7 mm or greater;
Technical Note
'Mountings' refers to weapon mounts or structural strengthening for the
purpose of installing weapons.]
old[2. Surface vessels, other than those specified in 6A009.a.1, having any of the
following, fixed or integrated into the vessel:
a. Automatic weapons specified in 6A001 or weapons specified in 6A002, 6A004,
6A012, or 6A019, or 'mountings' or hard points for weapons having a calibre of
12.7 mm or greater;
Technical Note
'Mountings' refers to weapon mounts or structural strengthening for the purpose
of installing weapons.
b. Fire control systems specified in 6A005;
c. Having all of the following:
1. 'Chemical, Biological, Radiological and Nuclear (CBRN) protection'; and
2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' designed for decontamination purposes; or
Technical Notes
1. 'CBRN protection' is a self-contained interior space containing features such
as over-pressurization, isolation of ventilation systems, limited ventilation
openings with CBRN filters and limited personnel access points incorporating
air-locks.
2. 'Pre-wet or wash down system' is a seawater spray system capable of
simultaneously wetting the exterior superstructure and decks of a vessel.]
d. Active weapon countermeasure systems specified in 6A004.b, 6A005.c or 6A011.a
and having any of the following:
1. 'CBRN protection';
2. Hull and superstructure, specially designed to reduce the radar cross
section;
3. Thermal signature reduction devices, (e.g, an exhaust gas cooling system),
excluding those specially designed to increase overall power plant efficiency or
to reduce the environmental impact; or
4. A degaussing system designed to reduce the magnetic signature of the whole
vessel;
6A009 b. Engines and propulsion systems, as follows,
specially designed for military use and components therefor specially designed
for military use:
1['6A009.b.1 Diesel
engines specially designed for submarines;]
old[1. Diesel engines specially designed for submarines and having all of the
following:
a. Power output of 1.12 MW (1,500 hp) or more; and
b. Rotary speed of 700 rpm or more;]
2. Electric motors specially designed for submarines and having all of the
following:
a. Power output of more than 0.75 MW (1,000 hp);
b. Quick reversing;
c. Liquid cooled; and
d. Totally enclosed;
3. Non-magnetic diesel engines having all of the following:
6[a. Diesel engines having all of the following:
a. Power output of 37.3 kW (50 hp) or more; and
b. 'Non-magnetic' content in excess of 75% of total mass;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 6A009.b.3., 'non-magnetic' means the relative permeability
is less than 2.]
old[a. Power output of 37.3 kW (50 hp) or more; and
b. Non-magnetic content in excess of 75% of total mass;]
4. 'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) systems specially designed for submarines;
Technical Note
'Air Independent Propulsion' (AIP) allows a submerged submarine to operate its
propulsion system, without access to atmospheric oxygen, for a longer time than
the batteries would have otherwise allowed. For the purposes of 6A009.b.4, AIP
does not include nuclear power.
6A009 c. Underwater detection devices, specially
designed for military use, controls therefor and components therefor specially
designed for military use;
d. Anti-submarine nets and anti-torpedo nets, specially designed for military
use;
e. (Reserved)
f. Hull penetrators and connectors, specially designed for military use, that
enable interaction with equipment external to a vessel, and components therefor
specially designed for military use; Note 6A009.f
includes connectors for vessels which are of the single-conductor,
multi-conductor, coaxial or waveguide type, and hull penetrators for vessels,
both of which are capable of remaining impervious to leakage
from without and of retaining required characteristics at marine depths
exceeding 100 m; and fibre-optic connectors and optical hull penetrators,
specially designed for "laser" beam transmission, regardless of
depth. 6A009.f. does not apply to ordinary propulsive shaft and hydrodynamic
control-rod hull penetrators.
6A009 g. Silent bearings having any of the following,
components therefor and equipment containing those bearings, specially designed
for military use:
1. Gas or magnetic suspension;
2. Active signature controls; or
3. Vibration suppression controls.
7[6A009
h. Naval nuclear equipment and related equipment and components, as follows:
1. Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, specially
designed for vessels specified in 6A009.a. and components therefor specially
designed or 'modified' for military use.
Technical Note
for the purpose of 6A009.h.l., 'modified' means any structural, electrical,
mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military
capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed for military use.
Note 6A009.h.l. includes "nuclear reactors".
N.B See Commodity Identification Note 2 to SCOMET.]
6A010 "Aircraft", "lighter-than-air vehicles",
"Unmanned Aerial Vehicles" ("UAVs"), aero-engines and "aircraft" equipment,
related equipment, and components, as follows, specially designed or modified
for military use:
N.B. For guidance and navigation equipment, see 6A011.
a. Manned "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles", and specially designed
components therefor;
b. (Reserved)
c. Unmanned "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles", and related equipment,
as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
1. "UAVs", Remotely Piloted Air Vehicles (RPVs), autonomous programmable
vehicles and unmanned "lighter-than-air vehicles";
2. Launchers, recovery equipment and ground support equipment;
3. Equipment designed for command or control;
d. Propulsion aero-engines and specially designed components therefor;
e. Airborne refuelling equipment specially designed or modified for any of the
following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. "Aircraft" specified by 6A010.a; or
2. Unmanned "aircraft" specified by 6A010.c;
f. 'Ground equipment' specially designed for "aircraft" specified by 6A010.a or
aero-engines specified by 6A010.d;
Technical Note
'Ground equipment' includes pressure refuelling equipment and equipment designed
to facilitate operations in confined areas.
g. Aircrew life support equipment, aircrew safety equipment and other devices
for emergency escape, not specified in 6A010.a, designed for "aircraft"
specified by 6A010.a;
Note 6A010.g does not control aircrew helmets that do not incorporate, or have
mountings or fittings for, equipment specified in Category 6.
N.B. For helmets see also 6A013.c.
h. Parachutes, paragliders and related equipment, as follows, and specially
designed components therefor:
1. Parachutes not specified elsewhere in Category 6;
2. Paragliders;
3. Equipment specially designed for high altitude parachutists (e.g, suits,
special helmets, breathing systems, navigation equipment);
i. Controlled opening equipment or automatic piloting systems, designed for
parachuted loads.
Note 1 6A010.a does not apply to "aircraft" and "lighter-than-air vehicles" or
variants of those "aircraft", specially designed for military use and which are
all of the following:
a. Not a combat "aircraft";
b. Not configured for military use and not fitted with equipment or attachments
specially designed or modified for military use; and
c. Certified for civil use by civil aviation authority of India
Note 2 6A010.d does not apply to:
a. Aero-engines designed or modified for military use which have been certified
by civil aviation authority of India,for use in “civil aircraft” or specially
designed components therefor;
b. Reciprocating engines or specially designed components therefor, except those
specially designed for "UAVs".
Note 3 For the purposes of 6A010.a, and 6A010.d, specially designed components
and related equipment for non-military "aircraft" or aero-engines modified for
military use applies only to those military components and to military related
equipment required for the modification to military use.
Note 4 For the purposes of 6A010.a, military use includes: combat, military
reconnaissance, assault, military training, logistics support, and transporting
and airdropping troops or military equipment.
6[Note 5
6A010.a. does not apply to "aircraft" or "lighter-than-air vehicles" that meet
all of the following:
a. Were first manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not incorporate items specified by the Munitions List,
unless the items are required to meet safety or
airworthiness standards of civil aviation authorities of
one or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States; and
c.
Do not incorporate weapons specified by the Munitions List, unless inoperable
and incapable of being returned to operation.']
old[Note 5 6A010.a does not apply to "aircraft" that meet all of the following:
a. Were first manufactured before 1946;
b. Do not incorporate items specified by Category 6 unless the items are
required to meet safety or airworthiness standards of civil aviation authority
of India; and
c. Do not incorporate weapons specified by Category 6 unless inoperable and
incapable of being returned to operation.]
7[Note 6
6A010.d. does not apply to propulsion aero-engines that were first manufactured
before 1946]
6A011 Electronic equipment, "spacecraft" and
components, not specified elsewhere on Category 6, as follows:
a. Electronic equipment specially designed for military use and specially
designed components therefor;
Note 6A011.a includes:
a. Electronic countermeasure and electronic counter-countermeasure equipment (i.e,
equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into radar or
radio communication receivers or otherwise hinder the reception, operation or
effectiveness of adversary electronic receivers including their countermeasure
equipment), including jamming and counter-jamming equipment;
b. Frequency agile tubes;
c. Electronic systems or equipment, designed either for surveillance and
monitoring of the electro-magnetic spectrum for military intelligence or
security purposes or for counteracting such surveillance and monitoring;
d. Underwater countermeasures, including acoustic and magnetic jamming and
decoy, equipment designed to introduce extraneous or erroneous signals into
sonar receivers;
e. Data processing security equipment, data security equipment and transmission
and signalling line security equipment, using ciphering processes;
f. Identification, authentification and keyloader equipment and key management,
manufacturing and distribution equipment;
g. Guidance and navigation equipment;
h. Digital troposcatter-radio communications transmission equipment;
i. Digital demodulators specially designed for signals intelligence;
j. "Automated Command and Control Systems".
N.B. For "software" associated with military "Software" Defined Radio (SDR), see
6A021.
6A011 6[b. Satellite
navigation system" jamming equipment and specially designed components therefor;']
old[b. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)
jamming equipment and specially designed components therefor;]
6A011 c. "Spacecraft" specially designed or modified for
military use, and "spacecraft" components specially designed for military use.
6A012 High velocity kinetic energy weapon systems
and related equipment, as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Kinetic energy weapon systems specially designed for destruction or effecting
mission-abort of a target;
b. Specially designed test and evaluation facilities and test models, including
diagnostic instrumentation and targets, for dynamic testing of kinetic energy
projectiles and systems.
N.B. For weapon systems using sub-calibre ammunition or employing solely
chemical propulsion, and ammunition therefor, see 6A001 to 6A004.
Note 1 6A012 includes the following when specially designed for kinetic energy
weapon systems:
a. Launch propulsion systems capable of accelerating masses larger than 0.1 g to
velocities in excess of 1.6 km/s, in single or rapid fire modes;
b. Prime power generation, electric armour, energy storage (e.g, high energy
storage capacitors), thermal management, conditioning, switching or
fuel-handling equipment; and electrical interfaces between power supply, gun and
other turret electric drive functions;
N.B. See also 8A301.e.2 for high energy storage capacitors.
c. Target acquisition, tracking, fire control or damage assessment systems;
d. Homing seeker, guidance or divert propulsion (lateral acceleration) systems
for projectiles.
Note 2 6A012 applies to weapon systems using any of the following methods of
propulsion:
a. Electromagnetic;
b. Electrothermal;
c. Plasma;
d. Light gas; or
e. Chemical (when used in combination with any of the above).
6A013 Armoured or protective equipment,
constructions and components, as follows:
a. Metallic or non-metallic armoured plate, having any of the following:
1. Manufactured to comply with a military standard or specification; or
2. Suitable for military use;
1['N.B. For body armour plates, see 6A013.d.2.']
old[N.B. For body armour plate, see 6A013.d.2.]
b. Constructions of metallic or non-metallic materials, or combinations thereof,
specially designed to provide ballistic protection for military systems, and
specially designed components therefor;
c. the relevant manufactured according to military standards or specifications,
and specially designed helmet shells, liners, or comfort pads, therefor;
N.B. For other military helmet components or accessories, see the relevant
Category entry.
d. Body armour or protective garments, and components therefor, as follows:
1. Soft body armour or protective garments, manufactured to military standards
or specifications, or to their equivalents, and specially designed components
therefor; Note For the purposes of 6A013.d.1,
military standards or specifications include, at a minimum, specifications for
fragmentation protection.
2. Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or greater
than level III (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008).
Note 1 6A013.b includes materials specially designed to form explosive reactive
armour or to construct military shelters.
Note 2 6A013.c does not apply to conventional steel helmets, neither modified or
designed to accept, nor equipped with any type of accessory device.
Note 3 6A013.c and d. do not apply to helmets, body armour or protective
garments, when accompanying their user for the user's own personal protection.
6[Note 4 The only helmets
specially designed for bomb disposal personnel that are specified by 6A013.c.
are those specially designed for military use.]
old[Note 4 The only helmets specially designed for bomb disposal personnel that are
specified by 6A013 are those specially designed for military use.]
N.B. 1 See also 8A105.
N.B. 2 For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body
armour and helmets, see 8C110.
6A014 'Specialised equipment for military training' or
for simulating military scenarios, simulators specially designed for training in
the use of any firearm or weapon specified by 6A001 or 6A002 and specially
designed
components and accessories therefor.
Technical Note
The term 'specialised equipment for military training' includes military types
of attack trainers, operational flight trainers, radar target trainers, radar
target generators, gunnery training devices, anti-submarine warfare trainers,
flight simulators (including human-rated centrifuges for pilot/astronaut
training), radar trainers, instrument flight trainers, navigation trainers,
missile launch trainers, target equipment, drone "aircraft", armament trainers,
pilotless "aircraft" trainers, mobile training units and training equipment for
ground military operations.
Note 1 6A014 includes image generating and interactive environment systems for
simulators, when specially designed or modified for military use.
Note 2 6A014 does not apply to equipment specially designed for training in the
use of hunting or sporting weapons.
6A015 Imaging or countermeasure equipment, as
follows, specially designed for military use, and specially designed components
and accessories therefor:
a. Recorders and image processing equipment;
b. Cameras, photographic equipment and film processing equipment;
c. Image intensifier equipment;
d. Infrared or thermal imaging equipment;
e. Imaging radar sensor equipment;
f. Countermeasure or counter-countermeasure equipment, for the equipment
specified by 6A015.a to 6A015.e.
1['Note 1: 6A015.f includes equipment designed to degrade the operation or
effectiveness of military imaging systems or to minimise such degrading
effects.']
old[Note 6A015.f includes equipment designed to
degrade the operation or effectiveness of military
imaging systems or to minimize such degrading effects.]
Note 1 In 6A015 the term specially designed components includes the following,
when specially designed for military use:
a. Infrared image converter tubes;
b. Image intensifier tubes (other than first generation);
c. Microchannel plates;
d. Low-light-level television camera tubes;
e. Detector arrays (including electronic interconnection or read out systems);
f. Pyroelectric television camera tubes;
g. Cooling systems for imaging systems;
h. Electrically triggered shutters of the photochromic or electro-optical type
having a shutter speed of less than 100 μs, except in the case of shutters which
are an essential part of a high speed camera;
i. Fibre optic image inverters;
j. Compound semiconductor photocathodes.
Note 2 6A015 does not apply to "first generation image intensifier tubes" or
equipment specially designed to incorporate "first generation image intensifier
tubes".
N.B. For the classification of weapons sights incorporating "first generation
image intensifier tubes" see 6A001, 6A002, and 6A005.a.
N.B. See also 8A602.a.2 and 8A602.b.
6A016 Forgings, castings and other unfinished
products, specially designed for items specified by 6A001, to 6A004, 6A006,
6A009, 6A010, 6A012, or 6A019.
Note 6A016 applies to unfinished products when they are identifiable by material
composition, geometry or function.
6A017 Miscellaneous equipment, materials and
"libraries", as follows, and specially designed components therefor:
1['6A017.1 ISO intermodal containers or demountable vehicle bodies (i.e., swap
bodies), specially designed or 'modified' for military use;']
[a. Diving and underwater swimming apparatus, specially designed or modified for
military use, as follows:
1. Self-contained diving rebreathers, closed or semi-closed circuit;
2. Underwater swimming apparatus specially designed for use with the diving
apparatus specified in 6A017.a.1; N.B. See also 8A802.q.]
b. Construction equipment specially designed for military use;
c. Fittings, coatings and treatments, for signature suppression, specially
designed for military use;
d. Field engineer equipment specially designed for use in a combat zone;
e. "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end-effectors", having any of the
following characteristics:
1. Specially designed for military use;
2. Incorporating means of protecting hydraulic lines against externally induced
punctures caused by ballistic fragments (e.g, incorporating self-sealing lines)
and designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash
points higher than 839 K (566°C); or
3. Specially designed or rated for operating in an electro-magnetic pulse (EMP)
environment;
Technical Note
Electro-magnetic pulse does not refer to unintentional interference caused by
electromagnetic radiation from nearby equipment (e.g, machinery, appliances or
electronics) or lightning.
f. "Libraries" specially designed or modified for military use with systems,
equipment or components, specified by Category 6;
6[g. Nuclear power generating equipment or
propulsion equipment, not specified elsewhere, specially designed for military
use and components therefor specially
designed or 'modified' for military use;
Note 6A017.g. includes "nuclear reactors".'
N.B See Commodity Identification Note of SCOMET List.]
old[g. Nuclear power generating equipment or propulsion equipment, including
"nuclear reactors", specially designed for military use and components therefor
specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
N.B (See Commodity Identification Note of SCOMET list)]
6[h. Equipment and material, coated or
treated for signature suppression, specially designed for military use, not
specified elsewhere in the Munitions List;]
old[h. Equipment and material, coated or treated for signature suppression,
specially designed for military use, other than those specified elsewhere in
Category 6;]
i. Simulators specially designed for military "nuclear reactors";
N.B (See Commodity Identification Note of SCOMET list)
j. Mobile repair shops specially designed or 'modified' to service military
equipment;
k. Field generators specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
l. Containers specially designed or 'modified' for military use;
6[m.Ferries, not specified elsewhere in the
Munitions List, bridges and pontoons, specially designed for military use;]
old[m. Ferries, other than those specified elsewhere in Category 6, bridges and
pontoons, specially designed for military use;]
n. Test models specially designed for the "development" of items specified by
6A004, 6A006, 6A009, or 6A010;
1['6A017.o "Laser" protection equipment (e.g., eye or sensor protection) specially
designed for military use;']
old[o. "Laser" protection equipment (e.g, eye and sensor protection) specially
designed for military use;]
6[Fuel cells", not specified elsewhere in the
Munitions List, specially designed or 'modified' for military use.]
old[p. "Fuel cells", other than those specified elsewhere in Category 6, specially
designed or 'modified' for military use.]
Technical Note
1. (Reserved)
2. For the purpose of 6A017, 'modified' means any structural, electrical,
mechanical, or other change that provides a non-military item with military
capabilities equivalent to an item which is specially designed
for military use.
6A018 'Production' equipment and components, as
follows:
a. Specially designed or modified 'production' equipment for the 'production' of
products specified by Category 6, and specially designed components therefor;
b. Specially designed environmental test facilities and specially designed
equipment therefor, for the certification, qualification or testing of products
specified by Category 6.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 6A018 the term 'production' includes design, examination,
manufacture, testing and checking.
Note 6A018.a and 6A018.b include the following equipment:
a. Continuous nitrators;
b. Centrifugal testing apparatus or equipment, having any of the following:
1. Driven by a motor or motors having a total rated horsepower of more than 298
kW (400 hp);
2. Capable of carrying a payload of 113 kg or more; or
3. Capable of exerting a centrifugal acceleration of 8 g or more on a payload of
91 kg or more;
c. Dehydration presses;
d. Screw extruders specially designed or modified for military "explosive"
extrusion;
e. Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded "propellants";
f. Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m or more in diameter and having over 227 kg
product capacity;
g. Continuous mixers for solid "propellants";
h. Fluid energy mills for grinding or milling the ingredients of military
"explosives";
i. Equipment to achieve both sphericity and uniform particle size in metal
powder listed in 6A008.c.8;
j. Convection current converters for the conversion of materials listed in
6A008.c.3.
6A019 Directed Energy Weapon (DEW) systems,
related or countermeasure equipment and test models, as follows, and specially
designed components therefor:
a. "Laser" systems specially designed for destruction or effecting mission-abort
of a target;
b. Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting mission-abort of a
target;
c. High power Radio-Frequency (RF) systems capable of destruction or effecting
mission-abort of a target;
d. Equipment specially designed for the detection or identification of, or
defence against, systems specified by 6A019.a to 6A019.c;
e. Physical test models for the systems, equipment and components, specified by
6A019.
f. "Laser" systems specially designed to cause permanent blindness to unenhanced
vision, i.e, to the naked eye or to the eye with corrective eyesight devices.
Note 1 DEW systems specified by 6A019 include systems whose capability is
derived from the controlled application of:
a. "Lasers" of sufficient power to effect destruction similar to the manner of
conventional ammunition;
b. Particle accelerators which project a charged or neutral particle beam with
destructive power;
c. High pulsed power or high average power radio frequency beam transmitters,
which produce fields sufficiently intense to disable electronic circuitry at a
distant target.
Note 2 6A019 includes the following when specially designed for DEW systems:
a. Prime power generation, energy storage, switching, power conditioning or
fuel-handling equipment;
b. Target acquisition or tracking systems;
c. Systems capable of assessing target damage, destruction or mission-abort;
d. Beam-handling, propagation or pointing equipment;
e. Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid multiple target
operations;
f. Adaptive optics and phase conjugators;
g. Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams;
h. "Space-qualified" accelerator components;
i. Negative ion beam funnelling equipment;
j. Equipment for controlling and slewing a high energy ion beam;
k. "Space-qualified" foils for neutralising negative hydrogen isotope beams.
6A020 Cryogenic and "superconductive" equipment,
as follows, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
a. Equipment specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for
military ground, marine, airborne or space applications, capable of operating
while in motion and of producing or maintaining
temperatures below 103 K (- 170°C); Note 6A020.a includes mobile systems
incorporating or employing accessories or components manufactured from
non-metallic or non-electrical conductive materials,
such as plastics or epoxy-impregnated materials.
1['6A020.b "Superconductive" electrical equipment (rotating machinery or
transformers) specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for
military ground, marine, airborne or space applications and capable of operating
while in motion.']
old[b. "Superconductive" electrical equipment (rotating machinery and transformers)
specially designed or configured to be installed in a vehicle for military
ground, marine, airborne or space applications and capable
of operating while in motion. Note 6A020.b does not apply to direct-current
hybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metal armatures which
rotate in a magnetic field produced by
superconducting windings, provided those windings are the only superconducting
components in the generator.]
6A021 "Software" as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified for any of the following:
1. "Development", "production", operation or maintenance of equipment specified
by Category 6;
2. "Development" or "production" of materials specified by Category 6; or
3. "Development", "production", operation or maintenance of "software" specified
by Category 6.
b. Specific "software", other than that specified by 6A021.a as follows:
1. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for
modelling, simulating or evaluating military weapon systems;
2. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for
modelling or simulating military operational scenarios;
3. "Software" for determining the effects of conventional, nuclear, chemical or
biological weapons;
4. "Software" specially designed for military use and specially designed for
Command, Communications, Control and Intelligence (C3I) or Command,
Communications, Control, Computer and Intelligence
(C4I) applications;
6[c. Software", not specified by 6A021.a. or
6A021.b., specially designed or modified to enable equipment not specified by
the Munitions List to perform the military functions of equipment specified by
the Munitions List.']
old[c. "Software", not specified by 6A021.a or 6A021b specially designed or modified
to enable equipment not specified by Category 6 to perform the military
functions of equipment specified by Category 6.]
6A022 "Technology" as follows:
a. "Technology", other than specified in 6A022.b which is "required" for the
"development", "production", operation, installation, maintenance (checking),
repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items specified in
Category 6;
b. "Technology" as follows:
1. "Technology" "required" for the design of, the assembly of components into,
and the operation, maintenance and repair of, complete production installations
for items specified by Category 6, even if the
components of such production installations are not specified;
2. "Technology" "required" for the "development" and "production" of small arms,
even if used to produce reproductions of antique small arms;
3. (Reserved)
4. (Reserved)
5. "Technology" "required" exclusively for the incorporation of "biocatalysts",
specified by 6A007.i.1 into military carrier substances or military material.
Note 1 "Technology" "required" for the "development", "production", operation,
installation, maintenance (checking), repair, overhaul or refurbishing of items
specified by Category 6 remains under control even when applicable to any item
not specified by Category 6.
Note 2 6A022 does not apply to:
a. "Technology" that is the minimum necessary for the installation, operation,
maintenance (checking) or repair, of those items which are not controlled or
whose export has been authorised;
b. "Technology" that is "in the public domain", "basic scientific research" or
the minimum necessary information for patent applications.
c. "Technology" for magnetic induction for continuous propulsion of civil
transport devices.
Category 715:
7A
[Reserved]
7B
[Reserved]
7C
[Reserved]
7D
[Reserved]
7E
[Reserved]
15 Para 1(L) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
CATEGORY 8 Special Materials and Related
Equipment, Material Processing, Electronics, Computers, Telecommunications,
Information Security, Sensors and Lasers, Navigation and Avionics, Marine,
Aerospace and Propulsion
Note: Terms in "quotations" are defined terms. Refer to ‘Glossary’.
8A1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT
(SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
8A101 Components made from fluorinated compounds, as
follows:
a. Seals, gaskets, sealants or fuel bladders, specially designed for "aircraft"
or aerospace use, made from more than 50 % by weight of any of the materials
specified by 8C109.b or 8C109.c;
1['8A102 "Composite" structures or laminates, as follows:
a. Made from any of the following:
1. An organic "matrix" and "fibrous or filamentary materials"
specified by 8C1 10.c, 8C110.dor
2. Prepregs or preforms specified by 8C110.e;
b. Made from a metal or carbon "matrix", and any of the following:
1. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" having all of the
following:
a. A "specific modulus" exceeding 10.15 x 106 m; and
b. A "specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 104 m; or
2. Materials specified by 8C110.c.']
old[8A102 "Composite" structures or laminates, having any
of the following:
a. Consisting of an organic "matrix" and materials specified by 8C110.c, 8C110.d
or 8C110.e; or
b. Consisting of a metal or carbon "matrix", and any of the following:
1. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" having all of the following:
a. A "specific modulus" exceeding 10.15 x 106 m; and
b. A "specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 104 m; or
2. Materials specified by 8C110.c. Note 1 8A102 does not apply to "composite"
structures or laminates, made from epoxy resin impregnated carbon "fibrous or
filamentary materials", for the repair of "civil
aircraft" structures or laminates, having all of the following:
a. An area not exceeding 1m ²
b. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
c. A width exceeding 15 mm.]
Note 2 8A102 does not apply to semi-finished items, specially designed for
purely civilian applications as follows:
a. Sporting goods;
b. Automotive industry;
c. Machine tool industry;
d. Medical applications.
Note 3 8A102.b.1 does not apply to semi-finished items containing a maximum of
two dimensions of interwoven filaments and specially designed for applications
as follows:
a. Metal heat-treatment furnaces for tempering metals;
b. Silicon boule production equipment.
Note 4 8A102 does not apply to finished items specially designed for a specific
application.
8A103 Manufactures of non-"fusible" aromatic
polyimides in film, sheet, tape or ribbon form having any of the following:
a. A thickness exceeding 0.254 mm; or
b. Coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals or magnetic substances.
Note 8A103 does not apply to manufactures when coated or laminated with copper
and designed for the production of electronic printed circuit boards.
N.B. For "fusible" aromatic polyimides in any form, see 8C108.a.3.
8A104 Protective and detection equipment and
components, not specially designed for military use, as follows:
a. Full face masks, filter canisters and decontamination equipment therefor,
designed or modified for defence against any of the following, and specially
designed components therefor: Note 8A104.a includes
Powered Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) that are designed or modified for
defence against agents or materials, listed in 8A104.a.
Technical Notes
For the purposes of 8A104.a:
1. Full face masks are also known as gas masks.
2. Filter canisters include filter cartridges.
8A104 a. 1. “Biological agents”;
2. ‘Radioactive materials’
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents; or
4. "Riot control agents”, including:
a. a -Bromobenzeneacetonitrile, (Bromobenzyl cyanide) (CA)(CAS 5798-79-8);
b. [(2-chlorophenyl) methylene] propanedinitrile,
(o-Chlorobenzylidenemalononitrile) (CS) (CAS 2698-41-1);
c. 2-Chloro-1-phenylethanone, Phenylacyl chloride(ω-chloroacetophenone) (CN) (CAS
532-27-4);
d. Dibenz-(b,f)-1,4-oxazephine, (CR) (CAS 257-07-8);
e. 10-Chloro-5,10-dihydrophenarsazine, (Phenarsazine chloride), (Adamsite), (DM)
(CAS 578-94-9);
f. N-Nonanoylmorpholine, (MPA) (CAS 5299-64-9);
b. Protective suits, gloves and shoes, specially designed or modified for
defence against any of the following:
1. “Biological agents”;
2. ‘Radioactive materials’ ; or
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents;
c. Detection systems, specially designed or modified for detection or
identification of any of the following, and specially designed components
therefor:
1. “Biological agents”;
2. ‘Radioactive materials’; or
3. Chemical warfare (CW) agents.
8A104 d. Electronic equipment designed for automatically
detecting or identifying the presence of "explosives" residues and utilising
'trace detection' techniques (e.g., surface acoustic wave, ion mobility
spectrometry,
differential mobility spectrometry, mass spectrometry).
Technical Note
'Trace detection' is defined as the capability to detect less than 1 ppm vapour,
or 1 mg solid or liquid.
Note 1 8A104.d does not apply to equipment specially designed for laboratory
use.
Note 2 8A104.d does not apply to non-contact walk-through security portals.
Note 8A104 does not apply to:
a. Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters;
b. Occupational health or safety equipment limited by design or function to
protect against hazards specific to residential safety or civil industries,
including:
1. mining;
2. quarrying;
3. agriculture;
4. pharmaceutical;
5. medical;
6. veterinary;
7. environmental;
8. waste management;
9. food industry.
Technical Notes
1. 8A104 includes equipment and components that have been identified,
successfully tested to standards or otherwise proven effective, for the
detection of or defence against ‘radioactive materials’, “biological agents”,
chemical warfare agents, 'simulants' or "riot control agents", even if such
equipment or components are used in civil industries such as mining, quarrying,
agriculture, pharmaceuticals, medical, veterinary, environmental, waste
management, or the food industry.
2. 'Simulant': A substance or material that is used in place of toxic agent
(chemical or biological) in training, research, testing or evaluation.
3. For the purposes of 8A104, 'radioactive materials' are those selected or
modified to increase their effectiveness in producing casualties in humans or
animals, degrading equipment or damaging crops or the environment.
9[8A105 Body armour and components therefor, as
follows:
a.Soft body armour not manufactured to military standards or
specifications, or to their equivalents, and specially designed
components therefor;
b.Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or
less than Ievel IIIA (Nlf 0101.06, July 2008), or "equivalent
standards”.
N B I For ”fibrous or filamentary Materials“ used in the manufacture of
body armour, see 8Cl10.
N B 2 For body armour manufactured to military standards or
specification see 6A013.d.
Note I 8A105 does not apply to body armour when accompanying tie user
for the user's own personal protection,
Note 2 8A105 does not apply to body armour designed o provide frontal
protection only from both fragment and blast from non-military explosive
devices.
Note 3 8A1NJ does not apply to body armour- designed to provide
protection only from Knife, spike, needle or blast trauma.]
old[8A105 A Body armour and components therefor, as
follows:
a. Soft body armour not manufactured to military standards or specifications, or
to their equivalents, and specially designed components therefor;
b. Hard body armour plates providing ballistic protection equal to or less than
level IIIA (NIJ 0101.06, July 2008)
N.B.1. For "fibrous or filamentary materials" used in the manufacture of body
armour, see 8C110.
N.B.2. For body armour manufactured to military standards or specifications, see
6A013.d.
Note 1 8A105 does not apply to body armour when accompanying its user for the
user's own personal protection.
Note 2 8A105 does not apply to body armour designed to provide frontal
protection only from both fragment and blast from non-military explosive
devices.
Note 3 8A105 does not apply to body armour designed to provide protection only
from knife, spike, needle or blunt trauma.]
8A106 Equipment, specially designed or modified
for the disposal of improvised explosive devices, as follows, and specially
designed components and accessories therefor:
a. Remotely operated vehicles;
b. 'Disruptors';
Technical Note
'Disruptors' – Devices specially designed for the purpose of preventing the
operation of an explosive device by projecting a liquid, solid or frangible
projectile.
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use for the disposal of
improvised explosive devices, see also 6A004.
Note 8A106 does not apply to equipment when accompanying its operator.
8A107 Equipment and devices, specially designed to
initiate charges and devices containing “energetic materials”, by electrical
means, as follows:
a. Explosive detonator firing sets designed to drive explosive detonators
specified in 8A107.b
b. Electrically driven explosive detonators as follows:
1. Exploding bridge (EB);
2. Exploding bridge wire (EBW);
3. Slapper;
4. Exploding foil initiators (EFI).
Technical Notes
1. The word initiator or igniter is sometimes used in place of the word
detonator.
2. For the purpose of 8A107.b the detonators of concern all utilise a small
electrical conductor (bridge, bridge wire, or foil) that explosively vaporises
when a fast, high-current electrical pulse is passed through it. In non-slapper
types, the exploding conductor starts a chemical detonation in a contacting high
explosive material such as PETN (pentaerythritoltetranitrate). In slapper
detonators, the explosive vaporisation of the electrical conductor drives a
flyer or slapper across a gap, and the impact of the slapper on an explosive
starts a chemical detonation. The slapper in some designs is driven by magnetic
force. The term exploding foil detonator may refer to either an EB or a slapper-type
detonator.
N.B. For equipment and devices specially designed for military use see Category
6.
8A108 Charges, devices and components, as
follows:
a. 'Shaped charges' having all of the following:
1. Net Explosive Quantity (NEQ) greater than 90 g; and
2. Outer casing diameter equal to or greater than 75 mm;
b. Linear shaped cutting charges having all of the following, and specially
designed components therefor:
1. An explosive load greater than 40 g/m; and
2. A width of 10 mm or more;
c. Detonating cord with explosive core load greater than 64 g/m;
d. Cutters, other than those specified by 8A108.b and severing tools, having a
NEQ greater than 3.5 kg. NoteThe only charges and devices specified in 8A108 are
those containing "explosives" listed in the
Annex-A to Category 8 and mixtures thereof. See also 6A008.
Technical Note
'Shaped charges' are explosive charges shaped to focus the effects of the
explosive blast.
8B1SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION
EQUIPMENT)
8B101 Equipment for the production or inspection
of "composite" structures or laminates specified by 8A102 or "fibrous or
filamentary materials" specified by 8C110, as follows, and specially designed
components and
accessories therefor:
a. Filament winding machines, of which the motions for positioning, wrapping and
winding fibres are coordinated and programmed in three or more 'primary servo
positioning' axes, specially designed for the
manufacture of "composite" structures or laminates, from "fibrous or filamentary
materials";
b. 'Tape-laying machines', of which the motions for positioning and laying tape
are coordinated and programmed in five or more 'primary servo positioning' axes,
specially designed for the manufacture of
"composite" airframe or missile structures;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.b, 'tape-laying machines' have the ability to lay one
or more 'filament bands' limited to widths greater than 25.4 mm and less than or
equal to 304.8 mm, and to cut and restart individual 'filament band' courses
during the laying process.
c. Multidirectional, multidimensional weaving machines or interlacing machines,
including adapters and modification kits, specially designed or modified for
weaving, interlacing or braiding fibres for "composite"
structures;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.c, the technique of interlacing includes knitting.
d. Equipment specially designed or adapted for the production of reinforcement
fibres, as follows:
1. Equipent for converting polymeric fibres (such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon,
pitch or polycarbosilane) into carbon fibres or silicon carbide fibres,
including special equipment to strain the fibre during heating;
2. Equipment for the chemical vapour deposition of elements or compounds, on
heated filamentary substrates, to manufacture silicon carbide fibres;
3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractory ceramics (such as aluminium
oxide);
4. Equipment for converting aluminium containing precursor fibres into alumina
fibres by heat treatment;
8B101 e. Equipment for producing prepregs specified by
8C110.e by the hot melt method;
f. Non-destructive inspection equipment specially designed for "composite"
materials, as follows:
1. X-ray tomography systems for three dimensional defect inspection;
2. Numerically controlled ultrasonic testing machines of which the motions for
positioning transmitters or receivers are simultaneously coordinated and
programmed in four or more axes to follow the three
dimensional contours of the component under inspection;
g. 'Tow-placement machines', of which the motions for positioning and laying
tows are coordinated and programmed in two or more 'primary servo positioning'
axes, specially designed for the manufacture of
"composite" airframe or missile structures.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B101.g, 'tow-placement machines' have the ability to place
one or more 'filament bands' having widths less than or equal to 25.4 mm, and to
cut and restart individual 'filament band' courses during the placement process.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8B101, 'primary servo positioning' axes control, under
computer program direction, the position of the end effector (i.e., head) in
space relative to the work piece at the correct orientation and direction to
achieve the desired process.
2. For the purposes of 8B101, a 'filament band' is a single continuous width of
fully or partially resin-impregnated tape, tow or fibre. Fully or partially
resin-impregnated 'filament bands' include those coated with dry powder that
tacks upon heating.
8B102 9[Equipment designed to produce metal alloy powder or
particulate materials and having all of the following:
a. Specially designed to avoid contamination; and
b. Specially designed for use in one of the processes specified by
8CI02.c.2.]
old[Equipment for producing metal alloys, metal
alloy powder or alloyed materials, specially designed to avoid contamination and
specially designed for use in one of the processes specified by 8C102.c.2.]
8B103 Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures, for "superplastic
forming" or "diffusion bonding" titanium, aluminium or their alloys, specially
designed for the manufacture of any of the following:
a. Airframe or aerospace structures;
b. "Aircraft" or aerospace engines; or
c. Specially designed components for structures specified by 8B103.a or for
engines specified by 8B103.b.
8C1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(MATERIALS)
Technical Note
Metals and alloys
Unless provision to the contrary is made, the words 'metals' and 'alloys'
cover crude and semi-fabricated forms, as follows:
Crude forms
Anodes, balls, bars (including notched bars and wire bars), billets, blocks,
blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes, crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules,
ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs, powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge,
sticks;
Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilled or punched):
a. Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling, drawing, extruding,
forging, impact extruding, pressing, graining, atomising, and grinding, i.e.:
angles, channels, circles, discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate,
powder, pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including bare welding
rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes, sheets, strip, pipe and
tubes (including tube rounds, squares, and hollows), drawn or extruded wire;
b. Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plaster or other types
of moulds, including high pressure castings, sintered forms, and forms made by
powder metallurgy.
The object of the control should not be defeated by the export of non-listed
forms alleged to be finished products but representing in reality crude forms or
semi-fabricated forms.
9[8C101
Materials specially designed for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, or
intrinsically conductive polymers, as follows: a. Materials for
absorbing frequencies exceeding 2 x 108 Hz but less than 3 x 1012 Hz;
Note 1: 8C10l.a does not apply to:. Hair type absorbers, constructed o f
natural or synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide
absorption;
b. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident surface is
non-planar in shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted
surfaces;
c. Planar absorbers, having all o f the following:
1. Made from any o f the following:
a. Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-fiexible) with
carbon-loading, or organic materials, including binders, providing more
than 5% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15%> o f
the centre frequency o f the incident energy, and not capable o f
withstanding temperatures exceeding 450 K (177° C); or
b. Ceramic materials providing more than 20%> echo compared with metal
over a bandwidth exceeding ±15%> o f the centre frequency o f the
incident energy, and not capable o f withstanding temperatures exceeding
800 K (527°C);
2. Tensile strength less than 7 x106 N/m2 ; and
3. Compressive strength less than 14x106 N/m2 ;
d. Planar absorbers made o f sintered ferrite, having all o f the
following:
1. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and 2. A maximum operating
temperature o f548 K (275°C) or less;
e. Planar absorbers having no magnetic loss and
fabricated from 'open-cell foam' plastic material with a density o f
0.15 grams/cm3 or less.
Technical Note 'Open-cell foams' are flexible and porous materials,
having an inner structure open to the atmosphere. 'Open cell foams' are
also known as reticulated foams.
Note 2: Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide
absorption when contained in paint.]
old[1['8C101 Materials specially designed for absorbing electromagnetic radiation, or
intrinsically conductive polymers, as follows: a. Materials for absorbing
frequencies exceeding 2 x 108 Hz but less than 3 x 1012 Hz;
Note I: 8C101.a does not apply to:
a. Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or synthetic
fibres, with non-magnetic loading to provide absorption:
b. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident
surface is non-planar in shape, including pyramids, cones,
wedges and convoluted surfaces;
c. Planar absorbers, having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following:
a. Plastic foam materials (flexible or non-flexible) with carbon-loading, or
organic materials, including binders, providing more than
5% echo compared with metal over
a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centre
frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures
exceeding 450 K (177° C); or
b. Ceramic materials providing more than 20% echo
compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centre frequency of
the incident energy, and not
capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 800
K (527°C);
2. Tensile strength less than 7x106 N/m2 ; and
3. Compressive strength less than 14x106 N/m2 ;
d. Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, having all of the following:
1. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and
2. A maximum operating temperature of 548 K
(275°C).]
7[e. Planar absorbers having no magnetic loss and fabricated from 'open-cell
foam' plastic material with a density of 0.15 grams/cm3 or less.'
Technical Note
'Open-cell foams' are flexible and porous materials, having an inner structure
open to the atmosphere. 'Open-cell foams' are also known as reticulated foams'.]
Note 2: Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when
contained in paint.
8C101.b Materials not transparent to visible light and specially designed
for absorbing near-infrared radiation having a wavelength exceeding 810 nm but
less than 2000 nm (frequencies exceeding 150 THz but less than 370 THz);
Note: 8C101.b does not apply to materials, specially designed or formulated for
any of the following applications:
a. "Laser" marking of polymers; or
b. "Laser" welding of polymers.
8C101.c Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials with a 'bulk
electrical conductivity' exceeding 10,000 S/m (Siemens per metre) or a 'sheet
(surface) resistivity' of less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of the
following polymers:
1. Polyaniline;
2. Polypyrrole;
3. Polythiophene;
4. Poly phenylene-vinylene; or
5. Poly thienylene-vinylene.
Technical Note:
'Bulk electrical conductivity' and 'sheet (surface) resistivity' should be
determined using ASTM D-257 or national equivalents.
Note: 8C101.c does not apply to materials in a liquid form'.]
old[8C101 Materials specially designed for use as
absorbers of electromagnetic waves, or intrinsically conductive polymers, as
follows:
a. Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding 2 x 108 Hz but less than 3 x
1012 Hz;
Note 1 8C101.a does not apply to:
a. Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or synthetic fibres, with
non-magnetic loading to provide absorption;
b. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whose incident surface is non-planar in
shape, including pyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces;
c. Planar absorbers, having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following:
a. Plastic foam materials (flexible
or non-flexible) with carbon-loading, or organic materials, including binders,
providing more than 5% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15%
of the centre
frequency of
the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures exceeding 450
K (177° C); or
b. Ceramic materials providing more
than 20% echo compared with metal over a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centre
frequency of the incident energy, and not capable of withstanding temperatures
exceeding
800 K
(527°C);
Technical Note
Absorption test samples for 8C101a. Note 1.c.1. should be a square at least 5
wavelengths of the centre frequency on a side and positioned in the far field of
the radiating element.
2. Tensile strength less than 7 x 106 N/m2; and
3. Compressive strength less than 14 x 106 N/m2;
d. Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, having all of the following:
1. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; and
2. A maximum operating temperature of 548 K (275°C).
Note 2 Nothing in Note 1 releases magnetic materials to provide absorption when
contained in paint.]
1['8C101.b Materials not transparent to visible light and specially designed for
absorbing near-infrared radiation having a wavelength exceeding 810 nm but less
than 2000 nm (frequencies exceeding 150 THz but less than 370 THz);
Note: 8C101.b does not apply to materials, specially designed or formulated for
any of the following applications:
a. "Laser" marking ofpolymers; or
b. "Laser" welding of polymers.']
old[8C101 b. Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding
1.5 x 1014 Hz but less than 3.7 x 1014 Hz and not transparent to visible light;
Note 8C101.b does not apply to materials, specially designed or formulated for
any of the following applications:
a. "Laser" marking of polymers; or
b. "Laser" welding of polymers.]
8C101 c. Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials
with a 'bulk electrical conductivity' exceeding 10,000 S/m (Siemens per metre)
or a 'sheet (surface) resistivity' of less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of
the
following polymers:
1. Polyaniline;
2. Polypyrrole;
3. Polythiophene;
4. Poly phenylene-vinylene; or
5. Poly thienylene-vinylene.
Technical Note
'Bulk electrical conductivity' and 'sheet (surface) resistivity' should be
determined using ASTM D-257. Note 8C101.c does not apply to materials in a
liquid form.
8C102 Metal alloys, metal alloy powder and
alloyed materials, as follows:
(See Commodity Identification Note 1 of SCOMET list)
Note 8C102 does not apply to metal alloys, metal alloy powder and alloyed
materials, specially formulated for coating purposes.
Technical Notes
1. The metal alloys in 8C102 are those containing a higher percentage by weight
of the stated metal than of any other element.
2. 'Stress-rupture life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM standard
E-139.
3. 'Low cycle fatigue life' should be measured in accordance with ASTM Standard
E-606 'Recommended Practice for Constant-Amplitude Low-Cycle Fatigue Testing’.
Testing should be axial with an average stress ratio equal to 1 and a
stress-concentration factor (Kt) equal to 1. The average stress is defined as
maximum stress minus minimum stress divided by maximum stress.
8C102 a. Aluminides, as follows:
1. Nickel aluminides containing a minimum of 15% by weight aluminium, a maximum
of 38% by weight aluminium and at least one additional alloying element;
2. Titanium aluminides containing 10% by weight or more aluminium and at least
one additional alloying element;
8C102 b. Metal alloys, as follows, made from the
powder or particulate material specified by 8C102.c:
1. Nickel alloys having any of the following:
a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 923 K (650°C) at a
stress of 676 MPa; or
b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 823 K (550°C) at a
maximum stress of 1,095 MPa;
8C102 b. 2. Niobium alloys having any of the following:
a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 1,073 K (800°C) at a
stress of 400 MPa; or
b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 973 K (700°C) at a
maximum stress of 700 MPa;
3. Titanium alloys having any of the following:
a. A 'stress-rupture life' of 10,000 hours or longer at 723 K (450°C) at a
stress of 200 MPa; or
b. A 'low cycle fatigue life' of 10,000 cycles or more at 723 K (450°C) at a
maximum stress of 400 MPa;
4. Aluminium alloys having any of the following:
a. A tensile strength of 240 MPa or more at 473 K (200°C); or
b. A tensile strength of 415 MPa or more at 298 K (25°C);
5. Magnesium alloys having all of the following:
a. A tensile strength of 345 MPa or more; and
b. A corrosion rate of less than 1 mm/year in 3% sodium chloride aqueous
solution measured in accordance with ASTM standard G-31;
8C102 c. Metal alloy powder or particulate material,
having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following composition systems:
Technical Note
X in the following equals one or more alloying elements.
a. Nickel alloys (Ni-Al-X, Ni-X-Al) qualified for turbine engine parts or
components, i.e. with less than 3 non-metallic particles (introduced during the
manufacturing process) larger than 100 μm in 109 alloy particles;
b. Niobium alloys (Nb-Al-X or Nb-X-Al, Nb-Si-X or Nb-X-Si, Nb-Ti-X or Nb-X-Ti);
c. Titanium alloys (Ti-Al-X or Ti-X-Al);
d. Aluminium alloys (Al-Mg-X or Al-X-Mg, Al-Zn-X or Al-X-Zn, Al-Fe-X or
Al-X-Fe); or
e. Magnesium alloys (Mg-Al-X or Mg-X-Al);
1['8C102.c.2 Made in a controlled environment by any of the following processes:
a. 'Vacuum atomisation';
b. 'Gas atomisation';
c. 'Rotary atomisation';
d. 'Splat quenching';
e. 'Melt spinning' and 'comminution';
f. 'Melt extraction' and 'comminution';
g. 'Mechanical alloying'; or
h. 'Plasma atomisation"; and']
old[8C102 c. 2. Made in a controlled environment by any of the following processes:
a. "Vacuum atomisation";
b. "Gas atomisation";
c. "Rotary atomisation";
d. "Splat quenching";
e. "Melt spinning" and "comminution";
f. "Melt extraction" and "comminution";
g. "Mechanical alloying"; or
h. "Plasma atomisation"; and]
8C102 c. 3. Capable of forming materials specified by 8C102.a or 8C102.b;
8C102 d. Alloyed materials having all of the following:
1. Made from any of the composition systems specified by 8C102.c.1;
2. In the form of uncomminuted flakes, ribbons or thin rods; and
1['8C102.d.3 Produced in a controlled environment by any of the following:
a. 'Splat quenching';
b. 'Melt spinning'; or
c. 'Melt extraction';']
old]3. Produced in a controlled environment by any of the following:
a. "Splat quenching";
b. "Melt spinning"; or
c. "Melt extraction";]
2[ Technical Notes:
1. 'Vacuum atomisation' is a process to reduce a molten stream of metal to
droplets of a diameter of 500 pm or less by the rapid evolution of a dissolved
gas upon exposure to a vacuum.
2. 'Gas atomisation' is a process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy to
droplets of 500 nm diameter or less by a high pressure gas-stream.
3. 'Rotary atomisation' is a process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal
to droplets to a diameter of 500 nm or less by centrifugal force.
4. 'Splat quenching' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' a molten metal stream
impinging upon a chilled block, forming a flake-Iike product.
5. 'Melt spinning' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' a molten metal stream
impinging upon a rotating chilled block forming a flake, ribbon or rod-like
product.
6. 'Comminution' is a process to reduce a material to particles by crushing or
grinding.
7. 'Melt extraction' is a process to 'solidify rapidly' and extract a
ribbon-like alloy product by the insertion of a short segment of a rotating
chilled block into a bath of a molten metal alloy.
8. 'Mechanical alloying' is an alloying process resulting from the bonding,
fracturing and rebonding of elemental and master alloy powders by mechanical
impact. Non-metallic particles may be incorporated in the alloy by addition of
the appropriate powders.
9. 'Plasma atomisation' is a process to reduce a molten stream or solid metal to
droplets of 500 [xm diameter or less, using plasma torches in an inert gas
environment.
10. 'Solidify rapidly' is a process involving the solidification of
molten material at cooling rates exceeding 1000 KJsec.']
8C103 Magnetic metals, of all types and of
whatever form, having any of the following:
a. Initial relative permeability of 120,000 or more and a thickness of 0.05 mm
or less;
Technical Note
Measurement of initial relative permeability must be performed on fully annealed
materials.
b. Magnetostrictive alloys having any of the following:
1. A saturation magnetostriction of more than 5 x 10-4; or
2. A magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) of more than 0.8; or
c. Amorphous or 'nanocrystalline' alloy strips, having all of the following:
1. A composition having a minimum of 75% by weight of iron, cobalt or nickel;
2. A saturation magnetic induction (Bs) of 1.6 T or more; and
3. Any of the following:
a. A strip thickness of 0.02 mm or less; or
b. An electrical resistivity of 2 x 10-4 ohm cm or more.
Technical Note
'Nanocrystalline' materials in 8C103.c are those materials having a crystal
grain size of 50 nm or less, as determined by X-ray diffraction.
8C104 Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys
with a "matrix" based on iron, nickel or copper, having all of the following:
(See Commodity Identification Note 1 of SCOMET list)
a. A density exceeding 17.5 g/cm3;
b. An elastic limit exceeding 880 MPa;
c. An ultimate tensile strength exceeding 1,270 MPa; and
d. An elongation exceeding 8%.
8C105 "Superconductive" "composite" conductors in
lengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding 100 g, as follows:
a. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors containing one or more
niobium-titanium 'filaments', having all of the following:
1. Embedded in a "matrix" other than a copper or copper-based mixed "matrix";
and
2. Having a cross-section area less than 0.28 x 10-4 mm2 (6 μm in diameter for
circular 'filaments');
b. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors consisting of one or more
"superconductive" 'filaments' other than niobium-titanium, having all of the
following:
1. A "critical temperature" at zero magnetic induction exceeding 9.85 K
(-263.31°C); and
2. Remaining in the "superconductive" state at a temperature of 4.2 K(-268.96°C)
when exposed to a magnetic field oriented in any direction perpendicular to the
longitudinal axis of conductor and
corresponding to a magnetic induction of 12 T with critical current density
exceeding 1,750 A/mm2 on overall cross-section of the conductor.
8C105 c. "Superconductive" "composite" conductors
consisting of one or more "superconductive" 'filaments', which remain
"superconductive" above 115 K (-158.16oC).
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8C105, 'filaments' may be in wire, cylinder, film, tape or
ribbon form.
8C106 Fluids and lubricating materials, as
follows:
a. (Reserved)
b. Lubricating materials containing, as their principal ingredients, any of the
following:
1. Phenylene or alkylphenylene ethers or thio-ethers, or their mixtures,
containing more than two ether or thio-ether functions or mixtures thereof; or
2. Fluorinated silicone fluids with a kinematic viscosity of less than 5,000
mm2/s (5,000 centistokes) measured at 298 K (25°C);
c. Damping or flotation fluids having all of the following:
1. Purity exceeding 99.8%;
2. Containing less than 25 particles of 200 μm or larger in size per 100 ml; and
3. Made from at least 85% of any of the following:
a. Dibromotetrafluoroethane (CAS 25497-30-7, 124-73-2, 27336-23-8);
b. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (oily and waxy modifications only); or
c. Polybromotrifluoroethylene;
d. Fluorocarbon electronic cooling fluids having all of the following:
1. Containing 85% by weight or more of any of the following, or mixtures
thereof:
a. Monomeric forms of perfluoropolyalkylether-triazines or perfluoroaliphatic-ethers;
b. Perfluoroalkylamines;
c. Perfluorocycloalkanes; or
d. Perfluoroalkanes;
2. Density at 298 K (25°C) of 1.5 g/ml or more;
3. In a liquid state at 273 K (0°C); and
4. Containing 60% or more by weight of fluorine.
Note 8C106.d does not apply to materials specified and packaged as medical
products.
8C107 Ceramic powders, ceramic-"matrix"
"composite" materials and 'precursor materials', as follows:
a. Ceramic powders of titanium diboride (TiB2) (CAS 12045-63-5) having total
metallic impurities, excluding intentional additions, of less than 5,000 ppm, an
average particle size equal to or less than 5 μm and
no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 μm;
b. (Reserved)
8C107 c. Ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials as
follows:
1. Ceramic-ceramic "composite" materials with a glass or oxide-"matrix" and
reinforced with any of the following:
a. Continuous fibres made from any of the following materials:
1. Al2O3 (CAS 1344-28-1); or
2. Si-C-N; or
Note 8C107.c.1.a. does not apply to "composites" containing fibres with a
tensile strength of less than 700 MPa at 1,273 K (1,000°C) or tensile creep
resistance of more than 1% creep strain at 100 MPa load and 1,273 K (1,000°C)
for 100 hours.
b. Fibres being all of the following:
1. Made from any of the following materials:
a. Si-N;
b. Si-C;
c. Si-Al-O-N; or
d. Si-O-N; and
2. Having a "specific tensile strength" exceeding 12.7 x 103m;
8C107 c. 2. Ceramic-"matrix" "composite" materials with
a "matrix" formed of carbides or nitrides of silicon, zirconium or boron;
2['N.B. For items previously specified by 8C107. c see 8C107. c.1.b.']
d. (Reserved)
2['N.B. For items previously specified by 8C107.d see 8C107. c. 2.']
e. 'Precursor materials' specially designed for the "production" of materials
specified by 8C107.c., as follows:
1. Polydiorganosilanes;
2. Polysilazanes;
3. Polycarbosilazanes;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8C107, 'precursor materials' are special purpose polymeric
or metallo-organic materials used for the "production" of silicon carbide,
silicon nitride, or ceramics with silicon, carbon and nitrogen
f. (Reserved)
2['N.B. For items previously specified by 8C107.f 8C107. c. 1. a.']
8C108 Non-fluorinated polymeric substances as
follows:
a. Imides as follows:
1. Bismaleimides;
2. Aromatic polyamide-imides (PAI) having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)'
exceeding 563 K (290°C);
3. Aromatic polyimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' exceeding
505 K (232°C);
4. Aromatic polyetherimides having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)'
exceeding 563 K (290° C);
Note 8C108.a applies to the substances in liquid or solid "fusible" form,
including resin, powder, pellet, film, sheet, tape, or ribbon.
N.B. For non-"fusible" aromatic polyimides in film, sheet, tape, or ribbon form,
see 8A103.
8C108 b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved)
d. Polyarylene ketones;
e. Polyarylene sulphides, where the arylene group is biphenylene, triphenylene
or combinations thereof;
f. Polybiphenylenethersulphone having a 'glass transition temperature (Tg)'
exceeding 563 K (290° C).
Technical Notes
1. The 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' for 8C108.a.2 thermoplastic
materials, 8C108.a.4 materials and 8C108.f materials is determined using the
method described in ISO 11357-2 (1999).
2. The 'glass transition temperature (Tg)' for 8C108.a.2 thermosetting materials
and 8C108.a.3 materials is determined using the 3-point bend method described in
ASTM D 7028-07. The test is to be performed using a dry test specimen which has
attained a minimum of 90% degree of cureas specified by ASTM E 2160-04 , and was
cured using the combination of standard- and post-cure processes that yield the
highest Tg.
8C109 Unprocessed fluorinated compounds as
follows:
a. (Reserved)
b. Fluorinated polyimides containing 10% by weight or more of combined fluorine;
c. Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers containing 30% by weight or more of
combined fluorine.
8C110 "Fibrous or filamentary materials" as
follows:
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of calculating "specific tensile strength", "specific
modulus" or specific weight of "fibrous or filamentary materials" in 8C110.a,
8C110.b, 8C110.c or 8C110.e.1.b, the tensile strength and modulus should be
determined by using Method A described in ISO 10618 (2004).
2. Assessing the "specific tensile strength", "specific modulus" or specific
weight of non-unidirectional "fibrous or filamentary materials" (e.g., fabrics,
random mats or braids) in 8C110 is to be based on the mechanical properties of
the constituent unidirectional monofilaments (e.g., monofilaments, yarns,
rovings or tows) prior to processing into the non-unidirectional "fibrous or
filamentary materials".
8C110 a. Organic "fibrous or filamentary materials",
having all of the following:
1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 12.7 x 106 m; and
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 23.5 x 104 m;
Note 8C110.a does not apply to polyethylene.
b. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the following:
1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 14.65 x 106 m; and
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 26.82 x 104 m;
Note 8C110.b does not apply to:
a. "Fibrous or filamentary materials", for the repair of "civil aircraft"
structures or laminates, having all of the following:
1. An area not exceeding 1 m2;
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm.
b. Mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials"
25.0 mm or less in length.
8C110 c. Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials",
having all of the following:
1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 2.54 x 106 m; and
2. Melting, softening, decomposition or sublimation point exceeding 1,922 K
(1,649°C) in an inert environment;
Note 8C110.c does not apply to:
a. Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina fibres in chopped fibre or
random mat form, containing 3% by weight or more silica, with a "specific
modulus" of less than 10 x 106 m;
b. Molybdenum and molybdenum alloy fibres;
c. Boron fibres;
d. Discontinuous ceramic fibres with a melting, softening, decomposition or
sublimation point lower than 2,043 K (1,770°C) in an inert environment.
8C110 d. "Fibrous or filamentary materials", having any
of the following:
1. Composed of any of the following:
a. Polyetherimides specified by 8C108.a; or
b. Materials specified by 8C108.d to 8C108.f; or
1['8C110 d.2 Composed of materials specified by 8C110.d.l.a or 8C110.d.l.b and
'commingled' with other fibres specified by 8C110.a, 8C110.b or 8C110.c']
old[2. Composed of materials specified by 8C110.d.1.a or 8C110.d.1.b and
"commingled" with other fibres specified by 8C110.a, 8C110.b or 8C110.c;]
2['Technical Note:
'Commingled' is filament to filament blending of thermoplastic fibres and
reinforcement fibres in order to produce a fibre reinforcement "matrix" mix in
total fibre form.'
'8C110]
1[e. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated "fibrous or
filamentary materials" (prepregs), metal or carbon-coated "fibrous or
filamentary materials" (preforms) or 'carbon fibre preforms', having all of the
following:
1. Having any of the following:
a. Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.c;
or
b. Organic or carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of
the following:
1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 10.15 x 106 m; and
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 104 m; and
2. Having any of the following:
a. Resin or pitch, specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b;
b. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature
(DMA Tg) equal to or
exceeding 453 K (180°C) and having a phenolic resin; or
c. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature
(DMA Tg )' equal to or exceeding 505 K (232°C) and having a
resin or pitch, not specified by 8C108 or
8C109.b, and not being a phenolic
resin;
Note 1: Metal or carbon-coated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (preforms) or
'carbon fibre preforms', not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by
"fibrous or filamentary materials" in 8C110.a, 8CU0.b or 8C110.C
Note 2: 8C110.e does not apply to:
a. Epoxy resin "matrix" impregnated carbon "fibrous or filamentary
materials" (prepregs) for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures or
laminates, having all of the following;
1. An area not exceeding 1 m2 ;
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm;
b. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated
mechanically chopped, milled or cut carbon "fibrous or
filamentary materials" 25.0 mm or less in length when using a
resin or pitch other than those specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b.
Technical Notes:
1 'Carbon fibre preforms' are an ordered arrangement of uncoated or coated
fibres intended to constitute a framework of a part before the "matrix" is
introduced to form a "composite".
2. The 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' for
materials specified by l.C.10.e. is determined using the method described in
ASTM D 7028-07, or equivalent national standard, on a dry test specimen. In the
case of thermoset materials, degree of cure of a dry test specimen shall be a
minimum of 90% as defined by ASTM E 2160-04 or equivalent national standard'.]
old[8C110 e. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or
pitch-impregnated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (prepregs) metal or
carbon-coated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (preforms) or "carbon fibre
preforms", having all
of the following:
1. Having any of the following:
a. Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.c; or
b. Organic or carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials", having all of the
following:
1. "Specific modulus" exceeding 10.15 x 106 m; and
2. "Specific tensile strength" exceeding 17.7 x 104 m; and
2. Having any of the following:
a. Resin or pitch, specified by 8C108 or 8C109.b;
b. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' equal to
or exceeding 453 K (180C) and having a phenolic resin; or
c. 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' equal to
or exceeding 505 K (232C) and having a resin or pitch, not specified by 8C108
or 8C109.b, and not being a phenolic
resin;
Note 1 Metal or carbon-coated "fibrous or filamentary materials" (preforms) or
"carbon fibre preforms", not impregnated with resin or pitch, are specified by
"fibrous or filamentary materials" in 8C110.a, 8C110.b or
8C110.c.
Note 2 8C110.e does not apply to:
a. Epoxy resin "matrix" impregnated carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" (prepregs)
for the repair of "civil aircraft" structures or laminates, having all of the
following;
1. An area not exceeding 1 m2;
2. A length not exceeding 2.5 m; and
3. A width exceeding 15 mm;
b. Fully or partially resin-impregnated or pitch-impregnated mechanically
chopped, milled or cut carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" 25.0 mm or less
in length when using a resin or pitch other than those specified by 8C108 or
8C109.b.
Technical Note
The 'Dynamic Mechanical Analysis glass transition temperature (DMA Tg)' for
materials specified by 8C110.e is determined using the method described in ASTM
D 7028-07 on a dry test specimen. In the case of thermoset materials, degree of
cure of a dry test specimen shall be a minimum of 90% as defined by ASTM E
2160-04.]
8C111 Metals and compounds, as follows:
a. Metals in particle sizes of less than 60 μm whether spherical, atomised,
spheroidal, flaked or ground, manufactured from material consisting of 99% or
more of zirconium, magnesium and alloys thereof;
Note The metals or alloys specified by 8C111.a also refer to metals or alloys
encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
Technical Note
The natural content of hafnium in the zirconium (typically 2% to 7%) is counted
with the zirconium.
b. Boron or boron alloys, with a particle size of 60 μm or less, as follows:
1. Boron with a purity of 85% by weight or more;
2. Boron alloys with a boron content of 85% by weight or more;
Note The metals or alloys specified by 8C111.b also refer to metals or alloys
encapsulated in aluminium, magnesium, zirconium or beryllium.
c. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);
d. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7).
N.B. See 6A008.c.5.b for metal powders mixed with other substances to
form a mixture formulated for military purposes
8C112 Materials as follows:
Technical Note
These materials are typically used for nuclear heat sources.
a. Plutonium
in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of plutonium-238 of more than 50% by
weight;
Note 8C112.a does not apply to:
a. Shipments with a plutonium content of 1 g or less;
1['Note b: Shipments of 3 'effective grams' or less when contained in a sensing
component in instruments']
old[b. Shipments of 3 "effective grams" or less when contained in a sensing
component in instruments.]
2[Technical Note:
'Effective grams' for plutonium isotope is defined as the isotope weight in
grams.']
2['Technical Note:
'Previously separated' is the application of any process intended to increase
the concentration of the controlled isotope.']
1[8C112.b 'Previously separated'
neptunium-237 in any form.']
old[8C112 b. "Previously separated" neptunium-237 in any
form.]
Note 8C112.b does not apply to shipments with a neptunium-237 content of 1 g or
less.
8D1 SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(SOFTWARE)
8D101 "Software" specially designed or modified for the
"development", "production" or "use" of equipment specified by 8B1.
8D102 "Software" for the "development" of organic
"matrix", metal "matrix" or carbon "matrix" laminates or "composites".
8D103 "Software" specially designed or modified to
enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment specified by 8A104.c or
8A104.d.
8E1SPECIAL MATERIALS AND RELATED EQUIPMENT(TECHNOLOGY)
8E101 "Technology" according to the General Technology
Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials specified
by 8A102 to 8A105, 8A106.b, 8A107, 8B1 or 8C.
8E102 Other "technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of polybenzothiazoles or
polybenzoxazoles;
b. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of fluoroelastomer
compounds containing at least one vinylether monomer;
c. "Technology" for the design or "production" of the following ceramic powders
or non-"composite" ceramic materials:
1. Ceramic powders having all of the following:
a. Any of the following compositions:
1. Single or complex oxides of zirconium and complex oxides of silicon or
aluminium;
2. Single nitrides of boron (cubic crystalline forms);
3. Single or complex carbides of silicon or boron; or
4. Single or complex nitrides of silicon;
b. Any of the following total metallic impurities (excluding intentional
additions):
1. Less than 1,000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or
2. Less than 5,000 ppm for complex compounds or single nitrides; and
c. Being any of the following:
1. Zirconia (CAS 1314-23-4) with an average particle size equal to or less than
1 μm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 5 μm; or
2. Other ceramic powders with an average particle size equal to or less than 5
μm and no more than 10% of the particles larger than 10 μm;
8E102 c. 2. Non-"composite" ceramic materials composed
of the materials specified by 8E102.c.1;
Note 8E102.c.2 does not apply to “technology” for abrasives.
8E102 d. (Reserved)
e. "Technology" for the installation, maintenance or repair of materials
specified by 8C101;
f. "Technology" for the repair of "composite" structures, laminates or materials
specified by 8A102 or 8C107.c ;
Note 8E102.f does not apply to "technology" for the repair of "civil aircraft"
structures using carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" and epoxy resins,
contained in "aircraft" manufacturers' manuals.
8E102 g. "Libraries" specially designed or modified to
enable equipment to perform the functions of equipment specified by 8A104.c or
8A104.d.
ANNEX-A (Refer 8A108)
LIST - "EXPLOSIVES"
1. ADNBF (aminodinitrobenzofuroxan or
7-amino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide) (CAS 97096-78-1);
2. BNCP (cis-bis (5-nitrotetrazolato) tetra amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS
117412-28-9);
3. CL-14 (diamino dinitrobenzofuroxan or
5,7-diamino-4,6-dinitrobenzofurazane-1-oxide ) (CAS 117907-74-1);
4. CL-20 (HNIW or Hexanitrohexaazaisowurtzitane) (CAS 135285-90-4); chlathrates
of CL-20;
5. CP (2-(5-cyanotetrazolato) penta amine-cobalt (III) perchlorate) (CAS
70247-32-4);
6. DADE (1,1-diamino-2,2-dinitroethylene, FOX7) (CAS 145250-81-3);
7. DATB (diaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 1630-08-6);
8. DDFP (1,4-dinitrodifurazanopiperazine);
9. DDPO (2,6-diamino-3,5-dinitropyrazine-1-oxide, PZO) (CAS 194486-77-6);
10. DIPAM (3,3′-diamino-2,2′,4,4′,6,6′-hexanitrobiphenyl or dipicramide) (CAS
17215-44-0);
11. DNGU (DINGU or dinitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-04-8);
12. Furazans as follows:
a. DAAOF (diaminoazoxyfurazan);
b. DAAzF (diaminoazofurazan) (CAS 78644-90-3);
13. HMX and derivatives, as follows:
a. HMX (Cyclotetramethylenetetranitramine,
octahydro-1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetrazine,
1,3,5,7-tetranitro-1,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane, octogen or octogene) (CAS
2691-41-0);
b. difluoroaminated analogs of HMX;
c. K-55 (2,4,6,8-tetranitro-2,4,6,8-tetraazabicyclo
[3,3,0]-octanone-3, tetranitrosemiglycouril or keto-bicyclic HMX) (CAS
130256-72-3);
14. HNAD (hexanitroadamantane) (CAS 143850-71-9);
15. HNS (hexanitrostilbene) (CAS 20062-22-0);
16. Imidazoles as follows:
a. BNNII (Octahydro-2,5-bis(nitroimino)imidazo
[4,5-d]imidazole);
b. DNI (2,4-dinitroimidazole) (CAS 5213-49-0);
c. FDIA (1-fluoro-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
d. NTDNIA (N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2,4-dinitroimidazole);
e. PTIA (1-picryl-2,4,5-trinitroimidazole);
17. NTNMH (1-(2-nitrotriazolo)-2-dinitromethylene hydrazine);
18. NTO (ONTA or 3-nitro-1,2,4-triazol-5-one) (CAS 932-64-9);
19. Polynitrocubanes with more than four nitro groups;
20. PYX (2,6-Bis(picrylamino)-3,5-dinitropyridine) (CAS 38082-89-2);
21. RDX and derivatives, as follows:
a. RDX (cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine, cyclonite, T4,
hexahydro-1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triazine,
1,3,5-trinitro-1,3,5-triaza-cyclohexane, hexogen or hexogene) (CAS 121-82-4);
b. Keto-RDX (K-6 or 2,4,6-trinitro-2,4,6-triazacyclohexanone)
(CAS 115029-35-1);
22. TAGN (triaminoguanidinenitrate) (CAS 4000-16-2);
23. TATB (triaminotrinitrobenzene) (CAS 3058-38-6);
24. TEDDZ (3,3,7,7-tetrabis(difluoroamine) octahydro-1,5-dinitro-1,5-diazocine);
25. Tetrazoles as follows:
a. NTAT (nitrotriazol aminotetrazole);
b. NTNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo)-4-nitrotetrazole);
26. Tetryl (trinitrophenylmethylnitramine) (CAS 479-45-8);
27. TNAD (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-1,4,5,8-tetraazadecalin) (CAS 135877-16-6);
28. TNAZ (1,3,3-trinitroazetidine) (CAS 97645-24-4);
29. TNGU (SORGUYL or tetranitroglycoluril) (CAS 55510-03-7);
30. TNP (1,4,5,8-tetranitro-pyridazino[4,5-d]pyridazine) (CAS 229176-04-9);
31. Triazines as follows:
a. DNAM (2-oxy-4,6-dinitroamino-s-triazine) (CAS 19899-80-0);
b. NNHT (2-nitroimino-5-nitro-hexahydro-1,3,5-triazine) (CAS
130400-13-4);
32. Triazoles as follows:
a. 5-azido-2-nitrotriazole;
b. ADHTDN (4-amino-3,5-dihydrazino-1,2,4-triazole dinitramide)
(CAS 1614-08-0);
c. ADNT (1-amino-3,5-dinitro-1,2,4-triazole);
d. BDNTA ((bis-dinitrotriazole)amine);
e. DBT (3,3′-dinitro-5,5-bi-1,2,4-triazole) (CAS 30003-46-4);
f. DNBT (dinitrobistriazole) (CAS 70890-46-9);
g. (Reserved)
h. NTDNT (1-N-(2-nitrotriazolo) 3,5-dinitrotriazole);
i. PDNT (1-picryl-3,5-dinitrotriazole);
j. TACOT (tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole) (CAS
25243-36-1);
33. "Explosives" not listed elsewhere in this list having a detonation velocity
exceeding 8,700 m/s, at maximum density, or a detonation pressure exceeding 34
GPa (340 kbar);
34. (Reserved)
35. Nitrocellulose (containing more than 12.5% nitrogen) (CAS 9004-70-0);
36. Nitroglycol (CAS 628-96-6);
37. Pentaerythritol tetranitrate (PETN) (CAS 78-11-5);
38. Picryl chloride (CAS 88-88-0);
39. 2,4,6-Trinitrotoluene (TNT) (CAS 118-96-7);
40. Nitroglycerine (NG) (CAS 55-63-0);
41. Triacetone Triperoxide (TATP) (CAS 17088-37-8);
42. Guanidine nitrate (CAS 506-93-4);
43. Nitroguanidine (NQ) (CAS 556-88-7);
44. DNAN (2,4-dinitroanisole) (CAS 119-27-7);
45. TEX (4,10-Dinitro-2,6,8,12-tetraoxa-4,10-diazaisowurtzitane);
46. GUDN (Guanylurea dinitramide) FOX-12 (CAS 217464-38-5);
47. Tetrazines as follows:
a. BTAT (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-3,6-diaminotetrazine);
b. LAX-112 (3,6-diamino-1,2,4,5-tetrazine-1,4-dioxide);
48. Energetic ionic materials melting between 343 K (70°C) and 373 K (100°C) and
with detonation velocity exceeding 6,800 m/s or detonation pressure exceeding 18
GPa (180 kbar);
49. BTNEN (Bis(2,2,2-trinitroethyl)-nitramine) (CAS 19836-28-3);
50. FTDO (5,6-(3',4'-furazano)- 1,2,3,4-tetrazine-1,3-dioxide).
8A2 MATERIAL PROCESSING (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
N.B. For quiet running bearings, see 6A009
8A201 1. Anti-friction bearings and bearing systems, as
follows, and components therefor:
Note 8A201 does not apply to balls with tolerances specified by the manufacturer
in accordance with ISO 3290 as grade 5 or worse.
a. Ball bearings and solid roller
bearings, having all tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with
ISO 492 Tolerance Class 4 , or better, and having both ‘rings’ and ‘rolling
elements’ (ISO 5593), made from monel or
beryllium;
6[Note 8A201 does not apply to balls with tolerances specified by the manufacturer in accordance with ISO 3290:2001 as grade G5 (or national equivalents) or worse'.]
old[1['Note: 8A201 does not apply to balls with tolerances specified by the
manufacturer in accordance with ISO 3290 as grade 5 (or national equivalents) or
worse.']]
old[Note 8A201.a does not apply to tapered roller bearings.]
Technical Notes
1. 'Ring' - annular part of a radial rolling bearing incorporating one or more
raceways (ISO 5593:1997).
2. 'Rolling element'- ball or roller which rolls between raceways (ISO
5593:1997).
b. (Reserved)
c. Active magnetic bearing systems
using any of the following:
1. Materials with flux densities of 2.0 T or greater and yield strengths greater
than 414 MPa;
2. All-electromagnetic 3D homopolar bias designs for actuators; or
3. High temperature (450 K (177°C) and above) position sensors.
8B2MATERIAL PROCESSING (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
Technical Notes
1. Secondary parallel contouring axes, (e.g., the w-axis on horizontal boring
mills or a secondary rotary axis the centre line of which is parallel to the
primary rotary axis) are not counted in the total number of contouring axes.
Rotary axes need not rotate over 360°. A rotary axis can be driven by a linear
device (e.g., a screw or a rack-and-pinion).
2. For the purposes of 8B201, the number of axes which can be co-ordinated
simultaneously for "contouring control" is the number of axes along or around
which, during processing of the workpiece, simultaneous and interrelated motions
are performed between the workpiece and a tool. This does not include any
additional axes along or around which other relative motions within the machine
are performed, such as:
a. Wheel-dressing systems in grinding
machines;
b. Parallel rotary axes designed for
mounting of separate workpieces;
c. Co-linear rotary axes designed for
manipulating the same workpiece by holding it in a chuck from different ends.
3. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance with International Standard ISO
841:2001, Industrial automation systems and integration - Numerical control of
machines - Coordinate system and motion nomenclature.
4. For the purposes of 8A2, 8B2, 8C2, 8D2 and 8E2"tilting spindle" is counted as
a rotary axis.
5. 'Stated "unidirectional positioning repeatability"' may be used for each
machine tool model as an alternative to individual machine tests, and is
determined as follows:
a. Select five machines of a model to
be evaluated;
b. Measure the linear axis
repeatability (R↑,R↓) according to ISO 230-2:2014 and evaluate "unidirectional
positioning repeatability" for each axis of each of the five machines;
c. Determine the arithmetic mean
value of the "unidirectional positioning repeatability"-values for each axis of
all five machines together. These arithmetic mean values of "unidirectional
positioning repeatability" (UPR)
become the
stated value of each axis for the model (UPRx, UPRy, …)
d. Since 8A2 refers to each linear
axis there will be as many 'stated "unidirectional positioning
repeatability"'-values as there are linear axes;
e. If any axis of a machine model not
specified by 8B201.a to 8B201.c has a 'stated "unidirectional positioning
repeatability"' equal to or less than the specified "unidirectional positioning
repeatability" of each machine
tool model
plus 0.7 μm, the builder should be required to reaffirm the accuracy level once
every eighteen months.
6. For the purposes of 8B2, measurement uncertainty for the "unidirectional
positioning repeatability" of machine tools, as defined in the International
Standard ISO 230-2:2014, shall not be considered.
7. For the purpose of 8B2, the measurement of axes shall be made according to
test procedures in 5.3.2. of ISO 230-2:2014. Tests for axes longer than 2 meters
shall be made over 2 m segments. Axes longer than 4 m require multiple tests
(e.g., two tests for axes longer than 4 m and up to 8 m, three tests for axes
longer than 8 m and up to 12 m), each over 2 m segments and distributed in equal
intervals over the axis length. Test segments are equally spaced along the full
axis length, with any excess length equally divided at the beginning, in
between, and at the end of the test segments. The smallest "unidirectional
positioning repeatability"-value of all test segments is to be reported.
8B201 1. Machine tools and any combination thereof, for
removing (or cutting) metals, ceramics or "composites", which, according to the
manufacturer's technical specification, can be equipped with electronic devices
for "numerical control", as follows:
Note 1 8B201 does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the
manufacture of gears. For such machines, see 8B203.
Note 2 8B201 does not apply to special purpose machine tools limited to the
manufacture of any of the following:
a. Crank shafts or cam shafts;
b. Tools or cutters;
c. Extruder worms;
d. Engraved or facetted jewellery parts; or
e. Dental prostheses;
Note 3 A machine tool having at least two of the three turning, milling or
grinding capabilities (e.g., a turning machine with milling capability), must be
evaluated against each applicable entry 8B201.a, b. or c.
N.B. For optical finishing machines, see 8B202.
8B201 a. Machine tools for turning having two or more
axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control" having any
of the following:
1. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
2. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than
1.0 m;
Note 1 8B201.a does not apply to turning machines specially
designed for producing contact lenses, having all of the following:
a. Machine controller limited to using ophthalmic based "software" for part
programming data input; and
b. No vacuum chucking.
1['Note 2: 8B201.a does not apply to bar machines (Swissturn), limited to
machining only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than
42 mm and there is no capability of mounting chucks: Machines may have drilling
or milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.'
'8B201.c.l.b Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for
"contouring control"; or']
old[Note 2 8B201.a does not apply to bar machines (Swissturn), limited to machining
only bar feed thru, if maximum bar diameter is equal to or less than 42 mm and
there is no capability of mounting chucks. Machines may have drilling and/or
milling capabilities for machining parts with diameters less than 42 mm.]
8B201 b. Machine tools for milling having any of the
following:
1. Three linear axes plus one rotary axis which can be coordinated
simultaneously for "contouring control" having any of the following:
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m; or
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than
1.0 m;
2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control" having any of the following:
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 0.9
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1.0 m;
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.4
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1
m and less than 4 m;
c. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 6.0
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4
m; or
8B201 b. 3. A "unidirectional positioning repeatability"
for jig boring machines, equal to or less (better) than 1.1 μm along one or more
linear axis; or
8B201 b. 4. Fly cutting machines having all of the
following:
a. Spindle "run-out" and "camming" less (better) than 0.0004 mm TIR; and
b. Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw, pitch and roll) less (better) than
2 seconds of arc, TIR, over 300 mm of travel;
8B201 c. Machine tools for grinding having any of the
following:
1. Having all of the following:
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1
μm along one or more linear axis; and
b. Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control"; or
2. Five or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control" having any of the following:
a. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.1
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length less than 1 m;
b. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 1.4
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 1
m and less than 4 m; or
c. "Unidirectional positioning repeatability" equal to or less (better) than 6.0
μm along one or more linear axis with a travel length equal to or greater than 4
m.
Note 8B201.c does not apply to grinding machines as follows:
a. Cylindrical external, internal, and external-internal grinding machines,
having all of the following:
1. Limited to cylindrical grinding; and
2. Limited to a maximum workpiece capacity of 150 mm outside diameter or length.
b. Machines designed specifically as jig grinders that do not have a z-axis or a
w-axis, with a "unidirectional positioning repeatability" less (better) than 1.1
μm.
c. Surface grinders.
8B201 d. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the
non-wire type which have two or more rotary axes which can be coordinated
simultaneously for "contouring control";
8B201 e. Machine tools for removing metals, ceramics or
"composites", having all of the following:
1. Removing material by means of any of the following:
a. Water or other liquid jets, including those employing abrasive additives;
b. Electron beam; or
c. "Laser" beam; and
2. At least two rotary axes having all of the following:
a. Can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control"; and
b. A positioning "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.003°;
8B201 f. Deep-hole-drilling machines and turning
machines modified for deep-hole-drilling, having a maximum depth-of-bore
capability exceeding 5 m.
8B202 Numerically controlled optical finishing
machine tools equipped for selective material removal to produce non-spherical
optical surfaces having all of the following characteristics:
a. Finishing the form to less (better) than 1.0 μm;
b. Finishing to a roughness less (better) than 100 nm rms;
c. Four or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control"; and
d. Using any of the following processes:
1. 'Magnetorheological finishing (MRF)';
2. 'Electrorheological finishing (ERF)';
3. 'Energetic particle beam finishing';
4. 'Inflatable membrane tool finishing; or
5. 'Fluid jet finishing'.
Technical Notes
For the purposes of 8B202:
1. 'MRF' is a material removal process using an abrasive magnetic fluid whose
viscosity is controlled by a magnetic field.
2. 'ERF' is a removal process using an abrasive fluid whose viscosity is
controlled by an electric field.
3. 'Energetic particle beam finishing' uses Reactive Atom Plasmas (RAP) or
ion-beams to selectively remove material.
4. 'Inflatable membrane tool finishing' is a process that uses a pressurized
membrane that deforms to contact the workpiece over a small area.
5. 'Fluid jet finishing' makes use of a fluid stream for material removal.
8B203 "Numerically controlled" or manual machine
tools, and specially designed components, controls and accessories therefor,
specially designed for the shaving, finishing, grinding or honing of hardened (Rc
= 40 or
more) spur, helical and double-helical gears with a pitch diameter exceeding
1,250 mm and a face width of 15% of pitch diameter or larger finished to a
quality of AGMA 14 or better (equivalent to ISO 1328
class 3).
8B204 Hot "isostatic presses" having all of the
following, and specially designed components and accessories therefor:
a. A controlled thermal environment within the closed cavity and a chamber
cavity with an inside diameter of 406 mm or more; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. A maximum working pressure exceeding 207 MPa;
2. A controlled thermal environment exceeding 1,773 K (1,500°C); or
3. A facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and removal of resultant gaseous
degradation products.
Technical Note
The inside chamber dimension is that of the chamber in which both the working
temperature and the working pressure are achieved and does not include fixtures.
That dimension will be the smaller of either the inside diameter of the pressure
chamber or the inside diameter of the insulated furnace chamber, depending on
which of the two chambers is located inside the other. N.B. For specially
designed dies, moulds and tooling see 8B103, 8B909 and 6A018
8B205 Equipment specially designed for the deposition,
processing and in-process control of inorganic overlays, coatings and surface
modifications, as follows, for substrates specified in column 2, by processes
shown
in column 1 in the Table following 8E203.f., and specially designed automated
handling, positioning, manipulation and control components therefor:
a. Chemical vapour deposition (CVD) production equipment having all of the
following:
1. A process modified for one of the following:
a. Pulsating CVD;
b. Controlled nucleation thermal deposition (CNTD); or
c. Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and
2. Having any of the following:
a. Incorporating high vacuum (equal to or less than 0.01 Pa) rotating seals; or
b. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
8B205 b. Ion implantation production equipment having
beam currents of 5 mA or more;
c. Electron beam physical vapour deposition (EB-PVD) production equipment
incorporating power systems rated for over 80 kW and having any of the
following:
1. A liquid pool level "laser" control system which regulates precisely the
ingots feed rate; or
2. A computer controlled rate monitor operating on the principle of
photo-luminescence of the ionised atoms in the evaporant stream to control the
deposition rate of a coating containing two or more elements;
d. Plasma spraying production equipment having any of the following:
1. Operating at reduced pressure controlled atmosphere (equal to or less than 10
kPa measured above and within 300 mm of the gun nozzle exit) in a vacuum chamber
capable of evacuation down to 0.01 Pa
prior to the spraying process; or
2. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;
e. Sputter deposition production equipment capable of current densities of 0.1
mA/mm2 or higher at a deposition rate of 15 μm/h or more;
f. Cathodic arc deposition production equipment incorporating a grid of
electromagnets for steering control of the arc spot on the cathode;
g. Ion plating production equipment capable of in situ measurement of any of the
following:
1. Coating thickness on the substrate and rate control; or
2. Optical characteristics.
Note 8B205.a, 8B205.b, 8B205.e, 8B205.f and 8B205.g do not apply to chemical
vapour deposition, cathodic arc, sputter deposition, ion plating or ion
implantation equipment, specially designed for cutting or machining tools.
1['8B206 Dimensional inspection or measuring systems, equipment, position
feedback units and "electronic assemblies", as follows:
a. Computer controlled or "numerical controlled" Coordinate
Measuring Machines (CMM), having a three dimensional
(volumetric) maximum permissible error of length measurement
(E0,MPE) at any point within the operating range of the machine (i.e.,within the length of axes) equal to or less (better) than 1.7 + L/1,000 um (L
is the measured length in mm), according to ISO 10360-2 (2009);
Technical Note:
The E0,MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified by the
manufacturer (e.g., best of the following: probe, stylus length, motion
parameters, environment) and with "all compensations available" shall be
compared to the 1.7 + L/l, 000 um threshold.
b. Linear displacement measuring instruments or systems, linear
position feedback units, and "electronic assemblies", as follows:
Note: Interferometer and optical-encoder measuring systems containing a "laser"
are only specified in 8B206. b.3.
1. "Non-contact type measuring systems' with a 'resolution' equal to or less
(better) than 0.2 urn within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 8B206.A.7, 'non-contact type measuring systems' are designed
to measure the distance between the probe and measured object along a single
vector, where the probe or measured object is in motion.
2. Linear position feedback units specially designed for machine tools and
having an overall "accuracy" less (better) than (800 + (600 x L/1,000)) nm (L
equals effective length in mm);
3. Measuring systems having all of the following:
a. Containing a "laser";
b. A 'resolution' over their full scale of 0.200 nm or less (better);
and
c. Capable of achieving a "measurement uncertainty" equal to or less (better)
than (1.6 + L/2,000) nm (L is the measured length in mm) at any point within a
measuring range, when compensated for the refractive index of air and measured
over a period of 30 seconds at a temperature of 20±0.010C; or
Technical Note:
For the purposes of "8B206.b, 'resolution' is the least increment of a measuring
device; on digital instruments, the least significant bit.
8B206 b. 4 "Electronic assemblies" specially designed to provide feedback
capability in systems specified by 8B206.b.3;
8B206 c. Rotary position feedback units specially designed for machine tools or
angular displacement measuring instruments, having an angular position
"accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 0.9 second of arc;
Note: 8B206.C does not apply to optical instruments, such as autocollimators,
using collimated light (e.g., laser light) to detect angular displacement of a
mirror.
8B206 d. Equipment for measuring surface roughness (including surface defects),
by measuring optical scatter with a sensitivity of 0.5 nm or less (better).
Note: 8B206 includes machine tools, other than those specified by 8B201 that can
be used as measuring machines if they meet or exceed the criteria specified for
the measuring machine function.']
old[8B206 Dimensional inspection or measuring
systems, equipment and "electronic assemblies", as follows:
a. Computer controlled or "numerically controlled" Coordinate Measuring Machines
(CMM), having a three dimensional (volumetric) maximum permissible error of
length measurement (E0,MPE) at any point
within the operating range of the machine (i.e., within the length of axes)
equal to or less (better) than 1.7 + L/1,000 μm (L is the measured length in
mm), according to ISO 10360-2 (2009);
Technical Note
The E0,MPE of the most accurate configuration of the CMM specified by the
manufacturer (e.g., best of the following: probe, stylus length, motion
parameters, environment) and with "all compensations available" shall be
compared to the 1.7 + L/1,000 μm threshold.
8B206 b. Linear and angular displacement measuring
instruments, as follows:
1. 'Linear displacement' measuring instruments having any of the following: Note
Interferometer and optical-encoder displacement measuring systems containing a
"laser" are only specified in 8B206.b.1.c.
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8B206.b.1, 'linear displacement' means the change of distance
between the measuring probe and the measured object.
a. Non-contact type measuring systems with a "resolution" equal to or less
(better) than 0.2 μm within a measuring range up to 0.2 mm;
b. Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT) systems having all of the
following:
1. Having any of the following:
a. "Linearity" equal to or less
(better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to the 'full operating range', for LVDTs with
a 'full operating range' up to and including ± 5 mm; or
b. "Linearity" equal to or less
(better) than 0.1% measured from 0 to 5 mm for LVDTs with a 'full operating
range' greater than ± 5 mm; and
2. Drift equal to or less (better) than 0.1% per day at a
standard ambient test room temperature ±1 K;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8B206.b.1.b, 'full operating range' is half of the total
possible linear displacement of the LVDT. For example, LVDTs with a 'full
operating range' up to and including ± 5 mm can measure a total possible linear
displacement of 10 mm.
8B206 b. 1. c. Measuring systems having all of the
following:
1. Containing a "laser";
2. A "resolution" over their full scale of 0.200 nm or less (better); and
3. Capable of achieving a "measurement uncertainty" equal to or less (better)
than (1.6 + L/2,000) nm (L is the measured length in mm) at any point within a
measuring range, when compensated for the
refractive index of air and measured over a period of 30 seconds at a
temperature of 20±0.01oC; or
8B206 b. 1. d. "Electronic assemblies" specially
designed to provide feedback capability in systems specified by 8B206.b.1.c;
Note 8B206.b.1 does not apply to measuring interferometer systems, with an
automatic control system that is designed to use no feedback techniques,
containing a "laser" to measure slide movement errors of machine-tools,
dimensional inspection machines or similar equipment.
8B206 b. 2. Angular displacement measuring instruments
having an angular position "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 0.00025°;
Note 8B206.b.2 does not apply to optical instruments, such as autocollimators,
using collimated light (e.g., "laser" light) to detect angular displacement of a
mirror.
8B206 c. Equipment for measuring surface roughness
(including surface defects), by measuring optical scatter with a sensitivity of
0.5 nm or less (better). Note 8B206 includes machine tools, other than those
specified
by 8B201 that can be used as measuring machines if they meet or exceed the
criteria specified for the measuring machine function.
1['8B207. a (Reserved)']
old[8B207 "Robots" having any of the following
characteristics and specially designed controllers and "end-effectors" therefor:
a. Capable in real time of full three-dimensional image processing or full
three-dimensional 'scene analysis' to generate or modify "programs" or to
generate or modify numerical programme data;]
Technical Note
The 'scene analysis' limitation does not include approximation of the third
dimension by viewing at a given angle, or limited grey scale interpretation for
the perception of depth or texture for the approved tasks (2 1/2 D).
b. Specially designed to comply with Indian safety standards applicable to
potentially explosive munitions environments;
Note 8B207.b does not apply to "robots" specially designed for paint-spraying
booths.
c. Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardened to withstand greater than 5
x 103 Gy (Si) without operational degradation; or
d. Specially designed to operate at altitudes exceeding 30,000 m.
1['8B208 'Compound rotary tables' and "tilting spindles", specially designed for
machine tools, as follows:
a. (Reserved)
b. (Reserved)
c. 'Compound rotary tables' having all of the following:
1. Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding; and
2. Two rotary axes designed to be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control";
Technical Note:
A 'compound rotary table' is a table allowing the workpiece to rotate and tilt
about two non-parallel axes.
d. "Tilting spindles" having all of the following:
1. Designed for machine tools for turning, milling or grinding; and
2. Designed to be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring control".']
old[8B208 Assemblies or units, specially designed for
machine tools, or dimensional inspection or measuring systems and equipment, as
follows:
a. Linear position feedback units having an overall "accuracy" less (better)
than (800 + (600 x L/1,000)) nm (L equals the effective length in mm); N.B. For
"laser" systems see also 8B206.b.1.c and d.
b. Rotary position feedback units having an "accuracy" less (better) than
0.00025°;
N.B. For "laser" systems see also 8B206.b.2. Note 8B208.a and 8B208.b apply to
units, which are designed to determine the positioning information for feedback
control, such as inductive type devices,
graduated scales, infrared systems or "laser" systems.
c. "Compound rotary tables" and "tilting spindles", capable of upgrading,
according to the manufacturer's specifications, machine tools to or above the
levels specified by 8B2.]
8B209 Spin-forming machines and flow-forming
machines, which, according to the manufacturer's technical specification, can be
equipped with "numerical control" units or a computer control and having all of
the
following:
a. Three or more axes which can be coordinated simultaneously for "contouring
control"; and
b. A roller force more than 60 kN.
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8B209, machines combining the function of spin-forming and
flow-forming are regarded as flow-forming machines.
8C2. MATERIAL PROCESSING (MATERIALS ) (Reserved)
8D2. MATERIAL PROCESSING (SOFTWARE)
8D201 "Software", other than that specified by
8D202 as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or
"production" of equipment specified by 8A2 or 82B;
b. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "use" of equipment
specified by 8A201.c, 8B201, or 8B203 to 8B209. Note 8D201 does not apply to
part programming "software" that generates "numerical
control" codes for machining various parts.
8D202 "Software" for electronic devices, even
when residing in an electronic device or system, enabling such devices or
systems to function as a "numerical control" unit, capable of co-ordinating
simultaneously more
than 4 axes for "contouring control".
Note1 8D202 does not apply to "software" specially designed or modified for the
operation of items not specified by 8A2.
Note 2 8D202 does not apply to "software" for items specified by 8B202 See 8D201
and 8D203 for "software" for items specified by 8B202.
Note 3 8D202 does not apply to "software" that is exported with, and the minimum
necessary for the operation of, items not specified by Categories 8A2, 8B2, 8C2,
8D2 and 8E2.
8D203 "Software", designed or modified for the
operation of equipment specified by 8B202 that converts optical design,
workpiece measurements and material removal functions into "numerical control"
commands to
achieve the desired workpiece form.
8E2MATERIAL PROCESSING (TECHNOLOGY)
8E201 "Technology" according to the General Technology
Note for the "development" of equipment or "software" specified by 8A2, 8B2 or
8D2. Note 8E201 includes "technology" for the integration of probe systems
into coordinate measurement machines specified by 8B206.a.
8E202 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A2 or 8B2
8E203 Other "technology", as follows:
1['8E203.
a (Reserved)']
deleted[a. "Technology" for the "development" of interactive graphics as an integrated
part in "numerical control" units for preparation or modification of part
programs ;]
b. "Technology" for metal-working manufacturing processes, as follows:
1. "Technology" for the design of tools, dies or fixtures specially designed for
any of the following processes:
a. "Superplastic forming";
b. "Diffusion bonding"; or
1[8E203.b.l.
c 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing';]
old[c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing";]
2. Technical data consisting of process methods or parameters as listed below
used to control:
2['Technical Notes:
1. 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing' is a deformation process which uses a
fluid-filled flexible bladder in direct contact with the workpiece.
2. 'Hot isostatic densification' is a process of pressurising a casting at
temperatures exceeding 375 K (102°C) in a closed cavity through various media
(gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to create equal force in all directions to
reduce or eliminate internal voids in the casting'.]
a. "Superplastic forming" of aluminium alloys, titanium alloys or "superalloys":
1. Surface preparation;
2. Strain rate;
3. Temperature;
4. Pressure;
b. "Diffusion bonding" of "superalloys" or titanium alloys:
1. Surface preparation;
2. Temperature;
3. Pressure;
1['8E203.b.2. c 'Direct-acting hydraulic pressing' of aluminium alloys or titanium
alloys:
1. Pressure;
2. Cycle time;']
old[
c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" of aluminium alloys or titanium alloys:
1. Pressure;
2. Cycle time;]
1['8E203.b.2. d 'Hot isostatic densification' of titanium alloys, aluminium alloys
or "superalloys":
1. Temperature;
2. Pressure;
3. Cycle time;']
old[d. "Hot isostatic densification" of titanium alloys, aluminium alloys or "superalloys":
1. Temperature;
2. Pressure;
3. Cycle time;]
8E203 c. "Technology" for the "development" or
"production" of hydraulic stretch-forming machines and dies therefor, for the
manufacture of airframe structures;
1['8E203. d (Reserved)']
deleted[8E203 d. "Technology" for the "development" of
generators of machine tool instructions (e.g., part programs) from design data
residing inside "numerical control" units;]
8E203 e. "Technology" for the "development" of
integration "software" for incorporation of expert systems for advanced decision
support of shop floor operations into "numerical control" units;
8E203 f. "Technology" for the application of inorganic
overlay coatings or inorganic surface modification coatings (specified in column
3 of the following table) to non-electronic substrates (specified in column 2 of
the following table), by processes specified in column 1 of the following table
and defined in the
Technical Note.
N.B. This Table should be read to specify the “technology” of a
particular 'Coating Process' only when the Resultant Coating in column 3 is in a
paragraph directly across from the relevant 'Substrate' under column 2. For
example, Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) 'coating process' technical data are
included for the application of 'silicides' to 'Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal
"matrix" "composites" substrates, but are not included for the application of 'silicides'
to 'Cemented tungsten carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)' substrates. In the
second case, the resultant coating is not listed in the paragraph under column 3
directly across from the paragraph under column 2 listing 'Cemented tungsten
carbide (16), Silicon carbide (18)'.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1)* | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
A. Chemical Vapour "Superalloys" Deposition (CVD) | "Superalloys" | Aluminides for internal passages |
Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Silicides Carbides Dielectric layers (15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) |
|
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" | Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) Boron nitride |
|
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) Boron nitride |
|
Cemented tungsten carbide (16),Silicon carbide (18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) |
|
Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys |
Dielectric layers (15) | |
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys |
Dielectric layers (15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) |
|
Sensor window materials (9) |
Dielectric layers (15) Diamond Diamond-like carbon (17) |
* The numbers in parenthesis refer to the Notes following this Table.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
B. Thermal-Evaporation Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD) |
||
B.1. Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): Electron-Beam(EB-PVD) |
"Superalloys" | Alloyed silicides : Alloyed aluminides (2) MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Silicides Aluminides Mixtures thereof (4) |
Ceramics (19) and Low- expansion glasses (14) | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Corrosion resistant steel (7) | MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Mixtures thereof (4) |
|
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Boron nitride |
|
Cemented tungsten carbide (16),Silicon carbide (18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) |
|
Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys
|
Dielectric layers (15) Borides Beryllium |
|
Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Titanium alloys (13) | Borides Nitrides |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
B.2. Ion assisted resistive heating
Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD) (Ion Plating) |
Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) |
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Dielectric layers (15) | |
Cemented tungsten carbide (16),Silicon carbide | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) |
|
B.3. Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): "Laser" Vaporization |
Ceramics (19) and Low-expansion glasses (14) | Silicides Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) |
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Dielectric layers (15) | |
Cemented tungsten carbide (16),Silicon carbide | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Sensor window materials (9) | Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
B.4. Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD): Cathodic Arc Discharge |
"Superalloys" | Alloyed silicides Alloyed aluminides (2) MCrAlX (5) |
Polymers (11) and Organic "matrix" "composites" |
Borides Carbides Nitrides Diamond-like carbon (17) |
|
C. Pack cementation (see A above for out-of-pack cementation) (10) | Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Silicides Carbides Mixtures thereof (4) |
Titanium alloys (13) | Silicides Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) |
|
Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Silicides Oxides |
|
D. Plasma spraying | "Superalloys" | MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Mixtures thereof (4) Abradable Nickel-Graphite Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al Abradable Al-Si-Polyester Alloyed aluminides (2) |
Aluminium alloys (6) | MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Silicides Mixtures thereof (4) |
|
Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Aluminides Silicides Carbides |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
D. (continued) | Corrosion resistant steel (7) | MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Mixtures thereof (4) |
Titanium alloys (13) | Carbides Aluminides Silicides Alloyed aluminides (2) Abradable Nickel-Graphite Abradable materials containing Ni-Cr-Al Abradable Al-Si-Polyester |
|
E. Slurry Deposition | Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Fused silicides Fused aluminides except for resistance heating elements |
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Silicides Carbides Mixtures thereof (4) |
|
F. Sputter Deposition | "Superalloys" | Alloyed silicides Alloyed aluminides (2) Noble metal modified aluminides (3) MCrAlX (5) Modified zirconia (12) Platinum Mixtures thereof (4) |
Ceramics and Low- expansion glasses (14) | Silicides Platinum Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectic layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
F. (continued) | Titanium alloys (13) | Borides Nitrides Oxides Silicides Aluminides Alloyed aluminides (2) Carbides |
Carbon-carbon, Ceramic and Metal "matrix" "composites" |
Silicides Carbides Refractory metals Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Boron nitride |
|
Cemented tungsten carbide (16),Silicon carbide (18) | Carbides Tungsten Mixtures thereof (4) Dielectric layers (15) Boron nitride |
|
Molybdenum and Molybdenum alloys | Dielectric layers (15) | |
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys
|
Borides Dielectric layers (15) Beryllium |
|
Sensor window materials (9)
|
Dielectric layers (15) Diamond-like carbon (17) |
|
Refractory metals and alloys (8) | Aluminides Silicides Oxides Carbides |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES
1. Coating Process (1) | 2. Substrate | 3. Resultant Coating |
G. Ion Implantation | High temperature bearing steels |
Additions of Chromium Tantalum or Niobium (Columbium) |
Titanium alloys (13) | Borides Nitrides |
|
Beryllium and Beryllium alloys |
Borides | |
Cemented tungsten carbide (16) |
Carbides Nitrides |
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - NOTES
1. The term 'coating process' includes coating repair and
refurbishing as well as original coating.
2. The term 'alloyed aluminide coating' includes single or multiple-step
coatings in which an element or elements are deposited prior to or during
application of the aluminide coating, even if these elements are deposited by
another coating process. It does not, however, include
the multiple use of single-step pack cementation processes to achieve alloyed
aluminides.
3. The term 'noble metal modified aluminide' coating includes multiple-step
coatings in which the noble metal or noble metals are laid down by some other
coating process prior to application of the aluminide coating.
4. The term 'mixtures thereof' includes infiltrated material, graded
compositions, co-deposits and multilayer deposits and are obtained by one or
more of the coating processes specified in the Table.
5. 'MCrAlX' refers to a coating alloy where M equals cobalt, iron, nickel or
combinations thereof and X equals hafnium, yttrium, silicon, tantalum in any
amount or other intentional additions over 0.01% by weight in
various proportions and combinations, except:
a. CoCrAlY coatings which contain less than 22% by weight of
chromium, less than 7% by weight of aluminium and less than 2 weight percent of
yttrium;
b. CoCrAlY coatings which contain 22 to 24% by weight of
chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of aluminium and 0.5 to 0.7% by weight of yttrium;
or
c. NiCrAlY coatings which contain 21 to 23% by weight of
chromium, 10 to 12% by weight of aluminium and 0.9 to1.1% by weight of yttrium.
6. The term 'aluminium alloys' refers to alloys having an ultimate tensile
strength of 190 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20°C).
7. The term 'corrosion resistant steel' refers to AISI (American Iron and Steel
Institute) 300 series or equivalent Indian standard steels.
8. 'Refractory metals and alloys' include the following metals and their alloys:
niobium (columbium), molybdenum, tungsten and tantalum.
9. 'Sensor window materials', as follows: alumina, silicon, germanium, zinc
sulphide, zinc selenide, gallium arsenide, diamond, gallium phosphide, sapphire
and the following metal halides: sensor window materials of more
than 40 mm diameter for zirconium fluoride and hafnium
fluoride.
10. 8A2, 8B2, 8C2, 8D2, 8E2 do not include "technology" for single-step pack
cementation of solid airfoils.
11. 'Polymers', as follows: polyimide, polyester, polysulphide, polycarbonates
and polyurethanes.
12. 'Modified zirconia' refers to additions of other metal oxides (e.g., calcia,
magnesia, yttria, hafnia, rare earth oxides) to zirconia in order to stabilise
certain crystallographic phases and phase compositions. Thermal
barrier coatings made of zirconia, modified with
calcia or magnesia by mixing or fusion, are not included.
13. 'Titanium alloys' refers only to aerospace alloys having an ultimate tensile
strength of 900 MPa or more measured at 293 K (20°C).
14. 'Low-expansion glasses' refers to glasses which have a coefficient of
thermal expansion of 1 x 10-7 K-1 or less measured at 293 K (20°C).
15. 'Dielectric layers' are coatings constructed of multi-layers of insulator
materials in which the interference properties of a design composed of materials
of various refractive indices are used to reflect, transmit or absorb
various wavelength bands. Dielectric
layers refers to more than four dielectric layers or dielectric/metal
"composite" layers.
16. 'Cemented tungsten carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool
materials consisting of tungsten carbide/(cobalt, nickel), titanium
carbide/(cobalt, nickel), chromium carbide/nickel-chromium and chromium
carbide/nickel.
17. "Technology" for depositing diamond-like carbon on any of the following is
not included:
magnetic disk drives and heads,
equipment for the manufacture of disposables, valves for faucets, acoustic
diaphragms for speakers, engine parts for automobiles, cutting tools,
punching-pressing dies, office
automation equipment, microphones,
medical devices or moulds, for casting or moulding of plastics, manufactured
from alloys containing less than 5% beryllium.
18. 'Silicon carbide' does not include cutting and forming tool materials.
19. Ceramic substrates, as used in this entry, does not include ceramic
materials containing 5% by weight, or greater, clay or cement content, either as
separate constituents or in combination.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - TECHNICAL NOTE
Processes specified in Column 1 of the Table are defined as
follows:
a. Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) is an overlay coating or surface
modification coating process wherein a metal, alloy, "composite", dielectric or
ceramic is deposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants are
decomposed or combined in the vicinity of a substrate
resulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloy or compound material
on the substrate. Energy for this decomposition or chemical reaction process may
be
provided by the heat of the substrate, a glow discharge
plasma, or "laser" irradiation.
N.B.1 CVD includes the following processes: directed gas flow
out-of-pack deposition, pulsating CVD, controlled nucleation thermal deposition
(CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD processes.
N.B.2 Pack denotes a substrate immersed in a powder mixture.
N.B.3 The gaseous reactants used in the out-of-pack process are
produced using the same basic reactions and parameters as the pack cementation
process, except that the substrate to be coated is not in contact with the
powder mixture.
b. Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition (TE-PVD) is an overlay coating
process conducted in a vacuum with a pressure less than 0.1 Pa wherein a source
of thermal energy is used to vaporize the coating
material. This process results in the condensation, or
deposition, of the evaporated species onto appropriately positioned substrates.
The addition of gases to the vacuum chamber during the coating process to
synthesize compound coatings is an ordinary modification of the process.
The use of ion or electron beams, or plasma, to activate or assist the coating's
deposition is also a common modification in this technique. The use of monitors
to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and thickness of
coatings can be a feature of these processes.
Specific TE-PVD processes are as follows:
1. Electron Beam PVD uses an electron beam to heat and evaporate the material
which forms the coating;
2. Ion Assisted Resistive Heating PVD employs electrically resistive heating
sources in combination with impinging ion beam(s) to produce a controlled and
uniform flux of evaporated coating species;
3. "Laser" Vaporization uses either pulsed or continuous wave "laser" beams to
vaporize the material which forms the coating;
4. Cathodic Arc Deposition employs a consumable cathode of the material which
forms the coating and has an arc discharge established on the surface by a
momentary contact of a ground trigger. Controlled motion of
arcing erodes the cathode surface creating a highly ionized
plasma. The anode can be either a cone attached to the periphery of the cathode,
through an insulator, or the chamber. Substrate biasing is used for non line-of-
sight deposition.
N.B. This definition does not include random cathodic arc
deposition with non-biased substrates.
5. Ion Plating is a special modification of a general TE-PVD process in which a
plasma or an ion source is used to ionize the species to be deposited, and a
negative bias is applied to the substrate in order to facilitate the
extraction of the species from the plasma. The introduction
of reactive species, evaporation of solids within the process chamber, and the
use of monitors to provide in-process measurement of optical characteristics and
thicknesses of coatings are ordinary modifications of the
process.
c. Pack Cementation is a surface modification coating or overlay coating process
wherein a substrate is immersed in a powder mixture (a pack), that consists of:
1. The metallic powders that are to be deposited (usually
aluminium, chromium, silicon or combinations thereof);
2. An activator (normally a halide salt); and
3. An inert powder, most frequently alumina.
The substrate and powder mixture is contained within a retort
which is heated to between 1,030 K (757°C) and 1,375 K (1,102°C) for sufficient
time to deposit the coating.
d. Plasma Spraying is an overlay coating process wherein a gun (spray torch)
which produces and controls a plasma accepts powder or wire coating materials,
melts them and propels them towards a substrate, whereon
an integrally bonded coating is formed. Plasma spraying
constitutes either low pressure plasma spraying or high velocity plasma
spraying.
N.B.1 Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric pressure.
N.B.2 High velocity refers to nozzle-exit gas velocity exceeding 750 m/s
calculated at 293 K (20°C) at 0.1 MPa.
e. Slurry Deposition is a surface modification coating or overlay coating
process wherein a metallic or ceramic powder with an organic binder is suspended
in a liquid and is applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping
or painting, subsequent air or oven drying, and heat
treatment to obtain the desired coating.
f. Sputter Deposition is an overlay coating process based on a momentum transfer
phenomenon, wherein positive ions are accelerated by an electric field towards
the surface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energy
of the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surface
atoms to be released and deposited on an appropriately positioned substrate.
N.B.1 The Table refers only to triode, magnetron or reactive sputter
deposition which is used to increase adhesion of the coating and rate of
deposition and to radio frequency (RF) augmented sputter deposition used to
permit vaporisation of non-metallic
coating materials.
N.B.2 Low-energy ion beams (less than 5 keV) can be used to activate the
deposition.
g. Ion Implantation is a surface modification coating process in which the
element to be alloyed is ionized, accelerated through a potential gradient and
implanted into the surface region of the substrate. This includes
processes in which ion implantation is performed
simultaneously with electron beam physical vapour deposition or sputter
deposition.
TABLE - DEPOSITION TECHNIQUES - STATEMENT OF UNDERSTANDING
It is understood that the following technical information,
accompanying the table of deposition techniques, is for use as appropriate.
1. Technical information for pretreatments of the substrates listed in the
Table, as follows:
a. Chemical stripping and cleaning bath cycle parameters, as
follows:
1. Bath composition
a. For the
removal of old or defective coatings, corrosion product or foreign deposits;
b. For
preparation of virgin substrates;
2. Time in bath;
3. Temperature of bath;
4. Number and sequences of wash
cycles;
b. Visual and macroscopic criteria for acceptance of the
cleaned part;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a.
Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure
of the atmosphere;
2. Temperature for heat treatment;
3. Time of heat treatment;
d. Substrate surface preparation parameters, as follows:
1. Grit blasting parameters, as
follows:
a. Grit
composition;
b. Grit size
and shape;
c. Grit
velocity;
2. Time and sequence of cleaning
cycle after grit blast;
3. Surface finish parameters;
4. Application of binders to promote
adhesion;
e. Masking technique parameters, as follows:
1. Material of mask;
2. Location of mask;
2. Technical information for in situ quality assurance techniques for evaluation
of the coating processes listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
1. Composition of the atmosphere;
2. Pressure of the atmosphere;
b. Time parameters;
c. Temperature parameters;
d. Thickness parameters;
e. Index of refraction parameters;
f. Control of composition;
3. Technical information for post deposition treatments of the coated substrates
listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Shot peening parameters, as follows:
1. Shot composition;
2. Shot size;
3. Shot velocity
b. Post shot peening cleaning parameters;
c. Heat treatment cycle parameters, as follows:
1. Atmosphere parameters, as follows:
a.
Composition of the atmosphere;
b. Pressure
of the atmosphere;
2. Time-temperature cycles;
d. Post heat treatment visual and macroscopic criteria for
acceptance of the coated substrates;
4. Technical information for quality assurance techniques for the evaluation of
the coated substrates listed in the Table, as follows:
a. Statistical sampling criteria;
b. Microscopic criteria for:
1. Magnification;
2. Coating thickness uniformity;
3. Coating integrity;
4. Coating composition;
5. Coating and substrates bonding;
6. Microstructural uniformity;
c. Criteria for optical properties assessment (measured as a
function of wavelength):
1. Reflectance;
2. Transmission;
3. Absorption;
4. Scatter;
5. Technical information and parameters related to specific coating and surface
modification processes listed in the Table, as follows:
a. For Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD):
1. Coating source composition and
formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
3. Substrate temperature;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
5. Gas control and part manipulation;
b. For Thermal Evaporation - Physical Vapour Deposition (PVD):
1. Ingot or coating material source
composition;
2. Substrate temperature;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Ingot feed rate or material
vaporisation rate;
5. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
6. Beam and part manipulation;
7. "Laser" parameters, as follows:
a. Wave
length;
b. Power
density;
c. Pulse
length;
d. Repetition
ratio;
e. Source;
c. For Pack Cementation:
1. Pack composition and formulation;
2. Carrier gas composition;
3. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
d. For Plasma Spraying:
1. Powder composition, preparation
and size distributions;
2. Feed gas composition and
parameters;
3. Substrate temperature;
4. Gun power parameters;
5. Spray distance;
6. Spray angle;
7. Cover gas composition, pressure
and flow rates;
8. Gun control and part manipulation;
e. For Sputter Deposition:
1. Target composition and
fabrication;
2. Geometrical positioning of part
and target;
3. Reactive gas composition;
4. Electrical bias;
5. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
6. Triode power;
7. Part manipulation;
f. For Ion Implantation:
1. Beam control and part
manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam
and deposition rate parameters;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
g. For Ion Plating:
1. Beam control and part
manipulation;
2. Ion source design details;
3. Control techniques for ion beam
and deposition rate parameters;
4. Time-temperature-pressure cycles;
5. Coating material feed rate and
vaporisation rate;
6. Substrate temperature;
7. Substrate bias parameters.
8A3 ELECTRONICS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
1['Note 1: The status of equipment and components described in 8A3, other than those described in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.10, or 8A301.a.12 to 8A301.a.14, which are specially designed for or which have the same functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.
old[Note 1 The status of equipment and components
described in 8A3, other than those described in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.10,
8A301.a.12 or 8A301.a.14, which are specially designed for or which have the
same functional characteristics as other equipment is determined by the status
of the other equipment.]
6['Note 2 The status of integrated circuits described in 8A301.a.3. to 8A301.a.9.,
8A301.a. 12. or 8A301 .a.14., -which are unalterably programmed or
designed for a specific function for another equipment is determined by the
status of the other equipment
N.B. When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the
status of the other equipment, the status of the integrated circuits is
determined in 8A301.a.3. to 8A301.a.9., 8A301.a.12. and 8A301.a.13.]
old[Note 2: The status of integrated circuits described in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.9,
or8A301.a.12 to 8A301.a.14 which are unalterably programmed or designed for a
specific function for another equipment is determined by the status of the other
equipment.
N.B. When the manufacturer or applicant cannot determine the
status of the other equipment, the status of the integrated circuits is
determined in 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.9 and 8A301.a.12 to 8A301.a.14:]]
7[Note 3 The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has
been determined, is to be evaluated against the parameters of 8A301.a, 8A301.b.,
8A301.d, 8A301.e.,8A301.g.,8A301.h., or8A301.i.']
8A301 Electronic items as follows:
a. General purpose integrated circuits as follows:
8delete[Note 1 The status of wafers (finished or unfinished), in which the function has
been determined, is to be evaluated against the parameters of 8A301.a.]
6[Note Integrated circuits include the following types:
-"Monolithic integrated circuits";
-"Hybrid integrated circuits "; "Multichip integrated circuits ";
-"Film type integrated circuits", including silicon-on-sapphire integrated circuits;
-"Optical integrated circuits";
-"Three dimensional integrated circuits";
-"Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits " ("MMICs ")'.]
old[Note 2 Integrated circuits include the following types:
- "Monolithic integrated circuits";
- "Hybrid integrated circuits";
- "Multichip integrated circuits";
- "Film type integrated circuits", including silicon-on-sapphire integrated
circuits;
- "Optical integrated circuits";
- "Three dimensional integrated circuits”;
- "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuits" ("MMICs").]
8A301 a. 1. Integrated circuits designed or rated as
radiation hardened to withstand any of the following:
a. A total dose of 5 x 10³ Gy (Si) or higher;
b. A dose rate upset of 5 x 106 Gy (Si)/s or higher; or
c. A fluence (integrated flux) of neutrons (1 MeV equivalent) of 5 x 1013 n/cm2
or higher on silicon, or its equivalent for other materials;
Note 8A301.a.1.c does not apply to Metal Insulator Semiconductors (MIS).
1['8A301.a.2 "Microprocessor microcircuits", "microcomputer microcircuits",
microcontroller microcircuits, storage integrated circuits manufactured from a
compound semiconductor, analogue-to-digital converters, integrated circuits that
contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or process the digitized data,
digital-to-analogue converters, electro-optical or "optical integrated circuits"
designed for "signal processing", field programmable logic devices, custom
integrated circuits for which either the function is unknown or the status of
the equipment in which the integrated circuit will be used is unknown, Fast
Fourier Transform (FFT) processors, Static Random-Access Memories (SRAMs) or
'non- volatile memories', having any of the following:
Technical Note:
'Non-volatile memories' are memories with data retention over a period of time
after a power shutdown.
8A301.a.2 a. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature above 398 K (+125°C);
b. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 218 K (-55°C); or
c. Rated for operation over the entire ambient temperature range
from 218 K (-55°C) to 398 K (+125°C);
6[Note 8A301.a.2. does not apply to integrated circuits designed for civil
automobile or railway train applications.]
old[Note: 8A301.a.2 does not apply to integrated circuits for civil automobile or
railway train applications'.]]
old[8A301 a. 2. "Microprocessor microcircuits",
"microcomputer microcircuits", microcontroller microcircuits, storage integrated
circuits manufactured from a compound semiconductor, analogue-to-digital
converters,
integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters and store or
process the digitized data, digital-to-analogue converters, electro-optical or
"optical integrated circuits" designed for "signal processing",
field programmable logic devices, custom integrated circuits for which either
the function is unknown or the status of the equipment in which the integrated
circuit will be used is unknown, Fast Fourier Transform
(FFT) processors, Electrical Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memories (EEPROMs),
flash memories, Static Random-Access Memories (SRAMs) or Magnetic Random Access
Memories (MRAMs),
having any of the following]
8A301 a. 2. a. Rated for operation at an ambient
temperature above 398 K (+125°C);
b. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 218 K (-55°C); or
c. Rated for operation over the entire ambient temperature range from 218 K
(-55°C) to 398 K (+125°C);
Note 8A301.a.2 does not apply to integrated circuits for civil automobile or
railway train applications.]
8A301 a. 3. "Microprocessor microcircuits",
"microcomputer microcircuits" and microcontroller microcircuits, manufactured
from a compound semiconductor and operating at a clock frequency exceeding 40
MHz;
Note 8A301.a.3 includes digital signal processors, digital array processors and
digital coprocessors.
8A301 a. 4. (Reserved)
1['8A301.a.5.a ADCs having any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 600 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS);
3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 400 MSPS;
4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 250 MSPS; or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a "sample rate" greater than 65 MSPS;
N.B. For integrated circuits that contain analogue-to-digital converters
and store or process the digitized data, see 8A301.a. 14.
Technical Notes:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantisation of 2 levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output that
represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB) is not
used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For "multiple channel ADCs", the "sample rate" is not aggregated and the
"sample rate" is the maximum rate of any single channel.
4. For "interleaved ADCs" or for "multiple channel ADCs" that are specified to
have an interleaved mode of operation, the "sample rates" are aggregated and the
"sample rate" is the maximum combined total rate of all of the interleaved
channels'.]
old[8A301 a. 5. Analogue-to-Digital Converter (ADC) and
Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) integrated circuits, as follows:
a. ADCs having any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an output rate
greater than 1.3 giga samples per second (GSPS);
2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with an output rate
greater than 600 mega samples per second (MSPS);
3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with an output rate
greater than 400 mega samples per second (MSPS);
4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with an output rate
greater than 250 mega samples per second (MSPS); or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an output rate greater than 65 mega
samples per second (MSPS); N.B. For integrated circuits that contain
analogue-to-digital converters and store or process the
digitized data, see 8A3013.a.14.
Technical Notes
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantisation of 2n levels.
2. The number of bits in the output word is equal to the resolution of the ADC.
3. The output rate is the maximum output rate of the converter, regardless of
architecture or oversampling.
4. For 'multiple channel ADCs', the outputs are not aggregated and the output
rate is the maximum output rate of any single channel.
5. For 'interleaved ADCs' or for 'multiple channel ADCs' that are specified to
have an interleaved mode of operation, the outputs are aggregated and the output
rate is the maximum combined total output rate of all of the
outputs.
6. Vendors may also refer to the output rate as sampling rate, conversion rate
or throughput rate. It is often specified in megahertz (MHz) mega words per
second or mega samples per second (MSPS).
7. For the purpose of measuring output rate, one sample per second is equivalent
to one hertz or one output word per second.
8. 'Multiple channel ADCs' are defined as devices which integrate more than one
ADC, designed so that each ADC has a separate analogue input.
9. 'Interleaved ADCs' are defined as devices which have multiple ADC units that
sample the same analogue input at different times such that when the outputs are
aggregated, the analogue input has been effectively sampled and converted at a higher sampling rate.]
6[8A301
a. 5. b.Digital-to-Analogue Converters (DAC) having any of the following:
1. A resolution of 10 bit or more but less than 12 bit, with an 'adjusted update
rate' exceeding 3,500 MSPS; or
2. A resolution of 12 bit or more and having any of the following:
a. An 'adjusted update rate' exceeding 1,250 MSPS but
not exceeding 3,500 MSPS, and having any of the
following:
1. A settling time less than 9 ns to arrive at or within 0.024% of full scale
from a full scale step; or
2. A 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) greater than 68 dBc (carrier) when
synthesising a full scale analogue signal of 100 MHz or the highest full scale
analogue signal frequency specified below 100 MHz; or
b. An 'adjusted update rate' exceeding 3,500 MSPS;
Technical Notes
1. 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) is defined as the ratio of the RMS value
of the carrier frequency (maximum signal component) at the input of the DAC to
the RMS value of the next largest noise or harmonic distortion component at its
output.
2. SFDR is determined directly from the specification table or from the
characterisation plots of SFDR versus frequency.
3. A signal is defined to be full scale when its amplitude is greater than -3
dBfs (full scale).
4. 'Adjusted update rate 'for DA Cs:
a. For conventional (non-interpolating) DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' is the
rate at which the digital signal is converted to an analogue signal and the
output analogue values are changed by the DAC. For DACs where the interpolation
mode may be bypassed (interpolation factor of one), the DAC should be considered
as a conventional (non-interpolating) DAC.
b. For interpolating DACs (oversampling DACs), the 'adjusted update rate' is
defined as the DAC update rate divided by the smallest interpolating factor. For
interpolating DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' may be referred to by different
terms including:
• input data rate
• input word rate
• input sample rate
• maximum total input bus rate
• maximum DAC clock rate for DAC clock input.']
old[8A301 a. 5. b. Digital-to-Analogue Converters (DAC)
having any of the following:
1. A resolution of 10 bit or more with an 'adjusted update rate' of greater than
3,500 MSPS; or
1['8A301 a.5.b.2 A resolution of 12 bit or more with an 'adjusted update rate' of
greater than 1,250 MSPS and having any of the following:
a. A settling time less than 9 ns to arrive at or within 0.024%
of full scale from a full scale step; or
b. A 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) greater than 68
dBc (carrier) when synthesizing a full scale analogue signal
of 100 MHz or the highest full scale analogue signal
frequency specified below 100 MHz;]
old[2. A resolution of 12 bit or more with an 'adjusted update rate' of greater than
1,250 MSPS and having any of the following:
a. A settling time less than 9 ns to 0.024% of full scale from a full scale
step; or
b. A 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) greater than 68 dBc (carrier) when
synthesizing a full scale analogue signal of 100 MHz or the highest full scale
analogue signal frequency specified below 100 MHz;]
Technical Notes
1. 'Spurious Free Dynamic Range' (SFDR) is defined as the ratio of the RMS value
of the carrier frequency (maximum signal component) at the input of the DAC to
the RMS value of the next largest noise or harmonic
distortion component at its output.
2. SFDR is determined directly from the specification table or from the
characterisation plots of SFDR versus frequency.
3. A signal is defined to be full scale when its amplitude is greater than -3
dBfs (full scale).
4. 'Adjusted update rate' for DACs:
a. For conventional (non-interpolating) DACs, the 'adjusted
update rate' is the rate at which the digital signal is converted to an analogue
signal and the output analogue values are changed by the DAC. For DACs where
the interpolation mode may be
bypassed (interpolation factor of one), the DAC should be considered as a
conventional (non-interpolating) DAC.
b. For interpolating DACs (oversampling DACs), the 'adjusted
update rate' is defined as the DAC update rate divided by the smallest
interpolating factor. For interpolating DACs, the 'adjusted update rate' may be
referred to by different terms
including:
• input data rate
• input word rate
• input sample rate
• maximum total input bus rate
• maximum DAC clock rate for DAC
clock input.]
8A301 a. 6. Electro-optical and "optical integrated
circuits", designed for "signal processing" and having all of the following:
a. One or more than one internal "laser" diode;
b. One or more than one internal light detecting element; and
c. Optical waveguides;
8A301 a. 7. Field programmable logic devices having any
of the following:
a. A maximum number of single-ended digital input/outputs of greater than 700;
or
b. An 'aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' of 500 Gb/s or
greater;
1['Note: 8A301.a. 7 includes:
- Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs)
- Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
- Field Programmable Logic Arrays (FPLAs)
- Field Programmable Interconnects (FPICs)']
old[Note 8A301.a.7. includes:
- Simple Programmable Logic Devices (SPLDs)
- Complex Programmable Logic Devices (CPLDs)
- Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs)
- Field Programmable Logic Arrays (FPLAs)
- Field Programmable Interconnects (FPICs)]
N.B. For integrated circuits having field programmable logic devices that
are combined with an analogue-to-digital converter, see 8A301.a.14.
Technical Notes
1. Maximum number of digital input/outputs in 8A301.a.7.a is also referred to as
maximum user input/outputs or maximum available input/ outputs, whether the
integrated circuit is packaged or bare die.
2. 'Aggregate one-way peak serial transceiver data rate' is the product of the
peak serial one-way transceiver data rate times the number of transceivers on
the FPGA.
8A301 a. 8. (Reserved)
9. Neural network integrated circuits;
10. Custom integrated circuits for which the function is unknown, or the status
of the equipment in which the integrated circuits will be used is unknown to the
manufacturer, having any of the following:
a. More than 1,500 terminals;
b. A typical "basic gate propagation delay time" of less than 0.02 ns; or
c. An operating frequency exceeding 3 GHz;
11. Digital integrated circuits, other than those described in 8A301.a.3 to
8A301.a.10 and 8A301.a.12, based upon any compound semiconductor and having any
of the following:
a. An equivalent gate count of more than 3,000 (2 input gates); or
b. A toggle frequency exceeding 1.2 GHz;
12. Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) processors having a rated execution time for an
N-point complex FFT of less than (N log2 N)/20,480 ms, where N is the number of
points;
Technical Note
When N is equal to 1,024 points, the formula in 8A301.a.12 gives an execution
time of 500 μs.
8A301 a.13. Direct Digital Synthesizer (DDS) integrated
circuits having any of the following:
a. A Digital-to-Analogue Converter (DAC) clock frequency of 3.5 GHz or more and
a DAC resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit; or
b. A DAC clock frequency of 1.25 GHz or more and a DAC resolution of 12 bit or
more;
Technical Note
The DAC clock frequency may be specified as the master clock frequency or the
input clock frequency.
1[8A301 a. 14 Integrated circuits that perform or are programmable to perform
all of the following:
a. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 1.0 GSPS;
3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 1.0 GSPS;
4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with a "sample rate"
greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS); or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a "sample rate" greater than 180 MSPS;
and
b. Any of the following:
1. Storage of digitized data; or
2. Processing of digitized data.
N.B.I For analogue-to-digital converter integrated circuits see 8 A301. a. 5.
a.
N.B.2 For field programmable logic devices see 8A301.a.7.
Technical Notes:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantisation of 2n levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the
ADC that represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB)
is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For integrated circuits with non-interleaving "multiple channel ADCs", the
"sample rate" is not aggregated and the "sample rate" is the maximum rate of any
single channel.
4. For integrated circuits with "interleaved ADCs" or with "multiple channel A
DCs" that are specified to have an interleaved mode of operation, the "sample
rates" are aggregated and the "sample rate" is the maximum combined total rate
of all of the interleaved channels.']
old[a. 14. Integrated circuits that perform all of the following:
a. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
1. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.3 giga samples per second (GSPS);
2. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.0 giga samples per second (GSPS);
3. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.0 giga samples per second (GSPS);
4. A resolution of 14 bit or more, but less than 16 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 400 mega samples per second (MSPS); or
5. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an input sample rate greater than 180
mega samples per second (MSPS); and
b. Any of the following:
1. Storage of digitized data; or
2. Processing of digitized data;
N.B.1. For analogue-to-digital converter integrated circuits see
8A301.a.5.a.
N.B.2. For field programmable logic devices see 8A301.a.7.]
6[8A301 b.
Microwave or millimetre wave items, as follows:
Technical Note
For purposes of 8A301.b., the parameter peak saturated power output may also be
referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output,
maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
1. "Vacuum electronic devices" and cathodes, as follows:
Note 1 8A301.b.l. does not apply to "vacuum electronic devices"
designed or rated for operation in any frequency bands and having all of the
following:
a. Does not exceed 31.8 GHz; and
b. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services,
but not for radio-determination.
Note 2 8A301.b 1. does not apply to non-"space-qualified"
"vacuum electronic devices" having all of the following:
a. An average output power equal to or less than 50 W; and
b. Designed or rated for operation in any frequency hand and
having all of the following:
1. Exceeds 31.8 GHz but does not exceed 43.5 GHz; and
2. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services, but not for
radio-determination.']
old[8A301 b.16 Microwave or millimetre wave
items, as follows:
Technical Notes
1. For purposes of 8A301.b, the parameter peak saturated power output may also
be referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output,
maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
2. For purposes of 8A301.b 1, 'vacuum electronic devices' are electronic devices
based on the interaction of an electron beam with an electromagnetic wave
propagating in a vacuum circuit or interacting with radio-frequency vacuum
cavity resonators. 'Vacuum electronic devices' include klystrons, travelling-wave
tubes, and their derivatives.
3. 'Vacuum electronic devices' and cathodes, as follows:-
Note 1: 8A301.b 1 does not apply to 'vacuum electronic devices' designed or
rated for operation in any frequency bands and having all of the following:-
a. Does not exceed 31.8 GHz; and
b. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications services, but not for
radio-determination.
Note 2: 8A301.b.1 does not apply to non-"space-qualified" 'vacuum electronic
devices' having all of the following:
a. An average output power equal to or less than 50 W; and
16 Para 1(M) of Notification No. 29/2015-20 dated 21.09.2017
b. Designed or rated for operation in any frequency band and having all of the
following:-
1. Exceeds 31.8 GHz but does not exceed 43.5 GHz; and
2. Is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications
services, but not for radio determination.]
6[8A301
b. 1.a. Travelling-wave "vacuum electronic devices", pulsed or continuous wave, as
follows:
1. Devices operating at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz;
2. Devices having a cathode heater with a turn on time to rated RF power of less
than 3 seconds;
3. Coupled cavity devices, or derivatives thereof, with a "fractional bandwidth"
of more than 7% or a peak power exceeding 2.5 kW;
4. Devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits,
or derivatives thereof, having any of the following:
a. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of more than one octave, and
average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed
in GHz) of more than 0.5;
b. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or less, and
average power (expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed
in GHz) of more than 1;
c. Being "space-qualified"; or
d. Having a gridded electron gun;
5. Devices with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than or equal to 10%, with any
of the following:
a. An annular electron beam;
b. A non-axisymmetric electron beam; or
c. Multiple electron beams;
b. Crossed-field amplifier "vacuum electronic devices" with a gain of more than
17 dB;
c. Thermionic cathodes designed for "vacuum electronic devices" producing an
emission
current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 5 A/cm2 or a pulsed
(non-continuous) current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 10 A/cm2;
d. "Vacuum electronic devices" with the capability to operate in a 'dual mode'.
Technical Note
'Dual mode' means the "vacuum electronic device" beam current can be
intentionally changed between continuous-wave and pulsed mode operation by use
of a grid and produces a peak pulse output power greater than the
continuous-wave output power.]
old[8A301 b. 1. a. Travelling wave tubes, pulsed or
continuous wave, as follows:
1. Tubes operating at frequencies exceeding 31.8 GHz;
2. Tubes having a cathode heater element with a turn on time to rated RF power
of less than 3 seconds;
3. Coupled cavity tubes, or derivatives thereof, with a "fractional bandwidth"
of more than 7% or a peak power exceeding 2.5 kW;
4. Devices based on helix, folded waveguide, or serpentine waveguide circuits,
or derivatives thereof, having any of the following:
a. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of more than one octave, and average power
(expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 0.5;
b. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or less, and average power
(expressed in kW) times frequency (expressed in GHz) of more than 1;
c. Being "space-qualified"; or
d. Having a gridded electron gun;
5. Devices with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than or equal to 10%, with any
of the following:
a. An annular electron beam;
b. A non-axisymmetric electron beam; or
c. Multiple electron beams;
8A301 b. 1. b. Crossed-field amplifier tubes with a gain
of more than 17 dB;
c. Thermionic cathodes designed for 'vacuum electronic devices' producing an
emission current density at rated operating conditions exceeding 5 A/cm² or a
pulsed (non-continuous) current density at rated
operating conditions exceeding 10 A/cm2;
d. 'Vacuum electronic devices' with the capability to operate in a 'dual mode'.
Technical Note
'Dual mode' means the 'vacuum electronic device' beam current can be
intentionally changed between continuous-wave and pulsed mode operation by use
of a grid and produces a peak pulse output power greater than the
continuous-wave output power.]
8A301 b. 2. "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC")
amplifiers that are any of the following:
N.B. For "MMIC" amplifiers that have an integrated phase
shifter see 8A301.b.12.
a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8
GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 15%, and having any of the
following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
4. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 16
GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 10%, and having any of the
following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 10W (40 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 5W (37 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 3 W
(34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz, and
with a "fractional bandwidth" of greater than
10%;
d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1n W
(-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a
"fractional bandwidth" of greater than
10%;
f. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW
(15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and
with a "fractional bandwidth" of greater
than 10%;
g. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a
"fractional bandwidth" of greater than
5%; or
h. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW
(-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1 (Reserved)
1['Note 2: The status of the "MMIC" whose rated operating frequency includes
frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A30\.b.2.a
through 8A301.b.2.h, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output
threshold.
Note 3: Notes 1 and 2 in 8A3.mean that 8A301.b.2 does not apply to "MMICs" if
they are specially designed for other applications, e.g., telecommunications,
radar, automobiles.']
old[Note 2 The status of the MMIC whose rated operating frequency includes
frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.2.a
through 8A301.b.2.h, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output
threshold.
Note 3 Notes 1 and 2 in 8A3 mean that 8A301.b.2 does not apply to MMICs if they
are specially designed for other applications, e.g., telecommunications, radar,
automobiles.]
8A301 b. 3. Discrete microwave transistors that are any
of the following:
a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8
GHz and having any of the following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 400 W (56 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 205 W (53.12 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 115 W (50.61 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
4. A peak saturated power output greater than 60 W (47.78 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 31.8
GHz and having any of the following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 15 W (41.76 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
4. A peak saturated power output greater than 7 W (38.45 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
6[d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30
dBm) at any
frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz;]
old[d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 1 W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz; or]
6[e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW
(-70 dBm)
at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz; or
old[e. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW
(-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz;]
7[f. Other than those specified by 8A301.b.3.a. to 8A301.b.3.e. and rated for
operation
with a peak saturated power output greater than 5 W (37.0 dBm) at all
frequencies
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
Note 1 The status of a transistor in 8A301.b.3.a. through
8A301.b.3.e. whose rated operating frequency includes frequencies listed in more
than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.3.a. through 8A301.b.3.e., is
determined by the lowest peak saturated power output threshold.
Note 2 8A301.b.3. includes bare dice, dice mounted on carriers,
or dice mounted in packages. Some discrete transistors may also be referred to
as power amplifiers, but the status of these discrete transistors is determined
by 8A301.b.3. ]
Note 1 The status of a transistor whose rated operating frequency includes
frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.3.a
through 8A301.b.3.e, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output
threshold
Note 2 8A301.b.3 includes bare dice, dice mounted on carriers, or dice mounted
in packages. Some discrete transistors may also be referred to as power
amplifiers, but the status of these discrete transistors is determined by
8A301.b.3.
8A301 b. 4. Microwave solid state amplifiers and
microwave assemblies/modules containing microwave solid state amplifiers, that
are any of the following:
a. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8
GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 15%, and having any of the
following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 500 W (57 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 270 W (54.3 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 200 W (53 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
4. A peak saturated power output greater than 90 W (49.54 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
b. Rated for operation at frequencies greater than 6.8 GHz up to and including
31.8 GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than 10%, and having any of the
following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 70 W (48.54 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 50 W (47 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 12 GHz;
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 30 W (44.77 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 12 GHz up to and including 16 GHz; or
4. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 16 GHz up to and including 31.8 GHz;
c. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.5 W (27
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;
d. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 2 W (33
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to and including 43.5 GHz, and with a
"fractional bandwidth" of greater than
10%;
e. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding 43.5 GHz and having any of the
following:
1. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.2 W (23 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth"
of greater than 10%;
2. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 mW (13 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth"
of greater than 5%; or
3. A peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 90 GHz; or
8A301 b. 4. f. (Reserved)
N.B.1. For "MMIC" amplifiers see 8A301.b.2.
N.B.2. For 'transmit/receive modules' and 'transmit modules' see
8A301.b.12.
2[N.B.3 for converters and harmonic mixers, designed to extend the
operating or frequency range of signal analysers, signal generators, network
analysers or microwave test receivers, see 8A301.b. 7.]
Note 1 (Reserved)
Note 2 The status of an item whose rated operating frequency includes
frequencies listed in more than one frequency range, as defined by 8A301.b.4.a
through 8A301.b.4.e, is determined by the lowest peak saturated power output
threshold.
8A301 b. 5. Electronically or magnetically tunable
band-pass or band-stop filters, having more than 5 tunable resonators capable of
tuning across a 1.5:1 frequency band (fmax/fmin) in less
than 10 μs and having any of
the following:
a. A band-pass bandwidth of more than 0.5% of centre frequency; or
b. A band-stop bandwidth of less than 0.5% of centre frequency;
6. (Reserved)
7. Converters and harmonic mixers, that are any of the following:
a. Designed to extend the frequency range of "signal analysers" beyond 90 GHz;
b. Designed to extend the operating range of signal generators as follows:
1. Beyond 90 GHz;
2. To an output power greater than 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency
range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
c. Designed to extend the operating range of network analysers as follows:
1. Beyond 110 GHz;
2. To an output power greater than 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the
frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
3. To an output power greater than 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the frequency
range exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz; or
8A301 b. 7. d. Designed to extend the frequency range of
microwave test receivers beyond 110 GHz.
6[8A301
b. 8.Microwave power amplifiers containing "vacuum electronic devices" specified
by 8A301.b.l. and having all of the following:
a. Operating frequencies ahove 3 GHz;
b. An average output power to mass ratio exceeding 80 W/kg; and
c. A volume of less than 400 cm3;
Note 8A301.b.8. does not apply to equipment designed or rated
for operation in any frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for
radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.']
old[8A301 b. 8. Microwave power amplifiers containing
'vacuum electronic devices' specified by 8A301.b.1 and having all of the
following:
a. Operating frequencies above 3 GHz;
b. An average output power to mass ratio exceeding 80 W/kg; and
c. A volume of less than 400 cm3;
Note 8A301.b.8 does not apply to equipment designed or rated for operation in
any frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for radio-communications
services, but not for radio-determination.]
6[8A301
b. 9. Microwave Power Modules (MPMs) consisting of, at least, a travelling-wave
"vacuum electronic device", a "Monolithic Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC")
and an integrated electronic power conditioner and having all of the following:
a. A 'turn-on time' from off to fully operational in less than 10 seconds;
b. A volume less than the maximum rated power in Watts multiplied by
10cm3/W;and
c. An "instantaneous bandwidth" greater than 1 octave
(fmax. > 2rmin,) and having any of the following:
1. For frequencies equal to or less than 18 GHz, an RF output power
greater than 100 W; or
2. A frequency greater than 18 GHz;
Technical Notes
1. To calculate the volume in 8A30l.b.9.h., the following example is provided:
for a maximum rated power of 20 W, the volume would be: 20 Wx 10 cm3/W = 200
cm3.
2. The 'turn-on time' in 8A301.b.9.a. refers to the time from fully-off to fully
operational, i.e., it includes the warm-up time of the MPM.]
old[8A301 b. 9. Microwave Power Modules (MPMs) consisting
of, at least, a travelling-wave 'vacuum electronic device', a "Monolithic
Microwave Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") and an integrated electronic power
conditioner and having all of the following:
a. A 'turn-on time' from off to fully operational in less than 10 seconds;
b. A volume less than the maximum rated power in Watts multiplied by 10 cm3/W;
and
c. An "instantaneous bandwidth" greater than 1 octave (fmax. > 2fmin,)
and having any of the following:
1. For frequencies equal to or less than 18 GHz, an RF output power greater than
100 W; or
2. A frequency greater than 18 GHz;
Technical Notes
1. To calculate the volume in8A301.b.9.b, the following example is provided: for
a maximum rated power of 20 W, the volume would be: 20 W x 10 cm3/W =
200 cm3.
2. The 'turn-on time' in 8A301.b.9.a refers to the time from fully-off to fully
operational, i.e., it includes the warm-up time of the MPM.]
8A301 b. 10. Oscillators or oscillator assemblies,
specified to operate with a single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, less
(better) than -(126 + 20log10F - 20log10f) anywhere within
the range of 10 Hz ≤ F ≤ 10
kHz;
Technical Note
In 8A301.b.10, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the
operating frequency in MHz.
1['8A301 b.11 'Frequency synthesiser' "electronic assemblies" having a
"frequency switching time" as specified by any of the following:
a. Less than 143 ps;
b. Less than 100 us for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz
within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but
not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
c. (Reserved)
d. Less than 500 us for any frequency change exceeding 550
MHz within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 31.8
GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
e. Less than 100 us for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz
within the synthesised frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but
not exceeding 90 GHz; or
f. (Reserved)
g. Less than 1 ms within the synthesised frequency range
exceeding 90 GHz;
Technical Note:
A frequency synthesiser' is any kind of frequency source, regardless of the
actual technique used, providing a multiplicity of simultaneous or alternative
output frequencies, from one or more outputs, controlled by, derived from or
disciplined by a lesser number of standard (or master) frequencies.
For general purpose "signal analysers", signal generators, network analysers and
microwave test receivers, see 8A302.C, 8A302.d, 8A302.e and8A302.Jrespectively'.]
old[8A301 b. 11. "Frequency synthesizer" "electronic
assemblies" having a "frequency switching time" as specified by any of the
following:
a. Less than 143 ps;
b. Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the
synthesized frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
c. (Reserved)
d. Less than 500 μs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the
synthesized frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;
e. Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the
synthesized frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; or
f. (Reserved)
g. Less than 1 ms within the synthesized frequency range exceeding 90 GHz;
N.B. For general purpose "signal analysers", signal generators,
network analysers and microwave test receivers, see 8A302.c, 8A302.d, 8A302.e
and 8A302.f respectively.]
8A301 b. 12. 'Transmit/receive modules',
'transmit/receive MMICs', 'transmit modules', and 'transmit MMICs', rated for
operation at frequencies above 2.7 GHz and having all of the following:
a. A peak saturated power output (in watts), Psat, greater than 505.62 divided
by the maximum operating frequency (in GHz) squared [Psat>505.62 W*GHz2/fGHz2]
for any channel;
b. A "fractional bandwidth" of 5% or greater for any channel;
c. Any planar side with length d (in cm) equal to or less than 15 divided by the
lowest operating frequency in GHz [d ≤ 15cm*GHz*N/fGHz] where N is
the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels;
and
d. An electronically variable phase shifter per channel.
Technical Notes
1. A 'transmit/receive module': is a multifunction "electronic assembly" that
provides bi-directional amplitude and phase control for transmission and
reception of signals.
2. A 'transmit module': is an "electronic assembly" that provides amplitude and
phase control for transmission of signals.
3. A 'transmit/receive MMIC': is a multifunction "MMIC" that provides
bi-directional amplitude and phase control for transmission and reception of
signals.
4. A 'transmit MMIC': is a "MMIC" that provides amplitude and phase control for
transmission of signals.
5. 2.7 GHz should be used as the lowest operating frequency (fGHz) in
the formula in 8A301.b.12.c. for transmit/receive or transmit modules that have
a rated operation range extending downward to 2.7 GHz and below
[d≤15cm*GHz*N/2.7 GHz].
6. 8A301.b.12. applies to 'transmit/receive modules' or 'transmit modules' with
or without a heat sink. The value of d in 8A301.b.12.c. does not include any
portion of the 'transmit/receive module' or 'transmit module' that functions as
a heat sink.
7. 'Transmit/receive modules', or 'transmit modules', or 'transmit/receive MMICs'
or 'transmit MMICs' may or may not have N integrated radiating antenna elements
where N is the number of transmit or transmit/receive channels.
8A301 c. Acoustic wave devices as follows and specially
designed components therefor:
1. Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow bulk) acoustic wave
devices, having any of the following:
a. A carrier frequency exceeding 6 GHz;
b. A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz, but not exceeding 6 GHz and having any
of the following:
1. A 'frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dB;
2. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in μs and
bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
3. A bandwidth greater than 250 MHz; or
4. A dispersive delay of more than 10 μs; or
c. A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less and having any of the following:
1. A product of the maximum delay time and the bandwidth (time in μs and
bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100;
2. A dispersive delay of more than 10 μs; or
3. A 'frequency side-lobe rejection' exceeding 65 dB and a bandwidth greater
than 100 MHz;
Technical Note
'Frequency side-lobe rejection' is the maximum rejection value specified in data
sheet.
8A301 c. 2. Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices which
permit the direct processing of signals at frequencies exceeding 6 GHz;
3. Acoustic-optic "signal processing" devices employing interaction between
acoustic waves (bulk wave or surface wave) and light waves which permit the
direct processing of signals or images, including
spectral analysis, correlation or convolution;
Note 8A301.c does not apply to acoustic wave devices that are limited to a
single band pass, low pass, high pass or notch filtering, or resonating
function.
8A301 d. Electronic devices and circuits containing components, manufactured
from "superconductive" materials, specially designed for operation at
temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least one of the
"superconductive" constituents and having any of the following:
1. Current switching for digital circuits using "superconductive" gates with a
product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in
watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values
exceeding 10,000;
1['8A301 .e High energy devices as follows:
1. Cells' as follows:
a. 'Primary cells' having any of the following at 20°C:
1. 'Energy density' exceeding 550 Wh/kg and a 'continuous power density'
exceeding 50 W/kg; or
2. 'Energy density' exceeding 50 Wh/kg and a 'continuous power density'
exceeding 350 W/kg;
b. 'Secondary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 350
Wh/kg at 20°C;
Technical Notes:
1. For the purpose of 8A301.e. 1, 'energy density' (Wh/kg) is calculated from
the nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours (Ah)
divided by the mass in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not stated, energy
density is calculated from the nominal voltage squared then multiplied by the
discharge duration in hours divided by the discharge load in Ohms and the mass
in kilograms.
2. For the purpose of 8A301.e.l, a 'cell' is defined as an electrochemical
device, which has positive and negative electrodes, an electrolyte, and is a
source of electrical energy. It is the basic building block of a battery.
3. For the purpose of8A301.e.l.a, a 'primary cell' is a 'cell' that is not
designed to be charged by any other source.
4. For the purpose of 8A30I.e.l.b, a 'secondary cell' is a 'cell' that is
designed to be charged by an external electrical source.
5. For the purpose of 8A30I.e.I.a, 'continuous power density' (W/kg) is
calculated from the nominal voltage multiplied by the specified maximum
continuous discharge current in ampere (A) divided by the mass in kilograms.
'Continuous power density' is also referred to as specific power.
Note: 8A301.e does not apply to batteries, including single-cell batteries'.]
old[8A301 e. High energy devices as follows:
1. 'Cells' as follows:
a. 'Primary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 550 Wh/kg at 20°C;
b. 'Secondary cells' having an 'energy density' exceeding 350 Wh/kg at 20°C;
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1, 'energy density' (Wh/kg) is calculated from the
nominal voltage multiplied by the nominal capacity in ampere-hours (Ah) divided
by the mass in kilograms. If the nominal capacity is not
stated, energy density is calculated from the nominal voltage
squared then multiplied by the discharge duration in hours divided by the
discharge load in Ohms and the mass in kilograms.
2. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1, a 'cell' is defined as an electrochemical
device, which has positive and negative electrodes, an electrolyte, and is a
source of electrical energy. It is the basic building block of a battery.
3. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1.a, a 'primary cell' is a 'cell' that is not
designed to be charged by any other source.
4. For the purpose of 8A301.e.1.b, a 'secondary cell' is a 'cell' that is
designed to be charged by an external electrical source.
Note 8A301.e does not apply to batteries, including single-cell batteries.]
8A301 e. 2. High energy storage capacitors as follows:
a. Capacitors with a repetition rate of less than 10 Hz (single shot capacitors)
and having all of the following:
1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
2. An energy density equal to or more than 250 J/kg; and
3. A total energy equal to or more than 25 kJ;
b. Capacitors with a repetition rate of 10 Hz or more (repetition rated
capacitors) and having all of the following:
1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;
2. An energy density equal to or more than 50 J/kg;
3. A total energy equal to or more than 100 J; and
4. A charge/discharge cycle life equal to or more than 10,000; N.B. See also
6A012
8A301 e. 3. "Superconductive" electromagnets and
solenoids, specially designed to be fully charged or discharged in less than one
second and having all of the following:
Note 8A301.e.3 does not apply to "superconductive" electromagnets or solenoids
specially designed for Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.
a. Energy delivered during the discharge exceeding 10 kJ in the first second;
b. Inner diameter of the current carrying windings of more than 250 mm; and
c. Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8 T or "overall current density"
in the winding of more than 300 A/mm2;
8A301 e. 4. Solar cells, cell-interconnect-coverglass (CIC)
assemblies, solar panels, and solar arrays, which are "space-qualified", having
a minimum average efficiency exceeding 20% at an operating temperature of
301 K (28°C) under simulated 'AM0' illumination with an irradiance of 1,367
Watts per square meter (W/m2);
Technical Note
'AM0', or 'Air Mass Zero', refers to the spectral irradiance of sun light in the
earth's outer atmosphere when the distance between the earth and sun is one
astronomical unit (AU).
8A301 f. Rotary input type absolute
position encoders having an "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than 1.0 second
of arc and specially designed encoder rings, discs or scales therefor;
8A301 g. Solid-state pulsed power switching thyristor
devices and 'thyristor modules', using either electrically, optically, or
electron radiation controlled switch methods and having any of the following:
1. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 30,000 A/μs and
off-state voltage greater than 1,100 V; or
2. A maximum turn-on current rate of rise (di/dt) greater than 2,000 A/μs and
having all of the following:
a. An off-state peak voltage equal to or greater than 3,000 V; and
b. A peak (surge) current equal to or greater than 3,000 A;
Note 1 8A301.g includes:
- Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)
- Electrical Triggering Thyristors (ETTs)
- Light Triggering Thyristors (LTTs)
- Integrated Gate Commutated Thyristors (IGCTs)
- Gate Turn-off Thyristors (GTOs)
- MOS Controlled Thyristors (MCTs)
- Solidtrons
Note 2 8A301.g does not apply to thyristor devices and 'thyristor modules’
incorporated into equipment designed for civil railway or "civil aircraft"
applications. Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A301.g, a 'thyristor module' contains one or more thyristor
devices.
8A301 h. Solid-state power semiconductor switches,
diodes, or 'modules', having all of the following:
1. Rated for a maximum operating junction temperature greater than 488 K
(215oC);
2. Repetitive peak off-state voltage (blocking voltage) exceeding 300 V; and
3. Continuous current greater than 1 A;
Note 1 Repetitive peak off-state voltage in 8A301.h includes drain to source
voltage, collector to emitter voltage, repetitive peak reverse voltage and peak
repetitive off-state blocking voltage.
Note 2 8A301.h includes:
- Junction Field Effect Transistors (JFETs)
- Vertical Junction Field Effect Transistors (VJFETs)
- Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistors (MOSFETs)
- Double Diffused Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor (DMOSFET)
- Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)
- High Electron Mobility Transistors (HEMTs)
- Bipolar Junction Transistors (BJTs)
- Thyristors and Silicon Controlled Rectifiers (SCRs)
- Gate Turn-Off Thyristors (GTOs)
- Emitter Turn-Off Thyristors (ETOs)
- PiN Diodes
- Schottky Diodes
Note 3 8A301.h does not apply to switches, diodes, or 'modules', incorporated
into equipment designed for civil automobile, civil railway, or "civil aircraft"
applications.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A301.h, 'modules' contain one or more solid-state power
semiconductor switches or diodes.
2['8A301.i Intensity, amplitude, or phase electro-optic modulators, designed for
analogue signals and having any of the following:
1. A maximum operating frequency of more than 10 GHz but less
than 20 GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dB
and having any of the following:
a. A 'half-wave voltage' ('VTI') less than 2.7 V when measured at a
frequency of 1 GHz or below; or
b. A 'VTT.' of less than 4 V when measured at a frequency of more
than 1 GHz; or
2. A maximum operating frequency equal to or greater than 20
GHz, an optical insertion loss equal to or less than 3 dB and
having any of the following:
a. A 'V71' less than 3.3 V when measured at a frequency of 1 GHz or
below; or
b. A 'VTC' less than 5 V when measured at a frequency of more than 1
GHz.
Note: 8A301J includes electro-optic modulators having optical input and output
connectors (e.g., fibre-optic pigtails).
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 8A301J, a 'half-wave voltage' ('Vn') is the applied voltage
necessary to make a phase change of 180 degrees in the wavelength of light
propagating through the optical modulator'.]
8A302 General purpose "electronic assemblies",
modules and equipment, as follows:
a. Recording equipment and oscilloscopes, as follows:
1. (Reserved);
2. (Reserved);
3. (Reserved);
4. (Reserved);
5. (Reserved)
N.B. For waveform digitizers and transient recorders, see
8A302.h.
6[8A302 a. 6. Digital
data recorders having all of the following:
a. A sustained 'continuous throughput' of more than 6.4 Gbit/s to disk or
solid-state drive memory; and
b. "Signal processing" of the radio frequency signal data while it is being
recorded;]
old[8A302 a. 6. Digital data recorders having all of the
following:
a. A sustained 'continuous throughput' of more than 6.4 Gbit/s to disk or
solid-state drive memory; and
b. A processor that performs analysis of radio frequency signal data while it is
being recorded;]
Technical Notes
1. For recorders with a parallel bus architecture, the 'continuous throughput'
rate is the highest word rate multiplied by the number of bits in a word.
2. 'Continuous throughput' is the fastest data rate the instrument can record to
disk or solid-state drive memory without the loss of any information while
sustaining the input digital data rate or digitizer conversion rate.
8A302 a. 7. Real-time oscilloscopes having a vertical
root-mean-square (rms) noise voltage of less than 2% of full-scale at the
vertical scale setting that provides the lowest noise value for any input 3dB
bandwidth of 60
GHz or greater per channel; Note 8A302.a.7 does not apply to equivalent-time
sampling oscilloscopes.
8A302 b. (Reserved)
8A302 c. "Signal analysers" as follows:
1['8A302.C.1 "Signal analysers" having a 3 dB resolution bandwidth (RBW) exceeding
40 MHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding
37 GHz;']
old[1. "Signal analysers" having a 3 dB resolution bandwidth (RBW) exceeding 10 MHz
anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz;]
2. "Signal analysers" having Displayed Average Noise Level (DANL) less (better)
than “-” 150 dBm/Hz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but
not exceeding 90 GHz;
3. "Signal analysers" having a frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
1['8A302.C. 4 "Signal analysers" having all of the following:
a. 'Real-time bandwidth' exceeding 170 MHz; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. 100% probability of discovery, with less than a 3 dB reduction from full
amplitude due to gaps or windowing effects, of signals having a duration of 15
p.s or less; or
2. A 'frequency mask trigger' function with 100% probability of trigger
(capture) for signals having a duration of 15 us or less;
Technical Notes:
1. 'Real-time bandwidth' is the widest frequency range for which the analyser
can continuously transform time-domain data entirely into frequency-domain
results, using a Fourier or other discrete time transform that processes every
incoming time point, without a reduction of measured amplitude of more than 3 dB
below the actual signal amplitude caused by gaps or windowing effects, while
outputting or displaying the transformed data.
2. Probability of discovery in 8A302.c.4.b.l is also referred to as probability
of intercept or probability of capture.
3. For the purposes of 8A302.c.4.b. 1, the duration for 100% probability of
discovery is equivalent to the minimum signal duration necessary for the
specified level measurement uncertainty.
4. A frequency mask trigger' is a mechanism where the trigger function is able
to select a frequency range to be triggered on as a subset of the acquisition
bandwidth while ignoring other signals that may also be present within the same
acquisition bandwidth. A frequency mask trigger' may contain more than one
independent set of limits.
Note: 8A302.c.4 does not apply to those "signal analysers" using only constant
percentage bandwidth filters (also known as octave or fractional octave
filters)'.]
old[
4. "Signal analysers" having all of the following:
a. "Real-time bandwidth" exceeding 170 MHz; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. 100% probability of discovery, with less than a 3 dB reduction from full
amplitude due to gaps or windowing effects, of signals having a duration of 15
μs or less; or
2. A "frequency mask trigger" function with 100% probability of trigger
(capture) for signals having a duration of 15 μs or less;
Technical Notes
1. Probability of discovery in 8A302.c.4.b.1 is also referred to as probability
of intercept or probability of capture.
2. For the purposes of 8A302.c.4.b.1, the duration for 100% probability of
discovery is equivalent to the minimum signal duration necessary for the
specified level measurement uncertainty.]
Note 8A302.c.4 does not apply to those "signal analysers" using only constant
percentage bandwidth filters (also known as octave or fractional octave
filters).
8A302 c. 5. (Reserved)
8A302 d. Signal generators having any of the following:
1. Specified to generate pulse-modulated signals having all of the following,
anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz:
a. 'Pulse duration' of less than 25 ns; and
b. On/off ratio equal to or exceeding 65 dB;
2. An output power exceeding 100 mW (20 dBm) anywhere within the frequency range
exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
3. A "frequency switching time" as specified by any of the following:
a. (Reserved);
b. Less than 100 μs for any frequency change exceeding 2.2 GHz within the
frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
c. (Reserved);
d. Less than 500 μs for any frequency change exceeding 550 MHz within the
frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz but not exceeding 37 GHz; or
8A302 d. 3. e. Less than 100 μs for any frequency change
exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37 GHz but not exceeding
90 GHz;
f. (Reserved)
6[8A302.d. 4. Single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz, specified as being any of the following:
a. Less (better) than -(126+20 log10F-20 log 10f) anywhere within
the range of 10 Hz < F <10 kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2
GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz; or
b.Less (better) than -(206 - 201og10f) anywhere
within the range of 10 kHz < F < 100 kHz anywhere within the frequency range
exceeding 3.2 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
Technical Note
In 8A302.d.4., F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the
operating frequency in MHz.]
old[8A302 d. 4. Single sideband (SSB) phase noise, in dBc/Hz,
specified as being any of the following:
a. Less (better) than -(126+20 log10F-20 log10f) anywhere within the range of 10
Hz ≤ F ≤10 kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not
exceeding 90 GHz; or
b. Less (better) than -(206 - 20log10f) anywhere within the range of 10 kHz < F
≤ 100 kHz anywhere within the frequency range exceeding 3.2 GHz but not
exceeding 90 GHz; or
Technical Note
In 8A302 .d.4, F is the offset from the operating frequency in Hz and f is the
operating frequency in MHz.]
6[8A302
d.
5. An 'RF modulation bandwidth' of digital baseband signals as specified by any
of the following:
a. Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 4.8 GHz but
not exceeding 31.8 GHz;
b. Exceeding 550 MHz within the frequency range exceeding 31.8 GHz
but not exceeding 37 GHz; or
c. Exceeding 2.2 GHz within the frequency range exceeding 37
GHz but
not exceeding 90 GHz; or
Technical Note
'RF modulation bandwidth' is the Radio Frequency (RF) bandwidth occupied by a
digitally encoded baseband signal modulated onto an RF signal. It is also
referred to as information bandwidth or vector modulation bandwidth. I/Q digital
modulation is the technical method for producing a vector-modulated RF output
signal, and that output signal is typically specified as having an 'RF
modulation bandwidth'.]
old[8A302 d. 5. A maximum frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note 1 For the purpose of 8A302.d, signal generators include arbitrary waveform
and function generators.
Note 2 8A302.d does not apply to equipment in which the output frequency is
either produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator
frequencies, or by an addition or subtraction followed by a multiplication of
the result.
Technical Notes
1. The maximum frequency of an arbitrary waveform or function generator is
calculated by dividing the sample rate, in samples/second, by a factor of 2.5.
2. For the purposes of 8A302.d.1.a, 'pulse duration' is defined as the time
interval from the point on the leading edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude
to the point on the trailing edge that is 50 % of the pulse amplitude.]
7[8A302 d.
6. A maximum frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
Note I For the purpose of 8A302.d, signal generators include arbitrary
waveform and function generators.
Note 2 8A302.d. does not apply to equipment in which the output frequency is
either produced by the addition or subtraction of two or more crystal oscillator
frequencies, or by an addition or subtraction followed by a multiplication of
the result.
Technical Notes
1. The maximum frequency of an arbitrary waveform or function \ generator is
calculated by dividing the sample rate, in I samples/second, by a factor of 2.5.
2. For the purposes o/8A302.d. I.a., 'pulse duration' is defined as the time
interval from the point on the leading edge that is 50% of the pulse amplitude
to the point on the trailing edge that is 50 % of the pulse amplitude.]
8A302 e. Network analysers having any of the following:
1. An output power exceeding 31.62 mW (15 dBm) anywhere within the operating
frequency range exceeding 43.5 GHz but not exceeding 90 GHz;
2. An output power exceeding 1 mW (0 dBm) anywhere within the operating
frequency range exceeding 90 GHz but not exceeding 110 GHz;
3. 'Nonlinear vector measurement functionality' at frequencies exceeding 50 GHz
but not exceeding 110 GHz; or
Technical Note
'Nonlinear vector measurement functionality' is an instrument’s ability to
analyse the test results of devices driven into the large-signal domain or the
non-linear distortion range.
4. A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz;
8A302 f. Microwave test receivers having all of the
following:
1. A maximum operating frequency exceeding 110 GHz; and
2. Being capable of measuring amplitude and phase simultaneously;
8A302 g. Atomic frequency standards being any of the
following:
1. "Space-qualified";
2. Non-rubidium and having a long-term stability less (better) than 1 x
10-11/month; or
3. Non-"space-qualified" and having all of the following:
a. Being a rubidium standard;
b. Long-term stability less (better) than 1 x 10-11/month; and
c. Total power consumption of less than 1 Watt;
1['8A302.h "Electronic assemblies", modules or equipment, specified to perform all
of the following:
1. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
a. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with a "sample
rate" greater than 1.3 Giga Samples Per Second (GSPS);
b. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with a
"sample rate" greater than 1.0 GSPS;
c. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with a
"sample rate" greater than 1.0 GSPS;
d. A resolution of 14 bit or more but less than 16 bit, with a "sample
rate" greater than 400 Mega Samples Per Second (MSPS); or
e. A resolution of 16 bit or more with a "sample rate" greater than
180 MSPS; and'
2. Any of the following:
a. Output of digitized data;
b. Storage of digitized data; or
c. Processing of digitized data;
N.B. Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes, "signal analysers", signal
generators, network analysers and microwave test receivers, are specified by
8A302.a.6, 8A302.a.7, 8A302.C, 8A302.d, 8A302.e and 8A302.f, respectively.
Technical Note:
1. A resolution of n bit corresponds to a quantisation of 2n levels.
2. The resolution of the ADC is the number of bits of the digital output of the
ADC that represents the measured analogue input. Effective Number of Bits (ENOB)
is not used to determine the resolution of the ADC.
3. For non-interleaved multiple-channel "electronic assemblies", modules, or
equipment, the "sample rate" is not aggregated and the "sample rate" is the
maximum rate of any single channel.
4. For interleaved channels on multiple-channel "electronic assemblies",
modules, or equipment, the "sample rates" are aggregated and the "sample rate"
is the maximum combined total rate of all the interleaved channels.']
old[8A302 h. "Electronic assemblies", modules or equipment,
specified to perform all of the following:
1. Analogue-to-digital conversions meeting any of the following:
a. A resolution of 8 bit or more, but less than 10 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.3 billion samples per second;
b. A resolution of 10 bit or more, but less than 12 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.0 billion samples per second;
c. A resolution of 12 bit or more, but less than 14 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 1.0 billion samples per second;
d. A resolution of 14 bit or more but less than 16 bit, with an input sample
rate greater than 400 million samples per second; or
e. A resolution of 16 bit or more with an input sample rate greater than 180
million samples per second; and
2. Any of the following:
a. Output of digitized data;
b. Storage of digitized data; or
c. Processing of digitized data; N.B. Digital data recorders, oscilloscopes,
"signal analysers", signal generators, network analysers and microwave test
receivers, are specified by 8A302.a.6, 8A302.a.7,
8A302.c, 8A302.., 8A302.e and 8A302.f, respectively.
Technical Note
For multiple-channel "electronic assemblies" or modules, control status is
determined by the highest single-channel specified performance. Note 8A302.h
includes ADC cards, waveform digitizers, data acquisition cards, signal
acquisition boards and transient recorders.]
8A303 Spray cooling thermal management systems
employing closed loop fluid handling and reconditioning equipment in a sealed
enclosure where a dielectric fluid is sprayed onto electronic components using
specially
designed spray nozzles that are designed to maintain electronic components
within their operating temperature range, and specially designed components
therefor.
8B3 ELECTRONICS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B301 Equipment for the manufacturing of semiconductor
devices or materials, as follows and specially designed components and
accessories therefor:
a. Equipment designed for epitaxial growth as follows:
1. Equipment designed or modified to produce a layer of any material other than
silicon with a thickness uniform to less than ± 2.5% across a distance of 75 mm
or more;
Note 8B301.a.1 includes atomic layer epitaxy (ALE) equipment.
2. Metal Organic Chemical Vapour Deposition (MOCVD) reactors designed for
compound semiconductor epitaxial growth of material having two or more of the
following elements: aluminium, gallium, indium, arsenic,
phosphorus, antimony, or nitrogen;
3. Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment using gas or solid sources;
8B301 b. Equipment designed for ion implantation and
having any of the following:
1. (Reserved);
2. Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more
and a beam current of 10 mA or more for hydrogen, deuterium or helium implant;
3. Direct write capability;
4. A beam energy of 65 keV or more and a beam current of 45 mA or more for high
energy oxygen implant into a heated semiconductor material "substrate"; or
5. Being designed and optimized to operate at a beam energy of 20 keV or more
and a beam current of 10 mA or more for silicon implant into a semiconductor
material "substrate" heated to 600°C or greater;
8B301 c. (Reserved);
8B301 d. (Reserved);
8B301 e. Automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer
handling systems having all of the following:
1. Interfaces for wafer input and output, to which more than two functionally
different 'semiconductor process tools' specified by 8B301.a.1, 8B301.a.2,
8B301.a.6.3 or 8B301.b are designed to be
connected; and
2. Designed to form an integrated system in a vacuum environment for 'sequential
multiple wafer processing';
Note 8B301.e does not apply to automatic robotic wafer handling systems
specially designed for parallel wafer processing.
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of 8B301.e, 'semiconductor process tools' refers to modular
tools that provide physical processes for semiconductor production that are
functionally different, such as deposition, implant or thermal processing.
2. For the purpose of 8B301.e, 'sequential multiple wafer processing' means the
capability to process each wafer in different 'semiconductor process tools',
such as by transferring each wafer from one tool to a second tool and on to a
third tool with the automatic loading multi-chamber central wafer handling
systems.
8B301 f. Lithography equipment as follows:
1. Align and expose step and repeat (direct step on wafer) or step and scan
(scanner) equipment for wafer processing using photo-optical or X-ray methods
and having any of the following:
a. A light source wavelength shorter than 193 nm; or
b. Capable of producing a pattern with a 'Minimum Resolvable Feature size' (MRF)
of 45 nm or less;
Technical Note
The 'Minimum Resolvable Feature size' (MRF) is calculated by the following
formula:
MRF =(an exposure light source wavelength in nm) x (K factor) numerical aperture
where the K factor = 0.35
8B301 f. 2. Imprint lithography equipment capable of
producing features of 45 nm or less;
Note 8B301.f.2 includes:
- Micro contact printing tools
- Hot embossing tools
- Nano-imprint lithography tools
- Step and flash imprint lithography (S-FIL) tools
8B301 f. 3. Equipment specially designed for mask making
having all of the following:
a. A deflected focused electron beam, ion beam or "laser" beam; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. A full-width half-maximum (FWHM) spot size smaller than 65 nm and an image
placement less than 17 nm (mean + 3 sigma); or
2. (Reserved)
3. A second-layer overlay error of less than 23 nm (mean + 3 sigma) on the mask;
8B301 f. 4. Equipment designed for device processing
using direct writing methods, having all of the following:
a. A deflected focused electron beam; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. A minimum beam size equal to or smaller than 15 nm; or
2. An overlay error less than 27 nm (mean + 3 sigma);
8B301 g. Masks and reticles, designed for integrated
circuits specified by 8A301;
6[8B301
h. Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer not specified by 8B301 .g. and
designed to be used by lithography equipment having a light source wavelength
less than 245 nm;
Note 8B301.h. does not apply to multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer designed for the fabrication of memory devices not specified by 8A301.']
[8B301 h. Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer not
specified by 8B301.g. and having any of the following:
1. Made on a mask "substrate blank" from glass specified as having less than 7
nm/cm birefringence; or
2. Designed to be used by lithography equipment having a light source wavelength
less than 245 nm;
Note 8B301.h. does not apply to multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer
designed for the fabrication of memory devices not specified by 8B301.]
8B301 i. Imprint lithography templates designed for
integrated circuits specified by 8A301.
2['8B301. j. Mask "substrate blanks" with multilayer reflector structure consisting
of molybdenum and silicon, and having all of the following:
1. Specially designed for 'Extreme Ultraviolet' ('EUV') lithography; and
2. Compliant with SEMI Standard P37.
Technical Note:
'Extreme Ultraviolet' ('EUV') refers to electromagnetic spectrum wavelengths
greater than 5 nm and less than 124 nm.']
1['8B302 Test equipment specially designed for testing finished or unfinished
semiconductor devices as follows and specially designed components and
accessories
therefor:
a. For testing S-parameters of items specified by 8A301 .b.3;
b. (Reserved)
c. For
testing items specified by 8A301.b.2'.]
old[8B302 Test equipment specially designed for
testing finished or unfinished semiconductor devices as follows and specially
designed components and accessories
therefor:
a. For testing S-parameters of transistor devices at frequencies exceeding 31.8
GHz;
b. (Reserved)
c. For testing microwave integrated circuits specified by 8A301.b.2.]
8C3ELECTRONICS (MATERIALS)
8C301 Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a
"substrate" having stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of any of the
following:
a. Silicon (Si);
b. Germanium (Ge);
c. Silicon Carbide (SiC); or
d. "III/V compounds" of gallium or indium.
Note 8C301.d. does not apply to a "substrate" having one or more P-type
epitaxial layers of GaN, InGaN, AlGaN, InAlN, InAlGaN, GaP, GaAs, AlGaAs, InP,
InGaP, AlInP or InGaAlP, independent of the sequence of the elements, except if
the P-type epitaxial layer is between N-type layers.
8C302 Resist materials as follows and
"substrates" coated with the following resists:
a. Resists designed for semiconductor lithography as follows:
1[
'8C302.a. 1 Positive resists adjusted (optimised) for use at wavelengths less
than 193 nm but equal to or greater than 15 nm'.]
old[1. Positive resists adjusted (optimised) for use at wavelengths less than 245 nm
but equal to or greater than 15 nm;]
2. Resists adjusted (optimised) for use at wavelengths less than 15 nm but
greater than 1 nm;
b. All resists designed for use with electron beams or ion beams, with a
sensitivity of 0.01 μcoulomb/mm2 or better;
c. (Reserved);
d. All resists optimised for surface imaging technologies;
e. All resists designed or optimised for use with imprint lithography equipment
specified by 8B301.f.2 that use either a thermal or photo-curable process.
8C303 Organo-inorganic compounds as follows:
a. Organo-metallic compounds of aluminium, gallium or indium, having a purity
(metal basis) better than 99.999%;
b. Organo-arsenic, organo-antimony and organo-phosphorus compounds, having a
purity (inorganic element basis) better than 99.999%.
Note 8C303 only applies to compounds whose metallic, partly metallic or
non-metallic element is directly linked to carbon in the organic part of the
molecule.
8C304 Hydrides of phosphorus, arsenic or
antimony, having a purity better than 99.999%, even diluted in inert gases or
hydrogen.
Note 8C304 does not apply to hydrides containing 20% molar or more of inert
gases or hydrogen.
1['8C305 High resistivity materials as follows:
a. Silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride
(A1N) or aluminium gallium nitride (AlGaN) semiconductor
"substrates", or ingots, boules, or other preforms of those materials,having resistivities greater than 10,000 ohm-cm at 20°C;
b. Polycrystalline "substrates" or polycrystalline ceramic "substrates",
having resistivities greater than 10,000 ohm-cm at 20°C and having
at least one non-epitaxial single-crystal layer of silicon (Si), silicon
carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN), aluminium nitride (A1N), or aluminium
gallium nitride (AlGaN) on the surface of the "substrate".']
old[8C305 Silicon carbide (SiC), gallium nitride (GaN),
aluminium nitride (AlN) or aluminium gallium nitride (AlGaN) semiconductor
"substrates", or ingots, boules, or other preforms of those materials, having
resistivities
greater than 10,000 ohm-cm at 20°C.]
1['8C306 Materials, not specified by 8C301, consisting of a "substrate" specified
by 8C305 with at least one epitaxial layer of silicon carbide, gallium nitride,
aluminium nitride or aluminium gallium nitride.']
old[8C306 "Substrates" specified in 8C305 with at least
one epitaxial layer of silicon carbide, gallium nitride, aluminium nitride or
aluminium gallium nitride.]
8D3 ELECTRONICS (SOFTWARE)
8D301 "Software" specially designed for the
"development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A301.b to 8A302.h or
8B3.
8D302 "Software" specially designed for the "use" of
equipment specified by 8B301.a to f or 8B302.
8D303 'Physics-based' simulation "software"
specially designed for the "development" of lithographic, etching or deposition
processes for translating masking patterns into specific topographical patterns
in conductors,
dielectrics or semiconductor materials.
Technical Note
'Physics-based' in 8D303 means using computations to determine a sequence of
physical cause and effect events based on physical properties (e.g.,
temperature, pressure, diffusion constants and semiconductor materials
properties).
Note Libraries, design attributes or associated data for the design of
semiconductor devices or integrated circuits are considered as "technology".
8D304 "Software" specially designed for the
"development" of equipment specified by 8B303.
7[8D305 "Software" specially designed to restore normal operation of a microcomputer,
"microprocessor microcircuit" or "microcomputer microcircuit" within 1 ms after
an Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) or Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) disruption,
without loss of continuation of operation.]
8E3ELECTRONICS (TECHNOLOGY)
1['8E301 "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the
"development" or "production" of equipment or materials specified by 8A3, 8B3 or
8C3;
. Note 1: 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for equipment or components
specified by 8A303.
Note 2: 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for integrated circuits specified
by 8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.12, having all of the following:
a. Using "technology" at or above 0.130 um; and
b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with three or fewer metal
layers.
Note 3: 8E301 does not apply to 'Process Design Kits' ('PDKs') unless they
include libraries implementing functions or technologies for items specified by
8A301.
Technical Note:
A 'Process Design Kit' ('PDK') is a software tool provided by a semiconductor
manufacturer to ensure that the required design practices and rules are taken
into account in order to successfully produce a specific integrated circuit
design in a specific semiconductor process, in accordance with technological and
manufacturing constraints (each semiconductor manufacturing process has its
particular 'PDK')'.]
old[8E301 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials
specified by 8A3, 8B3 or 8C3;
Note 1 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for equipment or components
specified by 8A303.
Note 2 8E301 does not apply to "technology" for integrated circuits specified by
8A301.a.3 to 8A301.a.12, having all of the following:
a. Using "technology" at or above
0.130 μm; and
b. Incorporating multi-layer
structures with three or fewer metal layers.]
8E302 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note other than that specified by 8E301 for the "development" or
"production" of a "microprocessor microcircuit", "microcomputer microcircuit" or
microcontroller microcircuit core, having an arithmetic logic unit with an
access width of 32 bits or more and any of the following features or
characteristics:
8E302 a. A 'vector processor unit' designed to perform
more than two calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays of
32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously;
Technical Note
A 'vector processor unit' is a processor element with built-in instructions that
perform multiple calculations on floating-point vectors (one-dimensional arrays
of 32-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at least one vector
arithmetic logic unit and vector registers of at least 32 elements each.
b. Designed to perform more than four 64-bit or larger floating-point operation
results per cycle; or
c. Designed to perform more than eight 16-bit fixed-point multiply-accumulate
results per cycle (e.g., digital manipulation of analogue information that has
been previously converted into digital form, also known
as digital "signal processing").
Note 1 8E302 does not apply to "technology" for multimedia extensions. Note 2
8E302 does not apply to "technology" for micro-processor cores, having all of
the following:
a Using "technology" at or above 0.130 μm; and
b. Incorporating multi-layer structures with five or fewer metal layers. Note 3
8E302 includes "technology" for the "development" or "production" of digital
signal processors and digital array processors.
8E303 Other "technology" for the "development" or
"production" of the following:
a. Vacuum microelectronic devices;
b. Hetero-structure semiconductor electronic devices such as high electron
mobility transistors (HEMT), hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well and
super lattice devices;
Note 8E303.b does not apply to "technology" for high electron mobility
transistors (HEMT) operating at frequencies lower than 31.8 GHz and
hetero-junction bipolar transistors (HBT) operating at frequencies lower than
31.8 GHz.
c. "Superconductive" electronic devices;
d. Substrates of films of diamond for electronic components;
e. Substrates of silicon-on-insulator (SOI) for integrated circuits in which the
insulator is silicon dioxide;
f. Substrates of silicon carbide for electronic components;
6[g. 'Vacuum electronic devices' operating at
frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher.]
old[g. 'Vacuum electronic devices' operating at frequencies of 31.8 GHz or higher.]
8A4 COMPUTERS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
Note 1 Computers, related equipment and "software" performing
telecommunications or "local area network" functions must also be evaluated
against the performance characteristics of (8A501,8B501,8C5,8D501,8E5)-Part 1
(Telecommunications).
1['Note 2: Control units which directly interconnect the buses or channels of
central processing units, 'main storage' or disk controllers are not regarded as
telecommunications equipment described in (8A501,8B501,8C5,8D501,8E5)- Part 1
(Telecommunications).
N.B. For the status of "software " specially designed for packet switching,
see 8D501 (Telecommunications).
Technical Note:
'Main storage' is the primary storage for data or instructions for rapid access
by a central processing unit. It consists of the internal storage of a "digital
computer" and any hierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage or
non-sequentially accessed extended storage.']
old[Note 2 Control units which directly interconnect the buses or channels of
central processing units, "main storage" or disk controllers are not regarded as
telecommunications equipment described in (8A501,8B501,8C5,8D501,8E5)-Part 1
(Telecommunications).
N.B. For the status of "software" specially designed for packet
switching, see 8D501 (Telecommunications).]
Note 3 (Reserved)
8A401 Electronic computers and related equipment,
having any of the following and "electronic assemblies" and specially designed
components therefor:
a. Specially designed to have any of the following:
1. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature below 228 K (-45°C) or above
358 K (85°C); or
Note 8A401.a.1 does not apply to computers specially designed for civil
automobile, railway train or “civil aircraft” applications.
2. Radiation hardened to exceed any of the following specifications:
a. Total Dose 5 x 103 Gy (Si);
b. Dose Rate Upset 5 x 106 Gy (Si)/s; or
c. Single Event Upset 1 x 10-8 Error/bit/day.
Note 8A401.a.2 does not apply to computers specially designed for "civil
aircraft" applications.
8A401 b. (Reserved)
8A402 (Reserved)
8A403 "Digital computers", "electronic
assemblies", and related equipment therefor, as follows and specially designed
components therefor:
Note 1 8A403 includes the following:
- 'Vector processors';
- Array processors;
- Digital signal processors;
- Logic processors;
- Equipment designed for "image enhancement".
Note 2 The status of the "digital computers" and related equipment described in
8A403 is determined by the status of other equipment or systems provided:
a. The "digital computers" or related equipment are essential for the operation
of the other equipment or systems;
b. The "digital computers" or related equipment are not a "principal element" of
the other equipment or systems; and
N.B.1 The status of "signal processing" or "image enhancement" equipment
specially designed for other equipment with functions limited to those required
for the other equipment is determined by the status of the other
equipment
even if it exceeds the "principal element" criterion.
N.B.2 For the status of "digital computers" or related equipment for
telecommunications equipment, see (8A501, 8B501, 8C5, 8D5, 8E5) - Part 1
(Telecommunications).
c. The "technology" for the "digital computers" and related equipment is
determined by 8E4.
8A403 a. (Reserved)
1['8A403. b. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP')
exceeding 29 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);']
old[b. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding
16 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);]
c. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing
performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation
exceeds the limit specified by8A403.b;
Note 1 8A403.c applies only to "electronic assemblies" and programmable
interconnections not exceeding the limit specified by 8A403.b when shipped as
unintegrated "electronic assemblies".
Note 2 8A403.c does not apply to "electronic assemblies" specially designed for
a product or family of products whose maximum configuration does not exceed the
limit specified by 8A403.b.
8A403 d. (Reserved)
e. (Reserved) N.B. For "electronic assemblies", modules or equipment, performing
analogue-to-digital conversions, see 8A302.h.
f. (Reserved)
g. Equipment specially designed for aggregating the performance of "digital
computers" by providing external interconnections which allow communications at
unidirectional data rates exceeding 2.0 Gbyte/s per
link.
Note 8A403.g does not apply to internal interconnection equipment (e.g,
backplanes, buses), passive interconnection equipment, "network access
controllers" or "communications channel controllers".
8A404 Computers as follows and specially designed
related equipment, "electronic assemblies" and components therefor:
a. "Systolic array computers";
b. "Neural computers";
c. "Optical computers".
2['Technical Notes:
1. 'Systolic array computers' are computers where the flow and modification of
the data is dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by the user.
2. 'Neural computers' are computational devices designed or modified to mimic
the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i.e., computational
devices which are distinguished by their hardware capability to modulate the
weights and numbers of the interconnections of a multiplicity of computational
components based on previous data.
3. 'Optical computers' are computers designed or modified to use light to
represent data and whose computational logic elements are based on directly
coupled optical devices'.]
8A405 Systems, equipment, and components therefor,
specially designed or modified for the generation, command and control, or
delivery of "intrusion software".
8B4 COMPUTERS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT) – (Reserved)
8C4 COMPUTERS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D4 COMPUTERS (SOFTWARE)
Note The status of "software" for equipment described in other Categories is
dealt with in the appropriate Category.
8D401 "Software" as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development" or
"production" of equipment or "software" specified by 8A4 or 8D4.
b. "Software", other than that specified by 8D401.a, specially designed or
modified for the "development" or "production" of equipment as follows:
1['8D401.b. 1 "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP')
exceeding 15 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);']
old[1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding
8.0 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT)]
2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing
performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation
exceeds the limit in 8D401.b.1.
2[Note 1: 8E401.a and 8E401.c do not apply to 'vulnerability disclosure' or
'cyber incident response'.
Note 2: Note 1 does not diminish national
authorities' rights to ascertain
compliance with 8E401.a and 8E401.C.
Technical Notes:
1. 'Vulnerability disclosure' means the process of identifying, reporting, or
communicating a vulnerability to, or analysing a vulnerability with, individuals
or organizations responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation for the
purpose of resolving the vulnerability.
2. 'Cyber incident response' means the process of exchanging necessary
information on a cyber security incident with individuals or organizations
responsible for conducting or coordinating remediation to address the cyber
security incident.']
8D402 (Reserved)
8D403 (Reserved)
8D404 "Software" specially designed or modified for
the generation, command and control, or delivery of "intrusion software".
2['Note: 8D404 does not apply to "software" specially designed and limited to
provide "software" updates or upgrades meeting all the following:
a. The update or upgrade operates only with the authorisation of
the owner or administrator of the system receiving it; and
b. After the update or upgrade, the "software" updated or
upgraded is not any of the following:
1. "Software " specified by 8D404; or
2. "Intrusion software".']
8E4COMPUTERS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E401 "Technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note, for the "development",
"production" or "use" of equipment or "software" specified by 8A4 or 8D4.
b. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note, other than that
specified by 8E401.a., for the "development" or "production" of equipment as
follows:
1. "Digital computers" having an 'Adjusted Peak Performance' ('APP') exceeding
8.0 Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT);
2. "Electronic assemblies" specially designed or modified for enhancing
performance by aggregation of processors so that the 'APP' of the aggregation
exceeds the limit in 8E401.b.1.
c. "Technology" for the "development" of "intrusion software".
TECHNICAL NOTE ON 'ADJUSTED PEAK PERFORMANCE' ('APP')
'APP' is an adjusted peak rate at which "digital computers" perform 64-bit or
larger floating point additions and multiplications.
Abbreviations used in this Technical Note
n number of processors in the "digital computer"
i processor number (i,...n)
ti processor cycle time (ti = 1/Fi)
Fi processor frequency
Ri peak floating point calculating rate
Wi architecture adjustment factor
'APP' is expressed in Weighted TeraFLOPS (WT), in units of 1012 adjusted
floating point operations per second.
Outline of 'APP' calculation method
1. For each processor i, determine the peak number of 64-bit or larger floating
point operations, FPOi, performed per cycle for each processor in the "digital
computer".
1['Note: In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point
additions or multiplications. All floating point operations must be expressed in
operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple cycles may be
expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not capable of
performing calculations on floating point operands of 64-bit or more, the
effective calculating rate R is zero'.]
old[Note In determining FPO, include only 64-bit or larger floating point
additions and/or multiplications. All floating point operations must be
expressed in operations per processor cycle; operations requiring multiple
cycles may be expressed in fractional results per cycle. For processors not
capable of performing calculations on floating point operands of 64-bit or more,
the effective calculating rate R is zero.]
2. Calculate the floating point rate R for each processor Ri = FPOi/ti
3. Calculate 'APP' as 'APP' = W1 x R1 + W2 x R2
+ … + Wn x Rn.
4. For 'vector processors', Wi = 0.9. For non-'vector processors', Wi
= 0.3.
Note 1 For processors that perform compound operations in a cycle, such
as addition and multiplication, each operation is counted.
Note 2 For a pipelined processor the effective calculating rate R is the
faster of the pipelined rate, once the pipeline is full, or the non-pipelined
rate.
Note 3 The calculating rate R of each contributing processor is to be
calculated at its maximum value theoretically possible before the 'APP' of the
combination is derived. Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist
when the computer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel, or simultaneous
operation or execution in a manual or brochure for the computer.
Note 4 Do not include processors that are limited to input/output and
peripheral functions (e.g, disk drive, communication and video display) when
calculating 'APP'.
Note 5 'APP' values are not to be calculated for processor combinations (inter)connected
by "Local Area Networks", Wide Area Networks, I/O shared connections/devices,
I/O controllers and any communication interconnection implemented by "software".
Note 6 'APP' values must be calculated for processor combinations containing
processors specially designed to enhance performance by aggregation, operating
simultaneously and sharing memory; Technical Notes
1. Aggregate all processors and accelerators operating simultaneously and
located on the same die.
2. Processor combinations share memory when any processor is capable of
accessing any memory location in the system through the hardware transmission of
cache lines or memory words, without the involvement of any software mechanism,
which may be achieved using "electronic assemblies" specified in 8A403.c.
Note 7 A 'vector processor' is defined as a processor with built-in
instructions that perform multiple calculations on floating-point vectors
(one-dimensional arrays of 64-bit or larger numbers) simultaneously, having at
least 2 vector functional units and at least 8 vector registers of at least 64
elements each.
8A5 PART-1 TELECOMMUNICATIONS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND
COMPONENTS)
Note 1 The status of components, test and "production" equipment and
"software" therefor which are specially designed for telecommunications
equipment or systems is determined in (8A501, 8B501, 8C5, 8D501 and 8E501) Part
1.
N.B. For "lasers" specially designed for telecommunications equipment or
systems, see 8A505.
Note 2 "Digital computers", related equipment or "software", when essential
for the operation and support of telecommunications equipment described in 8A5-
Part-I, are regarded as specially designed components, provided they are the
standard models customarily supplied by the manufacturer. This includes
operation, administration, maintenance, engineering or billing computer systems.
8A501 Telecommunications systems, equipment,
components and accessories, as follows:
1['8A501.a Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following
characteristics, functions or features:
1. Specially designed to withstand transitory electronic effects or
electromagnetic pulse effects, both arising from a nuclear explosion;
2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation;
3. Specially designed to operate below 218 K (-55° C); or
4. Specially designed to operate above 397 K (124° C);
Note 1: 8A50I.a.3 and 8A50I.a. 4 apply only to electronic equipment. Note 2:
8A501.a.2, 8A501.a.3 and 8A501.a.4 do not apply to equipment designed or
modified for use on board satellites.']
old[ a. Any type of telecommunications equipment having any of the following
characteristics, functions or features:
1. Specially designed to withstand transitory electronic effects or
electromagnetic pulse effects, both arising from a nuclear explosion;
2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutron or ion radiation; or
3. Specially designed to operate outside the temperature range from 218 K
(-55°C) to 397 K (124°C);]
Note 8A501.a.3 applies only to electronic equipment.
Note 8A501.a.2 and 8A501.a.3 do not apply to equipment designed or modified for
use on board satellites.
8A501 b. Telecommunication systems and equipment, and
specially designed components and accessories therefor, having any of the
following characteristics, functions or features:
1. Being underwater untethered communications systems having any of the
following:
a. An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range from 20 kHz to 60 kHz;
b. Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency below 30 kHz;
c. Using electronic beam steering techniques; or
d. Using "lasers" or light-emitting diodes (LEDs), with an output wavelength
greater than 400 nm and less than 700 nm, in a "local area network";
2. Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and having
all of the following:
a. Automatically predicting and selecting frequencies and "total digital
transfer rates" per channel to optimise the transmission; and
8A501 b. 2. b. Incorporating a linear power amplifier
configuration having a capability to support multiple signals simultaneously at
an output power of 1 kW or more in the frequency range of 1.5 MHz or more but
less
than 30 MHz, or 250 W or more in the frequency range of 30 MHz or more but not
exceeding 87.5 MHz, over an "instantaneous bandwidth" of one octave or more and
with an output harmonic and
distortion content of better than -80 dB;
8A501 b. 3. Being radio equipment employing "spread
spectrum" techniques, including "frequency hopping" techniques, not specified by
8A501.b.4 and having any of the following:
a. User programmable spreading codes; or
b. A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or more times the bandwidth of any
one information channel and in excess of 50 kHz;
Note 8A501.b.3.b does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use
with any of the following:
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil
telecommunications.
Note 8A501.b.3 does not apply to equipment designed to operate
at an output power of 1 W or less.
8A501 b. 4. Being radio equipment employing
ultra-wideband modulation techniques having user programmable channelizing
codes, scrambling codes or network identification codes and having any of the
following:
a. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
b. A "fractional bandwidth" of 20% or more;
8A501 b. 5. Being digitally controlled radio receivers
having all of the following:
a. More than 1,000 channels;
b. A 'channel switching time' of less than 1 ms;
c. Automatic searching or scanning of a part of the electromagnetic spectrum;
and
d. Identification of the received signals or the type of transmitter; or
Note 8A501.b.5 does not apply to radio equipment specially designed for use with
civil cellular radio-communications systems.
Technical Note
'Channel switching time': the time (i.e, delay) to change from one receiving
frequency to another, to arrive at or within ±0.05% of the final specified
receiving frequency. Items having a specified frequency range of less than
±0.05% around their centre frequency are defined to be incapable of channel
frequency switching.
8A501 b. 6. Employing functions of digital "signal
processing" to provide 'voice coding' output at rates of less than 700 bit/s.
Technical Notes
1. For variable rate 'voice coding', 8A501.b.6 applies to the 'voice coding'
output of continuous speech.
2. For the purpose of 8A501.b.6, 'voice coding' is defined as the technique to
take samples of human voice and then convert these samples into a digital
signal, taking into account specific characteristics of
human speech.
8A501 c. Optical fibres of more than 500 m in length and
specified by the manufacturer as being capable of withstanding a 'proof test'
tensile stress of 2 x 109 N/m2 or more;
N.B. For underwater umbilical cables, see 8A802.a.3.
Technical Note
'Proof Test': on-line or off-line production screen testing that dynamically
applies a prescribed tensile stress over a 0.5 to 3 m length of fibre at a
running rate of 2 to 5 m/s while passing between capstans approximately 150 mm
in diameter. The ambient temperature is a nominal 293 K (20 °C) and relative
humidity 40%.
1['8A501 .d 'Electronically steerable phased array antennae' as follows:
1. Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an
Effective Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm
Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP));
2. Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP
equal to or greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
3. Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP
equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
4. Rated for operation above 90 GHz;
Note 1: 8A501.d does not apply to 'electronically steer able phased array
antennae' for landing systems with instruments meeting 1CAO standards covering
Microwave Landing Systems (MLS).
Note 2: 8A501.d does not apply to antennae specially designed for any of the
following:
a. Civil cellular or WLAN radio-communications systems;
b. IEEE 802.15 or wireless HDM1; or
c. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil
telecommunications.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 8A501.d 'electronically steerable phased array antenna' is
an antenna which forms a beam by means of phase coupling, (i.e., the beam
direction is controlled by the complex excitation coefficients of the radiating
elements) and the direction of that beam can be varied (both in transmission and
reception) in azimuth or in elevation, or both, by application of an electrical
signal.']
old[8A501 d. "Electronically steerable phased array
antennae" as follows:
1. Rated for operation above 31.8 GHz, but not exceeding 57 GHz, and having an
Effective Radiated Power (ERP) equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm
Effective Isotropic Radiated Power (EIRP));
2. Rated for operation above 57 GHz, but not exceeding 66 GHz, and having an ERP
equal to or greater than +24 dBm (26.15 dBm EIRP);
3. Rated for operation above 66 GHz, but not exceeding 90 GHz, and having an ERP
equal to or greater than +20 dBm (22.15 dBm EIRP);
4. Rated for operation above 90 GHz;
Note 8A501.d does not apply to "electronically steerable phased array antennae"
for landing systems with instruments meeting ICAO standards covering Microwave
Landing Systems (MLS).]
8A501 e. Radio direction finding
equipment operating at frequencies above 30 MHz and having all of the following,
and specially designed components therefor:
1. "Instantaneous bandwidth" of 10 MHz or more; and
2. Capable of finding a Line of Bearing (LOB) to non-cooperating radio
transmitters with a signal duration of less than 1 ms;
8A501 f. Mobile telecommunications interception or
jamming equipment, and monitoring equipment therefor, as follows, and specially
designed components therefor:
1. Interception equipment designed for the extraction of voice or data,
transmitted over the air interface;
2. Interception equipment not specified in 8A501.f.1, designed for the
extraction of client device or subscriber identifiers (e.g, IMSI, TIMSI or IMEI),
signalling, or other metadata transmitted over the air
interface;
8A501 f. 3. Jamming equipment specially designed or
modified to intentionally and selectively interfere with, deny, inhibit, degrade
or seduce mobile telecommunication services and performing any of the following:
a. Simulate the functions of Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment;
b. Detect and exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications
protocol employed (e.g, GSM); or
c. Exploit specific characteristics of the mobile telecommunications protocol
employed (e.g, GSM);
4. RF monitoring equipment designed or modified to identify the operation of
items specified in 8A501.f.1, 8A501.f.2 or 8A501.f.3; Note 8A501.f.1 and
8A501.f.2 do not apply to any of the following:
a. Equipment specially designed for the interception of analogue Private Mobile
Radio (PMR), IEEE 802.11 WLAN;
b. Equipment designed for mobile telecommunications network operators; or
c. Equipment designed for the "development" or "production" of mobile
telecommunications equipment or systems. N.B.1. See also 6A010. N.B.2. For radio
receivers see 8A501.b.5.
8A501 g. Passive Coherent Location (PCL) systems or
equipment, specially designed for detecting and tracking moving objects by
measuring reflections of ambient radio frequency emissions, supplied by
non-radar transmitters;
Technical Note
Non-radar transmitters may include commercial radio, television or cellular
telecommunications base stations.
Note 8A501.g does not apply to any of the following:
a. Radio-astronomical equipment; or
b. Systems or equipment, that requires any radio transmission from the target.
8A501 h. Counter Improvised Explosive Device (IED)
equipment and related equipment, as follows:
1. Radio Frequency (RF) transmitting equipment, not specified by 8A501.f,
designed or modified for prematurely activating or preventing the initiation of
Improvised Explosive Devices;
2. Equipment using techniques designed to enable radio communications in the
same frequency channels on which co-located equipment specified by 8A501.h.1 is
transmitting. N.B. See also Category 6.
8A501 i. (Reserved)
N.B. See 8A501.f for items specified by 8A501.i.
8A501 j. IP network communications surveillance systems
or equipment, and specially designed components therefor, having all of the
following:
1. Performing all of the following on a carrier class IP network (e.g, national
grade IP backbone):
a. Analysis at the application layer (e.g, Layer 7 of Open Systems
Interconnection (OSI) model (ISO/IEC 7498-1));
b. Extraction of selected metadata and application content (e.g, voice, video,
messages, attachments); and
c. Indexing of extracted data; and
2. Being specially designed to carry out all of the following:
a. Execution of searches on the basis of 'hard selectors'; and
b. Mapping of the relational network of an individual or of a group of people.
Note 8A501.j does not apply to systems or equipment, specially designed for any
of the following:
a. Marketing purpose;
b. Network Quality of Service (QoS);or
c. Quality of Experience (QoE).
Technical Note
'Hard selectors': data or set of data, related to an individual (e.g, family
name, given name, e-mail, street address, phone number or group affiliations).
8B5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B501 Telecommunication test, inspection and
production equipment, components and accessories, as follows:
a. Equipment and specially designed components or accessories therefor,
specially designed for the "development" or "production" of equipment, functions
or features, specified by 8A501;
Note 8B501.a does not apply to optical fibre characterization equipment.
8B501 b. Equipment and specially designed components or
accessories therefor, specially designed for the "development" of any of the
following telecommunication transmission or switching equipment:
1. (Reserved)
2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved);
d. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
Note 8B501.b.2.d. does not apply to equipment specially designed for the
"development" of commercial TV systems.
8B501 b. 3. (Reserved)
4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques
above level 1,024.
5. (Reserved)
8C5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (SOFTWARE)
8D501 "Software" as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production"
or "use" of equipment, functions or features, specified by 8A501;
b. Reserved
c. Specific "software" specially designed or modified to provide
characteristics, functions or features of equipment, specified by 8A501 or
8B501;
8D501 d. "Software" specially designed
or modified for the "development" of any of the following telecommunication
transmission or switching equipment:
1. Reserved
2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm; or
b. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz; or
Note 8D501.d.2.b does not apply to "software" specially designed
or modified for the "development" of commercial TV systems.
3. (Reserved)
4. Radio equipment employing Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques
above level 1,024.
8E5 PART 1 – TELECOMMUNICATIONS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E501 "Technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development",
"production" or "use" (excluding operation) of equipment, functions or features
specified by 8A501 or "software" specified by
8D501.a;
b. Specific "technology" as follows:
1. "Required" "technology" for the "development" or "production" of
telecommunications equipment specially designed to be used on board satellites;
2. "Technology" for the "development" or "use" of "laser" communication
techniques with the capability of automatically acquiring and tracking signals
and maintaining communications through exoatmosphere or
sub-surface (water) media;
8E501 b. 3. "Technology" for the "development" of
digital cellular radio base station receiving equipment whose reception
capabilities that allow multi-band, multi-channel, multi-mode, multi-coding
algorithm or multi-
protocol operation can be modified by changes in "software";
4. "Technology" for the "development" of "spread spectrum" techniques, including
"frequency hopping" techniques; Note 8E501b.4 does not apply to "technology" for
the "development" of any of the following:
a. Civil cellular radio-communications systems; or
b. Fixed or mobile satellite earth stations for commercial civil
telecommunications.
8E501 c. "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
1. (Reserved)
2. Equipment employing a "laser" and having any of the following:
a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,750 nm;
b. (Reserved)
c. (Reserved)
d. Employing wavelength division multiplexing techniques of optical carriers at
less than 100 GHz spacing; or
e. Employing analogue techniques and having a bandwidth exceeding 2.5 GHz;
Note 8E501.c.2.e does not apply to "technology" for commercial TV systems.
N.B. For "technology" for the "development" or "production" of
non-telecommunications equipment employing a "laser", see 8E6.
8E501 c. 3. Equipment employing "optical switching" and
having a switching time less than 1 ms;
8E501 c. 4. Radio equipment having any of the following:
a. Quadrature-Amplitude-Modulation (QAM) techniques above level 1,024;
8E501 c. 4. b. Operating at input or output frequencies
exceeding 31.8 GHz; or
Note 8E501.c.4.b does not apply to "technology" for equipment designed or
modified for operation in any frequency band which is "allocated by the ITU" for
radio-communications services, but not for radio-determination.
c. Operating in the 1.5 MHz to 87.5 MHz band and incorporating adaptive
techniques providing more than 15 dB suppression of an interfering signal; or
8E501 c. 5. (Reserved)
8E501 c. 6. Mobile equipment having all
of the following:
a. Operating at an optical wavelength greater than or equal to 200 nm and less
than or equal to 400 nm; and
b. Operating as a "local area network";
8E501 d. ""Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of "Monolithic Microwave
Integrated Circuit" ("MMIC") amplifiers specially designed for
telecommunications
and that are any of the following:
Technical Note
For purposes of 8E501.d, the parameter peak saturated power output may also be
referred to on product data sheets as output power, saturated power output,
maximum power output, peak power output, or peak envelope power output.
8E501 d. 1. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding
2.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than
15%, and having any of the following:
a. A peak saturated power output greater than 75 W (48.75 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.7 GHz up to and including 2.9 GHz;
b. A peak saturated power output greater than 55 W (47.4 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 2.9 GHz up to and including 3.2 GHz;
c. A peak saturated power output greater than 40 W (46 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.2 GHz up to and including 3.7 GHz; or
d. A peak saturated power output greater than 20 W (43 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 3.7 GHz up to and including 6.8 GHz;
8E501 d. 2. Rated for operation at frequencies exceeding
6.8 GHz up to and including 16 GHz with a "fractional bandwidth" greater than
10%, and having any of the following:
a. A peak saturated power output greater than 10W (40 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 6.8 GHz up to and including 8.5 GHz; or
b. A peak saturated power output greater than 5W (37 dBm) at any frequency
exceeding 8.5 GHz up to and including 16 GHz;
8E501 d. 3. Rated for operation with a peak saturated
power output greater than 3W (34.77 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 16 GHz up to
and including 31.8 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of greater than
10%;
6[8E501 d. 4. Rated
for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW
(-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz up to and including 37 GHz;]
old[8E501 d. 4. Rated for operation with a peak saturated
power output greater than 0.1 nW (-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 31.8 GHz
up to and including 37 GHz;]
8E501 d. 5. Rated for operation with a peak saturated
power output greater than 1W (30 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 37 GHz up to
and including 43.5 GHz, and with a "fractional bandwidth" of greater than 10%
6. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 31.62 mW
(15 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 43.5 GHz up to and including 75 GHz, and
with a "fractional bandwidth" of greater
than 10%;
7. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 10 mW (10
dBm) at any frequency exceeding 75 GHz up to and including 90 GHz, and with a
"fractional bandwidth" of greater than
5%; or
8. Rated for operation with a peak saturated power output greater than 0.1 nW
(-70 dBm) at any frequency exceeding 90 GHz;
8E501 e. "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of electronic devices and
circuits, specially designed for telecommunications and containing components
manufactured from "superconductive" materials, specially designed for operation
at temperatures below the "critical temperature" of at least one of the
"superconductive" constituents and having any of the
following:
1. Current switching for digital circuits using "superconductive" gates with a
product of delay time per gate (in seconds) and power dissipation per gate (in
watts) of less than 10-14 J; or
2. Frequency selection at all frequencies using resonant circuits with Q-values
exceeding 10,000.
8A5 Part 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND
COMPONENTS)
Note 1 (Reserved)
Note 2 (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2 do not apply to
products when accompanying their user for the user's personal use.
Note 3 Cryptography Note
8A502, 8D502.a.1, 8D502.b and 8D502.c.1, do not apply to items as follows:
a. Items meeting all of the following:
1. Generally available to the public by being sold, without
restriction, from stock at retail selling points by means of any of the
following:
a. Over-the-counter transactions;
b. Mail order transactions;
c. Electronic transactions; or
d. Telephone call transactions;
2. The cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed
by the user;
3. Designed for installation by the user without further
substantial support by the supplier; and
4. When necessary, details of the items are accessible and
will be provided, upon request, to the appropriate authority in the exporter's
country in order to ascertain compliance with conditions described in 1. to 3.
above;
b. Hardware components or 'executable software', of existing items described at
a. of this Note, that have been designed for these existing items, and meeting
all of the following:
1. "Information security" is not the primary function or set
of functions of the component or 'executable software';
2. The component or 'executable software' does not change any
cryptographic functionality of the existing items, or add new cryptographic
functionality to the existing items;
3. The feature set of the component or 'executable software'
is fixed and is not designed or modified to customer specification; and
4. When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority
in the exporter’s country, details of the component or 'executable software',
and details of relevant end-items are accessible and will be provided to the
authority upon request, in order to
ascertain compliance with conditions described above.
Technical Note
For the purpose of the Cryptography Note, 'executable software' means "software"
in executable form, from an existing hardware component excluded from 8A502 by
the Cryptography Note.
Note 'Executable software' does not include complete binary images of the
"software" running on an end-item.
Note to the Cryptography Note:
1. To meet paragraph a. of Note 3, all of the following must apply:
a. The item is of potential interest to a wide range of
individuals and businesses; and
b. The price and information about the main functionality of
the item are available before purchase without the need to consult the vendor or
supplier. A simple price enquiry is not considered to be a consultation.
2. In determining eligibility of paragraph a. of Note 3, national authorities
may take into account relevant factors such as quantity, price, required
technical skill, existing sales channels, typical customers, typical use or any
exclusionary practices of the supplier.
CRYPTOGRAPHIC "INFORMATION SECURITY"
6[8A502
"Information security" systems, equipment and components, as follows:
N.B. For "satellite navigation system " receiving equipment containing or
employing decryption see 8A705., and for related decryption "software" and "technology"see
8D705., and 8E701.
a. Designed or modified to use 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having a
'described security algorithm', where that cryptographic capability is usable,
has been activated, or can be activated by means of "cryptographic activation"
not employing a secure mechanism, as follows:
1. Items having "information security" as a primary function;
2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not
specified in paragraph 8A502.a.1.;
3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary
function, and components therefor, not specified in paragraphs
8A502.a.l.or 8A502.a.2.;
N.B. For operating systems, see also 8D502.a. 1. and 8D502.c. 1.
4. Items, not specified in paragraphs 8A502.a.l. to a.3., where the
'cryptography for data confidentiality' having 'described security
algorithm' meets all of the following:
a. It supports a non-primary function of the item; and
b. It is performed by incorporated equipment or "software" that would, as a
standalone item, be specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and
8E502)-Part- 2.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A502. a., 'cryptography for data confidentiality'
means "cryptography " that employs digital techniques and performs any
cryptographic function other than any of the following:
a. "Authentication";
b. Digital signature;
c. Data integrity;
d. Non-repudiation;
e. Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-protected
"software";
f Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass commercial
broadcasts or medical records management; or
g. Key management in support of any
function described in paragraph a. to f.
above.
2. For the purposes of 8A502. a., 'described security algorithm' means any of
the following:
a. A "symmetric algorithm" employing a key length in excess of 56 bits, not
including parity bits;
b. An "asymmetric algorithm" where the security of the algorithm is based
on any of the following:
1. Factorisation of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
2. Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite
field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
3. Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in paragraph b.2. in
excess of 112 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve); or
c. An "asymmetric algorithm" where the security of the algorithm is based on any
of the following:
1. Shortest vector or closest vector problems associated with lattices (e.g.,
New Hope, Frodo, NTRUEncrypt, Kyber, Titanium);
2. Finding isogenics between Super singular elliptic curves (e.g., Supersingular
Isogeny Key Encapsulation); or
3. Decoding random codes (e.g., McEliece, Niederreiter).
Technical Note
An algorithm described by Technical Note 2.c. may be referred to as being
post-quantum, quantum-safe or quantum-resistant.
Note 1 When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the
exporter's country, details of items must be accessible and provided to
the authority
upon request, in order to establish any of the following:
a. Whether the item meets the criteria of 8A502. a. 1. to a. 4.; or
b. Whether the cryptographic capability for data confidentiality specified by
8A502.a. is usable without "cryptographic activation".
Note 2 8A502.a. does not apply to any of the following items, or specially designed "information security" components therefor
a. Smart cards and smart card 'readers/writers' as follows:
1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal document (e.g., token
coin, e-passport) that meets any of the following: a. The cryptographic
capability meets all of the following:
I. It is restricted for use in any of the
following:
a. Equipment or systems not described by 8A502.a. 1.
to a. 4.;
b. Equipment or systems not using 'cryptography for
data confidentiality' having 'described security
algorithm': or
c. Equipment or systems excluded from 8A502.a by
entries b. to f of this Note; and
2. It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use; or
b. Having all of the
following:
1. It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of 'personal data'
stored within;
2. Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions
or individual identification; and
3. Where the cryptographic capability is not use-accessible;
Technical Note
'Personal data' includes any data specific to a particular person or entity,
such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for "authentication".
2. 'Readers/writers' specially designed or modified, and limited, for
items-specified by paragraph a. 1. of this Note;
Technical Note
'Readers/writers' include equipment that communicates with smart cards or
electronically readable documents through a network.]
old[8A502 "Information security" systems, equipment
and components, as follows: N.B.For Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)
receiving equipment containing or employing decryption see 8A705, and for
related
decryption "software" and "technology" see 8D705 and 8E701.
1['8A502. a. Designed or modified to use 'cryptography for data confidentiality'
having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or equivalent', where that
cryptographic capability is usable, has been activated, or can be activated by
means of "cryptographic activation" not employing a secure mechanism, as
follows:
1. Items having "information security" as a primary function;
2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not
specified in paragraph 8A502.a. 1;
3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary
function, and components therefor, not specified in paragraphs 8A502.a.l or
8A502.a.2;
N.B. For operating systems, see also 8D502.a. 1 and 8D502.c. 1.
4. Items, not specified in paragraphs 8A502.a.l to a.3., where the 'cryptography
for data confidentiality' having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length,
or equivalent' meets all of the following:
a. It supports a non-primary function
of the item; and
b. It is performed by incorporated equipment or "software" that would, as a
standalone item, be specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and
8E502)-Part 2.
Technical Notes:
1. For the purposes of 8A502.o, 'cryptography for data confidentiality'
means "cryptography" that employs digital techniques and performs any
cryptographic function other than any of the following:
a. "Authentication";
b. Digital signature;
c. Data integrity;
d. Non-repudiation;
e. Digital rights management, including the execution of copy-
protected "software";
f. Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass
commercial broadcasts or medical records management; or
g. Key management in support of any function described in paragraph
a. to f above.
2. For the purposes of 8 A502. a, 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length,
or equivalent' means any of the following:
a. A "symmetric algorithm " employing a key length in excess of 56 bits,
not including parity bits; or
b. An "asymmetric algorithm" where the security of the algorithm is
based on any of the following:
1. Factorisation of integers in excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
2. Computation of discrete logarithms in a multiplicative group of a finite
field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
3. Discrete logarithms in a group other than mentioned in paragraph b.2. in
excess of 112 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an elliptic curve).
Note 1: When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the
exporter's country, details of items must be accessible and provided to the
authority upon request, in order to establish any of the following:
a. Whether the item meets the criteria o/8A502.a.7 to a.4.;
or
b. Whether the cryptographic capability for data
confidentiality specified by 8A502.a is usable without
"cryptographic activation".
Note 2: 8A502.a does not apply to any of the following items, or specially
designed "information security" components therefor:
Smart cards and smart card 'readers/writers' as follows:
1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal
document (e.g., token coin, e-passport) that meets any
of the following:
a. The cryptographic capability meets all of
the following:
1. It is restricted for use in any of the following:
a. Equipment or systems not described by
8A502.a.7 toa.4.;
b. Equipment or systems not using
'cryptography for data confidentiality'
having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric
key length, or equivalent'; or
c. Equipment or systems excluded from
8A502.O by entries b. to f. of this Note; and
2. It cannot be reprogrammed for any other use;
or
b. Having all of the following:
1. It is specially designed and limited to allow protection of' personal data'
stored within;
2. Has been, or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions
or individual identification; and
3. Where the cryptographic capability is not user-accessible;
Technical Note:
'Personal data' includes any data specific to a particular person or entity,
such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for "authentication".
2. 'Readers/writers' specially designed or modified,
and limited, for items specified by paragraph a. I. of
this Note;]
Technical Note:
'Readers/writers' include equipment that communicates with smart cards or
electronically readable documents through a network
Cryptographic equipment specially designed and limited for banking use or 'money
transactions';
Technical Note;
'Money transactions' in 8A502 Note 2.b. includes the collection and settlement
of fares or credit functions.
c.
Portable or mobile radiotelephones for civil use (e.g., for use with commercial
civil cellular radio communication systems) that are not capable of transmitting
encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or equipment (other than Radio
Access Network (RAN) equipment), nor of passing encrypted data through RAN
equipment (e.g., Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller
(BSC));
d.
Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end encryption where the
maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation (i.e., a single,
unrelayed hop between terminal and home base station) is less than 400 metres
according to the manufacturer's specifications;
e.
Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client wireless devices for civil
use, that implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards (except
for anti-piracy functions, which may be non-published) and also meet the
provisions of paragraphs a. 2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in
Category 5 - Part 2), that have been customised for a specific civil industry
application with features that do not affect the cryptographic functionality of
these original non-customised devices;
f.
Items, where the "information security" functionality is limited to wireless
"personal area network" functionality, meeting all of the following:
1. Implement only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
2. The cryptographic capability is limited to a nominal operating range not
exceeding 30 metres according to the manufacturer's specifications, or not
exceeding 100 metres according to the manufacturer's specifications for
equipment that cannot interconnect with more than seven devices;
g.
Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN) equipment designed for
civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the
Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 - Part 2), having an RF output power
limited to 0.1 W (20 dBm) or less, and supporting 16 or fewer concurrent users;
h.
Routers, switches or relays, where the "information
security" functionality is limited to the tasks of "Operations,
Administration or Maintenance" ("OAM") implementing only published or commercial
cryptographic standards; or
i. General purpose computing equipment or servers,
where the "information security" functionality meets all of the following:
1. Uses only published or commercial cryptographic standards; and
2. Is any of the following:
a. Integral to a CPU that meets the provisions of
Note 3 in (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5,
8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2;
b. Integral to an operating system that is not
specified by 5.D.2.; or
c. Limited to "OAM" of the equipment.']
7[8A502
2.j Items specially designed for a 'connected civil industry application',
meeting all of the following:
1. Being any of the following:
a. A network-capable endpoint device meeting any of
the following:
1. The "information security" functionality is limited to securing
'non-arbitrary data' or the tasks of "Operations, Administration or Maintenance"
("OAM"); or
2. The device is limited to a specific 'connected civil industry application';
or
b. Networking equipment meeting all of the following:
1. Being specially designed to communicate with the devices specified by
paragraph j.l.a. above; and
2. The "information security" functionality is limited to supporting the
'connected civil industry application' of devices specified by paragraph j.l.a.
above, or the tasks of
"OAM" of this networking equipment or of other items
specified by paragraph j. of this Note; and
2. Where the "information security" functionality
implements only published or commercial cryptographic standards, and the
cryptographic functionality cannot easily be changed by the user.
Technical Notes
1. 'Connected civil industry application' means a network-connected consumer or
civil industry application other than "information security", digital
communication, general purpose networking or computing.
2. 'Non-arbitrary data' means sensor or metering data directly related to the
stability, performance or physical measurement of a system (e.g., temperature,
pressure, flow rate, mass, volume, voltage, physical location etc.), that cannot
be changed by the user of the device.]
old[
a. Designed or modified to use 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having
'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or equivalent', where that
cryptographic capability is usable without "cryptographic
activation" or has been activated, as follows:
1. Items having "information security" as a primary function;
2. Digital communication or networking systems, equipment or components, not
specified in 8A502.a.1.;
3. Computers, other items having information storage or processing as a primary
function, and components therefor, not specified in 8A502.a.1 or 8A502.a.2; N.B.
For operating systems, see also 8D502.a.1
and 8D502.c.1.
4. Items, not specified in 8A502.a.1. to a.3., where the 'cryptography for data
confidentiality' having 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or
equivalent' meets all of the following:
a. It supports a non-primary function of the item; and
b. It is performed by incorporated equipment or "software" that would, as a
standalone item, be specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and
8E502)-Part 2.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A502.a, 'cryptography for data confidentiality’ means
“cryptography” that employs digital techniques and performs any cryptographic
function other than any of the following:
a. "Authentication";
b. Digital signature;
c. Data integrity;
d. Non-repudiation;
e. Digital rights management, including the execution of
copy-protected "software";
f. Encryption or decryption in support of entertainment, mass
commercial broadcasts or medical records management; or
g. Key management in support of any function described in a.
to f. above.
2. For the purposes of 8A502.a., 'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length,
or equivalent' means any of the following:
a. A "symmetric algorithm" employing a key length in excess
of 56 bits, not including parity bits; or
b. An "asymmetric algorithm" where the security of the
algorithm is based on any of the following:
1. Factorisation of integers in
excess of 512 bits (e.g., RSA);
2. Computation of discrete logarithms
in a multiplicative group of a finite field of size greater than 512 bits (e.g.,
Diffie-Hellman over Z/pZ); or
3. Discrete logarithms in a group
other than mentioned in b.2. in excess of 112 bits (e.g., Diffie-Hellman over an
elliptic curve).
Note 1 When necessary as determined by the appropriate authority in the
exporter's country, details of items must be accessible and provided to the
authority upon request, in order to establish any of the following:
a. Whether the item meets the criteria of 8A502.a.1. to a.4.; or
b. Whether the cryptographic capability for data confidentiality specified by
8A502.a. is usable without "cryptographic activation".
Note 2 8A502.a. does not apply to any of the following items, or specially
designed "information security" components therefor:
a. Smart cards and smart card 'readers/writers' as follows:
1. A smart card or an electronically readable personal
document (e.g., token coin, e-passport) that meets any of the following:
a. The cryptographic capability meets
all of the following:
1. It is
restricted for use in any of the following:
a. Equipment or systems not described by 8A502.a.1. to a.4.;
b. Equipment or systems not using 'cryptography for data confidentiality' having
'in excess of 56 bits of symmetric key length, or equivalent'; or
c. Equipment or systems excluded from 8A502.a. by entries b. to f. of this Note;
and
2. It cannot
be reprogrammed for any other use; or
b. Having all of the following:
1. It is
specially designed and limited to allow protection of 'personal data' stored
within;
2. Has been,
or can only be, personalized for public or commercial transactions or individual
identification; and
3. Where the
cryptographic capability is not user-accessible;
Technical Note
'Personal data' includes any data specific to a particular person or entity,
such as the amount of money stored and data necessary for "authentication".
2. 'Readers/writers' specially designed or modified, and
limited, for items specified by paragraph a.1. of this Note;
Technical Note
'Readers/writers' include equipment that communicates with smart cards or
electronically readable documents through a network.
b. Cryptographic equipment specially designed and limited for
banking use or 'money transactions';
Technical Note
'Money transactions' in 8A502. Note 2.b. includes the collection and settlement
of fares or credit functions.
c. Portable or mobile radiotelephones for civil use (e.g.,
for use with commercial civil cellular radio communication systems) that are not
capable of transmitting encrypted data directly to another radiotelephone or
equipment (other than Radio Access
Network (RAN) equipment), nor of passing encrypted data through RAN equipment
(e.g., Radio Network Controller (RNC) or Base Station Controller (BSC));
d. Cordless telephone equipment not capable of end-to-end
encryption where the maximum effective range of unboosted cordless operation
(i.e., a single, unrelayed hop between terminal and home base station) is less
than 400 metres according to the
manufacturer's specifications;
e. Portable or mobile radiotelephones and similar client
wireless devices for civil use, that implement only published or commercial
cryptographic standards (except for anti-piracy functions, which may be
non-published)
and also meet the provisions of
paragraphs a.2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note 3 of 8A5- Part 2 that have been
customised for a specific civil industry application with features that do not
affect the cryptographic
functionality of these original non-customised
devices;
f. Items, where the “information security” functionality is
limited to wireless "personal area network" functionality, meeting all of the
following:
1. Implement only published or
commercial cryptographic standards; and
2. The cryptographic capability is
limited to a nominal operating range not exceeding 30 metres according to the
manufacturer’s specifications, or not exceeding 100 metres according to the
manufacturer’s
specifications for equipment that cannot interconnect with more than seven
devices;
g. Mobile telecommunications Radio Access Network (RAN)
equipment designed for civil use, which also meet the provisions of paragraphs
a.2. to a.4. of the Cryptography Note 3 of 8A5- Part 2 having an RF output
power limited to 0.1W (20 dBm) or
less, and supporting 16 or fewer concurrent users;
h. Routers, switches or relays, where the "information
security" functionality is limited to the tasks of "Operations, Administration
or Maintenance" ("OAM") implementing only published or commercial cryptographic
standards; or
i. General purpose computing equipment or servers, where the
"information security" functionality meets all of the following:
1. Uses only published or commercial
cryptographic standards; and
2. Is any of the following:
a. Integral
to a CPU that meets the provisions of Note 3 in 8A5– Part 2;
b. Integral
to an operating system that is not specified by 8D502; or
c. Limited to
"OAM" of the equipment.]
6[8A502.b
Being a 'cryptographic activation token';
Technical Note
A 'cryptographic activation token' is an item designed or modified for any of
the following:
1. Converting, by means of "cryptographic activation", an item not specified
by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2 into an
item specified by 8A502.a. or 8D502.C.1, and not released by the
Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 8 - Part 2), or
2. Enabling, by means of "cryptographic activation", additional functionality
specified by 8A502.a. of an item already specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504,
8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2:]
old[1['8A502.b Designed or modified for converting, by means of "cryptographic
activation", an item not specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502
and 8E502)-Part 2 into an item specified by 8A502.a or 8D502.C.1, and not
released by the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 - Part 2), or for
enabling, by means of "cryptographic activation", additional functionality
specified by 8A502.a of an item already specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504,
8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and8E502)-Part 2;']]
old[8A502 b. Designed or modified to enable, by means of
"cryptographic activation", an item to achieve or exceed the controlled
performance levels for functionality specified by 8A502.a that would not
otherwise be
enabled;]
8A502 c. Designed or modified to use or perform "quantum
cryptography";
Technical Note
"Quantum cryptography" is also known as Quantum Key Distribution (QKD).
8A502 d. Designed or modified to use cryptographic
techniques to generate channelising codes, scrambling codes or network
identification codes, for systems using ultra-wideband modulation techniques and
having any
of the following:
1. A bandwidth exceeding 500 MHz; or
2. A "fractional bandwidth" of 20% or more;
8A502 e. Designed or modified to use cryptographic
techniques to generate the spreading code for "spread spectrum" systems, not
specified by 5.A.2.d., including the hopping code for "frequency hopping"
systems.
NON-CRYPTOGRAPHIC "INFORMATION SECURITY"
8A503 Systems, equipment and components, for
non-cryptographic "information security", as follows:
a. Communications cable systems designed or modified using mechanical,
electrical or electronic means to detect surreptitious intrusion;
Note 8A503.a applies only to physical layer security. For the purpose of
8A503.a., the physical layer includes Layer 1 of the Reference Model of Open
Systems Interconnection (OSI) (ISO/IEC 7498-1).
b. Specially designed or modified to reduce the compromising emanations of
information-bearing signals beyond what is necessary for health, safety or
electromagnetic interference standards.
DEFEATING, WEAKENING OR BYPASSING "INFORMATION SECURITY"
8A504 Systems, equipment and components for
defeating, weakening or bypassing "information security", as follows:
a. Designed or modified to perform 'cryptanalytic functions'.
Note 8A504.a includes systems or equipment, designed or modified to perform
'cryptanalytic functions' by means of reverse engineering.
Technical Note
'Cryptanalytic functions' are functions designed to defeat cryptographic
mechanisms in order to derive confidential variables or sensitive data,
including clear text, passwords or cryptographic keys.
8B5PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B502 "Information security" test, inspection and
"production" equipment, as follows:
a. Equipment specially designed for the "development" or "production" of
equipment specified by 8A502, 8A503, 8A504 or 8B502.b;
b. Measuring equipment specially designed to evaluate and validate the
"information security" functions of equipment specified by 8A502, 8A503 or
8A504, or of "software" specified by 8D502.a or 8D502.c.
8C5 PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(MATERIALS)- (Reserved)
8D5 PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(SOFTWARE)
8D502 "Software" as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the "development", "production"
or "use" of any of the following:
1. Equipment specified by 8A502 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.1;
2. Equipment specified by 8A503 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.2; or
3. Equipment specified by 8A504 or "software" specified by 8D502.c.3;
6[8D502.b "Software" having the characteristics of a 'cryptographic activation token' specified by 11[8A502] old[8D502].b.]
old[1['8D502.b "Software" designed or modified for converting, by means of
"cryptographic activation", an item not specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504,
8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2 into an item specified by 8A502.a or
8D502.C.1, and not released by the Cryptography Note [Note 3 in (8A502, 8A503,
8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part 2], or for enabling, by means of
"cryptographic activation", additional functionality specified by 8A502.a of an
item already specified by (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and8E502)-Part
2;']]
old[b. "Software" designed or modified to enable, by means of "cryptographic
activation", an item to meet the criteria for functionality specified by
8A502.a, that would not otherwise be met;]
c. "Software" having the characteristics of, or performing or simulating the
functions of, any of the following:
1. Equipment specified by 8A502.a., 8A502.c., 8A502.d. or 8A502.e.;
Note 8D502.c.1. does not apply to "software" limited to the
tasks of "OAM" implementing only published or commercial cryptographic
standards.
2. Equipment specified by 8A503; or
3. Equipment specified by 8A504.
d. (Reserved)
8E5PART 2 - "INFORMATION SECURITY"(TECHNOLOGY)
8E502 "Technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" according to the General Technology Note for the "development",
"production" or "use" of equipment specified by 8A502, 8A503, 8A504 or 8B502, or
of "software" specified by 8D502.a or
8D502.c;
6['8E502.b "Technology" having the characteristics of a 'cryptographic activation token' specified by 8E502.b.;]
old[1['8E502.b "Technology" for converting, by means of "cryptographic activation", an
item not specified by Category 5 - Part 2 into an item specified by 8A502.a or
8D502.C.1, and not released by the Cryptography Note (Note 3 in Category 5 -
Part 2), or for enabling, by means of "cryptographic activation", additional
functionality specified by 8A502.a of an item already specified by (8A502,
8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and 8E502)-Part-2.']]
old[b. "Technology" to enable, by means of "cryptographic activation", an item to
meet the criteria for functionality specified by 8A502.a, that would not
otherwise be met.]
Note 8E502 includes "information security" technical data resulting from
procedures carried out to evaluate or determine the implementation of functions,
features or techniques specified in (8A502, 8A503, 8A504, 8B502, 8C5, 8D502 and
8E502)-Part 2.
8A6 SENSORS AND LASERS (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
ACOUSTICS
8A601 Acoustic systems, equipment and components, as follows:
8A601 a. Marine acoustic systems, equipment and
specially designed components therefor, as follows:
1. Active (transmitting or transmitting-and-receiving) systems, equipment and
specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A601.a.1 does not apply to equipment as follows:
a. Depth sounders operating vertically below the apparatus, not including a
scanning function exceeding ± 20°, and limited to measuring the depth of water,
the distance of submerged or buried objects or fish finding;
b. Acoustic beacons, as follows:
1. Acoustic emergency beacons;
2. Pingers specially designed for relocating or returning to
an underwater position.
8A601 a. 1. a. Acoustic seabed survey equipment as
follows:
1. Surface vessel survey equipment designed for seabed topographic mapping and
having all of the following:
a. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
b. Designed to measure seabed topography at seabed depths exceeding 600 m;
c. 'Sounding resolution' less than 2; and
d. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation for all the
following:
1. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
2. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
3. Sound speed at the sensor;
Technical Notes
1. 'Sounding resolution' is the swath width (degrees) divided by the maximum
number of soundings per swath.
2. 'Enhancement' includes the ability to compensate by external means.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. Underwater survey equipment designed
for seabed topographic mapping and having any of the following:
Technical Note
The acoustic sensor pressure rating determines the depth rating of the equipment
specified by 8A601.a.1.a.2.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. a. Having all of the following:
1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 300 m; and
2. 'Sounding rate' greater than 3,800 m/s; or
Technical Note
'Sounding rate' is the product of the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor
can operate and the maximum number of soundings per swath assuming 100%
coverage. For systems that produce soundings in two directions (3D sonars), the
maximum of the 'sounding rate' in either direction should be used.
8A601 a. 1. a. 2. b. Survey equipment, not specified by
8A601.a.1.a.2.a, having all of the following:
1. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 100 m;
2. Designed to take measurements at an angle exceeding 20° from the vertical;
3. Having any of the following:
a. Operating frequency below 350 kHz; or
b. Designed to measure seabed topography at a range exceeding 200 m from the
acoustic sensor; and
4. 'Enhancement' of the depth “accuracy” through compensation of all of the
following:
a. Motion of the acoustic sensor;
b. In-water propagation from sensor to the seabed and back; and
c. Sound speed at the sensor.
8A601 a. 1. a. 3. Side Scan Sonar (SSS) or Synthetic
Aperture Sonar (SAS), designed for seabed imaging and having all of the
following, and specially designed transmitting and receiving acoustic arrays
therefor:
a. Designed or modified to operate at depths exceeding 500 m;
b. An 'area coverage rate' of greater than 570 m2/s while operating at the
maximum range that it can operate with an 'along track resolution' of less than
15 cm; and
c. An 'across track resolution' of less than 15 cm;
Technical Notes
1. 'Area coverage rate' (m2/s) is twice the product of the sonar range (m) and
the maximum speed (m/s) at which the sensor can operate at that range.
2. 'Along track resolution' (cm), for SSS only, is the product of azimuth
(horizontal) beamwidth (degrees) and sonar range (m) and 0.873.
3. 'Across track resolution' (cm) is 75 divided by the signal bandwidth (kHz).
8A601 a. 1. b. Systems or transmitting and receiving
arrays, designed for object detection or location, having any of the following:
1. A transmitting frequency below 10 kHz;
2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) for equipment
with an operating frequency in the band from 10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;
3. Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) for equipment
with an operating frequency in the band between 24 kHz and 30 kHz;
4. Forming beams of less than 1° on any axis and having an operating frequency
of less than 100 kHz;
5. Designed to operate with an unambiguous display range exceeding 5,120 m; or
6. Designed to withstand pressure during normal operation at depths exceeding
1,000 m and having transducers with any of the following:
a. Dynamic compensation for pressure; or
b. Incorporating other than lead zirconate titanate as the transduction element;
8A601 a. 1. c. Acoustic projectors (including
transducers), incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive, electrostrictive,
electrodynamic or hydraulic elements operating individually or in a designed
combination, and
having any of the following:
Note 1 The status of acoustic projectors, including transducers, specially
designed for other equipment not specified by 8A601is determined by the status
of the other equipment.
Note 2 8A601.a.1.c does not apply to electronic sources which direct the sound
vertically only, or mechanical (e.g, air gun or vapour-shock gun) or chemical (e.g,
explosive) sources.
Note 3 Piezoelectric elements specified in 8A601.a.1.c include those made from
lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3, or PMN-PT) single
crystals grown from solid solution or lead-
indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate
(Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3–Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3–PbTiO3, or PIN-PMN-PT) single crystals grown
from solid solution.
8A601 a. 1. c. 1. Operating at frequencies below 10 kHz
and having any of the following:
a. Not designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a
radiated 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' exceeding (10log(f) +
169.77)dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) where f is the
frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response (TVR)
below 10 kHz; or
b. Designed for continuous operation at 100% duty cycle and having a
continuously radiated 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' at 100% duty
cycle exceeding (10log(f) + 159.77)dB (reference 1 μPa at
1 m) where f is the frequency in Hertz of maximum Transmitting Voltage Response
(TVR) below 10 kHz; or
Technical Note
The 'free-field Source Level (SLRMS)' is defined along the maximum
response axis and in the far field of the acoustic projector. It can be obtained
from the Transmitting Voltage Response using the following equation: SLRMS
= (TVR + 20log VRMS) dB (ref 1μPa at 1 m), where SLRMS is
the source level, TVR is the Transmitting Voltage Response and VRMS
is the Driving Voltage of the Projector.
8A601 a. 1. c. 2. (Reserved) N.B. See 8A601.a.1.c.1 for
items specified in 8A601.a.1.c.2.
3. Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dB;
8A601 a. 1. d. Acoustic systems and equipment, designed
to determine the position of surface vessels or underwater vehicles and having
all of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
1. Detection range exceeding 1,000 m; and
2. Determined position error of less than 10 m rms (root mean square) when
measured at a range of 1,000 m;
Note 8A601.a.1.d includes:
a. Equipment using coherent "signal processing" between two or more beacons and
the hydrophone unit carried by the surface vessel or underwater vehicle;
b. Equipment capable of automatically correcting speed-of-sound propagation
errors for calculation of a point.
8A601 a. 1. e. Active individual sonars, specially
designed or modified to detect, locate and automatically classify swimmers or
divers, having all of the following, and specially designed transmitting and
receiving acoustic
arrays therefor:
1. Detection range exceeding 530 m;
2. Determined position error of less than 15 m rms (root mean square) when
measured at a range of 530 m; and
3. Transmitted pulse signal bandwidth exceeding 3 kHz;
N.B. For diver detection systems specially designed or modified for
military use, see Category 6
Note For 8A601.a.1.e, where multiple detection ranges are specified for various
environments, the greatest detection range is used.
6[8A601
a. 2. Passive systems, equipment and specially designed components therefor, as
follows:
Note 8A601.a.2. also applies to receiving equipment, whether or not related in
normal application to separate active equipment, and specially designed
components therefor.]
old[8A601 a. 2. Passive systems, equipment and specially
designed components therefor, as follows:]
6[8A601
a. 2. a.Hydrophones having any of the following:
Note The status of hydrophones specially designed for other equipment is
determined by the status of the other equipment.
Technical Notes
1. Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single
acoustic output channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to
as a hydrophone group.
2. For the purposes of 8A601.a.2.a., underwater acoustic transducers designed to
operate as passive receivers are hydrophones.]
old[a. Hydrophones having any of the following:
Note The status of hydrophones specially designed for other equipment is
determined by the status of the other equipment.
Technical Note
Hydrophones consist of one or more sensing elements producing a single acoustic
output channel. Those that contain multiple elements can be referred to as a
hydrophone group.]
8A601 a. 2. a. 1. Incorporating continuous flexible
sensing elements;
2. Incorporating flexible assemblies of discrete sensing elements with either a
diameter or length less than 20 mm and with a separation between elements of
less than 20 mm;
3. Having any of the following sensing elements:
a. Optical fibres;
b. 'Piezoelectric polymer films' other than polyvinylidene-fluoride (PVDF) and
its co-polymers {P(VDF-TrFE) and P(VDF-TFE)};
c. 'Flexible piezoelectric composites';
d. Lead-magnesium-niobate/lead-titanate (i.e, Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3-PbTiO3,
or PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution; or
e. Lead-indium-niobate/lead-magnesium niobate/lead-titanate (i.e, Pb(In1/2Nb1/2)O3–Pb(Mg1/3Nb2/3)O3–PbTiO3,
or PIN-PMN-PT) piezoelectric single crystals grown from solid solution;
4. A 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than -180 dB at any depth with no
acceleration compensation;
5. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m with acceleration compensation;
or
6[6. Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1,000
m and having a 'hydrophone sensitivity' better than -230 dB below 4 kHz;]
old[6. Designed for operation at depths exceeding 1,000 m;]
Technical Notes
1. 'Piezoelectric polymer film' sensing elements consist of polarized polymer
film that is stretched over and attached to a supporting frame or spool
(mandrel).
2. 'Flexible piezoelectric composite' sensing elements consist of piezoelectric
ceramic particles or fibres combined with an electrically insulating,
acoustically transparent rubber, polymer or epoxy compound, where the compound
is an integral part of the sensing elements.
3. 'Hydrophone sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the base
10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the
hydrophone sensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in a plane wave acoustic
field with an rms pressure of 1 μPa. For example, a hydrophone of -160 dB
(reference 1 V per μPa) would yield an output voltage of 10-8 V in
such a field, while one of -180 dB sensitivity would yield only 10-9 V output.
Thus, -160 dB is better than -180 dB.
8A601 a. 2. b. Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays having
any of the following:
Technical Note
Hydrophone arrays consist of a number of hydrophones providing multiple acoustic
output channels.
8A601 a. 2. b. 1. Hydrophone group spacing of less than
12.5 m or 'able to be modified' to have hydrophone group spacing of less than
12.5 m;
2. Designed or 'able to be modified' to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
Technical Note
'Able to be modified' in 8A601.a.2.b means having provisions to allow a change
of the wiring or interconnections to alter hydrophone group spacing or operating
depth limits. These provisions are: spare wiring exceeding 10% of the number of
wires, hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks or internal depth limiting
devices that are adjustable or that control more than one hydrophone group.
8A601 a. 2. b. 3. Heading sensors specified by
8A601.a.2.d;
4. Longitudinally reinforced array hoses;
5. An assembled array of less than 40 mm in diameter;
6. (Reserved)
7. Hydrophone characteristics specified by 8A601.a.2.a; or
8. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by 8A601.a.2.g;
8A601 a. 2. c. Processing equipment, specially designed
for towed acoustic hydrophone arrays, having "user-accessible programmability"
and time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral
analysis, digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other
transforms or processes;
8A601 a. 2. d. Heading sensors having all of the
following:
1. An "accuracy" of better than 0.5°; and
2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or
removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m;
N.B. For inertial heading systems, see 8A703.c.
8A601 a. 2. e. Bottom or bay-cable
hydrophone arrays having any of the following:
1. Incorporating hydrophones specified by 8A601.a.2.a;
2. Incorporating multiplexed hydrophone group signal modules having all of the
following characteristics:
a. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 35 m or having an adjustable or
removable depth sensing device in order to operate at depths exceeding 35 m; and
b. Capable of being operationally interchanged with towed acoustic hydrophone
array modules; or
3. Incorporating accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors specified by
8A601.a.2.g;
8A601 a. 2. f. Processing equipment, specially designed
for bottom or bay cable systems, having "user-accessible programmability" and
time or frequency domain processing and correlation, including spectral
analysis,
digital filtering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or other transforms or
processes;
8A601 a. 2. g. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic
sensors having all of the following:
1. Composed of three accelerometers arranged along three distinct axes;
2. Having an overall 'acceleration sensitivity' better than 48 dB (reference
1,000 mV rms per 1g);
3. Designed to operate at depths greater than 35 meters; and
4. Operating frequency below 20 kHz. Note 8A601.a.2.g does not apply to particle
velocity sensors or geophones. Note 8A601.a.2 also applies to receiving
equipment, whether or not related in normal
application to separate active equipment, and specially designed components
therefor.
Technical Notes
1. Accelerometer-based hydro-acoustic sensors are also known as vector sensors.
2. 'Acceleration sensitivity' is defined as twenty times the logarithm to the
base 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a 1 V rms reference, when the
hydro-acoustic sensor, without a preamplifier, is placed in a plane wave
acoustic field with an rms acceleration of 1 g (i.e, 9.81 m/s2).
8A601 b. Correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar
log equipment, designed to measure the horizontal speed of the equipment carrier
relative to the sea bed, as follows:
1. Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment having any of the following
characteristics:
a. Designed to operate at distances between the carrier and the sea bed
exceeding 500 m; or
b. Having speed "accuracy" better than 1% of speed;
2. Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment having speed "accuracy" better than 1%
of speed.
Note 1 8A601.b does not apply to depth sounders limited to any of the following:
a. Measuring the depth of water;
b. Measuring the distance of submerged or buried objects; or
c. Fish finding.
Note 2 8A601.b does not apply to equipment specially designed for installation
on surface vessels.
8A601 c. (Reserved)
N.B. For diver deterrent acoustic systems, see 8A802.r.
OPTICAL SENSORS
8A602 Optical sensors or equipment and components
therefor, as follows:
a. Optical detectors as follows:
1. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors as follows:
Note For the purpose of 8A602.a.1, solid-state detectors include "focal plane
arrays".
8A602 a. 1. a. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors
having all of the following:
1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm but not exceeding 300
nm; and
2. A response of less than 0.1% relative to the peak response at a wavelength
exceeding 400 nm;
b. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having all of the following:
1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding
1,200 nm; and
2. A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less;
c. "Space-qualified" solid-state detectors having a peak response in the
wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
d. "Space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" having more than 2,048 elements per
array and having a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but
not exceeding 900 nm.
8A602 a. 2. Image intensifier tubes and specially
designed components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A602.a.2 does not apply to non-imaging photomultiplier tubes having an
electron sensing device in the vacuum space limited solely to any of the
following:
a. A single metal anode; or
b. Metal anodes with a centre to centre spacing greater than 500 μm.
Technical Note
'Charge multiplication' is a form of electronic image amplification and is
defined as the generation of charge carriers as a result of an impact ionization
gain process. 'Charge multiplication' sensors may take the form of an image
intensifier tube, solid state detector or "focal plane array".
8A602 a. 2. a. Image intensifier tubes having all of the
following:
1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding
1,050 nm;
2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or
less; or
b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less,
specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by
a microchannel plate; and
3. Any of the following photocathodes:
a. Multialkali photocathodes (e.g, S-20 and S-25) having a luminous sensitivity
exceeding 350 μA/lm;
b. GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes; or
c. Other "III/V compound" semiconductor photocathodes having a maximum "radiant
sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 2. b. Image intensifier tubes having all of the
following:
1. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050 nm but not exceeding
1,800 nm;
2. Electron image amplification using any of the following:
a. A microchannel plate with a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm or
less; or
b. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less,
specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by
a microchannel plate; and
3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g, GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and
transferred electron photocathodes, having a maximum "radiant sensitivity"
exceeding 15 mA/W;
8A602 a. 2. c. Specially designed components as follows:
1. Microchannel plates having a hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of 12 μm
or less;
2. An electron sensing device with a non-binned pixel pitch of 500 μm or less,
specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' other than by
a microchannel plate;
3. "III/V compound" semiconductor (e.g, GaAs or GaInAs) photocathodes and
transferred electron photocathodes;
Note 8A602.a.2.c.3 does not apply to compound semiconductor photocathodes
designed to achieve a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of any of the following:
a. 10 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm
but not exceeding 1,050 nm; or
b. 15 mA/W or less at the peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,050
nm but not exceeding 1,800 nm.
8A602 a. 3. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" as
follows:
N.B. 'Microbolometer' non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays" are only
specified by 8A602.a.3.f.
Technical Note
Linear or two-dimensional multi-element detector arrays are referred to as
"focal plane arrays";
Note 1 8A602.a.3 includes photoconductive arrays and photovoltaic arrays.
Note 2 8A602.a.3 does not apply to:
a. Multi-element (not to exceed 16 elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells
using either lead sulphide or lead selenide;
b. Pyroelectric detectors using any of the following:
1. Triglycine sulphate and variants;
2. Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and variants;
3. Lithium tantalate;
4. Polyvinylidene fluoride and variants; or
5. Strontium barium niobate and variants.
c. "Focal plane arrays" specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge
multiplication' and limited by design to have a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of
10 mA/W or less for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not
to be removed or modified; and
2. Any of the following:
a. The response limiting mechanism is
integral to or combined with the detector element; or
b. The "focal plane array" is only
operable with the response limiting mechanism in place.
Technical Note
A response limiting mechanism integral to the detector element is designed not
to be removed or modified without rendering the detector inoperable.
d. Thermopile arrays having less than 5,130 elements;
8A602 a. 3. a. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane
arrays" having all of the following:
1. Individual elements with a peak response within the wavelength range
exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm; and
2. Any of the following:
a. A response "time constant" of less than 0.5 ns; or
b. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having
a maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 3. b. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane
arrays" having all of the following:
1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding
1,050 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm; and
2. Any of the following:
a. A response "time constant" of 95 ns or less; or
b. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having
a maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W;
8A602 a. 3. c. Non-"space-qualified" non-linear
(2-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having individual elements with a peak
response in the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
N.B. Silicon and other material based 'microbolometer' non-"space-qualified"
"focal plane arrays" are only specified by 8A602.a.3.f.
8A602 a. 3. d. Non-"space-qualified" linear
(1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having all of the following :
1. Individual elements with a peak response in the wavelength range exceeding
1,200 nm but not exceeding 3,000 nm; and
8A602 a. 3. d. 2. Any of the following:
a. A ratio of 'scan direction' dimension of the detector element to the
'cross-scan direction' dimension of the detector element of less than 3.8; or
b. Signal processing in the detector elements;
Note 8A602.a.3.d does not apply to "focal plane arrays" (not to exceed 32
elements) having detector elements limited solely to germanium material.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A602.a.3.d, 'cross-scan direction' is defined as the axis
parallel to the linear array of detector elements and the 'scan direction' is
defined as the axis perpendicular to the linear array of detector elements.
8A602 a. 3. e. Non-"space-qualified" linear
(1-dimensional) "focal plane arrays" having individual elements with a peak
response in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;
8A602 a. 3. f. Non-"space-qualified" non-linear
(2-dimensional) infrared "focal plane arrays" based on 'microbolometer' material
having individual elements with an unfiltered response in the wavelength range
equal to or
exceeding 8,000 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A602.a.3.f, 'microbolometer' is defined as a thermal
imaging detector that, as a result of a temperature change in the detector
caused by the absorption of infrared radiation, is used to generate any usable
signal.
8A602 a. 3. g. Non-"space-qualified" "focal plane
arrays" having all of the following:
1. Individual detector elements with a peak response in the wavelength range
exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 900 nm;
2. Specially designed or modified to achieve 'charge multiplication' and having
a maximum "radiant sensitivity" exceeding 10 mA/W for wavelengths exceeding 760
nm; and
3. Greater than 32 elements;
8A602 b. "Monospectral imaging sensors" and "multispectral
imaging sensors", designed for remote sensing applications and having any of the
following:
1. An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) of less than 200 μrad (microradians);
or
2. Specified for operation in the wavelength range exceeding 400 nm but not
exceeding 30,000 nm and having all the following;
a. Providing output imaging data in digital format; and
b. Having any of the following characteristics:
1. "Space-qualified"; or
2. Designed for airborne operation, using other than silicon detectors, and
having an IFOV of less than 2.5 mrad (milliradians);
Note 8A602.b.1 does not apply to "monospectral imaging sensors" with a peak
response in the wavelength range exceeding 300 nm but not exceeding 900 nm and
only incorporating any of the following non-"space-qualified" detectors or
non-"space-qualified" "focal plane arrays":
a. Charge Coupled Devices (CCD) not designed or modified to achieve 'charge
multiplication'; or
b. Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) devices not designed or
modified to achieve 'charge multiplication'.
8A602 c. 'Direct view' imaging equipment incorporating
any of the following:
1. Image intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.2.a or
8A602.a.2.b;
2. "Focal plane arrays" having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.3; or
3. Solid state detectors specified by 8A602.a.1;
Technical Note
'Direct view' refers to imaging equipment that presents a visual image to a
human observer without converting the image into an electronic signal for
television display, and that cannot record or store the image photographically,
electronically or by any other means.
Note 8A602.c does not apply to equipment as follows, when incorporating other
than GaAs or GaInAs photocathodes:
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement
control or counting systems;
b. Medical equipment;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the
properties of materials;
d. Flame detectors for industrial furnaces;
e. Equipment specially designed for laboratory use.
8A602 d. Special support components for optical sensors,
as follows:
1. "Space-qualified" cryocoolers;
2. Non-"space-qualified" cryocoolers having a cooling source temperature below
218 K (-55°C), as follows:
a. Closed cycle type with a specified Mean-Time-To-Failure (MTTF) or
Mean-Time-Between-Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2,500 hours;
b. Joule-Thomson (JT) self-regulating minicoolers having bore (outside)
diameters of less than 8 mm;
3. Optical sensing fibres specially fabricated either compositionally or
structurally, or modified by coating, to be acoustically, thermally, inertially,
electromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive.
Note 8A602.d.3 does not apply to encapsulated optical sensing fibres specially
designed for bore hole sensing applications.
8A602 e. (Reserved)
2['8A602. f 'Read-out integrated circuits' ('ROIC') specially designed for "focal
plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.
Note: 8A602.f does not apply to 'read-out integrated circuits' specially
designed for civil automotive applications.
Technical Note:
A 'Read-Out Integrated Circuit' ('ROIC') is an integrated circuit designed to
underlie or be bonded to a "focal plane array" ("FPA ") and used to read-out
(i.e., extract and register) signals produced by the detector elements. At a
minimum the 'ROIC reads the charge from the detector elements by extracting the
charge and applying a multiplexing function in a manner that retains the
relative spatial position and orientation information of the detector elements
for processing inside or outside the 'ROIC.']
8A603 Cameras, systems or equipment, and
components therefor, as follows:
a. Instrumentation cameras and specially designed components therefor, as
follows:
Note Instrumentation cameras, specified by 8A603.a.3 to 8A603.a.5, with modular
structures should be evaluated by their maximum capability, using plug-ins
available according to the camera manufacturer's specifications.
1['8A603.a.1 (Reserved)
8A603.a.2 (Reserved)']
deleted[8A603 a. 1. High-speed cinema recording cameras using
any film format from 8 mm to 16 mm inclusive, in which the film is continuously
advanced throughout the recording period, and that are capable of recording at
framing rates exceeding 13,150 frames/s;
Note 8A603.a.1 does not apply to cinema recording cameras designed for civil
purposes.
2. Mechanical high speed cameras, in which the film does not move, capable of
recording at rates exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s for the full framing height of
35 mm film, or at proportionately higher rates for lesser frame
heights, or at proportionately lower rates for greater frame heights;]
1['8A603.a.3 Electronic streak cameras having
temporal resolution better than 50 ns;]
old[3. Mechanical or electronic streak cameras as follows:
a. Mechanical streak cameras having writing speeds exceeding
10 mm/μs;
b. Electronic streak cameras having temporal resolution
better than 50 ns;]
4. Electronic framing cameras having a speed exceeding 1,000,000 frames/s;
5. Electronic cameras having all of the following:
a. An electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of less
than 1 μs per full frame; and
b. A read out time allowing a framing rate of more than 125
full frames per second;
6. Plug-ins having all of the following characteristics:
a. Specially designed for instrumentation cameras which have
modular structures and which are specified by 8A603.a; and
b. Enabling these cameras to meet the characteristics
specified by 8A603.a.3, 8A603.a.4 or 8A603.a.5, according to the manufacturer's
specifications;
8A603 b. Imaging cameras as follows:
Note 8A603.b does not apply to television or video cameras, specially designed
for television broadcasting.
1. Video cameras incorporating solid state sensors, having a peak response in
the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding 30,000 nm and having all
of the following:
8A603 b. 1. a. Having any of the following:
1. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for
monochrome (black and white) cameras;
2. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state array for colour
cameras incorporating three solid state arrays; or
3. More than 12 x 106 "active pixels" for solid state array colour
cameras incorporating one solid state array; and
b. Having any of the following:
1. Optical mirrors specified by 8A604.a;
2. Optical control equipment specified by 8A604.d; or
3. The capability for annotating internally generated 'camera tracking data';
Technical Notes
1. For the purpose of this entry, digital video cameras should be evaluated by
the maximum number of "active pixels" used for capturing moving images.
2. For the purpose of this entry, 'camera tracking data' is the information
necessary to define camera line of sight orientation with respect to the earth.
This includes: 1) the horizontal angle the camera line of sight makes with
respect to the earth's magnetic field direction and; 2) the vertical angle
between the camera line of sight and the earth's horizon.
8A603 b. 2. Scanning cameras and scanning camera
systems, having all of the following:
a. A peak response in the wavelength range exceeding 10 nm, but not exceeding
30,000 nm;
b. Linear detector arrays with more than 8,192 elements per array; and
c. Mechanical scanning in one direction;
Note 8A603.b.2 does not apply to scanning cameras and scanning camera systems,
specially designed for any of the following:
a. Industrial or civilian photocopiers;
b. Image scanners specially designed for civil, stationary, close proximity
scanning applications (e.g, reproduction of images or print contained in
documents, artwork or photographs); or
c. Medical equipment.
8A603 b. 3. Imaging cameras incorporating image
intensifier tubes having the characteristics listed in 8A602.a.2.a or
8A602.a.2.b;
8A603 b. 4. Imaging cameras incorporating "focal plane
arrays" having any of the following:
a. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.a to 8A602.a.3.e;
b. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.f; or
c. Incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.g;
Note 1 Imaging cameras specified by 8A603.b.4 include "focal plane arrays"
combined with sufficient "signal processing" electronics, beyond the read out
integrated circuit, to enable as a minimum the output of an analogue or digital
signal once power is supplied.
Note 2 8A603.b.4.a does not apply to imaging cameras incorporating linear "focal
plane arrays" with 12 elements or fewer, not employing
time-delay-and-integration within the element and designed for any of the
following:
a. Industrial or civilian intrusion alarm, traffic or industrial movement
control or counting systems;
b. Industrial equipment used for inspection or monitoring of heat flows in
buildings, equipment or industrial processes;
c. Industrial equipment used for inspection, sorting or analysis of the
properties of materials;
d. Equipment specially designed for laboratory use; or
e. Medical equipment.
Note 3 8A603.b.4.b does not apply to imaging cameras having any of the
following:
a. A maximum frame rate equal to or less than 9 Hz;
b. Having all of the following:
6[1. Having all of the
following:
Having a minimum horizontal or vertical 'Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)' of
at least 2 mrad (milliradians);]
old[1. Having a minimum horizontal or vertical
'Instantaneous-Field-of-View (IFOV)' of at least 10 mrad (milliradians);]
2. Incorporating a fixed focal-length lens that is not
designed to be removed;
3. Not incorporating a 'direct view' display; and
Technical Note
'Direct view' refers to an imaging camera operating in the infrared spectrum
that presents a visual image to a human observer using a near-to-eye micro
display incorporating any light-security mechanism.
4. Having any of the following:
a. No facility to obtain a viewable
image of the detected field-of-view; or
b. The camera is designed for a
single kind of application and designed not to be user modified; or
Technical Note
'Instantaneous Field of View (IFOV)' specified in Note 3.b. is the lesser figure
of the 'Horizontal IFOV' or the 'Vertical IFOV'.
'Horizontal IFOV' = horizontal Field of View (FOV)/number of horizontal detector
elements
'Vertical IFOV'= vertical Field of View (FOV)/number of vertical detector
elements.
c. The camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian passenger
land vehicle and having all of the following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the
vehicle are solely to assist the driver in the safe operation of the vehicle;
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
a. The civilian passenger land
vehicle for which it was intended and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg
(gross vehicle weight); or
b. A specially designed, authorized
maintenance test facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera
not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended.
Note When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the
appropriate authority in the exporter's country in order to ascertain compliance
with the conditions described in Note 3.b.4 and Note 3.c. above.
Note 4 8A603.b.4.c does not apply to imaging cameras having any of the following
characteristics:
a. Having all of the following:
1. Where the camera is specially designed for installation as
an integrated component into indoor and wall-plug-operated systems or equipment,
limited by design for a single kind of application, as follows:
a. Industrial process monitoring,
quality control, or analysis of the properties of materials;
b. Laboratory equipment specially
designed for scientific research;
c. Medical equipment;
d. Financial fraud detection
equipment; and
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
a. The system(s) or equipment for
which it was intended; or
b. A specially designed, authorised
maintenance facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera
not to function when it is removed from the system(s) or equipment for which it
was intended;
b. Where the camera is specially designed for installation into a civilian
passenger land vehicle or passenger and vehicle ferries, and having all of the
following:
1. The placement and configuration of the camera within the
vehicle or ferry is solely to assist the driver or operator in the safe
operation of the vehicle or ferry;
2. Is only operable when installed in any of the following:
a. The civilian passenger land
vehicle for which it was intended and the vehicle weighs less than 4,500 kg
(gross vehicle weight);
b. The passenger and vehicle ferry
for which it was intended and having a length overall (LOA) 65 m or greater; or
c. A specially designed, authorised
maintenance test facility; and
3. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera
not to function when it is removed from the vehicle for which it was intended;
c. Limited by design to have a maximum "radiant sensitivity" of 10 mA/W or less
for wavelengths exceeding 760 nm, having all of the following:
1. Incorporating a response limiting mechanism designed not
to be removed or modified;
2. Incorporates an active mechanism that forces the camera
not to function when the response limiting mechanism is removed; and
3. Not specially designed or modified for underwater use; or
d. Having all of the following:
1. Not incorporating a 'direct view' or electronic image
display;
2. Has no facility to output a viewable image of the detected
field of view;
3. The "focal plane array" is only operable when installed in
the camera for which it was intended; and
4. The "focal plane array" incorporates an active mechanism
that forces it to be permanently inoperable when removed from the camera for
which it was intended.
Note When necessary, details of the item will be provided, upon request, to the
appropriate authority in the exporter’s country in order to ascertain compliance
with the conditions described in Note 4 above.
8A603 b. 5. Imaging cameras incorporating solid-state
detectors specified by 8A602.a.1.
OPTICS
8A604 Optical equipment and components, as
follows:
a. Optical mirrors (reflectors) as follows:
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8A604.a, Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) is measured
according to ISO 21254-1:2011.
1[8A604.a.l
'Deformable mirrors' having an active optical aperture greater than 10 mm and
having any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
a. Having all the following:
1. A mechanical resonant frequency of 750 Hz or more; and
2. More than 200 actuators; or
b. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
1. Greater than 1 kW/cm2 using a "CW laser"; or
2. Greater than 2 J/cm2 using 20 ns "laser" pulses at 20 Hz repetition
rate;
Technical Note:
'Deformable mirrors' are mirrors having any of the following:
a. A single continuous optical reflecting surface which is dynamically deformed
by the application of individual torques or forces to
compensate for distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror; or
b. Multiple optical reflecting elements that can be individually and dynamically
repositioned by the application of torques or forces to compensate for
distortions in the optical waveform incident upon the mirror.
'Deformable mirrors' are also known as adaptive optic mirrors.']
old[8A604 a. 1. "Deformable mirrors" having an active
optical aperture greater than 10 mm and having any of the following, and
specially designed components therefor:
a. Having all the following:
1. A mechanical resonant frequency of 750 Hz or more; and
2. More than 200 actuators; or
b. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
1. Greater than 1 kW/cm2 using a "CW laser"; or
2. Greater than 2 J/cm2 using 20 ns "laser" pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;]
8A604 a. 2. Lightweight monolithic mirrors having an
average "equivalent density" of less than 30 kg/m² and a total mass exceeding 10
kg;
8A604 a. 3. Lightweight "composite" or foam mirror
structures having an average "equivalent density" of less than 30 kg/m² and a
total mass exceeding 2 kg;
Note 8A604.a.2 and 8A604.a.3 do not apply to mirrors specially designed to
direct solar radiation for terrestrial heliostat installations.
8A604 a. 4. Mirrors specially designed for beam steering
mirror stages specified in 8A604.d.2.a with a flatness of λ/10 or better (λ is
equal to 633 nm) and having any of the following:
a. Diameter or major axis length greater than or equal to 100 mm; or
b. Having all of the following:
1. Diameter or major axis length greater than 50 mm but less than 100 mm; and
2. A Laser Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) being any of the following:
a. Greater than 10 kW/cm2 using a "CW laser"; or
b. Greater than 20 J/cm2 using 20 ns "laser" pulses at 20 Hz repetition rate;
N.B. For optical mirrors specially designed for lithography equipment, see
8B301.
8A604 b. Optical components made from zinc selenide (ZnSe)
or zinc sulphide (ZnS) with transmission in the wavelength range exceeding 3,000
nm but not exceeding 25,000 nm and having any of the following:
1. Exceeding 100 cm3 in volume; or
2. Exceeding 80 mm in diameter or length of major axis and 20 mm in thickness
(depth);
8A604 c. "Space-qualified" components for optical
systems, as follows:
1. Components lightweighted to less than 20% "equivalent density" compared with
a solid blank of the same aperture and thickness;
2. Raw substrates, processed substrates having surface coatings (single-layer or
multi-layer, metallic or dielectric, conducting, semiconducting or insulating)
or having protective films;
3. Segments or assemblies of mirrors designed to be assembled in space into an
optical system with a collecting aperture equivalent to or larger than a single
optic 1 m in diameter;
4. Components manufactured from "composite" materials having a coefficient of
linear thermal expansion equal to or less than 5 x 10-6 in any coordinate
direction;
8A604 d. Optical control equipment as follows:
1. Equipment specially designed to maintain the surface figure or orientation of
the "space-qualified" components specified by 8A604.c.1 or 8A604.c.3;
2. Steering, tracking, stabilisation and resonator alignment equipment as
follows:
a. Beam steering mirror stages designed to carry mirrors having diameter or
major axis length greater than 50 mm and having all of the following, and
specially designed electronic control equipment therefor:
1. A maximum angular travel of ±26 mrad or more;
2. A mechanical resonant frequency of 500 Hz or more; and
3. An angular "accuracy" of 10 μrad (microradians) or less (better);
b. Resonator alignment equipment having bandwidths equal to or more than 100 Hz
and an "accuracy" of 10 μrad or less (better);
8A604 d. 3. Gimbals having all of the following:
a. A maximum slew exceeding 5°;
b. A bandwidth of 100 Hz or more;
c. Angular pointing errors of 200 μrad (microradians) or less; and
d. Having any of the following:
1. Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and
capable of angular accelerations exceeding 2 rad (radians)/s²; or
2. Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axis length and capable of angular
accelerations exceeding 0.5 rad (radians)/s²;
8A60 4 d. 4. (Reserved)
8A604 e. 'Aspheric optical elements' having all of the
following:
1. Largest dimension of the optical-aperture greater than 400 mm;
2. Surface roughness less than 1 nm (rms) for sampling lengths equal to or
greater than 1 mm; and
3. Coefficient of linear thermal expansion's absolute magnitude less than
3x10-6/K at 25°C.
Technical Notes
1. An 'aspheric optical element' is any element used in an optical system whose
imaging surface or surfaces are designed to depart from the shape of an ideal
sphere.
2. Manufacturers are not required to measure the surface roughness listed in
8A604.e.2 unless the optical element was designed or manufactured with the
intent to meet, or exceed, the specified parameter.
Note 8A604.e does not apply to 'aspheric optical elements' having any of the
following:
a. Largest optical-aperture dimension less than 1 m and focal length to aperture
ratio equal to or greater than 4.5:1;
b. Largest optical-aperture dimension equal to or greater than 1 m and focal
length to aperture ratio equal to or greater than 7:1;
c. Designed as Fresnel, flyeye, stripe, prism or diffractive optical elements;
d. Fabricated from borosilicate glass having a coefficient of linear thermal
expansion greater than 2.5x10-6 /K at 25 °C; or
e. An x-ray optical element having inner mirror capabilities (e.g, tube-type
mirrors).
N.B. For 'aspheric optical elements' specially designed for lithography
equipment, see 8B301.
2['8A604.f Dynamic wavefront measuring equipment having all of the following:
1. 'Frame rates' equal to or more than 1 kHz; and
2. A wavefront accuracy equal to or less (better) than A/20 at the
designed wavelength.
Technical Note;
For the purposes of 8A604.f, frame rate' is a frequency at which all "active
pixels" in the "focal plane array" are integrated for recording images projected
by the wavefront sensor optics'.]
LASERS
8A605 "Lasers", components and optical equipment, as
follows:
Note 1 Pulsed "lasers" include those that run in a continuous wave (CW) mode
with pulses superimposed.
Note 2 Excimer, semiconductor, chemical, CO, CO2, and 'non-repetitive pulsed'
Nd:glass "lasers" are only specified by 8A605.d.
Technical Note
'Non-repetitive pulsed' refers to "lasers" that produce either a single output
pulse or that have a time interval between pulses exceeding one minute.
Note 3 8A605 includes fibre "lasers".
Note 4 The status of "lasers" incorporating frequency conversion (i.e,
wavelength change) by means other than one "laser" pumping another "laser" is
determined by applying the specified parameters for both the output of the
source "laser" and the frequency-converted optical output.
Note 5 8A605 does not apply to "lasers" as follows:
a. Ruby with output energy below 20 J;
b. Nitrogen;
c. Krypton.
7[Note 6 For the purposes of 8A605. a. and 8A605. b., 'single transverse mode' refers to "lasers" with a beam profile having an M2-factor of less than 1.3, while 'multiple transverse mode' refers to "lasers" with a beam profile having an M2-factor of 1.3 or higher.]
6[a. Non-"tunable" continuous wave "(CW) lasers" having any of the following:
1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power
exceeding 30 W;
Note 8A605.a. 2. does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an output power equal
to or less than 50W.
3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the
following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 150 W;
4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power
exceeding 30 W;
8A605 a. 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any
of the following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 80 W;
8A605 a. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and
any of the following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
1. Average output power exceeding 1,000 W; or
2. Having all of the following:
a. Average output power exceeding 500 W; and
b. Spectral bandwidth less than 40 GHz; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
1. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 1000 W;or
2. Output power exceeding 2 kW;
Note 1 8A605.a.6.b. does not apply to 'multiple transverse mode',
industrial "lasers"with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with
a total mass greater than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass
includes all components required to operate the "laser", e.g., "laser", power
supply, heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning or
delivery.
Note 2
8A605 a.6.b. does not apply to 'multiple transverse mode',
industrial "lasers" having any of the following:
a. (Reserved)
b. Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 1.25 mm*mrad;
c. Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW
and having a BPP exceeding 1.7 mm*mrad;
d. Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW
and having a BPP exceeding 2.5 mm*mrad;
e. Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and
having a BPP exceeding 3.5 mm*mrad;
f. (Reserved)
g. (Reserved)
h. Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and
having a BPP exceeding 12 mm*mrad; or
i. Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and
having a BPP exceeding 24 mm*mrad;
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8A605.a.6.b., Note 2.a., 'brightness' is defined as the
output power of the "laser" divided by the squared Beam Parameter Product (BPP),
i.e, (output power)/BPP2.
Technical Note
Wall-plug efficiency' is defined as the ratio of "laser" output power (or
"average output power") to total electrical input power required to operate the
"laser", including the power supply/conditioning and thermal conditioning/heat
exchanger.
8A605 a.7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the
following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' and output power exceeding 80 W; or
8A605 a.8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and output
power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 a.9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of the
following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' and output power exceeding 1 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and output power exceeding 120 W; or
8A605 a.10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 b. Non-"tunable" "pulsed lasers" having any of the following: 1. Output wavelength
less than 150 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per
pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more
but not exceeding 510 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak
power" exceeding 30W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
Note 8A605. b. 2. b does not apply to Argon "lasers " having an "average output
power" equal to or less than 50 W.
8A605 b. 3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any
of the following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50nW;
or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 150 W;or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W;
8A605 b. 4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and any
of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5GW;or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
8A605 b. 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not exceeding 975 nm and any
of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW;
or
2. 'Single transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 us and any of
the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. 'Single transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W;or
3. Multiple transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W;or
c 'Pulse duration" exceeding 1 us and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W;or
3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W;
8A605 b. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not exceeding 1,150 nm and
any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" of less than 1 ps, and any of the following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W; or
3. Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns, and any of
the following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
3. Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
c 'Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 ms and any of
the following:
1. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 100 MW;
b. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W limited by design to
a maximum pulse repetition frequency less than or equal to 1
kHz;
c. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12%, "average output power"
exceeding 100 W and capable of operating at a pulse
repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
d. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W and capable of
operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
e. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
8A605 b. 6. c. 2. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 400 MW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power"
exceeding 500 W;
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW; or
d. Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
8A605 b. 6. d. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 us and any of the following:
1. 'Single transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 500 kW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency1 exceeding 12% and "average output
power" exceeding 100 W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W; or
2. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 1 MW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power"
exceeding 500 W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW;
8A605 b. 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not exceeding 1,555 nm, and
any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 us and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. 'Single transverse mode' output and "average output power"
exceeding 20 W; or
3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and "average output
power" exceeding 50 W; or
b. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. 'Single transverse mode' output and "average output power"
exceeding 50 W; or
3. 'Multiple transverse mode' output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W;
or
8A605 b. 8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and
any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W;
or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
8A605 b. 9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and
any of the following:
a. 'Single transverse mode' and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. 'Multiple transverse mode' and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 10 kW;or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 120 W; or]
old[8A605 a. Non-"tunable" continuous wave "(CW) lasers"
having any of the following:
1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and output power
exceeding 30 W;
Note 8A605.a.2 does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an output power equal to
or less than 50 W.
3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not exceeding 540 nm and any of the
following:
a. Single transverse mode output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 150 W;
3. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not exceeding 800 nm and output power
exceeding 30 W;
8A605 a. 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not
exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode output and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 80 W;
8A605 a. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not
exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode and output power exceeding 500 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
1. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and output power exceeding 500 W; or
2. Output power exceeding 2 kW;
1['Note 1: 8A605.a.6.b does not apply to multiple transverse mode, industrial
"lasers" with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total
mass greater than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes
all components required to operate the "laser", e.g., "laser", power supply,
heat exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning or delivery.']
old[Note 1 8A605.a.6.b does not apply to multiple transverse mode, industrial
"lasers" with output power exceeding 2 kW and not exceeding 6 kW with a total
mass greater than 1,200 kg. For the purpose of this note, total mass includes
all components required to operate the "laser", e.g, "laser", power supply, heat
exchanger, but excludes external optics for beam conditioning and/or delivery.]
Note 2 8A605.a.6.b does not apply to multiple transverse mode, industrial
"lasers" having any of the following:
a. Output power exceeding 500 W but not exceeding 1 kW and having all of the
following:
1. Beam Parameter Product (BPP) exceeding 0.7 mm•mrad; and
2. 'Brightness' not exceeding 1024 W/(mm•mrad)2;
b. Output power exceeding 1 kW but not exceeding 1.6 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 1.25 mm•mrad;
c. Output power exceeding 1.6 kW but not exceeding 2.5 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 1.7 mm•mrad;
d. Output power exceeding 2.5 kW but not exceeding 3.3 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 2.5 mm•mrad;
e. Output power exceeding 3.3 kW but not exceeding 4 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 3.5 mm•mrad;
f. Output power exceeding 4 kW but not exceeding 5 kW and having a BPP exceeding
5 mm•mrad;
g. Output power exceeding 5 kW but not exceeding 6 kW and having a BPP exceeding
7.2 mm•mrad;
h. Output power exceeding 6 kW but not exceeding 8 kW and having a BPP exceeding
12 mm•mrad; or
i. Output power exceeding 8 kW but not exceeding 10 kW and having a BPP
exceeding 24 mm•mrad;
Technical Note
For the purpose of 8A605.a.6.b, Note 2.a, 'brightness' is defined as the output
power of the "laser" divided by the squared Beam Parameter Product (BPP), i.e,
(output power)/BPP2.
Technical Note
'Wall-plug efficiency' is defined as the ratio of "laser" output power (or
"average output power") to total electrical input power required to operate the
"laser", including the power supply/conditioning and thermal conditioning/heat
exchanger.
8A605 a. 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not
exceeding 1,555 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode and output power exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode and output power exceeding 80 W; or
8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not exceeding 1,850 nm, and output
power exceeding 1 W;
9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of
the following:
a. Single transverse mode and output power exceeding 1 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and output power exceeding 120 W; or
10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and output power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 b. Non-"tunable" "pulsed lasers" having any of the
following:
1. Output wavelength less than 150 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
2. Output wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 510 nm and any of the
following:
a. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
Note 8A605.b.2.b does not apply to Argon "lasers" having an "average output
power" equal to or less than 50 W.
8A605 b. 3. Output wavelength exceeding 510 nm but not
exceeding 540 nm and any of the following:
a. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 150 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W;
8A605 b. 4. Output wavelength exceeding 540 nm but not
exceeding 800 nm and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
8A605 b. 5. Output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not
exceeding 975 nm and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" less than 1 ps and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.005 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 GW; or
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and not exceeding 1 μs and any of
the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
c. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W;
8A605 b. 6. Output wavelength exceeding 975 nm but not
exceeding 1,150 nm and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" of less than 1 ps, and any of the following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 2 GW per pulse;
2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W; or
3. Output energy exceeding 0.002 J per pulse;
b. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ps and less than 1 ns, and any of
the following:
1. Output "peak power" exceeding 5 GW per pulse;
2. "Average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
3. Output energy exceeding 0.1 J per pulse;
c. "Pulse duration" equal to or exceeding 1 ns but not exceeding 1 μs and any of
the following:
1. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 100 MW;
b. "Average output power" exceeding 20 W limited by design to a maximum pulse
repetition frequency less than or equal to 1 kHz;
c. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12%, "average output power" exceeding 100 W
and capable of operating at a pulse repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz;
d. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W and capable of operating at a pulse
repetition frequency greater than 1 kHz; or
e. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse; or
8A605 b. 6. c. 2. Multiple transverse mode output and
any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 400 MW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power" exceeding 500
W;
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW; or
d. Output energy exceeding 4 J per pulse; or
d. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Single transverse mode output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 500 kW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 12% and "average output power" exceeding 100
W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 150 W; or
2. Multiple transverse mode output and any of the following:
a. "Peak power" exceeding 1 MW;
b. 'Wall-plug efficiency' exceeding 18% and "average output power" exceeding 500
W; or
c. "Average output power" exceeding 2 kW;
8A605 b. 7. Output wavelength exceeding 1,150 nm but not
exceeding 1,555 nm, and any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 20 W; or
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
b. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 50 W;
2. Single transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 50 W; or
3. Multiple transverse mode output and "average output power" exceeding 80 W; or
8A605 b. 8. Output wavelength exceeding 1,555 nm but not
exceeding 1,850 nm, and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding
1 W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
9. Output wavelength exceeding 1,850 nm but not exceeding 2,100 nm, and any of
the following:
a. Single transverse mode and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. Multiple transverse mode and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 10 kW; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 120 W; or]
10. Output wavelength exceeding 2,100 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding
1 W; or
b. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
8A605 c. "Tunable" "lasers" having any of the following:
1. Output wavelength less than 600 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
Note 8A605.c.1 does not apply to dye "lasers" or other liquid "lasers", having a
multimode output and a wavelength of 150 nm or more but not exceeding 600 nm and
all of the following:
1. Output energy less than 1.5 J per pulse or a "peak power" less than 20 W; and
2. Average or CW output power less than 20 W.
8A605 c. 2. Output wavelength of 600 nm or more but not
exceeding 1,400 nm, and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 1 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 20 W; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 20 W; or
3. Output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and any of the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;
8A605 d. Other "lasers", not specified by 8A605.a,
8A605.b or 8A605.c as follows:
1. Semiconductor "lasers" as follows:
Note 1 8A605.d.1 includes semiconductor "lasers" having optical output
connectors (e.g. fibre optic pigtails).
Note 2 The status of semiconductor "lasers" specially designed for other
equipment is determined by the status of the other equipment.
8A605 d. 1. a. Individual single-transverse mode
semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
1. Wavelength equal to or less than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 1.5 W; or
2. Wavelength greater than 1,510 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding
500 mW;
6[8A605
1. b. Individual multiple-transverse mode semiconductor "lasers" having any of
the following:
1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 15
W;
2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and
average or CW output power, exceeding 2.5 W; or
3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 1 W;]
old[8A605 1. b. Individual, multiple-transverse mode
semiconductor "lasers" having any of the following:
1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding 15
W;
2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and
average or CW output power, exceeding 2.5 W; or
3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 1 W;]
8A605 1. c. Individual semiconductor "laser" 'bars'
having any of the following:
1. Wavelength of less than 1,400 nm and average or CW output power, exceeding
100 W;
2. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,400 nm and less than 1,900 nm and
average or CW output power, exceeding 25 W; or
3. Wavelength equal to or greater than 1,900 nm and average or CW output power,
exceeding 10 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays'
(two-dimensional arrays) having any of the following:
1. Wavelength less than 1,400 nm and having any of the following:
a. Average or CW total output power less than 3 kW and having average or CW
output 'power density' greater than 500 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 3 kW but less than or
equal to 5 kW, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than
350W/cm2;
c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 5 kW;
d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 2,500 W/cm2; or
Note 8A605.d.1.d.1.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic
devices.
e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, greater than 150 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. 2. Wavelength greater than or equal to
1,400 nm but less than 1,900 nm, and having any of the following:
a. Average or CW total output power less than 250 W and average or CW output
'power density' greater than 150 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW total output power equal to or exceeding 250 W but less than or
equal to 500 W, and having average or CW output 'power density' greater than
50W/cm2;
c. Average or CW total output power exceeding 500 W;
d. Peak pulsed 'power density' exceeding 500 W/cm2; or
Note 8A605.d.1.d.2.d does not apply to epitaxially-fabricated monolithic
devices.
e. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 15 W;
8A605 d. 1. d. 3. Wavelength greater than or equal to
1,900 nm and having any of the following:
a. Average or CW output 'power density' greater than 50 W/cm2;
b. Average or CW output power greater than 10 W; or
c. Spatially coherent average or CW total output power, exceeding 1.5 W; or
8A605 d. 1. d. 4. At least one "laser" 'bar' specified
by 8A605.d.1.c;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A605.d.1.d, 'power density' means the total "laser" output
power divided by the emitter surface area of the 'stacked array'.
8A605 d. 1. e. Semiconductor "laser" 'stacked arrays',
other than those specified by 8A605.d.1.d, having all of the following:
1. Specially designed or modified to be combined with other 'stacked arrays' to
form a larger 'stacked array'; and
2. Integrated connections, common for both electronics and cooling;
Note 1 'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked
arrays' specified by 8A605.d.1.e, that are not designed to be further combined
or modified are specified by 8A605.d.1.d.
Note 2 'Stacked arrays', formed by combining semiconductor "laser" 'stacked
arrays' specified by 8A605.d.1.e, that are designed to be further combined or
modified are specified by 8A605.d.1.e.
Note 3 8A605.d.1.e does not apply to modular assemblies of single 'bars'
designed to be fabricated into end-to-end stacked linear arrays.
Technical Notes
1. Semiconductor "lasers" are commonly called "laser" diodes.
2. A 'bar' (also called a semiconductor "laser" 'bar', a "laser" diode 'bar' or
diode 'bar') consists of multiple semiconductor "lasers" in a one-dimensional
array.
3. A 'stacked array' consists of multiple 'bars' forming a two-dimensional array
of semiconductor "lasers".
8A605 d. 2. Carbon monoxide (CO) "lasers" having any of
the following:
a. Output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and "peak power" exceeding 5 kW; or
b. Average or CW output power exceeding 5 kW;
8A605 d. 3. Carbon dioxide (CO2) "lasers" having any of
the following:
a. CW output power exceeding 15 kW;
b. Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" exceeding 10 μs and any of the
following:
1. "Average output power" exceeding 10 kW; or
2. "Peak power" exceeding 100 kW; or
c. Pulsed output with a "pulse duration" equal to or less than 10 μs and any of
the following:
1. Pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 2.5 kW;
8A605 d. 4. Excimer "lasers" having any of the
following:
a. Output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 1 W;
b. Output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but not exceeding 190 nm and any of the
following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 120 W;
8A605 d. 4. c. Output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but
not exceeding 360 nm and any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 500 W; or
8A605 d. 4. d. Output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and
any of the following:
1. Output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or
2. "Average output power" exceeding 30 W;
N.B. For excimer "lasers" specially designed for lithography equipment, see
8B301.
8A605 d. 5. "Chemical lasers" as follows:
a. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) "lasers";
b. Deuterium Fluoride (DF) "lasers";
1['8A605.d.5.c 'Transfer lasers' as follows:
1. Oxygen Iodine (02-1) "lasers";
2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-C02) "lasers";
Technical Note:
'Transfer lasers' are "lasers" in which the losing species are excited through
the transfer of energy by collision of a non-lasing atom or molecule with a
losing atom or molecule species.']
old[c. "Transfer lasers" as follows:
1. Oxygen Iodine (O2-I) "lasers";
2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (DF-CO2) "lasers";]
8A605 d. 6. 'Non-repetitive pulsed' Nd: glass "lasers"
having any of the following:
a. "Pulse duration" not exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 50 J per
pulse; or
b. "Pulse duration" exceeding 1 μs and output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;
8A605 e. Components as follows:
1. Mirrors cooled either by 'active cooling' or by heat pipe cooling;
Technical Notes
'Active cooling' is a cooling technique for optical components using flowing
fluids within the subsurface (nominally less than 1 mm below the optical
surface) of the optical component to remove heat from the optic.
2. Optical mirrors or transmissive or partially transmissive optical or
electro-optical components, other than fused tapered fibre combiners and
Multi-Layer Dielectric gratings (MLDs), specially designed for
use with specified "lasers";
Note Fibre combiners and MLDs are specified by 8A605.e.3.
8A605 e. 3. Fibre "laser" components as follows:
a. Multimode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the
following:
1. An insertion loss better (less) than or equal to 0.3 dB maintained at a rated
total average or CW output power (excluding output power transmitted through the
single mode core if present) exceeding
1,000 W; and
2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3;
b. Single mode to multimode fused tapered fibre combiners having all of the
following:
1. An insertion loss better (less) than 0.5 dB maintained at a rated total
average or CW output power exceeding 4,600 W;
2. Number of input fibres equal to or greater than 3; and
8A605 e. 3. b. 3. Having any of the following:
a. A Beam Parameter Product (BPP) measured at the output not exceeding 1.5 mm
mrad for a number of input fibres less than or equal to 5; or
b. A BPP measured at the output not exceeding 2.5 mm mrad for a number of input
fibres greater than 5;
8A605 e. 3. c. MLDs having all of the following:
1. Designed for spectral or coherent beam combination of 5 or more fibre
"lasers"; and
2. CW "Laser" Induced Damage Threshold (LIDT) greater than or equal to 10
kW/cm2.
8A605 f. Optical equipment as follows:
N.B. For shared aperture optical elements, capable of operating in
"Super-High Power Laser" ("SHPL") applications, see 6A019. Note 2.d.
1['8A605.f.1 (Reserved)
N.B. For items previously specified by 8A605.f.1, see 8A604.f.'
'8A605.f.2 "Laser" diagnostic equipment specially designed for dynamic
measurement of "SHPL" system angular beam steering errors and having an angular
"accuracy" of 10 urad (microradians) or less (better);']
deleted[1. Dynamic wavefront (phase) measuring equipment capable of
mapping at least 50 positions on a beam wavefront and any of the following:
a. Frame rates equal to or more than 100 Hz and phase
discrimination of at least 5% of the beam's wavelength; or
b. Frame rates equal to or more than 1,000 Hz and phase
discrimination of at least 20% of the beam's wavelength;]
2. "Laser" diagnostic equipment capable of measuring "SHPL" system angular beam
steering errors of equal to or less than 10 μrad;
1['8A605.f.3 Optical equipment and components, specially designed for coherent
beam combination in a phased-array "SHPL" system and having any of the
following:
a. An "accuracy" of 0.1 um or less, for wavelengths greater than 1 u.m;
or
b. An "accuracy" of λ/10 or less (better) at the designed wavelength, for
wavelengths equal to or less than 1 um';]
old[3. Optical equipment and components, specially designed for a phased-array "SHPL"
system for coherent beam combination to an "accuracy" of λ/10 at the designed
wavelength, or 0.1 μm, whichever is the smaller;]
4. Projection telescopes specially designed for use with "SHPL" systems;
8A605 g. 'Laser acoustic detection equipment' having all
of the following:
1. CW "laser" output power equal to or exceeding 20 mW;
2. "Laser" frequency stability equal to or better (less) than 10 MHz;
3. "Laser" wavelengths equal to or exceeding 1,000 nm but not exceeding 2,000
nm;
4. Optical system resolution better (less) than 1 nm; and
5. Optical Signal to Noise ratio equal to or exceeding 103.
Technical Note
'Laser acoustic detection equipment' is sometimes referred to as a "Laser"
Microphone or Particle Flow Detection Microphone.
MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS
8A606 "Magnetometers", "magnetic gradiometers",
"intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", underwater electric field sensors,
"compensation systems", and specially designed components therefor, as follows:
Note 8A606 does not apply to instruments specially designed for fishery
applications or biomagnetic measurements for medical diagnostics.
8A606 a. "Magnetometers" and subsystems, as follows:
1. "Magnetometers" using "superconductive" (SQUID) "technology" and having any
of the following:
a. SQUID systems designed for stationary operation, without specially designed
subsystems designed to reduce in-motion noise, and having a 'sensitivity' equal
to or lower (better) than 50 fT (rms) per square
root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz; or
b. SQUID systems having an in-motion-magnetometer 'sensitivity' lower (better)
than 20 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz and specially
designed to reduce in-motion noise;
2. "Magnetometers" using optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser)
"technology" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 20 pT (rms) per square
root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
3. "Magnetometers" using fluxgate "technology" having a 'sensitivity' equal to
or lower (better) than 10 pT (rms) per square root Hz at a frequency of 1 Hz;
8A606 a. 4. Induction coil "magnetometers" having a
'sensitivity' lower (better) than any of the following:
a. 0.05 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of less than 1 Hz;
b. 1 x 10-3 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies of 1 Hz or more but not
exceeding 10 Hz; or
c. 1 x 10-4 nT (rms)/square root Hz at frequencies exceeding 10 Hz;
5. Fibre optic "magnetometers" having a 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 1 nT (rms)
per square root Hz;
8A606 b. Underwater Electric Field Sensors having a
'sensitivity' lower (better) than 8 nanovolt per meter per square root Hz when
measured at 1 Hz;
8A606 c. "Magnetic gradiometers" as follows:
1. "Magnetic gradiometers" using multiple "magnetometers" specified by 8A606.a;
2. Fibre optic "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers" having a magnetic gradient
field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than 0.3 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
3. "Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", using "technology" other than fibre-optic
"technology", having a magnetic gradient field 'sensitivity' lower (better) than
0.015 nT/m (rms) per square root Hz;
8A606 d. "Compensation systems" for magnetic or
underwater electric field sensors resulting in a performance equal to or better
than the specified parameters of 8A606.a, 8A606.b, or 8A606.c;
8A606 e. Underwater electromagnetic receivers
incorporating magnetic field sensors specified by 8A606.a or underwater electric
field sensors specified by 8A606.b.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A606, 'sensitivity' (noise level) is the root mean square
of the device limited noise floor which is the lowest signal that can be
measured.
GRAVIMETERS
8A607 Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravity
gradiometers, as follows:
a. Gravity meters designed or modified for ground use and having a static
"accuracy" of less (better) than 10 μGal;
Note 8A607.a does not apply to ground gravity meters of the quartz element
(Worden) type.
b. Gravity meters designed for mobile platforms and having all of the following:
1. A static "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.7 mGal; and
2. An in-service (operational) "accuracy" of less (better) than 0.7 mGal having
a 'time-to-steady-state registration' of less than 2 minutes under any
combination of attendant corrective compensations and
motional influences;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A607.b, 'time-to-steady-state registration' (also referred
to as the gravimeter’s response time) is the time over which the disturbing
effects of platform induced accelerations (high frequency noise) are reduced.
c. Gravity
gradiometers.
RADAR
8A608 Radar systems, equipment and assemblies,
having any of the following, and specially designed components therefor:
Note 8A608 does not apply to:
- Secondary Surveillance Radar (SSR);
- Civil Automotive Radar;
- Displays or monitors used for Air Traffic Control (ATC);
- Meteorological (weather) Radar;
- Precision Approach Radar (PAR) equipment conforming to ICAO standards and
employing electronically steerable linear (1-dimensional) arrays or mechanically
positioned passive antennae.
8A608 a. Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230 GHz
and having any of the following:
1. An average output power exceeding 100 mW; or
2. Locating "accuracy" of 1 m or less (better) in range and 0.2 degree or less
(better) in azimuth;
b. A tunable bandwidth exceeding ± 6.25% of the 'centre operating frequency';
Technical Note
The 'centre operating frequency' equals one half of the sum of the highest plus
the lowest specified operating frequencies.
c. Capable of operating simultaneously on more than two carrier frequencies;
d. Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR), inverse synthetic aperture
(ISAR) radar mode, or sidelooking airborne (SLAR) radar mode;
1['8A608. e Incorporating electronically scanned array antennae;
Technical Note:
Electronically scanned array antennae are also known as electronically steerable
array antennae'.]
old[e. Incorporating electronically steerable array antennae;]
f. Capable of heightfinding non-cooperative targets;
g. Specially designed for airborne (balloon or airframe mounted) operation and
having Doppler "signal processing" for the detection of moving targets;
8A608 h. Employing processing of radar signals and using
any of the following:
1. "Radar spread spectrum" techniques; or
2. "Radar frequency agility" techniques;
8A608 i. Providing ground-based operation with a maximum
"instrumented range" exceeding 185 km;
Note 8A608.i does not apply to:
a. Fishing ground surveillance radar;
b. Ground radar equipment specially designed for enroute air traffic control and
having all of the following:
1. A maximum "instrumented range" of 500 km or less;
2. Configured so that radar target data can be transmitted
only one way from the radar site to one or more civil ATC centres;
3. Contains no provisions for remote control of the radar
scan rate from the enroute ATC centre; and
4. Permanently installed.
c. Weather balloon tracking radars.
8A608 j. Being "laser" radar or Light Detection and
Ranging (LIDAR) equipment and having any of the following:
1. "Space-qualified";
2. Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne detection techniques and having an
angular resolution of less (better) than 20 μrad (microradians); or
3. Designed for carrying out airborne bathymetric littoral surveys to
International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) Order 1a Standard (5th Edition
February 2008) for Hydrographic Surveys or better, and using
one or more "lasers" with a wavelength exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 600
nm;
Note 1 LIDAR equipment specially designed for surveying is only specified by
8A608.j.3.
Note 2 8A608.j does not apply to LIDAR equipment specially designed for
meteorological observation.
Note 3 Parameters in the IHO Order 1a Standard 5th Edition February 2008 are
summarized as follows:
Horizontal Accuracy (95% Confidence Level) = 5 m + 5% of depth.
Depth Accuracy for Reduced Depths (95% confidence level)
= ±√(a2+(b*d)2) where:
a = 0.5 m = constant depth error, i.e. the sum of all constant depth errors
b = 0.013 = factor of depth dependent error
b*d = depth dependent error, i.e. the sum of all depth dependent errors
d = depth
Feature Detection = Cubic features > 2 m in depths up to 40 m;
10% of depth beyond 40 m.
8A608 k. Having "signal processing" sub-systems using
"pulse compression" and having any of the following:
1. A "pulse compression" ratio exceeding 150; or
2. A compressed pulse width of less than 200 ns; or
Note 8A608.k.2 does not apply to two dimensional 'marine radar' or 'vessel
traffic service’ radar , having all of the following:
a. "Pulse compression" ratio not exceeding 150;
b. Compressed pulse width of greater than 30 ns;
c. Single and rotating mechanically scanned antenna;
d. Peak output power not exceeding 250 W; and
e. Not capable of "frequency hopping".
8A608 l. Having data processing sub-systems and having
any of the following:
1['8A608.1.1 "Automatic target tracking' providing, at any antenna rotation, the
predicted target position beyond the time of the next antenna beam passage; or
Note: 8A608.1.1 does not apply to conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or
'marine radar'.
Technical Note:
'Automatic target tracking' is a processing technique that automatically
determines and provides as output an extrapolated value of the most probable
position of the target in real time.']
old[1. "Automatic target tracking" providing, at any antenna rotation, the predicted
target position beyond the time of the next antenna beam passage; or
Note 8A608.l.1 does not apply to conflict alert capability in ATC systems, or
'marine radar'.]
2. (Reserved) ;
3. (Reserved) ;
1['8A608.1.4 Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of
target data within six seconds from two or more 'geographically dispersed' radar
sensors to improve the aggregate performance beyond that of any single sensor
specified by 8A608.f or 8A608.i.
Sensors are considered 'geographically dispersed' when each location is distant
from any other more than 1,500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are always
considered 'geographically dispersed'.
N.B. See also 6A005.b.]
Note: 8A608.1 does not apply to systems, equipment and assemblies used for
'vessel traffic services'.'
old[4. Configured to provide superposition and correlation, or fusion, of target
data within six seconds from two or more "geographically dispersed" radar
sensors to improve the aggregate performance beyond that of any single sensor
specified by 8A608.f or 8A608.i.
N.B. See also 6A005.b.]
Note 8A608.l does not apply to systems, equipment and assemblies used for
'vessel traffic services'.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A608, 'marine radar' is a radar that is used to navigate
safely at sea, inland waterways or near-shore environments.
2. For the purposes of 8A608, 'vessel traffic service' is a vessel traffic
monitoring and control service similar to air traffic control for "aircraft".
8B6SENSORS AND LASERS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B601 ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
6[8B602. Masks and reticles,
specially designed for optical sensors specified by 8A602.a.1.b. or
8A602.a.1.d.]
old[8B602 . OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)]
8B603. CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8B604 Optical equipment as follows:
a. Equipment for measuring absolute reflectance to an "accuracy" of equal to or
better than 0.1% of the reflectance value;
b. Equipment other than optical surface scattering measurement equipment, having
an unobscured aperture of more than 10 cm, specially designed for the
non-contact optical measurement of a non-planar optical
surface figure (profile) to an "accuracy" of 2 nm or less (better) against the
required profile.
Note 8B604 does not apply to microscopes.
8B605 LASERS – (Reserved)
8B606 MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS – (Reserved)
GRAVIMETERS
8B607 Equipment to produce, align and calibrate
land-based gravity meters with a static "accuracy" of better than 0.1 mGal.
RADAR
8B608 Pulse radar cross-section measurement systems
having transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less, and specially designed
components therefor.
8C6 SENSORS AND LASERS (MATERIALS)
8C601 ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
OPTICAL SENSORS
8C602 Optical sensor materials as follows:
a. Elemental tellurium (Te) of purity levels of 99.9995% or more;
b. Single crystals (including epitaxial wafers) of any of the following:
1. Cadmium zinc telluride (CdZnTe) with zinc content of less than 6% by 'mole
fraction';
2. Cadmium telluride (CdTe) of any purity level; or
3. Mercury cadmium telluride (HgCdTe) of any purity level.
Technical Note
'Mole fraction' is defined as the ratio of moles of ZnTe to the sum of the moles
of CdTe and ZnTe present in the crystal.
8C603 CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8C604 Optical materials as follows:
a. Zinc selenide (ZnSe) and zinc sulphide (ZnS) "substrate blanks", produced by
the chemical vapour deposition process and having any of the following:
1. A volume greater than 100 cm3; or
2. A diameter greater than 80 mm and a thickness of 20 mm or more;
b. Electro-optic materials and non-linear optical materials, as follows:
1. Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA) (CAS 59400-80-5);
2. Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe2, also known as AGSE) (CAS 12002-67-4);
3. Thallium arsenic selenide (Tl3AsSe3, also known as TAS) (CAS 16142-89-5);
4. Zinc germanium phosphide (ZnGeP2, also known as ZGP, zinc germanium
biphosphide or zinc germanium diphosphide); or
5. Gallium selenide (GaSe) (CAS 12024-11-2);
8C604 c. Non-linear optical materials, other than those
specified by 8C604.b, having any of the following:
1. Having all of the following:
a. Dynamic (also known as non-stationary) third order non-linear susceptibility
(χ(3), chi 3) of 10-6m2/V2 or more; and
b. Response time of less than 1 ms; or
2. Second order non-linear susceptibility (χ(2), chi 2) of 3.3×10-11 m/V or
more;
8C604 d. "Substrate blanks" of silicon carbide or
beryllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materials, exceeding 300 mm in diameter or
major axis length;
8C604 e. Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass,
fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF4) (CAS 7783-64-4) and hafnium
fluoride (HfF4) (CAS 13709-52-9) and having all of the following:
1. A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less than 5 ppm;
2. Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1 ppm; and
3. High homogeneity (index of refraction variance) less than 5 x 10-6;
8C604 f. Synthetically produced diamond material with an
absorption of less than 10-5 cm-1 for wavelengths exceeding 200 nm but not
exceeding 14,000 nm.|
LASERS
8C605 "Laser" materials as follows:
a. Synthetic crystalline "laser" host material in unfinished form as follows:
1. Titanium doped sapphire.
2. (Reserved)
b. Rare-earth-metal doped double-clad fibres having any of the following:
1. Nominal "laser" wavelength of 975 nm to 1,150 nm and having all of the
following:
a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 25 μm; and
b. Core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') less than 0.065; or
Note 8C605.b.1 does not apply to double-clad fibres having an inner glass
cladding diameter exceeding 150 μm and not exceeding 300 μm.
2. Nominal "laser" wavelength exceeding 1,530 nm and having all of the
following:
a. Average core diameter equal to or greater than 20 μm; and
b. Core 'NA' less than 0.1.
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8C605, the core 'Numerical Aperture' ('NA') is measured
at the emission wavelengths of the fibre.
2. 8C605.b. includes fibres assembled with end caps.
8C606 MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS – (Reserved)
8C607 GRAVIMETERS – (Reserved)
8C608 RADAR – (Reserved)
8D6 SENSORS AND LASERS (SOFTWARE)
8D601. "Software" specially designed for the
"development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A604, 8A605, 8A608 or
8B608.
8D602 "Software" specially designed for the
"use" of equipment specified by 8A602.b, 8A608 or 8B608.
8D603 Other "software" as follows:
ACOUSTICS
8D603 a. "Software" as follows:
1. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real-time
processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using towed hydrophone
arrays;
2. "Source code" for the "real-time processing" of acoustic data for passive
reception using towed hydrophone arrays;
3. "Software" specially designed for acoustic beam forming for the "real-time
processing" of acoustic data for passive reception using bottom or bay cable
systems;
4. "Source code" for the "real-time processing" of acoustic data for passive
reception using bottom or bay cable systems;
5. "Software" or "source code", specially designed for all of the following:
a. "Real-time processing" of acoustic data from sonar systems specified by
8A601.a.1.e; and
b. Automatically detecting, classifying and determining the location of divers
or swimmers;
N.B. For diver detection "software" or "source code", specially designed or
modified for military use, see Category 6.
8D603 b. OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)
CAMERAS
8D603 c. "Software" designed or modified for
cameras incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.f and designed
or modified to remove a frame rate restriction and allow the camera to exceed
the frame
rate specified in 8A603.b.4 Note 3.a.
OPTICS
8D603 d. "Software" specially designed to maintain the
alignment and phasing of segmented mirror systems consisting of mirror segments
having a diameter or major axis length equal to or larger than 1 m;
8D603 e. LASERS – (Reserved)
MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS
8D603 f. "Software" as follows:
1. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field "compensation
systems" for magnetic sensors designed to operate on mobile platforms;
2. "Software" specially designed for magnetic and electric field anomaly
detection on mobile platforms;
3. "Software" specially designed for "real -time processing" of electromagnetic
data using underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 8A606.e;
4. "Source code" for "real-time processing" of electromagnetic data using
underwater electromagnetic receivers specified by 8A606.e;
GRAVIMETERS
8D603 g. "Software" specially designed to correct
motional influences of gravity meters or gravity gradiometers;
RADAR
8D603 h. "Software" as follows:
1. Air Traffic Control (ATC) "software" application "programs" designed to be
hosted on general purpose computers located at Air Traffic Control centres and
capable of accepting radar target data from more
than four primary radars;
1['8D603.h.2 "Software" for the design or "production" of radomes having all of
the following:
a. Specially designed to protect the electronically scanned array
antennae specified by 8A608.e; and
b. Resulting in an antenna pattern having an 'average side lobe level'
more than 40 dB below the peak of the main beam level.
Technical Note:
'Average side lobe level' in 8D603.h.2.b is measured over the entire array
excluding the angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on
either side of the main beam.']
old[2. "Software" for the design or "production" of radomes and having all of the
following:
a. Specially designed to protect the "electronically steerable phased array
antennae" specified by 8A608.e; and
b. Resulting in an antenna pattern having an 'average side lobe level' more than
40 dB below the peak of the main beam level.
Technical Note
'Average side lobe level' in 8D603.h.2.b is measured over the entire array
excluding the angular extent of the main beam and the first two side lobes on
either side of the main beam.]
8E6 SENSORS AND LASERS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E601 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" of equipment, materials or "software"
specified by 8A6, 8B6, 8C6 or 8D6.
8E602 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "production" of equipment or materials specified by 8A6,
8B6 or 8C6.
8E603 Other "technology" as follows:
a. ACOUSTICS – (Reserved)
b. OPTICAL SENSORS – (Reserved)
c. CAMERAS – (Reserved)
OPTICS
8E603 d. "Technology" as follows:
1. "Technology" "required" for the coating and treatment of optical surfaces to
achieve an 'optical thickness' uniformity of 99.5% or better for optical
coatings 500 mm or more in diameter or major axis length and
with a total loss (absorption and scatter) of less than 5 x 10-3;
N.B. See also 8E203.f.
Technical Note
'Optical thickness' is the mathematical product of the index of refraction and
the physical thickness of the coating.
2. "Technology" for the fabrication of optics using single point diamond turning
techniques to produce surface finish "accuracies" of better than 10 nm rms on
non-planar surfaces exceeding 0.5 m2;
LASERS
8E603 e. "Technology" "required" for the "development",
"production" or "use" of specially designed diagnostic instruments or targets in
test facilities for "SHPL" testing or testing or evaluation of materials
irradiated by
"SHPL" beams;
8E603 f. MAGNETIC AND ELECTRIC FIELD SENSORS -
(Reserved)
8E603 g. GRAVIMETERS – (Reserved)
8E603 h. RADAR – (Reserved).
8A7 Navigation and Avionics (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND
COMPONENTS)
N.B. For automatic pilots for underwater vehicles, see 8A8,8B8,8C8,8D8,8E.
For radar, see 8A6,8B,8C6,8D6,8E6.
8A701 Accelerometers as follows and specially
designed components therefor:
N.B. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 8A701.b.
a. Linear accelerometers having any of the following:
1. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 15
g and having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 130 micro g with respect to a
fixed calibration value over a period of one year; or
b. A "scale factor" "stability" of less (better) than 130 ppm with respect to a
fixed calibration value over a period of one year;
2. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 15 g but less
than or equal to 100 g and having all of the following:
a. A "bias" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 micro g over a period of
one year; and
b. A "scale factor" "repeatability" of less (better) than 1,250 ppm over a
period of one year; or
3. Designed for use in inertial navigation or guidance systems and specified to
function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g;
Note 8A701.a.1 and 8A701.a.2 do not apply to accelerometers limited to
measurement of only vibration or shock.
8A701 b. Angular or rotational accelerometers, specified
to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g.
6[8A702
Gyros or angular rate sensors, having any of the following and specially
designed components therefor:
N.B. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 8A 701.b.
a. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100
g and having any of the following:
1. An angular rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and having any of
the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 0.5 degree per hour,
when measured in a 1 g environment over a period of one
month, and with respect to a fixed calibration
value; or
b. An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or
equal to 0.0035 degree per square root hour; or
Note 8A702.a.1.b. does not apply to "spinning mass gyros".
8 A702. a. 2. An angular rate range greater than or equal to 500 degrees
per second and having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured
in a 1 g environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed
calibration value; or
8A702. a. 2. b. An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or
equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour; or
Note 8A 702. a. 2. b. does not apply to "spinning mass gyros ".
8A702. b. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels exceeding 100 g]
old[8A702 Gyros or angular rate sensors, having any of
the following and specially designed components therefor:
N.B. For angular or rotational accelerometers, see 8A701.b.
a. Specified to function at linear acceleration levels less than or equal to 100
g and having any of the following:
1. A rate range of less than 500 degrees per second and
having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less
(better) than 0.5 degree per hour, when measured in a 1 g environment over a
period of one month, and with respect to a fixed calibration value; or
b. An "angle random walk" of less (better) than or equal to 0.0035 degree per
square root hour; or
Note 8A702.a.1.b does not apply to "spinning mass gyros".
8A702 a. 2. A rate range greater than or equal to 500
degrees per second and having any of the following:
a. A "bias" "stability" of less (better) than 4 degrees per hour, when measured
in a 1 g environment over a period of three minutes, and with respect to a fixed
calibration value; or
8A702 a. 2. b. An "angle random walk" of less (better)
than or equal to 0.1 degree per square root hour; or
Note 8A702.a.2.b does not apply to "spinning mass gyros".
8A702 b. Specified to function at linear acceleration
levels exceeding 100 g.]
6[8A703
Inertial measurement equipment or systems', having any of the following:
Note 1 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' incorporate accelerometers or
gyroscopes to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine
or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once
aligned. 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' include:
-Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);
-Gyrocompasses:
-Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);
-Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);
-Inertial
Reference Systems (IRSs);
-Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
Note 2 8A703 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' which
are certified for use on "civil aircraft" by civil aviation authorities of one
or more Wassenaar Arrangement Participating States.
Technical Note
'Positional aiding references' independently provide position, and include:
a. "Satellite navigation system";
b. "Data-Based Referenced Navigation " ("DBRN").]
old[8A703 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems',
having any of the following:
Note 1 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' incorporate accelerometers or
gyroscopes to measure changes in velocity and orientation in order to determine
or maintain heading or position without requiring an external reference once
aligned. 'Inertial measurement equipment or systems' include:
- Attitude and Heading Reference Systems (AHRSs);
- Gyrocompasses;
- Inertial Measurement Units (IMUs);
- Inertial Navigation Systems (INSs);
- Inertial Reference Systems (IRSs);
- Inertial Reference Units (IRUs).
Note 2 8A703 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' which
are certified for use on "civil aircraft" by civil aviation authorities of
India.
Technical Note
'Positional aiding references' independently provide position, and include:
a. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS);
b. "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN").]
8A703 a. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or
vessels, providing position without the use of 'positional aiding references',
and having any of the following "accuracies" subsequent to normal alignment:
1. 0.8 nautical miles per hour (nm/hr) "Circular Error Probable" ("CEP") rate or
less (better);
2. 0.5% distanced travelled "CEP" or less (better); or
3. Total drift of 1 nautical mile "CEP" or less (better) in a 24 hr period;
Technical Note
The performance parameters in 8A703.a.1, 8A703.a.2 and 8A703.a.3 typically apply
to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems' designed for "aircraft", vehicles
and vessels, respectively. These parameters result from the utilisation of
specialised non-positional aiding references (e.g, altimeter, odometer, velocity
log). As a consequence, the specified performance values cannot be readily
converted between these parameters. Equipment designed for multiple platforms
are evaluated against each applicable entry namely 8A703.a.1, 8A703.a.2, or
8A703.a.3.
6[8A703
"Source code" for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational
performance or reduces the navigational error of systems to the level specified
by 8A703. or 8A708. by continuously combining heading data with any of the
following:
1. Doppler radar or sonar velocity data;
2. "Satellite navigation system" reference data; or
3. Data from "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN") systems;
]
old[8A703 b. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or
vessels, with an embedded 'positional aiding reference' and providing position
after loss of all 'positional aiding references' for a period of up to 4
minutes, having an
"accuracy" of less (better) than 10 meters "CEP";]
Technical Note
8A703 .b refers to systems in which 'inertial measurement
equipment or systems' and other independent 'positional aiding references' are
built into a single unit (i.e, embedded) in order to achieve improved
performance.
8A703 c. Designed for "aircraft", land vehicles or
vessels, providing heading or True North determination and having any of the
following:
1. A maximum operating angular rate less (lower) than 500 deg/s and a heading
"accuracy" without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal to or less
(better) than 0.07 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent to 6 arc
minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude); or
2. A maximum operating angular rate equal to or greater (higher) than 500 deg/s
and a heading "accuracy" without the use of 'positional aiding references' equal
to or less (better) than 0.2 deg sec(Lat) (equivalent
to 17 arc minutes rms at 45 degrees latitude);
8A703 d. Providing acceleration measurements or angular
rate measurements, in more than one dimension, and having any of the following:
1. Performance specified by 8A701 or 8A702 along any axis, without the use of
any aiding references; or
2. Being "space-qualified" and providing angular rate measurements having an
"angle random walk" along any axis of less (better) than or equal to 0.1 degree
per square root hour.
Note 8A703.d.2 does not apply to 'inertial measurement equipment or systems'
that contain "spinning mass gyros" as the only type of gyro.
8A704 'Star trackers' and components therefor, as
follows:
a. 'Star trackers' with a specified azimuth "accuracy" of equal to or less
(better) than 20 seconds of arc throughout the specified lifetime of the
equipment;
b. Components specially designed for equipment specified in 8A704.a as follows:
1. Optical heads or baffles;
2. Data processing units.
Technical Note
'Star trackers' are also referred to as stellar attitude sensors or gyro-astro
compasses.
8A705 6["Satellite navigation system" receiving equipment having any of the following
and specially designed components therefor:
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.]
old[Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)
receiving equipment having any of the following and specially designed
components therefor:
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.]
6[a. Employing a decryption algorithm specially designed or modified for
government use to access the ranging code for position and time; or
b. Employing 'adaptive antenna systems'.
Note 8A705.&. does not apply to "satellite navigation system"
receiving equipment that only uses components designed to filter, switch, or
combine signals from multiple omni-directional antennae that do not implement
adaptive antenna techniques.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A705.b 'adaptive antenna systems' dynamically generate one
or more spatial nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the
time domain or frequency domain.']
old[a. Employing a decryption algorithm specially designed or modified for
government use to access the ranging code for position and time; or
b. Employing 'adaptive antenna systems'.
Note 8A705. b does not apply to GNSS receiving equipment that
only uses components designed to filter, switch, or combine signals from
multiple omni-directional antennae that do not implement adaptive antenna
techniques.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A705.b 'adaptive antenna systems' dynamically generate one
or more spatial nulls in an antenna array pattern by signal processing in the
time domain or frequency domain.]
1['8A706 Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz
inclusive and having any of the following:
a. 'Power management'; or
b. Using phase shift key modulation.
Technical Note:
'Power management' is changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal so
that received power at the "aircraft" altitude is always at the minimum
necessary to determine the altitude.']
old[8A706 Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies
other than 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive and having any of the following:
a. "Power management"; or
b. Using phase shift key modulation.]
8A707 (Reserved)
8A708 Underwater sonar navigation systems using
doppler velocity or correlation velocity logs integrated with a heading source
and having a positioning "accuracy" of equal to or less (better) than 3% of
distance
travelled "Circular Error Probable" ("CEP") and specially designed components
therefor.
Note 8A708 does not apply to systems specially designed for installation on
surface vessels or systems requiring acoustic beacons or buoys to provide
positioning data.
N.B. See 8A601.a for acoustic systems, and 8A601.b for
correlation-velocity and Doppler-velocity sonar log equipment.
See 8A802 for other marine systems.
8B7NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B701 Test, calibration or alignment equipment,
specially designed for equipment specified by 8A7.
Note 8B701 does not apply to test, calibration or alignment equipment for
'Maintenance Level I’ or 'Maintenance Level II'.
Technical Notes
1. ‘Maintenance Level I’
The failure of an inertial navigation unit is detected on the "aircraft" by
indications from the Control and Display Unit (CDU) or by the status message
from the corresponding sub-system. By following the manufacturer's manual, the
cause of the failure may be localised at the level of the malfunctioning Line
Replaceable Unit (LRU). The operator then removes the LRU and replaces it with a
spare.
2. ‘Maintenance Level II’
The defective LRU is sent to the maintenance workshop (the manufacturer's or
that of the operator responsible for level II maintenance). At the maintenance
workshop, the malfunctioning LRU is tested by various appropriate means to
verify and localise the defective Shop Replaceable Assembly (SRA) module
responsible for the failure. This SRA is removed and replaced by an operative
spare. The defective SRA (or possibly the complete LRU) is then shipped to the
manufacturer. ‘Maintenance Level II’ does not include the disassembly or repair
of specified accelerometers or gyro sensors.
8B702 Equipment specially designed to characterize
mirrors for ring "laser" gyros, as follows:
a. Scatterometers having a measurement "accuracy" of 10 ppm or less (better);
b. Profilometers having a measurement "accuracy" of 0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less
(better).
8B703 Equipment specially designed for the
"production" of equipment specified by 8A7.
Note 8B703 includes:
- Gyro tuning test stations;
- Gyro dynamic balance stations;
- Gyro run-in/motor test stations;
- Gyro evacuation and fill stations;
- Centrifuge fixtures for gyro bearings;
- Accelerometer axis align stations;
- Fibre optic gyro coil winding machines.
8C7 NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D7 NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (SOFTWARE)
8D701 "Software" specially designed or modified for
the "development" or "production" of equipment specified by 8A7 or 8B7.
8D702 "Source code" for the operation or maintenance
of any inertial navigation equipment, including inertial equipment not specified
by 8A703 or 8A704, or Attitude and Heading Reference Systems ('AHRS').
Note 8D702 does not apply to "source code" for the operation or maintenance of
gimballed 'AHRS’.
Technical Note
‘AHRS’ generally differ from Inertial Navigation Systems (INS) in that an ‘AHRS’
provides attitude and heading information and normally does not provide the
acceleration, velocity and position information associated with an INS.
8D703 Other "software" as follows:
a. "Software" specially designed or modified to improve the operational
performance or reduce the navigational error of systems to the levels specified
by 8A703, 8D704 or 8A708;
b. "Source code" for hybrid integrated systems which improves the operational
performance or reduces the navigational error of systems to the level specified
by 8D703 or 8A708 by continuously combining
heading data with any of the following:
1. Doppler radar or sonar velocity data;
2. Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) reference data; or
3. Data from "Data-Based Referenced Navigation" ("DBRN") systems;
c. (Reserved)
d. (Reserved)
N.B. For flight control "source code", see 8D704.
8D703 e. Computer-Aided-Design (CAD) "software"
specially designed for the "development" of "active flight control systems",
helicopter multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers or helicopter
"circulation
controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction control systems",
whose "technology" is specified by 8E704.b.1, 8E704.b.3 to 8E704.b.5, 8E704.b.7,
8E704.b.8, 8E704.c.1 or 8E704.c.2.
8D704 "Source code" incorporating "development"
"technology" specified by 8E704.a.2, 8E704.a.3, 8E704.a.5, 8E704.a.6 or 8E704.b,
for any of the following:
a. Digital flight management systems for "total control of flight";
b. Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;
c. "Fly-by-wire systems" or "fly-by-light systems";
d. Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring "active flight control systems";
e. (Reserved)
f. Air data systems based on surface static data; or
g. Three dimensional displays.
Note8D704 does not apply to "source code" associated with common computer
elements and utilities (e.g, input signal acquisition, output signal
transmission, computer program and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling
mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
6[8D705
"Software" specially designed to decrypt "satellite navigation system" ranging
code designed for government use.']
old[8D705 "Software" specially designed to decrypt
Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS) ranging code designed for government
use.]
8E7NAVIGATION AND AVIONICS (TECHNOLOGY)
8E701 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software", specified by
8A7, 8B7, 8D701, 8D702, 8D703 or 8D705.
Note 8E701 includes key management "technology" exclusively for equipment
specified in 8A705.a.
8E702 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A7 or 8B7.
8E703 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the repair, refurbishing or overhaul of equipment specified
by 8A701 to 8A704.
Note 8E703 . does not apply to "technology" for maintenance, directly associated
with calibration, removal or replacement of damaged or unserviceable LRUs and
SRAs of a "civil aircraft" as described in 'Maintenance Level I' or 'Maintenance
Level II'.
N.B. See Technical Notes to 8B701.
8E704 Other "technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
1. (Reserved) ;
2. Air data systems based on surface static data only, i.e, which dispense with
conventional air data probes;
3. Three dimensional displays for "aircraft";
4. (Reserved)
1['8E704.a. 5 Electric actuators (i.e., electromechanical, electrohydrostatic and
integrated actuator package) specially designed for 'primary flight control';
Technical Note:
'Primary flight control' is "aircraft" stability or manoeuvring control using
force/moment generators, i.e. aerodynamic control surfaces or propulsive thrust
vectoring.']
old[8E704 a. 5. Electric actuators (i.e, electromechanical,
electrohydrostatic and integrated actuator package) specially designed for
"primary flight control";']
1['8E704.a. 6 'Flight control optical sensor array' specially designed for
implementing "active flight control systems"; or
Technical Note:
A 'flight control optical sensor array' is a network of distributed optical
sensors, using "laser" beams, to provide real-time flight control data for
on-board processing.'']
old[6. "Flight control optical sensor array" specially designed for implementing
"active flight control systems"; or']
7. "DBRN" systems designed to navigate underwater, using sonar or gravity
databases, that provide a positioning "accuracy" equal to or less (better) than
0.4 nautical miles;
8E704 b. "Development" "technology", as follows, for
"active flight control systems" (including "fly-by-wire systems" or
"fly-by-light systems"):
1. Photonic-based "technology" for sensing "aircraft" or flight control
component state, transferring flight control data, or commanding actuator
movement, "required" for "fly-by-light systems" "active flight
control systems";
2. (Reserved) ;
3. Real-time algorithms to analyze component sensor information to predict and
preemptively mitigate impending degradation and failures of components within an
"active flight control system";
Note 8E704.b.3 does not include algorithms for the purpose of off-line
maintenance.
4. Real-time algorithms to identify component failures and reconfigure force and
moment controls to mitigate "active flight control system" degradations and
failures;
Note 8E704.b.4 does not include algorithms for the elimination of fault effects
through comparison of redundant data sources, or off-line pre-planned responses
to anticipated failures.
5. Integration of digital flight control, navigation and propulsion control
data, into a digital flight management system for "total control of flight";
1['Note: 8E704. b. 5 does not apply to:
1. "Technology" for integration of digital flight control, navigation and
propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for flight path
optimisation';
2. "Technology" for "aircraft" flight instrument systems integrated solely for
VOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.]
old[Note 8E704.b.5 does not apply to:
1. "Technology" for integration of digital flight control, navigation and
propulsion control data, into a digital flight management system for "flight
path optimisation";
2. "Technology" for "aircraft" flight instrument systems integrated solely for
VOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation or approaches.]
2[Technical Note:
'Flight path optimisation' is a procedure that minimises deviations from a
four-dimensional (space and time) desired trajectory based on maximising
performance or effectiveness for mission tasks.']
8E704 b. 6. (Reserved)
8E704 b. 7. "Technology" "required" for deriving the
functional requirements for "fly-by-wire systems" having all of the following:
a. 'Inner-loop' airframe stability controls requiring loop closure rates of 40
Hz or greater; and
Technical Note
'Inner-loop' refers to functions of "active flight control systems" that
automate airframe stability controls.
8E704 b. 7. b. Having any of the following:
1. Corrects an aerodynamically unstable airframe, measured at any point in the
design flight envelope, that would lose recoverable control if not corrected
within 0.5 seconds;
2. Couples controls in two or more axes while compensating for 'abnormal changes
in aircraft state';
Technical Note
'Abnormal changes in aircraft state' include in-flight structural damage, loss
of engine thrust, disabled control surface, or destabilizing shifts in cargo
load.
3. Performs the functions specified in 8E704.b.5; or
Note 8E704 .b.7.b.3 does not apply to autopilots.
4. Enables "aircraft" to have stable controlled flight, other than during
take-off or landing, at greater than 18 degrees angle of attack, 15 degrees side
slip, 15 degrees/second pitch or yaw rate, or 90
degrees/second roll rate;
8E704 b. 8. "Technology" "required" for deriving the
functional requirements for "fly-by-wire systems" to achieve all of the
following:
a. No loss of control of the "aircraft" in the event of a consecutive sequence
of any two individual faults within the "fly-by-wire system"; and
b. Probability of loss of control of the "aircraft" being less (better) than
1x10-9 failures per flight hour;
Note 8E704.b does not apply to “technology” associated with common computer
elements and utilities (e.g, input signal acquisition, output signal
transmission, computer program and data loading, built-in test, task scheduling
mechanisms) not providing a specific flight control system function.
8E704 c. "Technology" for the "development" of
helicopter systems, as follows:
1. Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers, which combine the
functions of at least two of the following into one controlling element:
a. Collective controls;
b. Cyclic controls;
c. Yaw controls;
2. "Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulation-controlled direction
control systems";
1['8E704.C. 3 Rotor blades incorporating 'variable geometry airfoils', for use in
systems using individual blade control.
Technical Note:
'Variable geometry airfoils' use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge
slats or pivoted nose droop, the position of which can be controlled in flight.']
old[3. Rotor blades incorporating "variable geometry airfoils", for use in systems
using individual blade control.]
8A8 MARINE (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
8A801 Submersible vehicles and surface vessels, as
follows:
N.B. For the status of equipment for submersible vehicles, see:
− 8A601 to 8E603 for sensors;
− 8A701 to 8E704 and for navigation equipment;
− 8A801, 8E802 for underwater equipment.
8A801 a. Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed
to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m;
8A801 b. Manned, untethered submersible vehicles having
any of the following:
1. Designed to 'operate autonomously' and having a lifting capacity of all the
following:
a. 10% or more of their weight in air; and
b. 15 kN or more;
2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; or
3. Having all of the following:
a. Designed to continuously 'operate autonomously' for 10 hours or more; and
b. 'Range' of 25 nautical miles or more;
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A801.b, 'operate autonomously' means fully submerged,
without snorkel, all systems working and cruising at minimum speed at which the
submersible can safely control its depth dynamically by using its depth planes
only, with no need for a support vessel or support base on the surface, sea-bed
or shore, and containing a propulsion system for submerged or surface use.
2. For the purposes of 8A801.b, 'range' means half the maximum distance a
submersible vehicle can 'operate autonomously'.
6[8A801
c. Unmanned submersible vehicles, as follows:
1. Unmanned submersible vehicles having any of the following:
a. Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference
without real-time human assistance;
b. Acoustic data or command link; or
c. Optical data or command link exceeding 1,000 m;
2. Unmanned submersible vehicles, not specified in 8A801c.1., having all of
the following:
a. Designed to operate with a tether;
b. Designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
c. Having any of the following:
1. Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using propulsion motors or thrusters
specified by 8A802.a.2.; or
2. Fibre optic data link;]
old[8A801 c. Unmanned, tethered submersible vehicles
designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m and having any of the following:
1. Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using propulsion motors or thrusters
specified by 8A802.a.2; or
2. Fibre optic data link]
6[8A801
d. (Reserved)]
old[8A801 d. Unmanned, untethered submersible vehicles
having any of the following:
1. Designed for deciding a course relative to any geographical reference without
real-time human assistance;
2. Acoustic data or command link; or
3. Optical data or command link exceeding 1,000 m;]
8A801 e. Ocean salvage systems with a lifting capacity
exceeding 5MN for salvaging objects from depths exceeding 250 m and having any
of the following:
1. Dynamic positioning systems capable of position keeping within 20 m of a
given point provided by the navigation system; or
2. Seafloor navigation and navigation integration systems, for depths exceeding
1,000 m and with positioning "accuracies" to within 10 m of a predetermined
point.
8A802 Marine systems, equipment and components, as
follows:
N.B. For underwater communications systems, see 8A5 part 1 Telecommunications.
a. Systems, equipment and components, specially designed or modified for
submersible vehicles and designed to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m, as
follows:
1. Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a maximum inside chamber diameter
exceeding 1.5 m;
2. Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;
3. Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using optical fibre and having
synthetic strength members;
4. Components manufactured from material specified by 8C801;
Technical Note
The objective of 8A802.a.4 should not be defeated by the export of 'syntactic
foam' specified by 8C801 when an intermediate stage of manufacture has been
performed and it is not yet in its final component form.
8A802 b. Systems specially designed or modified for the
automated control of the motion of submersible vehicles specified by 8A801,
using navigation data, having closed loop servo-controls and having any of the
following:
1. Enabling a vehicle to move within 10 m of a predetermined point in the water
column;
2. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m of a predetermined point
in the water column; or
3. Maintaining the position of the vehicle within 10 m while following a cable
on or under the seabed;
8A802 c. Fibre optic pressure hull penetrators;
6[8A802 d. Underwater
vision systems having all of the following:
1. Specially designed or modified for remote operation with an underwater
vehicle; and
2. Employing any of the following techniques to minimise the effects of back
scatter:
a. Range-gated illuminators; or
b. Range-gated laser systems;]
old[8A802 d. Underwater vision systems specially designed or
modified for remote operation with an underwater vehicle, employing techniques
to minimise the effects of back scatter and including range-gated illuminators
or "laser" systems;]
N.B. For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for
underwater use incorporating image intensifier tubes specified by 8A602.a.2.a or
8A602.a.2.b, see 8A603.b.3.
8A802 e.. (Reserved)
8A802 f (Reserved)
N.B. For electronic imaging systems specially designed or modified for
underwater use incorporating "focal plane arrays" specified by 8A602.a.3.g, see
8A603.b.4.c.
8A802 g. Light systems specially designed or modified
for underwater use, as follows:
1. Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light output energy of more than 300
J per flash and a flash rate of more than 5 flashes per second;
2. Argon arc light systems specially designed for use below 1,000 m;
8A802 h. "Robots" specially designed for underwater use,
controlled by using a dedicated computer and having any of the following:
1. Systems that control the "robot" using information from sensors which measure
force or torque applied to an external object, distance to an external object,
or tactile sense between the "robot" and an
external object; or
2. The ability to exert a force of 250 N or more or a torque of 250 Nm or more
and using titanium based alloys or "composite" "fibrous or filamentary
materials" in their structural members;
8A802 i. Remotely controlled articulated manipulators
specially designed or modified for use with submersible vehicles and having any
of the following:
1. Systems which control the manipulator using information from sensors which
measure any of the following:
a. Torque or force applied to an external object; or
b. Tactile sense between the manipulator and an external object; or
2. Controlled by proportional master-slave techniques and having 5 degrees of
'freedom of movement' or more;
Technical Note
Only functions having proportionally related motion control using positional
feedback are counted when determining the number of degrees of 'freedom of
movement'.
8A802 j. Air independent power systems specially
designed for underwater use, as follows:
1. Brayton or Rankine cycle engine air independent power systems having any of
the following:
a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon
dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
b. Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
c. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
d. Systems having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel
reformation;
2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a
pressure of 100 kPa or more;
8A802 j. 2. Diesel cycle engine air independent systems
having all of the following:
a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems, specially designed to remove carbon
dioxide, carbon monoxide and particulates from recirculated engine exhaust;
b. Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;
c. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
d. Specially designed exhaust systems that do not exhaust continuously the
products of combustion;
8A802 j. 3. “Fuel cell” air independent power systems
with an output exceeding 2 kW and having any of the following:
a. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; or
b. Systems having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to pressurise the products of reaction or for fuel
reformation;
2. Specially designed to store the products of the reaction; and
3. Specially designed to discharge the products of the reaction against a
pressure of 100 kPa or more;
8A802 j. 4. Stirling cycle engine air independent power
systems having all of the following:
a. Devices or enclosures, specially designed for underwater noise reduction in
frequencies below 10 kHz, or special mounting devices for shock mitigation; and
b. Specially designed exhaust systems which discharge the products of combustion
against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;
8A802 k. (Reserved)
8A802 l. (Reserved)
8A802 m. (Reserved)
8A802 n. (Reserved)
8A802 o. Propellers, power transmission systems, power
generation systems and noise reduction systems, as follows:
1. (Reserved);
2. Water-screw propeller, power generation systems or transmission systems,
designed for use on vessels, as follows:
a. Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies, rated at more than 30 MW;
b. Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion engines with a power output
exceeding 2.5 MW;
c. "Superconductive" propulsion engines or permanent magnet electric propulsion
engines, with a power output exceeding 0.1MW;
d. Power transmission shaft systems incorporating "composite" material
components and capable of transmitting more than 2MW;
e. Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systems, rated at more than 2.5 MW;
8A802 o. 3. Noise reduction systems designed for use on vessels of 1,000 tonnes
displacement or more, as follows:
a. Systems that attenuate underwater noise at frequencies below 500 Hz and
consist of compound acoustic mounts for the acoustic isolation of diesel
engines, diesel generator sets, gas turbines, gas turbine
generator sets, propulsion motors or propulsion reduction gears, specially
designed for sound or vibration isolation and having an intermediate mass
exceeding 30% of the equipment to be mounted;
b. 'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' or magnetic bearings,
specially designed for power transmission systems;
Technical Note
'Active noise reduction or cancellation systems' incorporate electronic control
systems capable of actively reducing equipment vibration by the generation of
anti-noise or anti-vibration signals directly to the source.
8A802 p. Pumpjet propulsion systems having all of the
following:
1. Power output exceeding 2.5 MW; and
2. Using divergent nozzle and flow conditioning vane techniques to improve
propulsive efficiency or reduce propulsion-generated underwater-radiated noise;
8A802 q. Underwater swimming and diving equipment as
follows:
1. Closed circuit rebreathers;
2. Semi-closed circuit rebreathers;
Note 8A802.q does not apply to individual rebreathers for personal use when
accompanying their users.
N.B. For equipment and devices specially designed for military use, see 6A017.a.
8A802 r. Diver deterrent acoustic systems specially
designed or modified to disrupt divers and having a sound pressure level equal
to or exceeding 190 dB (reference 1 μPa at 1 m) at frequencies of 200 Hz and
below.
Note 1 8A802.r does not apply to diver deterrent systems based on underwater
explosive devices, air guns or combustible sources.
Note 2 8A802.r includes diver deterrent acoustic systems that use spark gap
sources, also known as plasma sound sources.
6[8B8 MARINE
(TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B801 Water tunnels designed to have a background noise of less than
100 dB (reference 1 μPa, 1 Hz) within the frequency range exceeding 0 Hz but not
exceeding 500 Hz and designed for measuring acoustic fields generated by a
hydro-flow around propulsion system models.]
old[8B8 MARINE (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
8B801 Water tunnels having a background noise of
less than 100 dB (reference 1 μPa, 1 Hz) in the frequency range from 0 to 500 Hz
and designed for measuring acoustic fields generated by a hydro-flow around
propulsion system models.]
8C8MARINE (MATERIALS)
8C801 'Syntactic foam' designed for underwater use
and having all of the following:
a. Designed for marine depths exceeding 1,000 m; and
b. A density less than 561 kg/m3.
Technical Note
'Syntactic foam' consists of hollow spheres of plastic or
glass embedded in a resin “matrix”.
N.B. See also 8A802.a.4.
8D8 MARINE (SOFTWARE)
8D801 "Software" specially designed or modified for
the "development", "production" or "use" of equipment or materials, specified by
8A8, 8B8 or 8C8.
8D802 Specific "software" specially designed or
modified for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or refurbishing
(re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater noise reduction.
8E8MARINE (TECHNOLOGY)
8E801 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of equipment or materials,
specified by 8A8, 8B8 or 8C8.
8E802 Other "technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" for the "development", "production", repair, overhaul or
refurbishing (re-machining) of propellers specially designed for underwater
noise reduction;
b. "Technology" for the overhaul or refurbishing of equipment specified by
8A801, 8A802.b, 8A802.j, 8A802.o or 8A802.p.
8E802 c. "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" or "production" of any of the following:
1. Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) having all of the following:
a. Maximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding 30 knots in a significant wave
height of 1.25 m or more;
b. Cushion pressure exceeding 3,830 Pa; and
c. Light-ship-to-full-load displacement ratio of less than 0.70;
2. Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with a maximum design speed, fully
loaded, exceeding 40 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
3. Hydrofoil vessels with active systems for automatically controlling foil
systems, with a maximum design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knots or more in a
significant wave height of 3.25 m or more; or
4. 'Small waterplane area vessels' having any of the following:
a. Full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes with a maximum design speed,
fully loaded, exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m or more;
or
b. Full load displacement exceeding 1,500 tonnes with a maximum design speed,
fully loaded, exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave height of 4 m or more.
Technical Note
A 'small waterplane area vessel' is defined by the following formula: waterplane
area at an operational design draft less than 2x (displaced volume at the
operational design draft)2/3.
8A9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (SYSTEMS, EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS)
N.B. For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transient
ionizing radiation, see Category 6.
8A901 Aero gas turbine engines having any of the
following:
a. Incorporating any of the “technologies” specified by 8E903.a, 8E903.h or
8E903.i; or
Note 1 8 A901.1.a does not apply to aero gas turbine engines which meet all of
the following:
a. Certified by civil aviation authorities of India; and
b. Intended to power non-military manned "aircraft" for which any of the
following has been issued by civil aviation authorities of India for the
"aircraft" with this specific engine type:
1. A civil type certificate; or
2. An equivalent document recognised by the International
Civil Aviation Organisation (ICAO).
Note 2 8 A901.1.a does not apply to aero gas turbine engines designed for
Auxiliary Power Units (APUs) approved by the civil aviation authority of India.
8A.901 b. Designed to power an "aircraft" designed to
cruise at Mach 1 or higher, for more than 30 minutes.
1['8A902 'Marine gas turbine engines' designed to use liquid fuel and having all
of the following, and specially designed assemblies and components therefor:
a. Maximum continuous power when operating in "steady state mode"
at standard reference conditions specified by ISO 3977-2:1997 (or
national equivalent) of 24,245 kW or more; and
b. 'Corrected specific fuel consumption' not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh
at 35% of the maximum continuous power when using liquid fuel.
Note: The term 'marine gas turbine engines' includes those industrial, or
aero-derivative, gas turbine engines adapted for a ship's electric power
generation or propulsion.
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 8A902, 'corrected specific fuel consumption' is the specific
fuel consumption of the engine corrected to a marine distillate liquid fuel
having a net specific energy (i.e., net heating value) of 42MJ/kg (ISO
3977-2:1997).']
old[8A902 'Marine gas turbine engines' with an ISO
standard continuous power rating of 24,245 kW or more and a specific fuel
consumption not exceeding 0.219 kg/kWh in the power range from 35 to 100%, and
specially designed assemblies and components therefor.
Note The term 'marine gas turbine engines' includes those
industrial, or aero-derivative, gas turbine engines adapted for a ship's
electric power generation or propulsion.]
8A903 Specially designed assemblies or components,
incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 8E903.a, 8E903.h. or
8E903.i, for any of the following aero gas turbine engines:
a. Specified by 8A901.1 or;
b. Whose design or production origins are either not from India or unknown to
the manufacturer.
6[8A904
Space launch vehicles, "spacecraft", "spacecraft buses", "spacecraft payloads",
"spacecraft" on-board systems or equipment, terrestrial equipment, and air-
launch platforms, as under:-
a. Space launch vehicles;
b. "Spacecraft";
c. "Spacecraft buses";
d. "Spacecraft payloads" incorporating items specified by 8A301 .b. 1 .a.4.,
8A302.g.,
8A501.a.l., 8A501.b.3., 8A502.C, 8A502.e., 8A602.a.1., 8A602.a.2.,
8A602.2.b.,
8A602.2.d., 8A603.b., 8A604.4.C, 8A604.e., 8A608.d., 8A608.e.,
8A608.k., 8A608.1. or 8A910.C.;
e. On-board systems or equipment, specially designed for "spacecraft" and having
any of the following functions:
1. 'Command and telemetry data handling';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.1, 'command and telemetry data handling'
includes bus data management, storage, and processing.
2. 'Payload data handling'; or
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.2., 'payload data handling' includes payload
data management, storage, and processing.
3. 'Attitude and orbit control';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.3., 'attitude and orbit control' includes
sensing and actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a
"spacecraft".
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.c.
8A904.f. Terrestrial equipment specially designed for "spacecraft", as follows:
1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment specially designed for any of the
following data processing functions:
a. Telemetry data processing of frame synchronisation and error corrections,
for monitoring of operational status (also known as health and safe status)
of the
"spacecraft bus"; or
b. Command data processing for formatting command data being sent to the
"spacecraft" to control the "spacecraft bus";
2. Simulators specially designed for 'verification of operational procedures' of
"spacecraft".
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A904.f.2., 'verification of operational procedures' is any
of the following:
1. Command sequence confirmation;
2. Operational training;
3. Operational rehearsals; or
4. Operational analysis
8A904.g. "Aircraft" specially designed or modified to be air-launch platforms
for space launch vehicles]
old[8A904 Space launch vehicles, "spacecraft",
"spacecraft buses", "spacecraft payloads", "spacecraft" on-board systems or
equipment, and terrestrial equipment, as follows:
a. Space launch vehicles;
b. "Spacecraft";
c. "Spacecraft buses";
d. "Spacecraft payloads" incorporating items specified by 8A301.b.1.a.4,
8A302.g, 8A501.a.1, 8A501.b.3, 8A502.c, 8A502.e, 8A602.a.1, 8A602.a.2, 8A602.b,
8A602.d, 8A603.b, 8A604.c, 8A604.e,
8A608.d, 8A608.e, 8A608.k, 8A608.l or 8A610.c;
8A904 e. On-board systems or equipment, specially
designed for "spacecraft" and having any of the following functions:
1. 'Command and telemetry data handling';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.1, 'command and telemetry data handling'
includes bus data management, storage, and processing.8A904
2. 'Payload data handling'; or
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.2, 'payload data handling' includes payload data
management, storage, and processing.
3. 'Attitude and orbit control';
Note For the purpose of 8A904.e.3, 'attitude and orbit control' includes sensing
and actuation to determine and control the position and orientation of a
"spacecraft".
N.B. For equipment specially designed for military use, see 6A011.c.
1['8A904.f Terrestrial equipment specially designed for "spacecraft", as follows:
1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment specially designed for any
of the following data processing functions:
a. Telemetry data processing of frame synchronisation and error
corrections, for monitoring of operational status (also known as
health and safe status) of the
"spacecraft bus"; or
b. Command data processing for formatting command data being
sent to the "spacecraft" to control the "spacecraft bus";
2. Simulators specially designed for 'verification of operational
procedures' of "spacecraft".
Technical Note:
For the purposes of 8A904.f.2, 'verification of operational procedures' is any
of the following:
1. Command sequence confirmation;
2. Operational training;
3. Operational rehearsals; or
4. Operational analysis.']]
old[8A904 f. Terrestrial equipment specially designed for
"spacecraft", as follows:
1. Telemetry and telecommand equipment;
2. Simulators.]
8A905 Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing
any of the systems or components, specified by 8A906.
8A906 Systems and components, specially designed for
liquid rocket propulsion systems, as follows:
a. Cryogenic refrigerators, flightweight dewars, cryogenic heat pipes or
cryogenic systems, specially designed for use in space vehicles and capable of
restricting cryogenic fluid losses to less than 30% per year;
b. Cryogenic containers or closed-cycle refrigeration systems, capable of
providing temperatures of 100K (-173°C) or less for "aircraft" capable of
sustained flight at speeds exceeding Mach 3, launch vehicles
or "spacecraft";
c. Slush hydrogen storage or transfer systems;
d. High pressure (exceeding 17.5 MPa) turbo pumps, pump components or their
associated gas generator or expander cycle turbine drive systems;
e. High-pressure (exceeding 10.6 MPa) thrust chambers and nozzles therefor;
f. Propellant storage systems using the principle of capillary containment or
positive expulsion (i.e, with flexible bladders);
g. Liquid propellant injectors with individual orifices of 0.381 mm or smaller
in diameter (an area of 1.14 x 10-³ cm² or smaller for non-circular orifices)
and specially designed for liquid rocket engines;
h. One-piece carbon-carbon thrust chambers or one-piece carbon-carbon exit
cones, with densities exceeding 1.4 g/cm³ and tensile strengths exceeding 48 MPa.
8A907 Solid rocket propulsion systems having any of
the following:
a. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs;
b. Specific impulse of 2.4 kNs/kg or more, when the nozzle flow is expanded to
ambient sea level conditions for an adjusted chamber pressure of 7 MPa;
c. Stage mass fractions exceeding 88% and propellant solid loadings exceeding
86%;
d. Components specified by 8A908; or
e. Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using direct-bonded motor designs
to provide a 'strong mechanical bond' or a barrier to chemical migration between
the solid propellant and case insulation material.
Technical Note
A 'strong mechanical bond' means bond strength equal to or more than propellant
strength.
8A908 Components specially designed for solid rocket
propulsion systems, as follows:
a. Insulation and propellant bonding systems, using liners to provide a 'strong
mechanical bond' or a barrier to chemical migration between the solid propellant
and case insulation material;
b. Filament-wound "composite" motor cases exceeding 0.61 m in diameter or having
'structural efficiency ratios (PV/W)' exceeding 25 km;
Technical Note
'Structural efficiency ratio (PV/W)' is the burst pressure (P) multiplied by the
vessel volume (V) divided by the total pressure vessel weight (W).
c. Nozzles with thrust levels exceeding 45 kN or nozzle throat erosion rates of
less than 0.075 mm/s;
d. Movable nozzle or secondary fluid injection thrust vector control systems,
capable of any of the following:
1. Omni-axial movement exceeding ± 5°;
2. Angular vector rotations of 20°/s or more; or
3. Angular vector accelerations of 40°/s2 or more.
8A909 Hybrid rocket propulsion systems having any of
the following:
a. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; or
b. Thrust levels exceeding 220 kN in vacuum exit conditions.
8A910 Specially designed
components, systems and structures, for launch vehicles, launch vehicle
propulsion systems or "spacecraft", as follows:
a. Components and structures, each exceeding 10 kg and specially designed for
launch vehicles manufactured using any of the following:
1. "Composite" materials consisting of "fibrous or filamentary materials"
specified by 8C110.e and resins specified by 8C008 or 8C008b;
2. Metal "matrix" "composites" reinforced by any of the following:
a. Materials specified by 8C107;
b. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110; or
c. Aluminides specified by 8C102.a; or
3. Ceramic "matrix" "composite" materials specified by 8C107;
Note The weight cut-off is not relevant for nose cones.
8A910 b. Components and structures, specially designed
for launch vehicle propulsion systems specified by 8A5 to 8A9 manufactured using
any of the following:
1. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110.e and resins specified
by 8C108 or 8C108b;
2. Metal "matrix" "composite" materials reinforced by any of the following:
a. Materials specified by 8C107;
b. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110; or
c. Aluminides specified by 8C102.a; or
3. Ceramic "matrix" "composite" materials specified by 8C107;
c. Structural components and isolation systems, specially designed to control
actively the dynamic response or distortion of "spacecraft" structures;
6[d. Pulsed liquid rocket engines with
thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more than 1 kN/kg and a 'response time' of less than 30 ms.
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8A910.d., 'response time' is the time required to achieve
90% of total rated thrust from start-up]
old[d. Pulsed liquid rocket engines with thrust-to-weight ratios equal to or more
than 1 kN/kg and a response time (the time required to achieve 90% of total
rated thrust from start-up) of less than 30 ms.]
1[8A911 Ramjet/scramjet/pulse jet/'combined cycle engines', including devices to
regulate combustion, and specially designed components therefor, usable in the
systems specified in 5A101 or 5B.d or 5B.g
Technical Note:
In 8A911, 'combined cycle engines' are the engines that employ two or more
cycles of the following types of engines: gas-turbine engine (turbojet,
turboprop, turbofan and turbo shaft), ramjet, scramjet, pulse jet, pulse
detonation engine, rocket motor (liquid/gel/solid-propellant and hybrid)'.]
old[8A911 Ramjet, scramjet or combined cycle engines,
and specially designed components therefor.]
8A912 "Unmanned Aerial Vehicles" ("UAVs"), unmanned
"airships", related equipment and components, as follows:
a. "UAVs" or unmanned "airships", designed to have controlled flight out of the
direct 'natural vision' of the 'operator' and having any of the following:
1. Having all of the following:
a. A maximum 'endurance' greater than or equal to 30 minutes but less than 1
hour; and
b. Designed to take-off and have stable controlled flight in wind gusts equal to
or exceeding 46.3 km/h (25 knots); or
2. A maximum 'endurance' of 1 hour or greater;
Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'operator' is a person who initiates or commands
the "UAV" or unmanned "airship" flight.
2. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'endurance' is to be calculated for ISA
conditions (ISO 2533:1975) at sea level in zero wind.
3. For the purposes of 8A912.a, 'natural vision' means unaided human sight, with
or without corrective lenses.
8A912 b. Related equipment and components, as follows:
1. (Reserved) ;
2. (Reserved) ;
3. Equipment or components, specially designed to convert a manned "aircraft" or
a manned "airship" to a "UAV" or unmanned "airship", specified by 8A912.a;
4. Air breathing reciprocating or rotary internal combustion type engines,
specially designed or modified to propel "UAVs" or unmanned "airships", at
altitudes above 15,240 meters (50,000 feet).
8B9AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (TEST, INSPECTION AND PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT)
6[8B901 Manufacturing
equipment, tooling or fixtures, as follows:
a. Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment designed for
"superalloys";
b. Casting tooling, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine
blades, vanes or "tip shrouds", manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics,
as follows:
1. Cores;
2. Shells (moulds);
3. Combined core and shell (mould) units;
c. Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing
equipment, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes
or "tip shrouds".]
old[8B901 Equipment, tooling or
fixtures, specially designed for manufacturing gas turbine engine blades, vanes
or "tip shrouds", as follows:
a. Directional solidification or single crystal casting equipment;
b. Casting tooling, manufactured from refractory metals or ceramics, as follows:
1. Cores;
2. Shells (moulds);
3. Combined core and shell (mould) units;
c. Directional-solidification or single-crystal additive-manufacturing
equipment.]
8B902 On-line (real time) control systems,
instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing
equipment, having all of the following:
a. Specially designed for the "development" of gas turbine engines, assemblies
or components; and
b. Incorporating any of the "technologies" specified by 8E903.h or 8E903.i.
8B903 Equipment specially designed for the
"production" or test of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate at tip
speeds exceeding 335 m/s and temperatures in excess of 773 K (500°C), and
specially designed
components or accessories therefor.
8B904 Tools, dies or fixtures, for the solid state
joining of "superalloy", titanium or intermetallic airfoil-to-disk combinations
described in 8E903.a.3 or 8E903.a.6 for gas turbines.
8B905 On-line (real time) control systems,
instrumentation (including sensors) or automated data acquisition and processing
equipment, specially designed for use with any of the following:
a. Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or more;
Note 8B905.a does not apply to wind tunnels specially designed for educational
purposes and having a 'test section size' (measured laterally) of less than 250
mm.
Technical Note
'Test section size' means the diameter of the circle, or the side of the square,
or the longest side of the rectangle, at the largest test section location.
8B905 b. Devices for simulating flow-environments at
speeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shot tunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock
tubes, shock tunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns; or
c. Wind tunnels or devices, other than two-dimensional sections, capable of
simulating Reynolds number flows exceeding 25 x 106.
8B906 Acoustic vibration test equipment capable of
producing sound pressure levels of 160 dB or more (referenced to 20 Pa) with a
rated output of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperature exceeding 1,273 K
(1,000°C), and specially designed quartz heaters therefor.
8B907 Equipment specially designed for inspecting
the integrity of rocket motors and using Non-Destructive Test (NDT) techniques
other than planar x-ray or basic physical or chemical analysis.
8B908 Direct measurement wall skin friction
transducers specially designed to operate at a test flow total (stagnation)
temperature exceeding 833 K (560°C).
8B909 Tooling specially designed for producing gas
turbine engine powder metallurgy rotor components having all of the following:
a. Designed to operate at stress levels of 60% of Ultimate Tensile Strength (UTS)
or more measured at a temperature of 873 K (600°C); and
b. Designed to operate at 873 K (600°C) or more.
Note 8B909 does not specify tooling for the production of
powder.
8B910 Equipment specially designed for the production of items specified by
8A912.
8C9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (MATERIALS) – (Reserved)
8D9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (SOFTWARE)
1['8D901 "Software", not specified in 8D903 or 8D904, specially designed or
modified for the "development" of equipment or "technology", specified by 8A9,
8B9 or 8E903.'
'8D902 "Software", not specified in 8D903 or 8D904, specially designed or
modified for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A9 or 8B9.']
old[8D901 "Software" specially designed or modified for
the "development" of equipment or "technology", specified by 8A901 to 8A912,
8B901 to 8B910 or 8E901 to 8E903.]
8D902 "Software" specially
designed or modified for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A901 to
8A912 or 8B901 to 8B910.
8D903 "Software" incorporating "technology"
specified by 8E903.h and used in "FADEC Systems" for systems specified by 8A901
to 8A912 or equipment specified by 8B901 to 8B910.
8D904 Other "software" as follows:
a. 2D or 3D viscous "software", validated with wind tunnel or flight test data
required for detailed engine flow modelling;
1['8D904.b "Software" for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or
components, having all of the following:
1. Specially designed for testing any of the following:
a. Aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components,
incorporating "technology" specified by 8E903.a, 8E903.h or
8E903.i; or
b. Multi-stage compressors providing either bypass or core flow,
specially designed for aero gas turbine engines incorporating
"technology" specified by 8E903.a or
8E903.h; and
2. Specially designed for all of the following:
a. Acquisition and processing of data, in real time; and
b. Feedback control of the test article or test conditions (e.g.,
temperature, pressure, flow rate) while the test is in progress;
Note: 8D904.6 does not specify software for operation of the test facility or
operator safety (e.g., over speed shutdown, fire detection and suppression), or
production, repair or maintenance acceptance-testing limited to determining if
the item has been properly assembled or repaired.]
old[b. "Software" for testing aero gas turbine engines, assemblies or components,
specially designed to collect, reduce and analyse data in real time and capable
of feedback control, including the dynamic adjustment
of test articles or test conditions, as the test is in progress;]
c. "Software" specially designed to control directional-solidification or
single-crystal material growth in equipment specified by 8B901.a or 8B901.c;
8D904 d. (Reserved) ;
e. "Software" specially designed or modified for the operation of items
specified by 8A912;
f. "Software" specially designed to design the internal cooling passages of aero
gas turbine engine blades, vanes and "tip shrouds";
g. "Software" having all of the following:
1. Specially designed to predict aero thermal, aeromechanical and combustion
conditions in aero gas turbine engines; and
2. Theoretical modelling predictions of the aero thermal, aeromechanical and
combustion conditions, which have been validated with actual aero gas turbine
engine (experimental or production) performance
data.
8D905 "Software" specially designed or modified for
the operation of items specified by 8A904.e or 8A904.f.
8E9 AEROSPACE AND PROPULSION (TECHNOLOGY)
Note "Development" or "production" "technology" specified by 8E9 for gas turbine
engines remains specified by 8E9 when used for repair or overhaul. Excluded from
8E9 are: technical data, drawings or documentation for
maintenance activities directly associated with calibration, removal or
replacement of damaged or unserviceable line replaceable units, including
replacement of whole engines or engine modules.
8E901 "Technology" according to the General
Technology Note for the "development" of equipment or "software", specified by
8A901b, 8A904 to 8A912, 8B901 to 8B910 or 8D901 to 8D905.
8E902 "Technology" according to the General Technology
Note for the "production" of equipment specified by 8A901.b, 8A904 to 8A911 or
8B901 to 8B910.
N.B. For "technology" for the repair of specified structures, laminates or
materials, see 8E902.f.
8E903 Other "technology" as follows:
a. "Technology" "required" for the "development" or "production" of any of the
following gas turbine engine components or systems:
1. Gas turbine blades, vanes or "tip shrouds", made from directionally
solidified (DS) or single crystal (SC) alloys and having (in the 001 Miller
Index Direction) a stress-rupture life exceeding 400 hours at
1,273 K (1,000°C) at a stress of 200 MPa, based on the average property values;
Technical Note
For the purposes of 8E903.a.1., stress-rupture life testing is typically
conducted on a test specimen.
2. Combustors having any of the following:
a. ‘Thermally decoupled liners’ designed to operate at 'combustor exit
temperature' exceeding 1,883K (1,610°C);
b. Non-metallic liners;
c. Non-metallic shells; or
d. Liners designed to operate at 'combustor exit temperature' exceeding 1,883K
(1,610°C) and having holes that meet the parameters specified by 8E903.c;
Note The "required" "technology" for holes in 8B903.a.2 is limited to the
derivation of the geometry and location of the holes.
Technical Note
1. 'Thermally decoupled liners' are liners that feature at least a support
structure designed to carry mechanical loads and a combustion facing structure
designed to protect the support structure from the heat of combustion. The
combustion facing structure and support structure have independent thermal
displacement (mechanical displacement due to thermal load) with respect to one
another, i.e. they are thermally decoupled.
1['Technical Note:
2. 'Combuslor exit temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation)
temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine
inlet guide vane (i.e., measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP
755A) when the engine is running in a "steady state mode" of operation at the
certificated maximum continuous operating temperature.']
old[2. 'Combustor exit temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation)
temperature between the combustor exit plane and the leading edge of the turbine
inlet guide vane (i.e, measured at engine station T40 as defined in SAE ARP
755A) when the engine is running in a 'steady state mode' of operation at the
certificated maximum continuous operating temperature.]
N.B. See 8B903.c for "technology" "required" for manufacturing cooling holes.
8E903 a. 3. Components that are any of the following:
a. Manufactured from organic "composite" materials designed to operate above 588
K (315°C);
b. Manufactured from any of the following:
1. Metal "matrix" "composites" reinforced by any of the following:
a. Materials specified by 8C007;
b. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" specified by 8C110; or
c. Aluminides specified by 8C102.a; or
2. Ceramic "matrix" "composites" specified by 8C107; or
c. Stators, vanes, blades, tip seals (shrouds), rotating blings, rotating blisks,
or 'splitter ducts', that are all of the following:
1. Not specified in8E303.a.3.a;
2. Designed for compressors or fans; and
3. Manufactured from material specified by 8C110.e with resins specified by
8C108;
Technical Note
A 'splitter duct' performs the initial separation of the air-mass flow between
the bypass and core sections of the engine.
8E903 a. 4. Uncooled turbine blades, vanes or
"tip-shrouds", designed to operate at a 'gas path temperature' of 1,373 K
(1,100°C) or more;
8E903 a. 5. Cooled turbine blades, vanes, "tip-shrouds"
other than those described in 8E903.a.1, designed to operate at a 'gas path
temperature' of 1,693 K (1,420°C) or more;
Technical Notes
1. 'Gas path temperature' is the bulk average gas path total (stagnation)
temperature at the leading edge plane of the turbine component when the engine
is running in a ‘steady state mode’ of operation at the certificated or
specified maximum continuous operating temperature.
deleted[2. The term 'steady state mode' defines engine operation conditions, where the
engine parameters, such as thrust/power, rpm and others, have no
appreciable fluctuations, when the ambient air temperature and pressure at the
engine inlet are constant.]
8E903 a. 6. Airfoil-to-disk blade
combinations using solid state joining;
6[7. (Reserved)]
old[7. Gas turbine engine components using "diffusion bonding" "technology"
specified by 8E203.b;]
8. 'Damage tolerant' gas turbine engine rotor components using powder metallurgy
materials specified by 8C102.b; or
Technical Note
'Damage tolerant' components are designed using methodology and substantiation
to predict and limit crack growth.
9. (Reserved)
N.B. For "FADEC systems", see 8E903.h.
10. (Reserved)
N.B. For adjustable flow path geometry, see 8E903.i.
11. Hollow fan blades;
8E903 b. "Technology" "required" for the "development"
or "production" of any of the following:
1. Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non-intrusive sensors capable of
transmitting data from the sensors to the data acquisition system; or
2. "Composite" propeller blades or prop fans, capable of absorbing more than
2,000 kW at flight speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;
8E903 c. "Technology" "required" for manufacturing
cooling holes, in gas turbine engine components incorporating any of the
"technologies" specified by 8E903.a.1, 8E903.a.2 or 8E903.a.5, and having any of
the
following:
1. Having all of the following:
a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.45 mm2;
b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 4.52; and
c. 'Incidence angle' equal to or less than 25°; or
2. Having all of the following:
a. Minimum 'cross-sectional area' less than 0.12 mm2;
b. 'Hole shape ratio' greater than 5.65; and
c. 'Incidence angle' more than 25°;
Note 8E903.c does not apply to "technology" for manufacturing constant radius
cylindrical holes that are straight through and enter and exit on the external
surfaces of the component.
1['Technical Note:
4. Methods for manufacturing holes in 8E903.C include "laser" beam machining,
water jet machining, Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge
Machining (EDM).']
old[Technical Notes
1. For the purposes of 8E903.c, the 'cross-sectional area' is the area of the
hole in the plane perpendicular to the hole axis.
2. For the purposes of 8E903.c, 'hole shape ratio' is the nominal length of the
axis of the hole divided by the square root of its minimum 'cross-sectional
area'.
3. For the purposes of 8E903.c, 'incidence angle' is the acute angle measured
between the plane tangential to the aerofoil surface and the hole axis at the
point where the hole axis enters the aerofoil surface.
4. Techniques for manufacturing holes in 8E903.c include "laser", water jet,
Electro-Chemical Machining (ECM) or Electrical Discharge Machining (EDM)
methods.]
8E903 d. "Technology" "required" for the "development"
or "production" of helicopter power transfer systems or tilt rotor or tilt wing
"aircraft" power transfer systems;
8E903 e. "Technology" for the "development" or
"production" of reciprocating diesel engine ground vehicle propulsion systems
having all of the following:
1. 'Box volume' of 1.2 m3 or less;
2. An overall power output of more than 750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534;
and
3. Power density of more than 700 kW/m3 of 'box volume';
Technical Note
'Box volume' is the product of three perpendicular dimensions measured in the
following way:
Length: The length of the crankshaft from front flange to flywheel
face;
Width: The widest of any of the following:
a. The
outside dimension from valve cover to valve cover;
b. The
dimensions of the outside edges of the cylinder heads; or
c. The
diameter of the flywheel housing;
Height: The largest of any of the following:
a. The
dimension of the crankshaft centre-line to the top plane of the valve cover (or
cylinder head) plus twice the stroke; or
b. The
diameter of the flywheel housing.
8E903 f. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of
specially designed components for high output diesel engines, as follows:
1. "Technology" "required" for the "production" of engine systems having all of
the following components employing ceramics materials specified by 8C107:
a. Cylinder liners;
b. Pistons;
c. Cylinder heads; and
d. One or more other components (including exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve
guides, valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);
8E903 f. 2. "Technology" "required" for the "production"
of turbocharger systems with single-stage compressors and having all of the
following:
a. Operating at pressure ratios of 4:1 or higher;
b. Mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg per minute; and
c. Variable flow area capability within the compressor or turbine sections;
8E903 f. 3. "Technology" "required" for the "production"
of fuel injection systems with a specially designed multifuel (e.g, diesel or
jet fuel) capability covering a viscosity range from diesel fuel (2.5 cSt at
310.8 K (37.8°
C)) down to gasoline fuel (0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)) and having all of the
following:
a. Injection amount in excess of 230 mm3 per injection per cylinder; and
b. Electronic control features specially designed for switching governor
characteristics automatically depending on fuel property to provide the same
torque characteristics by using the appropriate sensors;
8E903 g. "Technology" "required" for the "development"
or "production" of 'high output diesel engines' for solid, gas phase or liquid
film (or combinations thereof) cylinder wall lubrication and permitting
operation to
temperatures exceeding 723 K (450°C), measured on the cylinder wall at the top
limit of travel of the top ring of the piston;
Technical Note
'High output diesel engines' are diesel engines with a specified brake mean
effective pressure of 1.8 MPa or more at a speed of 2,300 r.p.m, provided the
rated speed is 2,300 r.p.m. or more.
8E903 h. "Technology" for gas turbine engine "FADEC
systems" as follows:
1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the
components necessary for the "FADEC system" to regulate engine thrust or shaft
power (e.g, feedback sensor time constants and
accuracies, fuel valve slew rate);
2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for control and diagnostic
components unique to the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or
shaft power;
3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source
code", unique to the "FADEC system" and used to regulate engine thrust or shaft
power;
Note 8E903.h does not apply to technical data related to engine-"aircraft"
integration required by civil aviation authorities of India to be published for
general airline use (e.g, installation manuals, operating instructions,
instructions for continued airworthiness) or interface functions (e.g,
input/output processing, airframe thrust or shaft power demand).
8E903 i. "Technology" for adjustable flow path systems
designed to maintain engine stability for gas generator turbines, fan or power
turbines, or propelling nozzles, as follows:
1. "Development" "technology" for deriving the functional requirements for the
components that maintain engine stability;
2. "Development" or "production" "technology" for components unique to the
adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine stability;
3. "Development" "technology" for the control law algorithms, including "source
code", unique to the adjustable flow path system and that maintain engine
stability.
Note 8E903.i. does not apply to "technology" for any of the following:
a. Inlet guide vanes;
b. Variable pitch fans or prop-fans;
c. Variable compressor vanes;
d. Compressor bleed valves; or
e. Adjustable flow path geometry for reverse thrust.
8E903 j. "Technology" "required" for the "development"
of wing-folding systems designed for fixed-wing "aircraft" powered by gas
turbine engines.
N.B. For "technology" "required" for the "development" of wing-folding
systems designed for fixed-wing "aircraft" specified in 6A010, see 6A022.
ANNEXURE – 1
PROFORMA FOR INFORMATON TO BE SUBMITTED BY SUPPLIER IN
DOMESTIC TARIFF AREA (DTA) TO DEVELOPMENT COMMISSIONER, SEZ FOR SUPPLY OF SCOMET
ITEMS TO SEZ UNITS
(Report to be submitted within 1(one) week of the supplies getting effected)
1. Name and address of the Development Commissioner, SEZ:
2. Name and address of the Supplier:
3. Importer – Exporter Code (IEC) of the Supplier:
4. Details of SCOMET items supplied:
Sl. No. | Description of items | SCOMET Category | ITC (HS) Code, if available | Quantity | SEZ Unit to which supplied | Date of Supply | FOB Value |
|
Rs. | US$ | |||||||
5. I hereby declare that I am authorized to verify and sign this declaration.
Date:
Signature:
Name:
Place:
Designation:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email address:
ANNEXURE – 2
PROFORMA FOR INFORMATON TO BE SUBMITTED ANNUALLY (*) BY
DEVELOPMENT COMMISSIONER, SEZ TO SCOMET CELL, DGFT (HQRS), DEPARTMENT OF
COMMERCE, UDYOG BHAWAN, MAULANA AZAD ROAD, NEW DELHI – 110011
1. Name of the SEZ:
2. Details of SCOMET items supplied from DTA:
Sl. No. | Description of items | SCOMET Category | ITC (HS) Code, if available | Quantity | Name of supplier | Importer-Exporter Code (IEC) | SEZ Unit to which supplied | Date of Supply | FOB Value |
|
Rs. | US$ | |||||||||
Official Seal/Stamp:
Date:
Signature of Development Commissioner /
authorized officer of the SEZ
Name:
Designation:
Telephone:
Fax:
Email address:
*Notes: Report to be submitted by 15th May of every financial year
for the supplies effected during the preceding financial year. Soft copy of the
report should also be sent to scomet-dgft@nic.in
1. Substituted vide Notification No. 17/2015-2020 dt. 03.07.2018
2. Inserted vide Notification No. 17/2015-2020 dt. 03.07.2018
3. Inserted vide Notification No. 34/2015-2020 dt. 25.09.2018
4. Substituted vide Notification No. 02/2015-2020 dt. 24.04.2019
5. Inserted vide Notification No. 02/2015-2020 dt. 24.04.2019
6. Substituted vide Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dt. 24.04.2019
7. Inserted vide Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dt. 24.04.2019
8. Deleted vide Notification No. 03/2015-2020 dt. 24.04.2019
9. Inserted vide Notification No. 10/2015-2020 dt. 11.06.2020 (wef 11.07.2020)
10. Inserted vide Notification No. 10/2015-2020 dt. 11.06.2020 (wef 11.06.2020)
11. Substituted vide Notification No. 47/2015-2020 dt. 20.12.2021 (w.e.f. 19.01.2022)
12. Inserted vide Notification No. 47/2015-2020 dt. 20.12.2021 (w.e.f 19.01.2022)
13. Inserted vide Public Notice No. 14/2015-2020 dt. 13.06.2022 (w.e.f 13.06.2022)
14. Substituted vide Public Notice dt. 30.08.2022